Test Bank For General Chemistry 12 Edition Darrell D. Ebbing, Steven D. Gammon, Christopher Koenigsm

Test Bank For General Chemistry 12e Darrell D. Ebbing, Steven D. Gammon, Christopher Koenigsmann, Nancy Wu Chapter 1-24 Chapter 01 Chemistry and Measurement 1. Which one of the following discoveries led mankind to observe changes in certain rocks and minerals, which further led to the development of ceramics, glass, and metals? a. fire b. rubber c. plastic d. neoprene e. plasma ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.1.1 - Provide examples of the contributions of chemistry to humanity.

TOPICS: Modern Chemistry: A Brief Glimpse KEYWORDS: remember DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 2. _____ have replaced copper wires in long-distance communication as they are cheaper and less bulky than copper cables carrying the same information. a. Aluminum wires b. Ethernet cables c. Optical fibers d. Semaphore lines e. Wireless antennas ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.1.1 - Provide examples of the contributions of chemistry to humanity.

TOPICS: Modern Chemistry: A Brief Glimpse KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3. Individual organisms store their genetic information in _____, which consist of two intertwined molecular chains.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

a. deoxyribonucleic acids b. prokaryotic cells c. peptide amino acids d. eukaryotic cells e. thylakoid membranes ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.1.1 - Provide examples of the contributions of chemistry to humanity.

TOPICS: Modern Chemistry: A Brief Glimpse KEYWORDS: remember DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 4. Which of the following is an example of the contribution of chemistry in the energy sector? Select all that apply. a. Creation of batteries and solar cells. b. Invention of nuclear reactors. c. Development of renewable energy policies. d. Synthesis of biofuel from organic matter. e. Hardening of wind energy.

ANSWER: a, d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.1.1 - Provide examples of the contributions of chemistry to humanity.

TOPICS: Contributions of Chemistry to Humanity KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 5. What is a scientific theory? a. It is a collection of experimental data. b. It is an assertion of scientific fact. c. It is a guess about natural phenomena. d. It is a fundamental relationship of nature. e. It is an explanation of natural phenomena that has undergone significant testing.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.2.1 - Explain how the scientific method is an approach to practicing chemistry.

TOPICS: general concepts scientific method KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 6. An untested explanation of a series of experimental observations is called _____. a. a hypothesis b. a theory c. a law d. an experiment e. the scientific method ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.2.1 - Explain how the scientific method is an approach to practicing chemistry.

TOPICS: general concepts scientific method KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 7. Which of the following statements concerning experiment and explanation is/are true?

1. A law is always given in the form of a mathematical expression.

2. Once a hypothesis passes one or two tests it is considered a theory.

3. Observation is a key component of the scientific method. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.2.1 - Explain how the scientific method is an approach to practicing chemistry.

TOPICS: general concepts scientific method KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

8. A(n) _____ is an observation of natural phenomena carried out in a controlled manner so that the results can be duplicated and rational conclusions made. a. theory b. experiment c. hypothesis d. anomaly e. law ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.2.1 - Explain how the scientific method is an approach to practicing chemistry.

TOPICS: Experiment and Explanation KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 9. A(n) _____ is a concise statement or mathematical equation about a fundamental relationship or regularity of nature. a. experiment b. hypothesis c. anomaly d. law e. theory ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.2.1 - Explain how the scientific method is an approach to practicing chemistry.

TOPICS: Experiment and Explanation KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 10. A saline solution similar to that used for intravenous drips is made by dissolving 0.45 g sodium chloride in 50.00 g water. Which of the following statements concerning the saline solution and the law of conservation of mass is/are correct?

1. The mass of the saline solution is greater than the mass of water.

2. The mass of the saline solution is equal to the combined mass of sodium chloride and water.

3. The mass of the saline solution is greater than the mass of the sodium chloride. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.3.1 - Apply the law of the conservation of mass.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 11. A 54.0-g sample of sodium is burned in the air to form sodium oxide. The mass of sodium oxide must be a. less than 54.0 g. b. greater than 54.0 g. c. equal to 54.0 g. d. equal to the mass of sodium plus the mass of oxygen reacting. e. equal to 54.0 g plus the mass of unreacted sodium.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.3.1 - Apply the law of the conservation of mass.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 12. A sample of magnesium is burned in oxygen to form magnesium oxide. What mass of oxygen is consumed if 74.62 g magnesium oxide is formed from 45.00 g magnesium? a. 29.62 g b. 28.62 g c. 29.38 g d. 119.38 g e. 119.62 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.3.1 - Apply the law of the conservation of mass.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:31 AM

13. In a certain chemical reaction, 9.11 g of compound A is added to 8.82 g of compound B. Once the reaction is complete, 1.38 g of compound A and 1.61 g of compound B remain. What mass of products was produced? a. 20.92 g b. 17.93 g c. 14.94 g d. 19.31 g e. 19.54 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.3.1 - Apply the law of the conservation of mass.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: apply | Law of Conservation of Mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 14. A 7.45 g sample of calcium carbonate completely decomposes into calcium oxide (lime) and carbon dioxide gas when heated. If 4.17 g calcium oxide is produced, what mass of carbon dioxide must have been formed? a. 3.28 g b. 11.62 g c. 31.10 g d. 3.29 g e. 11.65 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.3.1 - Apply the law of the conservation of mass.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 15. A sample of cesium carbonate, weighing 3.80 g, requires 1.90 g of hydrogen bromide gas to completely decompose to water, cesium bromide, and carbon dioxide gas. The total mass of water and cesium bromide formed is 5.20 g and no hydrogen bromide or cesium carbonate remains. According to the law of conservation of mass, what mass of carbon dioxide must have been formed? a. 0.50 g b. 1.40 g c. 5.49 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

d. 10.90 g e. 1.90 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.3.1 - Apply the law of the conservation of mass.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 16. Sodium oxide reacts with water to produce sodium hydroxide. Suppose 11.1 g of sodium oxide is combined with 38.7 g of water. When the reaction is complete, all the sodium oxide has been consumed. According to the law of conservation of mass, which is a true statement? a. The mass of sodium hydroxide produced must equal 49.8 g. b. The mass of unreacted water must equal 27.6 g. c. The mass of sodium hydroxide produced must equal 11.1 g. d. The mass of water consumed must equal 11.1 g. e. The mass of sodium hydroxide produced plus the mass of unreacted water must equal 49.8 g.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.3.1 - Apply the law of the conservation of mass.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: analyze | Law of Conservation of Mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 17. After a certain chemical reaction has been completed, it is found that 19.6 g of product was produced. According to the law of conservation of mass, which statement must be true? a. The total mass consumed of all reactants was 19.6 g. b. The mass consumed by each reactant was 19.6 g. c. The mass of reactants consumed depends on the number of reactants present. d. Before the reaction started, there were 19.6 g total of all reactants. e. Before the reaction started, there were 19.6 g of each reactant.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.3.1 - Apply the law of the conservation of mass.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general concepts matter apply | Law of Conservation of Mass general chemistry 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 5/6/2025 7:31 AM

18. The state of matter for an object that has both definite volume and definite shape is the a. gaseous state. b. solid state. c. mixed state. d. elemental state. e. liquid state.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.1 - Compare and contrast the three common states of matter: solid, liquid, and gas.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: remember | states of matter OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 19. The state of matter for an object that has a definite volume but not a definite shape is the a. elemental state. b. gaseous state. c. mixed state. d. liquid state. e. solid state.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.1 - Compare and contrast the three common states of matter: solid, liquid, and gas.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: remember | states of matter OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 20. What happens to solids when they are heated at high temperatures? a. Immediately solid becomes gas.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

b. Solids melt into liquid. c. Solids maintain their shape and volume. d. Solids become more rigid. e. Solids undergo explosion.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.1 - Compare and contrast the three common states of matter: solid, liquid, and gas.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 21. A chemist heats a sample of water to 100°C and notices the formation of steam. What type of change takes place during heating? a. physical change from a gaseous state to a liquid state b. physical change from liquid state to gaseous state c. chemical change from liquid state to gaseous state d. physical change from gaseous state to solid state e. chemical change from solid state to liquid state ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.1 - Compare and contrast the three common states of matter: solid, liquid, and gas.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 22. Two types of pure substances are a. compounds and heterogeneous solutions. b. compounds and elements. c. elements and homogeneous solutions. d. compounds and homogeneous solutions. e. elements and heterogeneous solutions.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.2 - Describe the classifications of matter: elements, compounds, and mixtures (heterogeneous and homogeneous).

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: remember | states of matter OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 23. A sample that cannot be separated into two or more substances by physical means is a. a heterogeneous mixture. b. a compound. c. either a compound or an element. d. an element. e. a homogeneous mixture.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.2 - Describe the classifications of matter: elements, compounds, and mixtures (heterogeneous and homogeneous).

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: remember | states of matter OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 24. A solution is a a. pure element. b. pure mixture. c. heterogeneous mixture. d. homogeneous mixture. e. pure compound.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.2 - Describe the classifications of matter: elements, compounds, and mixtures (heterogeneous and homogeneous).

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: remember | states of matter OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:31 AM

25. Which of the following is a mixture? a. a homogeneous solution of sugar dissolved in water b. bromine (a liquid with the formula Br2) c. sucrose (table sugar: the formula is C12H22O11) d. graphite (an allotrope of carbon) e. calcium oxide (CaO, also called lime) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.2 - Describe the classifications of matter: elements, compounds, and mixtures (heterogeneous and homogeneous).

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: states of matter | understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 26. A clear colorless liquid in an open beaker was heated to boiling. The liquid began to boil at 110°C, and as vapors escaped, the temperature of boiling gradually increased to 115°C, at which point the heating was stopped. Based on this information, we can say that the material in the beaker was a a. pure compound. b. homogeneous solution. c. pure substance. d. pure element. e. heterogeneous solution.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.2 - Describe the classifications of matter: elements, compounds, and mixtures (heterogeneous and homogeneous).

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: states of matter | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 27. Heating a certain pure solid completely decomposes it into a solid and a gas, each of which is also a pure substance.

Which of the following is/are reasonable conclusions regarding these observations?

1. The solid is a compound and the gas is an element.

2. At least one of the products is an element.

3. The original solid is not an element. a. 1 only Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.2 - Describe the classifications of matter: elements, compounds, and mixtures (heterogeneous and homogeneous).

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 28. All of the following are examples of mixtures except a. supermarket salt. b. distilled water. c. soft water. d. hard water. e. drugstore hydrogen peroxide.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.2 - Describe the classifications of matter: elements, compounds, and mixtures (heterogeneous and homogeneous).

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: states of matter | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 29. All of the following are homogeneous mixtures except a. sodium chloride and potassium chloride. b. hydrogen gas and chlorine gas. c. sodium chloride and potassium chloride solution. d. mercury-zinc solution. e. hydrochloric acid solution.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.2 - Describe the classifications of matter: elements, compounds, and mixtures (heterogeneous and homogeneous).

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: states of matter | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 30. Which of the following is a homogeneous mixture? a. gasoline b. vegetable oil and water c. sugar dissolved in water d. gasoline and sugar dissolved in water e. vegetable oil and gasoline ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.2 - Describe the classifications of matter: elements, compounds, and mixtures (heterogeneous and homogeneous).

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: states of matter | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 31. Which of the following statements are correct? Select all that apply. a. The combustion of methane (a component of natural gas) is a chemical change. b. The melting of ice is a physical change. c. The dissolution of sugar in water is a chemical change. d. The decomposition of sugar into carbon and water when mixed with sulfuric acid is a chemical change. e. The evaporation of gasoline is a physical change.

ANSWER: a, b, d, e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.3 - Identify a process as either a physical or a chemical change.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 32. All the following are examples of chemical changes except Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

a. aging. b. photosynthesis. c. fermentation. d. perspiration. e. respiration.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.3 - Identify a process as either a physical or a chemical change.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: physical and chemical change | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 33. Which of the following is an example of a chemical change? a. alcohol evaporating b. water boiling c. skin burning in the sun d. iodine vaporizing e. ice melting ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.3 - Identify a process as either a physical or a chemical change.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: physical and chemical change | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 34. Which of the following is an example of a chemical change? a. silver tarnishing b. iodine sublimating c. alcohol boiling d. sucrose dissolving e. sodium chloride melting ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.3 - Identify a process as either a physical or a chemical change.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: physical and chemical change | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 35. The boiling of water is a a. physical change because the water merely disappears. b. chemical change because heat is needed for the process to occur. c. physical change because gaseous and liquid water are chemically same. d. chemical and physical change. e. chemical change because a gas (steam) is given off.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.4.3 - Identify a process as either a physical or a chemical change.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: physical and chemical change | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM –1

36. The number of significant figures in 7.3748 × 10 dm is a. 5 b. 6 c. 3 d. 7 e. 4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.1 - Use the rules of significant figures to determine the uncertainty associated with measured data. TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: remember DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 37. How many significant figures are there in the value 0.0227 nm? a. 4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

b. 3 c. 2 d. 5 e. 6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.1 - Use the rules of significant figures to determine the uncertainty associated with measured data. TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: remember DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 38. How many significant figures are there in the measured value 73.150? a. 2 b. 3 c. 6 d. 5 e. 4 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.1 - Use the rules of significant figures to determine the uncertainty associated with measured data. TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: remember | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM –4

39. The number of significant figures in 0.090900 × 10 is a. 6 b. 4 c. 3 d. 7 e. 5 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.1 - Use the rules of significant figures to determine the uncertainty Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

associated with measured data. TOPICS: general concepts measurement remember | scientific notation | significant figures general chemistry 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 5/6/2025 7:31 AM

40. How many significant figures are there in the number 8.100? a. 1 b. 5 c. 3 d. 4 e. 2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.1 - Use the rules of significant figures to determine the uncertainty associated with measured data. TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: remember DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 41. How many significant figures are there in the number 0.04560700? a. 4 b. 9 c. 8 d. 5 e. 7 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.1 - Use the rules of significant figures to determine the uncertainty associated with measured data. TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: remember | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 42. The correct value of the expression is

is

a. 1×10-520 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

b. 1×10510 c. 1×10-350 d. 1×10-430 e. 1×10-120 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.3 - Represent numbers using scientific notation.

TOPICS: general concepts | measurement KEYWORDS: apply | scientific notation | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 43. Express the result of the following calculation in scientific notation: 503 cm × 355 cm a. 17.9 × 104cm2 b. 1.79 × 105cm2 c. 2 × 104cm2 d. 2 × 106cm2 e. 2 × 105cm2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.3 - Represent numbers using scientific notation.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 2

44. Express the result of the following calculation in scientific notation: 0.0557 cm ÷ 98.4 cm a. 6 × 105 cm b. 6 × 104 cm c. 6 × 10–3 cm d. 6 × 10–4 cm e. 6 × 103 cm ANSWER: POINTS:

d 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.3 - Represent numbers using scientific notation.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | scientific notation | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 45. Express the number 0.000114 in scientific notation. a. 0.114 × 10–3 b. 1.14 × 104 c. 1.14 × 102 d. 1.14 × 10–4 e. 1.14 × 10–6 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.3 - Represent numbers using scientific notation.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: scientific notation | significant figures | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 46. What is the best answer to the following expression? (59.54 cm + 0.773 cm + 4.7403 cm – 53.1 cm) a. 12.12523 cm b. 11.9533 cm c. 11.953 cm d. 11.95 cm e. 12.0 cm ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:31 AM

47. How many significant figures should be reported for the difference between 235.9237 mL and 235.57 mL? a. 7 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 e. 5 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 48. The mass of a sample is measured by difference: first the mass of a beaker is measured (71.6 g), and a small amount of the sample is added to the beaker. The mass of the sample plus beaker is then measured to be 78.836 g. The number of significant figures that should be reported for the mass of the sample is a. 2 b. 1 c. 5 d. 4 e. 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 49. What is the best answer to the following expression involving a sum of measurements?

(52.706 cm + 0.734 cm + 14.4 cm) a. 68.2 cm b. 67.8400 cm c. 67.84 cm d. 67.840 cm Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

e. 67.8 cm ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 50. What is the correct answer to the following expression?

–10 –12 2.96 × 10 + 1.01 × 10 a. 2.9701 × 10–10 b. 2.970 × 10–10 c. 3.97 × 10–10 d. 3.0 × 10–10 e. 2.97 × 10–10 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | scientific notation | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 51. What is the best answer to report for a. 2.900 g/mL b. 2.9003 g/mL c. 2.9 g/mL d. 2.90 g/mL e. 2.90025 g/mL ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

?

d 1 1.5 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 52. The best answer to report for the expression 352.94 – 36.0342 is _____. a. 317.10 b. 316.9058 c. 316.906 d. 316.9 e. 316.91 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 53. Three different samples were weighed using a different type of balance for each sample. The three were found to have masses of 0.1900411 kg, 2.119 mg, and 4635.0 g. The total mass of the samples should be reported as a. 4825.0 g b. 4825.5 g c. 4825.043 g d. 4825.043219 g e. 4825.0432 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 54. The measurements of three different masses on three different balances are 1.21 kg, 536 mg, and 23.14 g. The total mass should be reported as Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

a. 1233.68 g b. 1234.1 g c. 1233.7 g d. 1234.5 g e. 1233.676 g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: Apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 55. Four samples were weighed using three different balances. (All are as accurate as the precision indicates.) The masses are 0.94 kg, 58.2 g, 1.55 g, and 250 mg. The total mass should be reported as a. 1.000 kg b. 1.0000 kg c. 1.00 kg d. 1.00000 kg e. 1.0 kg ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 56. The answer that should be reported for the total mass of solution when 77.46 mg of benzene is added to 3.87 g of toluene is a. 3.94746 g b. 3.95 g c. 3.9475 g d. 3.947 g e. 3.9 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 2

57. The radius of a circle is measured to be 4.03 cm. How should the circle's area be reported? (A = πr ) a. 51.0 cm2 b. 51.022 cm2 c. 51.02225 cm2 d. 51.0222 cm2 e. 51.02 cm2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.5.2 - Perform calculations using significant figures.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | significant figures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 58. Which of the following statements concerning the SI system is/are correct?

1. Prefixes indicate a power of ten multiplier for a given SI base unit of measurement.

2. Degrees Celsius (°C) is the SI base unit for temperature.

3. The kilogram (kg) is the SI base unit for mass. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

remember general chemistry 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 5/6/2025 7:31 AM

59. Which of the following statements concerning the common temperature scales is/are true?

1. Fahrenheit is an absolute temperature scale.

2. The normal boiling point of water (100°C) is equal to 273 K. 3. The difference between the boiling point and freezing point of a substance is the same for the Celsius and the Kelvin scales. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 2 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 60. A student is working on converting a number that has a unit with the SI prefix milli- to a unit that has the prefix mega. Using your knowledge about the relative sizes that milli- and mega- represent, how should the student convert the number? a. The student should multiply the number by 109 b. The student should multiply the number by 106 c. The student should divide the number by 106 d. The student should use the number as it is e. The student should divide the number by 109 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | prefixes | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:31 AM

61. In the area of nano-chemistry, particles defined as nanoparticles range in size from 1 to 2500 nm. 1 nm is equivalent to –9 –8 1 × 10 m. If the size of the particles that make up a particular material is 1.23 × 10 cm, what is this size in nanometers? a. 1.2300 nm b. 1.23 nm c. 0.123 nm d. 1.230 nm e. 1.231 nm ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM –12

62. The distance between atoms is sometimes given in picometers, where 1 pm is equivalent to 1 × 10 m. If the distance between the layers of atoms in a particular compound is given as 338 pm, what is the distance in cm? a. 3.38 × 10–6 cm b. 3.38 × 10–14 cm c. 3.38 × 10–12 cm d. 3.38 × 10–8 cm e. 3.38 × 10–10 cm ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | prefixes | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 63. Order the four metric units from smallest to largest.

1) kiloliter 2) centiliter 3) nanoliter 4) milliliter a. 1) < 2) < 4) < 3) b. 3) < 4) < 2) < 1) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

c. 4) < 3) < 2) < 1) d. 2) < 3) < 1) < 4) e. 1) < 2) < 3) < 4) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 64. Which is the largest mass? a. 10 dg b. 10 cg c. 10 pg d. 10 ng e. 10 mg ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: prefixes | SI unit | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 65. One-hundredth of a nanogram is a. 10–14 g b. 10–10 g c. 10–8 g d. 10–11 g e. 10–12 g ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

d 1 1.6 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: prefixes | SI unit | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 66. How many 100-mg aspirin tablets can be made from 10.0 kg of aspirin? a. 10,000,000 b. 1,000,000 c. 1000 d. 10,000 e. 100,000 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | prefixes | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 67. Which of the following sets of units are in the order of increasing size? Select all that apply. a. cPa < dPa < kPa b. μL < dL < L c. ns < ms < s d. pm < mm < nm e. μg < mg < cg ANSWER: a, b, c, e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: prefixes | SI unit | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 68. The mass of 99 kg equals a. 9.90 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

b. 9.900 g c. 9.9 × 104 g d. 0.099 g e. 0.99 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: prefixes | SI unit | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 69. 4.9 seconds contain these many picoseconds. a. 4.9 × 109 b. 4.9 × 1012 c. 4.9 × 10–9 d. 4.9 × 10–12 e. 4.9 × 1015 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: prefixes | SI unit | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 70. 4.41 seconds contain these many nanoseconds. a. 4.41 × 109 b. 4.41 × 1010 c. 4.41 × 1012 d. 4.41 × 108 e. 4.41 × 107 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

a 1 1.6

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.1 - Summarize the SI (metric) system of units including the SI prefixes.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: prefixes | SI unit | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 71. The boiling point of chlorine is 172 K. This temperature corresponds to a. –82°C b. 101°C c. 172°C d. –172°C e. –101°C ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.2 - Convert from one temperature scale to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: SI unit | temperature | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 72. The melting point of nitrogen is 63 K. What is this temperature in degrees Celsius? a. 63°C b. –336°C c. –63°C d. –210°C e. 483°C ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.2 - Convert from one temperature scale to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: SI unit | temperature | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

73. The melting point of a solid is 41°F. This corresponds to a. 296 K b. 314 K c. 289 K d. 278 K e. 314 K ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.2 - Convert from one temperature scale to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: SI unit | temperature | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 74. A particular liquid boils at –260°F. What is its boiling point on the Kelvin scale? a. 146 K b. 129 K c. 111 K d. 161 K e. 229 K ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.2 - Convert from one temperature scale to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: SI unit | temperature | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 75. The melting point and the normal boiling point of water can be used to calibrate thermometers. What are these respective temperatures in kelvins? a. 273 and 373 b. 32 and 212 c. 100 and 273 d. 0 and 100 e. 0 and 373 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.2 - Convert from one temperature scale to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: SI unit | temperature | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 76. The melting point of a certain solid is –39°C. This corresponds to a. –13°F b. –39°F c. –38°F d. –12°F e. 10°F ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.2 - Convert from one temperature scale to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: SI unit | temperature | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 77. The melting point of a particular solid is 2631 K. This corresponds to a. 4276°F b. 2904°C c. 2297°C d. 4212°F e. 1342°F ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.2 - Convert from one temperature scale to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: SI unit | temperature | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

o

78. The Rankine ( Ra) temperature scale is often used in engineering. Like the Kelvin scale, the Rankine scale is an absolute temperature scale; but the size of a Rankine degree is the same as the size of a Fahrenheit degree. Thus, 0 K = o o o 0 Ra and 0 F = 459.67 Ra. What is the temperature of 23.3 ºC expressed on the Rankine scale? a. 533.6oRa b. 296.5oRa c. 23.3oRa d. 41.9oRa e. 315.1oRa ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.2 - Convert from one temperature scale to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | SI unit | temperature OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM o

79. The Rankine ( Ra) temperature scale is often used in engineering. Like the Kelvin scale, the Rankine scale is an absolute temperature scale; but the size of a Rankine degree is the same as the size of a Fahrenheit degree. Thus, 0 K = o o o o 0 Ra and 0 F = 459.67 Ra. What is the temperature 330.7 Ra expressed on the Fahrenheit scale? a. 790.4oF b. 955.9oF c. 603.9oF d. 330.7oF e. –129.0oF ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.6.2 - Convert from one temperature scale to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | SI unit | temperature OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 80. A piece of metal (mass = 18.300 g) is placed in 11.00 mL of chloroform (d = 1.498 g/mL) in a 25-mL graduated cylinder. The chloroform level increases to 15.46 mL. The best value for the density of this metal from this data is Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

a. 1.18 g/mL b. 2.74 g/mL c. 4.10 g/mL d. 6.15 g/mL e. 4.12 g/mL ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | density | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 81. An irregularly shaped metal was weighed, and the following difference was reported: Watch glass + metal = 56.7813 g Watch glass = 35.4725 g The volume of the metal was determined by placing the metal in a graduated cylinder that had water in it and measuring the volume difference.

Graduated cylinder + water + metal = 14.15 mL Graduated cylinder + water = 11.25 mL The density should be reported as a. 7.348 g/mL b. 7.35 g/mL c. 7.4 g/mL d. 7.3 g/mL e. 7.3479 g/mL ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | density | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 82. In addition to mass, which property of matter must be known to calculate its volume? a. specific heat b. temperature c. molecular weight Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

d. density e. pressure ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: density | remember | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 83. A 0.391-kg methylene chloride sample has a 1.326 g/cm3 density. Calculate its volume. a. 339 cm3 b. 299cm3 c. 391 cm3 d. 295 cm3 e. 375cm3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | density | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3

84. Calculate the mass of aluminum that occupies the same volume as 95.7 g of cobalt. The density of cobalt is 8.90 g/cm 3 and the density of aluminum is 2.71 g/cm . a. 25.2 g b. 29.1 g c. 20.2 g d. 31.8 g e. 39.6 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | density | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3

3

3

85. Four cubes of equal mass are made of lead (density = 11.3 g/cm ), silver (10.5 g/cm ), iron (7.90 g/cm ), aluminum 3 3 (2.70 g/cm ), and magnesium (1.77 g/cm ). Which cube has the longest edge? a. lead b. iron c. silver d. magnesium e. aluminum ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | density | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 86. What volume of a pure liquid (density 0.860 g/mL) has a mass of 0.360 kg? a. 4.19 × 102 mL b. 2.39 × 10–3 mL c. 3.10 × 10–1 mL d. 2.38 × 10–1 mL e. 4.19 × 10–1 mL ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | density | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

87. A thin sheet of iridium metal that is 3.12 cm by 5.21 cm has a mass of 87.2 g and a thickness of 2.360 mm. What is the density of iridium? a. 22.75 g/cm3 b. 2.260 g/cm3 c. 3.360 g/cm3 d. 22.650 g/cm3 e. 33.600 g/cm3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | density | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 88. What length of a cylindrical piece of tungsten wire having a radius of 2.11 mm has a mass of 66.6 g? The density of 3 tungsten is 19.25 g/cm . a. 2.47× 10–3 m b. 1.79 × 102 m c. 2.47 × 10–1 m d. 4.04 × 10–2 m e. 4.04 × 10–4 m ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | density | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3

3

89. What is the mass of NH3 in an 80.0-cm sample that has a density of 0.92 g/cm and consists of 20% (by mass) NH3? a. 15 g b. 20 g c. 45 g d. 74 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

e. 25 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | density | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3

3

90. What is the mass of H2SO4 in a 41.8-cm sample of sulfuric acid that has a density of 1.49 g/cm and consists of 51.9% H2SO4? a. 12.0 g b. 62.3 g c. 14.6 g d. 11.85 g e. 32.3 g ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | density | SI unit OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3

3

91. A 3.60 cm sample of solid tin metal has a density of 5.770 g/cm . What volume does this sample of tin occupy in its 3 liquid state? The density of liquid tin is 6.990 g/cm . a. 2.97 cm3 b. 4.36 cm3 c. 2.99 cm3 d. 1.45 cm3 e. 3.23 cm3 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

a 1 1.7 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.7.1 - Relate the mass, volume, and density of a substance.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 92. How many feet (ft) are contained in 0.496 km, given that 1 mi = 1.609 km and 5280 ft = 1 mi (exact)? a. 1627.0 ft b. 1510.5 ft c. 1625.3 ft d. 1520.0 ft e. 1695.5 ft ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3

3

93. Convert 12.36 cm to cubic inches (in ), given that 1 inch = 2.54 cm (exact). a. 0.754 in3 b. 0.865 in3 c. 1.390 in3 d. 1.425 in3 e. 1.525 in3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 94. Which response has the correct number of significant figures and units for the following mathematical operation?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

a. 1.804 × 10–5 kcal b. 2.0 × 10–5 kcal c. 1.604 × 10–5 kcal d. 1.80 × 10–5 kcal e. 1.81 × 10–5 kcal ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 5

95. The average speed of oxygen molecules at 690°C is 1.60 × 10 cm/s. Which of the following calculations would convert this speed to units of miles per hour? a. b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 40

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:31 AM 5/6/2025 7:31 AM

96. The distance from St. Louis, Missouri, to Lincoln, Nebraska, is 444 miles by car. Which of the following series of calculations will yield this distance in units of kilometers?

(1 in = 2.54 cm (exact), 1 mi = 5280 ft (exact), 1 ft = 12 in (exact)) a. b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 97. A car averages 28.5 miles per gallon of gasoline. How many liters of gasoline will be needed for a trip of 415 km?

Some conversion factors that may be helpful are the following: 1 qt = 0.946 L 1 mile = 1.609 km 4 qt = 1 gal (exact) 1 ft = 12 in (exact) a. 3 × 101 L b. 5 × 103 L c. 2 × 103 L d. 9 × 101 L e. 3 × 104 L ANSWER: POINTS:

a 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 41

REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 98. Which of the following sequence of conversions will yield the correct number of scruples in 66.1 lb? Some equivalents that may be helpful are given as follows: 1.00 scruple = 20.0 grains 1.00 g = 15.4 grains 1.00 grain = 0.0648 g 1.00 lb = 453.6 g 1.00 kg = 2.205 lb a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 99. 6.8 kilograms contain how many grams? a. 6.8 × 102 b. 6.82 × 10–3 c. 6.8 × 10–3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 42

d. 6.75 × 10–3 e. 6.8 × 103 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: factor label method | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 100. Convert 4523.0 g to mg. a. 4.5230 × 102 mg b. 4.5230 × 104 mg c. 4.5230 × 106 mg d. 4.5230 × 103 mg e. 4.5230 × 105 mg ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: factor label method | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 101. The enthalpy of combustion of benzoic acid is –26.4 kJ/g. What is the enthalpy of combustion expressed in joules per kilogram? a. –2.64 × 103 J/kg b. –2.64 × 104 J/kg c. –2.64 × 101 J/kg d. –2.64 × 107 J/kg e. –2.64 × 1010 J/kg ANSWER: POINTS:

d 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 43

REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 7

102. The enthalpy of combustion of n-octane, C8H18, is –4.79 × 10 J/kg. What is the enthalpy of combustion expressed in kJ/g? a. –4.79 × 1010 kJ/g b. –4.79 × 107 kJ/g c. –4.79 × 103 kJ/g d. –4.79 × 101 kJ/g e. –4.79 × 104 kJ/g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM –5

103. How many milligrams of ammonium nitrate are equivalent to 1.09 × 10 a. 1.09 × 1010

kg of ammonium nitrate?

b. 1.09 × 104 c. 1.09 × 107 d. 1.09 × 10–7 e. 1.09 × 101 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 44

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

to another. general concepts measurement apply | factor label method general chemistry 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3

3

104. The density of a particular solid is 4.51 g/cm at 25°C. What is its density in kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m )? a. 4.51 × 1010 b. 4.51 × 101 c. 4.51 × 10–2 d. 4.51 × 103 e. 4.51 × 107 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3

105. Express the volume 657.8 cm in liters. a. 6.578 L b. 0.06578 L c. 0.6578 L d. 65.78 L e. 657.8 L ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: factor label method | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 45

106. How many cubic millimeters equal one cubic meter? a. 104 b. 10–9 c. 103 d. 109 e. 10–3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: factor label method | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM –4

107. A certain substance makes up 4.8 × 10 percent by mass of a normal healthy human being. How many grams of that substance would be found in the body of a person weighing 120 lb? (1.0 kg = 2.2 lb) a. 2.60 g b. 0.26 g c. 5.80 g d. 2.65 g e. 1.31 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 108. How many liters are in 15.1 fluid ounces of a soft drink? (1 fl oz = 28.35 mL) a. 5.0 × 10–4 L b. 5.0 × 102 L c. 4.0 × 105 L Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 46

d. 4.0 × 102 L e. 4.28 ×10-1 L ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 109. How many joules are there in 1.86 kcal? (1 calorie = 4.184 J) a. 8 × 10–3 J b. 8 × 103 J c. 7 × 103 J d. 4 × 102 J e. 4 × 103 J ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 110. A hogshead is an old English unit of volume equal to 238.48 L. What is the volume of a cube with an edge length of 3 48.0 m expressed in units of hogshead? (1000 L = 1 m ) a. 4.64 × 105 hogshead b. 4.64 × 102 hogshead c. 4.64 × 10–1 hogshead d. 4.69 × 1010 hogshead e. 4.56 × 104 hogshead ANSWER: POINTS:

a 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 47

REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM –28

2

111. A barn is an atomic unit of area equal to 10 m . What is the surface area of the Earth expressed in units of barn?

2 Assume the Earth is a sphere with a radius of 6400 km. (The surface area of a sphere is 4πr .) a. 5.12 × 1042 barn b. 5.12 × 10–20 barn c. 5.12 × 1036 barn d. 5.12 × 10–14 barn e. 5.12 × 1030 barn ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 112. A lightyear is a unit of length equal to the distance that light travels in 1 year. What is 1 lightyear expressed in units 8 of meters? The speed of light is 3.00 × 10 m/s. a. 9.51 × 100 m b. 9.46 × 1015 m c. 9.38 × 108 m d. 9.05 × 10–1 m e. 9.15 × 10–16 m ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

b 1 1.8 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 48

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 2

113. The SI unit for the diffusion coefficient is m /s, but older texts sometimes report diffusion coefficients in units of 2 2 in /min. What is the value of a diffusion coefficient of 18.5 in /min expressed in SI units? (2.54 cm = 1 in exactly) a. 7.83 × 10–3 m2/s b. 2.82 × 105 m2/s c. 12.10 m2/s d. 4.78 × 102 m2/s e. 1.99 × 10–4 m2/s ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3

114. How many rundlets are there in 218 in ? Some conversion factors that may be useful are given as follows: 1.00 barrel = 42.0 gal 3 1.00 gal = 231 in 1.00 gal = 3.78 L 4 1.00 rundlet = 6.81 × 10 mL 1.00 L = 1000.0 mL 1.00 barrel = 4.00 firkins a. 0.524 b. 13,000,000 c. 24,300 d. 907,000 e. 0.0524 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 49

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 115. A barleycorn is an English unit of length equal to 1/3 of an inch. What is the height of the Empire State Building (449 m) expressed in barleycorns? (2.54 cm = 1 in) a. 3 × 105 barleycorns b. 6 × 103 barleycorns c. 5 × 104 barleycorns d. 4 × 104 barleycorns e. 6 × 102 barleycorns ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 116. A sample of milk is found to have arsenic at a concentration of 3.76 μg/L. What is the concentration in ounces per gallon?

1 qt = 946.4 mL 1 gal = 4 qt 16 oz = 1 lb 1 lb = 0.4536 kg a. 2.82 × 103 oz/gal b. 5.02 × 10–7 oz/gal c. 2.59 × 103 oz/gal d. 4.04 × 10–4 oz/gal e. 3.50 × 10–8 oz/gal ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

b 1 1.8 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 50

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 3

117. The daily dietary energy requirement for an adult is 2.00 × 10 kcal (1 cal = 4.184 J). This is equivalent to a. 8.37 × 103 J b. 8.37 × 103 kJ c. 478 kJ d. 2.00 × 103 kJ e. 47.8 × 104 kJ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 1.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.1.8.1 - Apply dimensional analysis to convert from one unit of measurement to another.

TOPICS: general concepts measurement KEYWORDS: apply | factor label method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:31 AM 1. Which of the following is not a correct name–symbol combination? a. gallium, Ga b. iron, Fe c. nitrogen, N d. argon, Ar e. sodium, He ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.1 - List the atomic symbols of common elements.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 2. The symbol for tin is Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 51

a. T b. Tn c. Si d. Ti e. Sn ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.1 - List the atomic symbols of common elements.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: atomic symbol | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 3. What is the symbol for the element phosphorus? a. Po b. P c. Pt d. K e. Pr ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.1 - List the atomic symbols of common elements.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: atomic symbol | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 4. Which one of the following lists gives the correct symbols for the elements phosphorus, potassium, silver, chlorine, and sulfur? a. P, Po, Ag, Cl, S b. K, Ag, Po, Cl, S c. P, K, Ag, Cl, S d. Ph, K, Ag, S, Cl e. Ph, Po, Ag, Cl, S ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 52

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.1 - List the atomic symbols of common elements.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: atomic symbol | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5. Which of the following lists gives the atomic symbols for potassium, magnesium, beryllium, and sodium? a. Po, Mn, Br, Na b. P, Mn, Be, Se c. K, Mg, Be, Na d. Pt, Mg, Be, Sc e. K, Mn, Br, Na ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.1 - List the atomic symbols of common elements.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: atomic symbol | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 6. The names of the elements whose symbols are Si, P, Mn, and S are, respectively, a. silicon, phosphorus, manganese, and sulfur. b. silicon, potassium, magnesium, and sulfur. c. silver, phosphorus, magnesium, and sodium. d. silver, potassium, manganese, and sodium. e. silicon, potassium, manganese, and sulfur.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.1 - List the atomic symbols of common elements.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: atomic symbol | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 53

7. Which of the following is the atomic symbol for the element cobalt? a. CO b. Co c. C d. Cu e. Cd ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.1 - List the atomic symbols of common elements.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: atomic symbol | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 8. Which of the following is/are postulates of Dalton’s atomic theory?

1. Atoms combine in fixed ratios of whole numbers.

2. Atoms of each element have different properties.

3. Elements occur as solids, liquids, or gases. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.2 - Explain how Daltonfs atomic theory relates to the law of conservation of mass, the law of definite proportions, and the law of multiple proportions.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 9. A series of silicon–hydrogen compounds with the general formula SinH2n+2 can be represented by the known compounds SiH4, Si2H6, and Si3H8. This best illustrates the law of a. multiple proportions. b. conservation of charge. c. definite composition. d. conservation of mass. e. conservation of atoms.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 54

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.2 - Explain how Daltonfs atomic theory relates to the law of conservation of mass, the law of definite proportions, and the law of multiple proportions.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: Dalton's atomic theory | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 10. According to the law of multiple proportions, a. the total mass is the same after a chemical change as before the change. b. it is not possible for the same two elements to form more than one compound. c. the ratio of the masses of the elements in a compound is always the same. d. if the same two elements form two different compounds, they do so in the same ratio. e. None of these choices is correct.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.2 - Explain how Daltonfs atomic theory relates to the law of conservation of mass, the law of definite proportions, and the law of multiple proportions.

TOPICS: general concepts matter KEYWORDS: compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 11. Which of the following pairs of compounds can be used to illustrate the law of multiple proportions? a. H2O and HCl b. NO and NO2 c. NH4 and NH4Cl d. ZnO2 and ZnCl2 e. CH4 and CO2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.1.2 - Explain how Daltonfs atomic theory relates to the law of conservation of mass, the law of definite proportions, and the law of multiple proportions.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 55

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general concepts matter apply | compound general chemistry 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

12. Cathode rays are a. anions. b. protons. c. cations. d. positrons. e. electrons.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.2.1 - Summarize the evolution of atomic theory from its inception to the nuclear model.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: discovery of electron | structure of the atom | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 13. A subatomic particle is a. a piece of an atom. b. only found in the nucleus of an atom. c. always positively charged. d. larger than the nucleus of an atom. e. always negatively charged.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 | 2.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.2.1 - Summarize the evolution of atomic theory from its inception to the nuclear model.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 14. Experiments were carried out in which a beam of cathode rays was first bent by a magnetic field and then bent back by an electrostatic field until the beam hit the screen exactly where it had been hitting before the fields were applied. This experiment permitted the direct measurement of Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 56

a. the ratio of mass to charge of an electron. b. the charge on the nucleus of an atom. c. the charge on the electron. d. the mass of the atom. e. the mass of the electron.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.2.1 - Summarize the evolution of atomic theory from its inception to the nuclear model.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: apply | discovery of electron | structure of the atom OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 15. Who discovered the electron? a. Bohr b. de Broglie c. Rutherford d. Heisenberg e. Thomson ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.2.1 - Summarize the evolution of atomic theory from its inception to the nuclear model.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: discovery of electron | structure of the atom | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 16. Which of the following conclusions regarding Rutherford’s gold foil experiment is not consistent with the observations? a. The nucleus occupies only a small portion of the space of an atom. b. Most alpha particles travel straight through the gold foil. c. The nucleus occupies a large amount of the atom space. d. The nucleus, like the alpha particles used to bombard the gold foil, is positively charged. e. Wide angle deflections result from a collision of an alpha particle and a gold atom nucleus.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 57

REFERENCES: 2.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.2.1 - Summarize the evolution of atomic theory from its inception to the nuclear model.

TOPICS: atomic theory of matter early atomic theory KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 17. Who discovered the nucleus of an atom? a. Thomson b. de Broglie c. Rutherford d. Bohr e. Heisenberg ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.2.1 - Summarize the evolution of atomic theory from its inception to the nuclear model.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: nuclear model of atom | structure of the atom | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 18. If the Thomson model of the atom had been correct, Rutherford would have observed a. alpha particles bouncing off the foil. b. alpha particles going through the foil with little or no deflection. c. alpha particles greatly deflected by the metal foil. d. positive particles formed in the foil. e. beta particles going through the foil with little or no deflection.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.2.1 - Summarize the evolution of atomic theory from its inception to the nuclear model.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: analyze | nuclear model of atom | structure of the atom OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 58

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

19. Identify the true statement(s) about a nucleus.

1. A nucleus is an atom’s central core.

2. A nucleus is positively charged.

3. A nucleus contains most of an atom’s mass. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1, 2, and 3 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.2.1 - Summarize the evolution of atomic theory from its inception to the nuclear model.

TOPICS: The Structure of the Atom KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 20. _____ are very light, negatively charged particles that exists in the region around an atom’s positively charged nucleus. a. Protons b. Electrons c. Bosons d. Positrons e. Neutrons ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.2.1 - Summarize the evolution of atomic theory from its inception to the nuclear model.

TOPICS: The Structure of the Atom KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 21. Suppose atom 1 has the same number of protons as atom 2, and atom 2 has the same number of neutrons as atom 3.

Atom 1 does not have the same number of neutrons as atom 3. Which of the following statements is true? a. Atom 3 must have the same number of protons as atom 2. b. Atoms 1 and 2 must be isotopes.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 59

c. Atoms 1 and 3 must be isotopes. d. Atom 2 must have the same number of neutrons as atom 1. e. Atom 3 must have the same number of protons as atom 1.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.1 - Compare isotopes of an element.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: analyze | nuclear structure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 16

17

22. Which of the following statements is true concerning the two nuclides O and O? a. They have the same number of neutrons. b. They are isotopes. c. They have the same relative atomic mass. d. They have the same mass number. e. They have different chemical properties.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.1 - Compare isotopes of an element.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: isotope | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 23. Which of the following atomic symbols represents an isotope of a. 93Nb

94

Mo?

b. 95Tc c. 94Tc d. 95Mo e. 94Nb ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

d 1 2.3 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 60

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.1 - Compare isotopes of an element.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: isotope | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 24. Which of the following represents a pair of isotopes?

Atomic Number Mass Number a. I 17 34 II 18 34 b. I 7 14 II 8 14 c. I 17 35 II 17 37 d. I 17 37 II 18 38 e. I 7 15 II 8 16 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.1 - Compare isotopes of an element.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: isotope | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 25. There are three isotopes of carbon differing with respect to a. electron configuration. b. nuclear charge. c. number of neutrons. d. number of protons. e. atomic number.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.1 - Compare isotopes of an element.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: isotope | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 61

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

26. Which of the following statements about the isotopes of a particular element is not true? a. Each unique isotope has a different atomic mass. b. Each unique isotope has a different atomic number. c. Each unique isotope has a different number of neutrons. d. Each unique isotope has the same number of protons. e. In neutral atoms of each unique isotope, the number of electrons equals the number of protons.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.1 - Compare isotopes of an element.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 27. The neutral atoms of all the isotopes of the same element have a. different numbers of protons. b. the same number of neutrons. c. the same number of electrons. d. the same mass. e. the same mass number.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.1 - Compare isotopes of an element.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: apply | isotope OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 28. Which nuclide has the same number of protons as

?

a. b. c. d.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 62

e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: nuclear structure | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 29. How many electrons does the ion

have?

a. 18 b. 36 c. 16 d. 34 e. 19 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 30. How many protons are there in the chromium-52 nuclide? a. 29 b. 76 c. 23 d. 24 e. 28 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: analyze | atomic symbol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 63

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

31. How many neutrons are there in the cobalt-59 nuclide? a. 27 b. 2 c. 86 d. 59 e. 32 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: apply | atomic symbol OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 32. An atom that has the same number of neutrons as a. 58Zn

59

Ni is

b. 60Cu c. 57Cr d. 58Mn e. 59Co ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: analyze | atomic symbol OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 33. Which combination of protons, neutrons, and electrons correctly represents an a. 26 protons, 31 neutrons, 57 electrons b. 26 protons, 31 neutrons, 31 electrons c. 26 protons, 31 neutrons, 26 electrons Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

57

Fe nuclide?

Page 64

d. 57 protons, 26 neutrons, 57 electrons e. 57 protons, 26 neutrons, 26 electrons ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: atomic symbol | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 34. The species that has the same number of neutrons as

is

a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: analyze | atomic symbol OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 35. Which of the following nuclides contains more protons than neutrons? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER:

a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 65

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 36. How many neutrons are there in 8 molecules of

?

a. 160 b. 80 c. 3 d. 304 e. 144 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 37. What is the symbol of the nuclide having 13 protons and 14 neutrons? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: analyze | atomic symbol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 66

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

38. Which of the following has 62 neutrons, 46 protons, and 46 electrons? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.3.2 - Write the nuclide symbol for a given nuclide.

TOPICS: general concepts atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 39. A certain element is listed as having an atomic mass of 63.5 amu. It is probably true that this element contains a. a mixture of isotopes. b. a mixture of neutrons. c. a mixture of isomers. d. a mixture of allotropes. e. a mixture of ions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.4.1 - Determine the atomic mass of an element from the isotopic masses and fractional abundances.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: apply | atomic weight OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 151

40. The average atomic mass of Eu is 151.96 amu. There are only two naturally occurring isotopes of europium, Eu 153 131 with a mass of 151.0 amu and Eu with a mass of 153.0 amu. The natural abundance of the Eu isotope must be approximately Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 67

a. 60% b. 20% c. 50% d. 80% e. 40% ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.4.1 - Determine the atomic mass of an element from the isotopic masses and fractional abundances.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: apply | atomic weight OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 41. Naturally occurring element X exists in three isotopic forms: X-28 (27.979 amu, 92.21% abundance), X-29 (28.976 amu, 4.70% abundance), and X-30 (29.974 amu, 3.09% abundance). Calculate the atomic weight of X. a. 29.09 amu b. 28.09 amu c. 35.29 amu d. 86.93 amu e. 25.80 amu ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.4.1 - Determine the atomic mass of an element from the isotopic masses and fractional abundances.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 42. Neon has three naturally occuring isotopes. The abundance of 21 abundance of Ne? a. 9.25% b. 0.27% c. 49.9% d. 33.2% e. 81.2% Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

20

Ne is 90.48% and

22

Ne is 9.25%. What is the percent

Page 68

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.4.1 - Determine the atomic mass of an element from the isotopic masses and fractional abundances.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 43. An element, X, has the following isotopic composition: X-200, 90%; X-199, 8.0%; and X-202, 2.0%. Its average atomic mass is closest to a. 200 amu. b. 203 amu. c. 199 amu. d. 202 amu. e. 201 amu.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.4.1 - Determine the atomic mass of an element from the isotopic masses and fractional abundances.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: apply | atomic weight OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 44. Which of the following concerning atomic mass is/are correct?

1. The atomic mass listed on a modern periodic table for each element is the mass of the most abundant isotope.

12 2. The atomic mass listed on a modern periodic table is a relative atomic mass, based on the definition that C equals 12 amu.

3. Relative atomic masses can only be determined with a mass spectrometer. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 1 and 2 d. 2 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 69

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.4.1 - Determine the atomic mass of an element from the isotopic masses and fractional abundances.

TOPICS: early atomic theory atomic theory of matter KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 45. A periodic law based on atomic masses would necessitate Te and I changing places in the periodic table. This was not done in the early periodic table because a. a periodic law based on atomic masses is not valid. b. it was thought that the atomic masses might be in error. c. iodine behaves chemically like chlorine and bromine. d. the tellurium samples could contain a heavy impurity. e. iodine contains one naturally occurring isotope, whereas tellurium consists of several isotopes.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.5.1 - Describe the organization of the periodic table.

TOPICS: early atomic theory periodic table KEYWORDS: group | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 46. The elements in a row of the periodic table are known as a. metals. b. a period. c. metalloids. d. a family. e. a group.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.5.1 - Describe the organization of the periodic table.

TOPICS: early atomic theory periodic table KEYWORDS: period | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 47. Which of the following statements about different elements is incorrect?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 70

a. Potassium is an alkali metal. b. Fluorine is a halogen. c. Aluminum is a transition element. d. Barium is an alkaline earth metal. e. Helium is a noble gas.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.5.1 - Describe the organization of the periodic table.

TOPICS: early atomic theory periodic table KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 48. Which of the following statements is not true about the element iron? a. It is a metal. b. It is a transition element. c. It is in period 4. d. It has chemical and physical properties most similar to zirconium. e. It is in group VIII B (group 8).

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.5.1 - Describe the organization of the periodic table.

TOPICS: early atomic theory periodic table KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 49. The elements in groups 1A-8A or 1-2 and 15-18 are known as the a. main group. b. metalloids or semimetals. c. halogens. d. transition metals. e. inner transition metals.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 71

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.5.1 - Describe the organization of the periodic table.

TOPICS: early atomic theory periodic table KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 50. Choose the group containing the most reactive nonmetals. a. Group 5A b. Group 3A c. Group 7A d. Group 8A e. Group 1A ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.5.1 - Describe the organization of the periodic table.

TOPICS: early atomic theory periodic table KEYWORDS: nonmetal | understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 51. Which element belongs to the alkali metals? a. rubidium b. germanium c. barium d. iodine e. argon ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.5.1 - Describe the organization of the periodic table.

TOPICS: early atomic theory periodic table KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 52. Which of the following statements about different elements is/are true?

1. As is a metalloid and Se is a nonmetal.

2. Cu is a transition element and Ge is a metalloid.

3. Both F and I are halogens.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 72

a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.5.1 - Describe the organization of the periodic table.

TOPICS: early atomic theory periodic table KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 53. Which of the following is a metalloid? a. oxygen b. hydrogen c. silicon d. carbon e. copper ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.5.1 - Describe the organization of the periodic table.

TOPICS: early atomic theory periodic table KEYWORDS: metalloid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 54. All of the following elements are best classified as metalloids except a. Si b. Te c. As d. B e. Ga ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 73

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.5.1 - Describe the organization of the periodic table.

TOPICS: early atomic theory periodic table KEYWORDS: metalloid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 55. Which of the following is a characteristic of ionic compounds? a. They are composed of discrete molecules. b. They have low melting points. c. They are typically solid at room temperature. d. They are formed by sharing of electrons. e. They have high boiling point.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.1 - Compare ionic and molecular formula.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 56. Which of the following is an example of an ionic compound? a. FeCl3 b. CO2 c. H2O d. CH4 e. NO2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.1 - Compare ionic and molecular formula.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 57. Which of the following is the correct representation of the molecular compound CH3CH2CH3? a. C3H9 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 74

b. C2H4 c. C3H6 d. C3H8 e. C2H8 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.1 - Compare ionic and molecular formula.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 58. What is the molecular formula of a compound with the empirical formula CH2O and a molar mass of 180 g/mol? a. C7H14O3 b. C6H12O6 c. C3H2O d. C6H6O2 e. C5H12O3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.1 - Compare ionic and molecular formula.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 59. Bismuth (III) sulfate is an ionic compound formed from Bi formula? a. BiSO4+

3+

2-

and SO4 . What is the correct way to represent the

b. Bi(SO4)2c. Bi3+SO42d. Bi2(SO4)3 e. Bi9(SO4)13.5 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

d 1 2.6

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 75

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.2 - Write the formula of an ionic compound given the formulas of the ions.

TOPICS: chemical formulas KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 2+

60. The empirical formula of a salt consisting of Ba a. Ba2+OH-

-

and OH ions is

b. BaOH c. Ba2OH d. Ba2(OH)3 e. Ba(OH)2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.2 - Write the formula of an ionic compound given the formulas of the ions.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 2+

61. The empirical formula of a salt consisting of Ca a. CaCO3

and CO3

2–

ions is

b. Ca2CO3 c. Ca2(CO3)3 d. Ca(CO3)3 e. Ca(CO3)2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.2 - Write the formula of an ionic compound given the formulas of the ions.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 76

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:52 AM

62. The empirical formula of a salt SrCl2 contains which of the following ions? a. Sr+ and Clb. Sr2+ and Clc. Sr2+ and Cl2d. Sr+ and Cl2e. Sr3+ and ClANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.2 - Write the formula of an ionic compound given the formulas of the ions.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM +

-

63. What is the ionic compound formed from the ions Na and Cl ? a. NaCl2 b. Na2Cl c. NaCl d. Na3Cl2 e. NaCl3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.2 - Write the formula of an ionic compound given the formulas of the ions.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 3+

64. Given ions are Al a. AlSO4

2-

and SO4 , what is the formula of the ionic compound?

b. Al2(SO4)3 c. Al3(SO4)2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 77

d. Al(SO4)2 e. Al2(SO4) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.2 - Write the formula of an ionic compound given the formulas of the ions.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 2+

65. What is the ionic compound formed from the ions Mg a. MgOH b. Mg2OH

-

and OH ?

c. Mg(OH)2 d. Mg3(OH)2 e. Mg2(OH)3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.6.2 - Write the formula of an ionic compound given the formulas of the ions.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 66. An important class of molecular substances that contain carbon combined with other elements, such as hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen, is _____. a. organic compounds b. radioactive isotones c. radioactive isotopes d. inorganic compounds e. stable isotopes ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 78

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.1 - List the attributes of molecular substances that make them organic compounds.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 67. The ability of carbon atoms to form chains and rings is attributed to their _____. a. small size b. high electronegativity c. four valence electrons d. ability to form ionic bonds e. less electronegativity ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.1 - List the attributes of molecular substances that make them organic compounds.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 68. Organic compounds are generally _____. a. soluble in water b. insoluble in water c. highly reactive d. highly conductive e. high melting point ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.1 - List the attributes of molecular substances that make them organic compounds.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 69. Functional groups are specific arrangement of _____. a. atoms b. ions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 79

c. electrons d. bonds e. molecule ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.1 - List the attributes of molecular substances that make them organic compounds.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 70. Which of the following molecules is a hydrocarbon? a. H2O b. CH3CH2CH3 c. C6H12O6 d. CH3CH2OH e. CH3OCH3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.2 - Explain what makes a molecule a hydrocarbon.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: organic compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 71. Which of the following molecules is a hydrocarbon? a. H2O b. CH3CH2CH3 c. C6H12O6 d. CH3CH2OH e. CH3OCH3 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

b 1 2.7 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 80

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.2 - Explain what makes a molecule a hydrocarbon.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: organic compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 72. Which of the following is the simplest alkene? a. propene b. ethane c. butene d. ethene e. pentene ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.2 - Explain what makes a molecule a hydrocarbon.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: organic compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 73. Which of the following is a source of hydrocarbons? a. proteins b. carbohydrates c. minerals d. fibers e. fossil fuels ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.2 - Explain what makes a molecule a hydrocarbon.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: organic compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 74. Toluene is an example of which type of hydrocarbon?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 81

a. alkane b. alkene c. alkyne d. Aromatic hydrocarbon e. aliphatic hydrocarbon ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.2 - Explain what makes a molecule a hydrocarbon.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: organic compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 75. Which of the following molecules contains the ether functional group? a. CH3CH2NH2 b. CH3CH2OCH2CH3 c. CH3CH2OH d. CH3CH2COOH e. H2O ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.3 - List three organic functional groups.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: organic compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 76. Which of the following molecules contains the ether functional group? a. CH3CH2NH2 b. CH3CH2OCH2CH3 c. CH3CH2OH d. CH3CH2COOH e. H2O ANSWER: POINTS:

b 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 82

REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.3 - List three organic functional groups.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: organic compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 77. Which of the following molecules contains the carboxylic acid functional group? a. CH3CH2CH2OH b. CH3CH2COCH2CH3 c. CH3NHCH3 d. CH3OCH2CH3 e. CH3CH2CH2COOH ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.3 - List three organic functional groups.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: organic compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 78. Which of the following molecules contains the alcohol functional group? a. C6H6 b. CH3OH c. CH4 d. CH3OCH3 e. C2H2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.3 - List three organic functional groups.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: organic compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 83

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

79. Which of the following is/are true about urea?

1. Urea is a molecular compound in human urine.

2. Urea can be synthesized from ammonia and cyanic acid.

3. Urea belongs to the hydrocarbon group. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.7.3 - List three organic functional groups.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 80. What is the name of the compound whose formula is Al2(SO4)3? a. aluminum sulfate b. dialuminum tri(sulfur tetraoxygen) c. aluminum sulfide d. aluminum persulfate e. aluminum sulfite ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: ionic compound | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 81. What is the formula for the chloride of gadolinium(III)? a. Gd2(ClO2)3 b. Gd(ClO4)2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 84

c. Gd3Cl d. GdCl3 e. Gd(ClO3)3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: ionic compound | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 82. What is the correct formula for manganese(III) oxide? a. MnO b. Mn2O c. Mn3O2 d. Mn2O3 e. MnO2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.2 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: chemical formulas KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 83. What is the correct name for In2S3? a. indium(III) sulfide b. indium sulfide c. diindium trisulfide d. indium trisulfide e. diindium(II) sulfide ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 85

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 84. The formula of calcium sulfide is a. CaS b. CaSO2 c. CaSO3 d. CaSO4 e. Ca(SO4)2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: ionic compound | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 85. Choose the name–formula pair that does not match. a. calcium fluoride, CaF2 b. iron(III) oxide, Fe2O3 c. aluminum oxide, Al2O3 d. potassium permanganate, K2MnO4 e. sodium sulfite, Na2SO3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: ionic compound | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 86. Choose the name–formula pair that does not match.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 86

a. calcium hydride, CaH2 b. ammonium hydrogen carbonate, NH4CO3 c. sodium chlorite, NaClO2 d. calcium hydroxide, Ca(OH)2 e. nitric acid, HNO3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: ionic compound | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 87. The formula for magnesium nitride is a. Mg2N3 b. Mg3N2 c. MgNO2 d. Mg(NO2)2 e. MgN ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: ionic compound | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 88. What is the subscript of potassium in the formula for potassium carbonate? a. 2 b. 5 c. 3 d. 4 e. 1 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 87

REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply | ionic compound | nomenclature of simple compound OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 89. What is the formula for sodium peroxide? a. Na3O2 b. NaO c. Na2O d. NaO2 e. Na2O2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: ionic compound | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 90. What is the formula for the chlorate of ytterbium(III)? a. Yb(ClO4)2 b. YbCl2 c. Yb2(ClO3)3 d. YbCl3 e. Yb(ClO3)3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply | ionic compound | nomenclature of simple compound OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 88

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

91. What is the formula for the nitride of europium(III)? a. EuN b. Eu2N3 c. Eu(NO3)2 d. Eu(NO3)3 e. Eu(NO2)3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.1 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply | ionic compound | nomenclature of simple compound OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

92. The chemical name for the model

is

a. dinitrogen tetroxide. b. nitrogen tetroxide. c. nitrogen oxide. d. nitric oxide. e. nitrogen trioxide ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.2 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: binary molecular compound | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 93. The chemical name for the binary, non-ionic molecule with the formula HI is a. hydrogen iodide. b. monohydrogen iodide.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 89

c. hydride iodide. d. hydrogen iodine. e. monohydrogen iodine.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.2 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 94. What is the formula of the compound sulfur tetroxide? a. S2O4 b. SO c. SO4 d. SO3 e. S3O ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.2 - Write the name of an ionic compound given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 95. The formula for hypochlorous acid is a. HClO4 b. HClO c. HCl d. HClO2 e. HClO ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.3 - Write the name of an acid given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 90

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

acid | nomenclature of simple compound | understand general chemistry 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

96. Which name–formula pair is incorrect? a. HNO3, nitric acid b. H3PO4, phosphoric acid c. HClO, hypochlorous acid d. HCl, hydrochloric acid e. HBr, perchloric acid ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.3 - Write the name of an acid given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 97. Which name–formula pair is incorrect? a. hypochlorous acid, HClO2 b. titanium(IV) carbide, TiC c. strontium nitride, Sr3N2 d. magnesium sulfate heptahydrate, MgSO4•7H2O e. dinitrogen tetroxide, N2O4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.3 - Write the name of an acid given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 98. What is the formula of hydrofluoric acid? a. HF2 b. HCl c. HBr Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 91

d. HF e. HI ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.3 - Write the name of an acid given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 99. The oxoanion that comes from nitric acid is a. N2O3b. NO3c. HNO3d. NOe. NO2ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.4 - Write the name and formula of an oxoanion from an oxoacid or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: acid | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 100. What is the name of the oxoanion formed from sulfuric acid? a. sulfur b. chloride c. sulfate d. nitrate e. sulfide ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 92

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.4 - Write the name and formula of an oxoanion from an oxoacid or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: acid | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 2-

101. What is the name of the oxoacid formed from carbonate ion (CO3 )? a. carbonous acid b. carbonic acid c. carbic acid d. percarbonic acid e. hypochlorous acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.4 - Write the name and formula of an oxoanion from an oxoacid or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: acid | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 102. What is the formula of the oxoanion formed from perchloric acid (HClO4)? a. ClO3b. ClO4c. ClO2d. ClOe. ClO5ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.4 - Write the name and formula of an oxoanion from an oxoacid or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: acid | nomenclature of simple compound | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 93

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:52 AM

103. A hydrate of calcium chloride contains 24.3% of water by mass. What is the formula of this hydrate? a. CaCl2•2 H2O b. CaCl2•4 H2O c. CaCl2•6 H2O d. CaCl2•8 H2O e. CaCl2•10 H2O ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.5 - Write the name of a hydrate given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 104. Which hydrate corresponds to the name ―sodium thiosulfate pentahydrate‖? a. Na2S2O3•5 H2O b. Na2S2O4•5 H2O c. Na2S4O6•5 H2O d. Na2S2O3•10 H2O e. Na2S2O4•10 H2O ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.5 - Write the name of a hydrate given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 105. What is the name of the hydrate with the formula FeCl3•6 H2O? a. iron(III) chloride heptahydrate b. iron(II) chloride hexahydrate c. iron(III) chloride hexahydrate d. iron(III) chloride pentahydrate e. iron(II) chloride heptahydrate ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 94

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.5 - Write the name of a hydrate given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 106. A hydrate of sodium carbonate contains 62.9% water by mass. What is the formula of this hydrate? a. Na2CO3•2 H2O b. Na2CO3•4 H2O c. Na2CO3•6 H2O d. Na2CO3•8 H2O e. Na2CO3•10 H2O ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.8.5 - Write the name of a hydrate given its formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical substance KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 107. Which is a correct balanced chemical equation corresponding to the following description of a chemical reaction?

Hydrochloric acid reacts with magnesium metal to produce aqueous magnesium chloride and hydrogen gas. a. 2 HCl (aq) + Mg (s) → MgCl2 (aq) + 2 H (g) b. 2 HCl (aq) + Mg (s) → MgCl2 (aq) + H2 (g) c. 2 HCl (aq) + Mg (s) → MgCl (aq) + H2 (g) d. 2 HCl (aq) + Mg (aq) → MgCl2 (s) + H2 (g) e. HCl (aq) + Mg (s) → MgCl (aq) + H (g) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.9.1 - Write chemical equations using appropriate phase labels, symbols of reactions conditions, and catalysts.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: apply | balancing chemical equation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 95

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

108. Sulfuric acid reacts with aqueous sodium hydroxide to produce aqueous sodium sulfate and liquid water. Which is the correct balanced chemical equation for this reaction description? a. H2SO4 (aq) + 2 NaOH (aq) → Na2S (aq) + 2 H2O (l) + 2 O2 (g) b. H2S (aq) + 2 NaOH (aq) → Na2S (aq) + 2 H2O (l) c. H2SO4 (aq) + NaOH (aq) → NaSO4 (aq) + H2O (g) d. H2SO4 (aq) + 2 NaOH (aq) → Na2SO4 (aq) + 2 H2O (l) e. H2SO4 (aq) + (NaOH)2 (aq) → Na2SO4 (aq) + 2 H2O (l) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.9.1 - Write chemical equations using appropriate phase labels, symbols of reactions conditions, and catalysts.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical reaction KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 109. Which is a correct balanced chemical equation for the combustion of butane in air? a. 2 C4H10 (g) + 7 O2 (g) → 7 CO2 (g) + 5 H2O (l) b. C4H10 (g) + 13/2 O2 (g) → 4 CO2 (g) + 5 H2O (l) c. C4H10 (g) + 7/2 O2 (g) → 4 CO2 (g) + 3 H2O (l) d. 2 C4H10 (g) + 13/2 O2 (g) → 5 CO2 (g) + 5 H2O (l) e. C4H10 (s) + 13/2 O2 (l) → 4 CO2 (s) + 5 H2O (l) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.9.1 - Write chemical equations using appropriate phase labels, symbols of reactions conditions, and catalysts.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: apply | balancing chemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 110. Which is a correct balanced chemical equation for the neutralization reaction between sulfuric acid and sodium hydroxide? a. H2SO4 (aq) + 2 NaOH (aq) → Na2SO4 (aq) + 2 H2O (l) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 96

b. 2 H2SO4 (aq) + NaOH (aq) → 2 Na2SO4 (aq) + H2O (l) c. 5 H2SO4 (aq) + 2 NaOH (aq) → 3 Na2SO4 (aq) + 6 H2O (l) d. H2SO4 (l) + 2 NaOH (s) → Na2SO4 (l) + 2 H2O (s) e. 2 H2SO4 (l) + 2 NaOH (s) → Na2SO4 (aq) + 2 H2O (l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.9.1 - Write chemical equations using appropriate phase labels, symbols of reactions conditions, and catalysts.

TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: apply | balancing chemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 111. The complete combustion of propane, C3H8, yields carbon dioxide and water: — C3 H8 + — O2→ — CO2 + — H2O The smallest whole-number coefficient of oxygen in the balanced equation is a. 6 b. 3 c. 7 d. 4 e. 5 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: balancing chemical equation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 112. The products of the combustion of acetaldehyde with oxygen are shown in the following equation: __ CH3CHO + __ O2 → __ CO2 + __ H2O When properly balanced, the equation indicates that ____ molecules of O2 are required to burn 2 molecules of CH3CHO. a. 2 b. 6 c. 4 d. 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 97

e. 5 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: apply | balancing chemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 113. The complete combustion of octane, C8H18, yields carbon dioxide and water: — C8 H18 + — O2→ — CO2 + — H2O The smallest whole-number coefficient of oxygen in the balanced equation is a. 24 b. 26 c. 22 d. 23 e. 25 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: apply | balancing chemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 114. Energy from the following reaction provided the lift for the moon lander: __ (CH3)2N2H2 + __ N2O4 → __ N2 + __ H2O + __ CO2 When the equation is balanced, the smallest whole-number coefficient of nitrogen is a. 5 b. 4 c. 1 d. 3 e. 2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 98

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: apply | balancing chemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 115. Treatment of sodium borohydride with sulfuric acid is a convenient method for the preparation of diborane: __ NaBH4 + __ H2SO4 → __ B2H6 + __ H2 + __Na2SO4 When the equation is balanced, the lowest whole number coefficient for hydrogen is a. 5 b. 2 c. 4 d. 1 e. 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: apply | balancing chemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 116. The complete combustion of phenylhydrazine, C6H5NHNH2, with the oxidizer dinitrogen tetraoxide is shown in the following equation: __ C6H5NHNH2 + __ N2O4 → __ CO2 + __ H2O + __ N2 When this equation is balanced, the sum of all the coefficients (using smallest whole numbers) is a. 30 b. 20 c. 25 d. 10 e. 15 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: apply | balancing chemical equation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 99

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

117. The complete combustion of pentane yields carbon dioxide and water. When the equation __ C5H12 (l) + __ O2 (g) → __ CO2 (g) + __ H2O (l) is balanced, the ratio of the coefficient of CO2 to the coefficient of O2 is a. 8:5 b. 8:6 c. 6:5 d. 5:6 e. 5:8 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: apply | balancing chemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 118. A reaction occurs between sodium carbonate and hydrochloric acid, producing sodium chloride, carbon dioxide, and water. Which is the correct set of coefficients, respectively, for the balanced reaction? a. 3 6 6 3 4 b. 8 6 5 10 5 c. 5 10 10 5 5 d. 1 2 2 1 1 e. 3 4 4 7 2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: analyze | balancing chemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 119. When the equation __ (CH3)2NNH2 + __ N2O4 → __ N2 + __ H2O + __ CO2 is balanced, the sum of all the coefficients (simplest whole number) is Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 100

a. 13 b. 12 c. 9 d. 10 e. 11 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: apply | balancing chemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 120. Which one of the following equations is properly balanced? a. Sn + 4 HNO3 → SnO2 + 4 NO2 + 2 H2O b. 2 Na2SO4 + 3 Bi(NO3)3 → Bi2(SO4)3 + 9 NaNO3 c. CH3CHO + 3 O2 → 2 CO2 + 2 H2O d. NH4NO3 → 2 H2O + N2 e. Na2CO3 + 2 H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + 2 H2O + CO2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: balancing chemical equation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM 121. Which of the following chemical equations is not balanced? a. NH4NO3 → N2O + 2 H2O b. C12H22O11 → 12 C + 11 H2O c. 2 NH4SCN + Ba(OH)2·8 H2O → 2 NH3 + 10 H2O + Ba(SCN)2 d. (NH4)2Cr2O7 → N2O + Cr2O3 + 4 H2O e. 2 Mg + CO2 → 2 MgO + C ANSWER: POINTS:

d 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 101

REFERENCES: 2.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.2.10.1 - Balance chemical equations TOPICS: early atomic theory chemical equation KEYWORDS: balancing chemical equation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 7:52 AM

1. The molecular formula of a particular solid is C8H4O6. Its molecular mass is a. 288 amu. b. 100 amu. c. 296 amu. d. 196 amu. e. 170 amu.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.1.1 - Calculate the molecular or formula mass of a substance.

TOPICS: mass and moles of substance stoichiometry KEYWORDS: apply | molecular mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 2. The hydrocarbon octane has the structural formula CH3(CH2)6CH3. What is the molecular mass of this hydrocarbon? a. 114.2 amu. b. 116.2amu. c. 100.1 amu. d. 113.2amu. e. 124.2 amu.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.1.1 - Calculate the molecular or formula mass of a substance.

TOPICS: mass and moles of substance stoichiometry KEYWORDS: apply | molecular mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 102

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:05 AM

3. A single molecule of polystyrene has the repeating unit -[CH2CH(C6H5)]n-, where n is the number of repeating units.

6 What is the value of n if the molecular mass of a single polymer chain is 1.3457 × 10 amu? a. 1.292 × 104 units b. 1.401 × 108 units c. 2.584 × 104 units d. 1.745 × 104 units e. 1.038 × 108 units ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.1.1 - Calculate the molecular or formula mass of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | molecular mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:21 AM 4. The formula mass of aluminum oxalate, Al2(C2O4)3, is a. 143 amu. b. 318 amu. c. 290 amu. d. 204 amu. e. 197 amu.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.1.1 - Calculate the molecular or formula mass of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | formula mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5. The formula mass of zinc acetate trihydrate, Zn(CH3COO)2•3 H2O, is a. 356 amu. b. 184 amu. c. 292 amu. d. 238 amu.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 103

e. 156 amu.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.1.1 - Calculate the molecular or formula mass of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: Apply | formula mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 6. The fully hydrated form of sodium sulphate is the decahydrate, Na2SO4 • 10 H2O. When heated the hydrated salt loses water. How many water molecules are found per formula unit in a partially dehydrated sample of sodium sulphate with a formula mass of 197 amu (i.e. find n for Na2SO4 • n H2O)? a. 3 waters b. 5 waters c. 7 waters d. 9 waters e. 4 waters ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.1.1 - Calculate the molecular or formula mass of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | formula mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 7. What is the molecular mass of cycloheptane, C7H14? a. 93.02 amu b. 91.19 amu c. 94.08 amu d. 98.19 amu e. 96.12 amu ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.1.1 - Calculate the molecular or formula mass of a substance.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 104

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

stoichiometry mass and moles of substance apply | molecular mass general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

8. What is the formula mass of barium phosphate, Ba3(PO4)2? a. 506.95 amu b. 570.95 amu c. 532.30 amu d. 513.90 amu e. 601.92 amu ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.1.1 - Calculate the molecular or formula mass of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | formula mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 9. What is the molecular mass of the hydrocarbon styrene (shown in the figure)?

a. 104.1 amu. b. 91.1 amu. c. 103.1 amu. d. 93.0 amu. e. 98.1 amu.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.1.1 - Calculate the molecular or formula mass of a substance.

TOPICS: mass and moles of substance stoichiometry KEYWORDS: apply | molecular mass Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 105

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

10. A mole is precisely defined as: a. 6.022 × 1023 particles b. 6.022 × 10-23 particles c. 6.022 × 1022 particles d. 6.022 × 1021 particles e. 6.022 × 1024 particles ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.1 - Describe the relationship between Avogadrofs number and the mole.

TOPICS: Mass and moles of substance stoichiometry KEYWORDS: Mole | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 11. How many atoms are present in 3 moles of carbon? a. 18.06 × 1022 atoms b. 18.06 × 1023 atoms c. 18.06 × 10-23 atoms d. 19.06 × 1023 atoms e. 17.06 × 1023 atoms ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.1 - Describe the relationship between Avogadrofs number and the mole.

TOPICS: Mass and moles of substance stoichiometry KEYWORDS: apply | Avogadro’s number OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 12. What is the mass in grams of the chlorine atom? a. 5.90 × 10 -23 g/Cl atom b. 5.90 × 10 23 g/Cl atom Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 106

c. 6.90 × 10 -23 g/Cl atom d. 5.95 × 10 -23 g/Cl atom e. 5.99 × 10 -23 g/Cl atom ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.1 - Describe the relationship between Avogadrofs number and the mole.

TOPICS: Mass and moles of substance stoichiometry KEYWORDS: apply | Avogadro’s number OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 13. What is the mass in grams of the water molecule? a. 2.97 × 10 -23 g/ H2O molecule b. 3.00 × 10 23 g/ H2O molecule c. 2.99 × 10 -23 g/H2O molecule d. 2.95 × 10 -23 g/ H2O molecule e. 2.96 × 10 -23 g/ H2O molecule ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.1 - Describe the relationship between Avogadrofs number and the mole.

TOPICS: Mass and moles of substance stoichiometry KEYWORDS: apply | Avogadro’s number OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 14. What is the molar mass of ammonium sulfite, (NH4)2SO3? a. 98 g/mol b. 116 g/mol c. 55 g/mol d. 180 g/mol e. 84 g/mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 107

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.2 - Convert between molar mass and molecular mass.

TOPICS: Mass and moles of substance stoichiometry KEYWORDS: apply | Molar mass OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 15. What is the molar mass of zinc sulfate hexahydrate, ZnSO4 • 6 H2O? a. 180 g/mol b. 270 g/mol c. 366 g/mol d. 162 g/mol e. 564 g/mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.2 - Convert between molar mass and molecular mass.

TOPICS: Mass and moles of substance stoichiometry KEYWORDS: apply | Molar mass OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 16. Plastic wrap can be made from poly(vinylidene chloride). A single poly(vinylidene chloride) strand has the general formula -(CH2CHCl)n-, where n ranges from 10,000 to 100,000. What is the molar mass of a single poly(vinylidene 4 chloride) molecule containing 3.123 × 10 repeating units? a. 1.952 × 106 g/mol b. 1.22 × 106 g/mol c. 5.123 × 10–7 g/mol d. 2.844 × 106 g/mol e. 3.517 × 10–7 g/mol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.2 - Convert between molar mass and molecular mass.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Molecular mass OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 108

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:05 AM

17. The dicarboxylic acid potassium hydrogen phthalate (shown in the figure) is used to standardize strong base solutions.

What is the molar mass of this compound?

a. 204.2 g/mol b. 192.2 g/mol c. 248.9 g/mol d. 171.08 g/mol e. 172.2 g/mol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.2 - Convert between molar mass and molecular mass.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Molecular mass OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 18. What is the molar mass of the solid C6H8N2O4? a. 144 g/mol b. 108 g/mol c. 172 g/mol d. 119 g/mol e. 164 g/mol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.2 - Convert between molar mass and molecular mass.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Molecular mass OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 21

19. A 1.74 g sample of an element contains 7.887 ×10 atoms. What is the element symbol?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 109

a. Cs b. I c. In d. Sb e. Cd ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.2 - Convert between molar mass and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry | determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 20. Monodisperse polyacrylonitrile contains molecules with the general formula -(CH2CHCN)n-, where n is typically 20 greater than 10,000. Given that a sample of monodisperse polyacrylonitrile weighs 676.8 g and contains 2.172 × 10 molecules of -(CH2CHCN)n-, calculate n. a. 3.537 × 104 b. 9.955 × 107 c. 3.643 × 1039 d. 6.022 × 1023 e. 1.876 × 106 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.2 - Convert between molar mass and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | molecular mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 21. Monodisperse polyacrylonitrile contains molecules with the general formula -(CH2CHCN)n-, where n is typically 20 greater than 10,000. Given that a sample of monodisperse polyacrylonitrile weighs 665.1 g and contains 2.364 × 10 molecules of -(CH2CHCN)n-, what is the molar mass of the polymer? a. 3.194 × 104 b. 8.989 × 107 c. 4.034 × 1039 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 110

d. 6.022 × 1023 e. 1.694 × 106 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.2 - Convert between molar mass and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | molecular mass OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 22. How many atoms of carbon are there in 0.37 mol of procaine, C13H20N2O2, a ―pain killer‖ used by dentists? a. 4.8 × 1023 b. 3.1 × 1024 c. 2.9 × 1024 d. 4.5 × 1023 e. 3.3 × 1024 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.1 - Describe the relationship between Avogadrofs number and the mole.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Avogadro’s number OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 21

23. Styrene's empirical formula is CH. What mass of styrene contains 2.95 × 10 styrene is 104 g/mol. a. 0.0391 g b. 0.0636 g c. 0.509 g d. 0.0587 g e. 0.00489 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

atoms of hydrogen? The molar mass of

Page 111

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 24. What is the mass of oxygen atoms in 0.380 mol Fe (CO)5? a. 21.2 g b. 74.4 g c. 30.4 g d. 6.08 g e. 22.8 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 25. What is the mass in grams of 0.754 mol of glucose, C6H12O6? a. 125g b. 172 g c. 136 g d. 226 g e. 239 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 26. Which one of the following samples has the greatest mass?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 112

a. 0.37 mol of camphor, C10H16O b. 4.2 mol of ammonia, NH3 c. 9.3 mol of krypton, Kr d. 4.0 mol of iodine vapor, I2 e. 1.6 mol of formaldehyde, CH2O ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 27. Which of the following contains the greatest mass of oxygen atoms? a. 0.5 mol CoSO4.7H2O b. 2.1 mol KHSO4 c. 1.1 mol K2Cr2O7 d. 2.1 mol H2O2 e. 2.1 mol Na2S2O3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 28. Calculate the number of moles of bromine present in 20.5 mL of Br2(l), whose density is 3.12 g/mL. a. 0.500 mol b. 0.257 mol c. 0.801 mol d. 0.128 mol e. 0.400 mol ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 113

REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 29. How many moles of hexachlorobenzene, C6Cl6, are in 5.44 g of C6Cl6? a. 0.0254 mol b. 0.155 mol c. 0.0755 mol d. 0.019 mol e. 0.0394 mol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 30. How many moles of iron atoms are contained in 4.16 g of iron? a. 0.232 mol b. 0.0548 mol c. 0.0745 mol d. 0.116 mol e. 0.160 mol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 114

31. How many moles of pentane, C5H12, are contained in a 31-g sample? a. 0.52 mol b. 0.43 mol c. 0.74 mol d. 3.9 mol e. 3.1 mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 32. Sodium cyclamate, C6H11NHSO3Na, was once used as an artificial sweetener. C6H11NHSO3Na has a molecular mass of 201.2 g/mol. How many moles of sodium cyclamate are contained in a 56.0-g sample? a. 0.175 mol b. 0.160 mol c. 0.278 mol d. 0.255 mol e. 0.270mol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 33. How many moles of silver are contained in 7.00 kg of silver? a. 64.9 × 100 mol b. 64.9 × 101 mol c. 64.9 × 10–3 mol d. 64.9 × 103 mol e. 64.9 × 10–1 mol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 115

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 34. A 0.0106-mol sample of urea, NH2CONH2, contains? Select all that apply. a. 6.38 × 1021 molecules. b. 2.55 × 1022 molecules. c. 5.10 × 1022 atoms. d. 2.55 × 1023 atoms. e. 1.06 × 1024 atoms.

ANSWER: a, c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:25 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:26 AM 35. How many molecules are there in 104 g of pentylene glycol, HO(CH2)5OH? a. 6.02 × 10-23 b. (6.02 × 1023)/104 c. 104 d. 104 × (6.02 × 1023) e. 6.02 × 1023 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 116

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | mole | mole calculations general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

36. How many molecules are there in 60 g of acetic acid, C2H4O2? a. (6.02 × 1023) / 60 b. 6.02 × 1022 c. 6.02 × 1023 d. 6.02 × 10 -23 e. 60 × (6.02 × 1023) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 37. In 0.266 mol of trimellitic acid, C6H3(COOH)3, there are a. 1.60 × 1022 molecules. b. 6.41 × 1024 molecules. c. 4.80 × 1023 oxygen atoms. d. 1.44 × 1024 carbon atoms. e. 2.67 × 1023 hydrogen atoms.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 38. How many molecules are there in 1.54 kg of hydrazine, N2H4?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 117

a. 4.81 × 1023 b. 2.90 × 1025 c. 1.88 × 1022 d. 1.54 × 1026 e. 2.56 × 1021 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 39. How many molecules are there in 2.10 mg of mannose, C6H12O6, which is a sweet-tasting sugar that has a bitter after taste? a. 5.16 × 1021 b. 2.87 × 1021 c. 6.32 × 1018 d. 3.49 × 1024 e. 7.02 × 1018 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 40. How many atoms are present in 495 g of KPF6 (MM = 184.1 g/mol)? a. 2.38 × 1025 b. 1.62 × 1021 c. 2.69 × 1021 d. 1.21 × 1026 e. 1.29 × 1025 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 118

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Mole | mole calculations OTHER: General chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 41. Styrene's empirical formula is CH. When it is heated to 200°C, it is converted into a polymer, polystyrene, which has 21 excellent insulating properties. What mass of styrene contains 1.77 × 10 molecules of styrene? The molar mass of styrene is 104 g/mol. a. 0.00293 g b. 0.305 g c. 0.587 g d. 0.0382 g e. 0.0235 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Mole | mole calculations OTHER: General chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 42. In 0.300 mol of dimethylhydrazine, (CH3)2N2H2, there are a. 1.81 × 1023 molecules. b. 2.51 × 1023 atoms. c. 1.81 × 1022 molecules. d. 2.17 × 1024 atoms. e. 1.08 × 1024 atoms.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 119

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance apply | Mole | mole calculations General chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 26

43. Which is a reasonable mass corresponding to 10 molecules of water? a. 2.99 ng b. 2.99 g c. 2.99 mg d. 2.99 kg e. 2.99 µg ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Mole | mole calculations OTHER: General chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 44. How many aluminum atoms are there in 52 g of Al2S3? a. 4.2 × 1023 b. 1.6 × 1021 c. 2.1 × 1023 d. 1.1 × 1021 e. 6.3 × 1023 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Mole | mole calculations OTHER: General chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 24

45. Which one of the following contains 4.21 × 10 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

atoms?

Page 120

a. 91 g C2H2 b. 68 g O2 c. 56 g CH4 d. 94 g N2 e. 28 g He ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Mole | mole calculations OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 46. A sample of 496 g of white phosphorus, P4, contains the same number of atoms as a. 192 g of ozone (O3). b. 75 g of nitrogen (N2). c. 92 g of sodium. d. 120 g of formaldehyde (CH2O). e. 128 g of oxygen (O2).

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Mole | mole calculations OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 47. The total number of oxygen atoms in 1.93 g of CaCO3 (MM = 100.0 g/mol) is a. 2.24 × 1023. b. 4.65 × 1022. c. 3.49 × 1022. d. 1.92 × 1023. e. 5.81 × 1022.

ANSWER:

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 121

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Mole | mole calculations OTHER: General chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 48. A sample of 96 g of ozone, O3, contains the same number of atoms as a. 96 g of oxygen (O2). b. 86 g of hydrogen (H2). c. 76 g of fluorine (F2). d. 54 g of aluminum (Al). e. 117 g of nickel (Ni).

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Mole | mole calculations OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 49. Which of the following samples contains the smallest number of molecules? a. 5.00 g of TNT, C7H5N3O6 b. 5.00 g of benzene, C6H6 c. 5.00 g of glucose, C6H12O6 d. 5.00 g of naphthalene, C10H8 e. 5.00 g of formaldehyde, CH2O ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 122

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

50. Which of the following samples contains the largest number of atoms? a. 1 g N2 b. 1 g Be c. 1 g Br2 d. 1 g P4 e. 1 g Si ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.2.3 - Convert among particles, moles, and grams of a substance.

TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Mole | mole calculations OTHER: General chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 51. Which of the following samples contains the largest number of molecules? a. 10 g Ca b. 10 g Br2 c. 10 g Ar d. 10 g O2 e. 10 g S8 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.75 - Calculate the number of molecules in a given mass of substance.

(Example 3.6) TOPICS: Stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | Mole | mole calculations OTHER: General chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 52. In 1928, 1.0 g of rhenium, Re, was isolated from 660 kg of the ore molybdenite. The percent by mass of this element in the molybdenite was a. 6.6 × 10–1 % Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 123

b. 1.5 × 10–1 % c. 3.5 × 10–4 % d. 6.6 × 10–3 % e. 1.5 × 10–4 % ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 53. An ore sample is found to contain 10.500000 g of cobalt and 87.3 g of waste rock (gangue). What is the percent by mass of cobalt in the ore? a. 10.7 % b. 10.8% c. 10.6% d. 10.9% e. 10.5% ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 54. An ore sample with a mass of 92.3 g is found to contain 17.7% by mass iron. What mass of iron is contained in the ore? a. 16.3 g b. 78.4 g c. 17.77 g d. 82.2 g e. 14.64 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 124

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 55. What is the percent by mass nitrogen in (NH4)2SO3? a. 24.1 % b. 32.96 % c. 64.6 % d. 39.3 % e. 41.73 % ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 56. What is the percentage by mass of chlorine in the insecticide Lindane, C6H6Cl6? a. 20.6 % b. 1.00 % c. 69.6 % d. 8.80 % e. 73.1 % ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 125

57. The mineral leadhillite, which is essentially Pb4(SO4)(CO3)2(OH)2 (FW = 1079 g/mol), contains ____% hydrogen by mass. a. 0.1776 b. 0.1868 c. 0.2226 d. 0.1779 e. 0.2179 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 58. Which of the following compounds has the highest percentage of hydrogen atoms by mass? a. CH3COOH b. C2H5OH c. CH3OH d. H2CO3 e. H2C2O4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 59. Which of the following compounds has the highest percentage of nitrogen by mass? a. (NH4)2SO3 b. NaNO3 c. N2F4 d. NH4NO2 e. HNO3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 126

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 60. Which of the following compounds has the same percentage of carbon and hydrogen by mass as cyclohexane, C6H12? a. C6H14, hexane b. C4H8, butylene c. C6H10, cyclohexene d. C6H6, benzene e. C6H12O6, glucose ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 61. What is the mass percentage of carbon in the compound C6H6O3? a. 4.8 % b. 61.9 % c. 57.1 % d. 38.1 % e. 20.0 % ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 127

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

62. What is the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium phosphate, (NH4)3PO4? a. 28.1 % b. 14.15 % c. 52.4 % d. 39.9 % e. 2.27 % ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 63. A crystal of the mineral troegerite, (UO2)3(AsO4)2 • 12H2O (FM = 1304 amu), contains ____% uranium by mass. a. 18.6 b. 47.2 c. 62.8 d. 30.0 e. 54.8 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.1 - Calculate the percentage composition of the elements in a compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 64. How many grams of hydrogen atoms are present in 16.4 g of water? a. 3.31 g b. 0.91 g c. 1.84 g d. 2.20 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 128

e. 1.09 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.2 - Calculate the mass of an element in a given mass of the compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 65. How many grams of potassium are present in 28.7 g of K2Cr2O7? a. 7.63 g b. 4.46 g c. 3.81 g d. 7.82 g e. 6.44 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.2 - Calculate the mass of an element in a given mass of the compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 66. NaHCO3 is the active ingredient in baking soda. How many grams of oxygen are present in 0.25 g of NaHCO3? a. 0.009 g b. 0.048 g c. 0.298 g d. 0.016 g e. 0.14g ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.2 - Calculate the mass of an element in a given mass of the compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 129

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

67. Which of the following contains the greatest mass of bromine atoms? a. 15.0 g of KBr b. 29.0 g of Br2 c. 0.096 mol of KBr d. 0.078 mol of Br2 e. 25.0 g of NaBrO3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.2 - Calculate the mass of an element in a given mass of the compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | mass percentage OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 68. The amount of calcium in a 15.0 g sample was determined by converting the calcium-to-calcium oxalate, CaC2O4.

The CaC2O4 weighed 10.3 g. What is the percent of calcium in the original sample? a. 18.8 % b. 21.5 % c. 12.1 % d. 27.5 % e. 68.7 % ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.3.2 - Calculate the mass of an element in a given mass of the compound.

TOPICS: stoichiometry mass and moles of substance KEYWORDS: apply | mole | mole calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 69. A 3.391 g sample of a compound containing only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen is burned in excess of dioxygen, producing 6.477 g CO2 and 3.978 g H2O. What mass of oxygen is contained in the original sample? a. 1.178 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 130

b. 1.4899 g c. 3.086 g d. 2.499 g e. 0.5874 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.4.1 - Calculate the mass and mass percent of each element present in a compound from combustion data.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 70. A 4.215 g sample of a compound containing only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen is burned in excess of dioxygen, producing 9.582 g CO2 and 3.922 g H2O. What percent by mass of oxygen is contained in the original sample? a. 27.54 % b. 32.75 % c. 12.73 % d. 13.42 % e. 6.939 % ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.4.1 - Calculate the mass and mass percent of each element present in a compound from combustion data.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 71. A 4.957 g sample of a hydrocarbon is burned in an excess of dioxygen, producing 9.284 g of CO2 and water. What mass of hydrogen is contained in the original sample? a. 2.424 g b. 4.327 g c. 14.24 g d. 1.794 g e. 2.478 g ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 131

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.4.1 - Calculate the mass and mass percent of each element present in a compound from combustion data.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 72. A 2.451 g sample of a compound containing only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen is burned in excess of dioxygen, producing 5.477 g CO2 and 2.981 g H2O. What mass of carbon is contained in the original sample? a. 1.420 g b. 1.494 g c. 1.399 g d. 1.521g e. 1.518g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.4.1 - Calculate the mass and mass percent of each element present in a compound from combustion data.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 73. Acetic acid contains only C, H, and O. A 4.24-mg sample of acetic acid is completely burned. It gives 6.21 mg of carbon dioxide and 2.54 mg of water. What is the mass percentage of carbon in acetic acid? a. 39.98% b. 38.91% c. 40.18% d. 41.98% e. 39.49% ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.4.1 - Calculate the mass and mass percent of each element present in a compound from combustion data.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 132

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

stoichiometry determining chemical formulas apply | elemental analysis general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

74. Acetic acid contains only C, H, and O. A 3.25-mg sample of acetic acid is completely burned. It gives 5.25 mg of carbon dioxide and 2.55 mg of water. What is the mass percentage of H in acetic acid? a. 8.93% b. 9.00% c. 8.77% d. 8.88% e. 8.75% ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.4.1 - Calculate the mass and mass percent of each element present in a compound from combustion data.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 75. 146. An 8.925 g sample of a compound containing only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen gives 9.258 g of carbon dioxide and 5.351 g of water after complete combustion of the sample in dioxygen. What is the mass percentage of hydrogen in the sample? a. 15.35% b. 23.21% c. 6.70% d. 11.09% e. 31.03% ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.4.1 - Calculate the mass and mass percent of each element present in a compound from combustion data.

TOPICS: Elemental Analysis: Percentages of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Oxygen KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 133

76. A 6.88 g sample of a compound containing carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen is completely burned in dioxygen. The combustion yields 7.98 g of carbon dioxide and 3.04 g of water. Identify the true statement(s) about the mass percentage of each element in the sample compound.

1. The mass percentage of carbon is 52.32%.

2. The mass percentage of hydrogen is 4.95%.

3. The mass percentage of oxygen is 63.42%. a. 1 only b. 1 and 3 c. 1 and 2 d. 2 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.4.1 - Calculate the mass and mass percent of each element present in a compound from combustion data.

TOPICS: Elemental Analysis: Percentages of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Oxygen KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 77. A compound containing only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen is subjected to elemental analysis. Upon complete combustion, a 0.7916 g sample of the compound produced 1.581 g of CO2 and 0.6474 g of H2O. What is the empirical formula of the compound? a. C3H6O3 b. C3H3O c. C2H4O d. C2H2O e. CH2O3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 134

78. A 3.903 g sample of a hydrocarbon is burned in an excess of dioxygen, producing 7.31177 g CO2 and 4.488 g H2O. What is the empirical formula of the hydrocarbon? a. CH3 b. CH2 c. C2H3 d. CH4 e. CH ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 79. A 0.4647 g sample of a compound known to contain only carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen was burned in dioxygen to yield 0.01962 mol of CO2 and 0.01961 mol of H2O. What is the empirical formula of the compound? a. CHO b. C3H3O2 c. C2H2O d. C3H6O2 e. C6H3O2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 80. A sample containing only carbon, hydrogen, phosphorus, and oxygen is subjected to elemental analysis. After complete combustion, a 0.3584 g sample of the compound yields 0.5139 g of CO2, 0.3155 g of H2O, and 0.2762 g of P4O10. What is the empirical formula of the compound? a. CH3PO Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 135

b. C2H3PO c. C2H6P2O4 d. C3H9PO e. CH2P4O13 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 81. A sample containing only carbon, hydrogen, and silicon is subjected to elemental analysis. After complete combustion, a 0.7020 g sample of the compound yields 1.4 g of CO2, 0.86 g of H2O, and 0.478 g of SiO2. What is the empirical formula of the compound? a. CH3Si b. C2H4Si c. C4H12Si d. C6H12Si2 e. CH2Si ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | elemental analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 82. Analysis of a compound showed that it contained 76.0 % fluorine atoms and 24.0 % carbon atoms by mass. What is its empirical formula? a. CF2 b. C2F3 c. CF3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 136

d. C2F5 e. CF ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 83. A sample of an oxide of antimony (Sb) contained 48.5 g of antimony combined with 15.9 g of oxygen. What is the simplest formula for the oxide? a. SbO2 b. SbO c. Sb2O3 d. Sb3O e. Sb2O5 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 84. Chlorine was passed over 1.41 g of heated titanium, and 4.54 g of a chloride-containing compound of Ti was obtained.

What is the empirical formula of the chloride-containing compound? a. TiCl2 b. TiCl4 c. TiCl d. TiCl3 e. Ti2Cl3 ANSWER: POINTS:

d 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 137

REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 85. A 4.94 g sample of an oxide of chromium contains 3.06 g of chromium. Calculate the simplest(empirical) formula for the compound. a. CrO5 b. Cr2O c. CrO2 d. CrO e. Cr2O3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 86. A compound is composed of only C and H. It contains 92.26 % C and 7.74% H. What is its empirical formula? a. C2H5 b. C2H3 c. C3H4 d. CH e. CH2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 138

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

determining empirical formulas apply | empirical formula general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

87. A compound composed of only C and H contains 79.88 % C by mass. What is its empirical formula? a. CH3 b. CH c. C2H d. CH4 e. CH2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: determining empirical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 88. A hydrocarbon, subjected to elemental analysis, was found to contain 79.89 % carbon and 20.11 % hydrogen by mass.

What is the empirical formula of the hydrocarbon? a. CH4 b. C2H6 c. C4H d. C10H e. CH3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: determining empirical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 139

89. A particular compound contains, by mass, 25.5 % carbon, 40.4 % fluorine, and 34.1 % oxygen. A 0.050 mol sample of this compound weighs 5.80 g. The molecular formula of this compound is a. C2F2O2. b. C3F3O. c. CFO. d. C4F4O4. e. C5F5O5.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: determining molecular formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 90. What is the empirical formula of an oxide of nitrogen that contains 25.93 % nitrogen by mass? a. NO2 b. N2O c. N2O3 d. NO e. N2O5 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: determining empirical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 91. The analysis of an organic compound showed that it contained 0.630 mol of C, 0.0300 mol of H, 0.420 mol of O, and 0.210 mol of N. How many nitrogen atoms are there in the empirical formula for this compound? a. 10 b. 7 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 140

c. 2 d. 4 e. 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: determining empirical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 23

92. A sample containing 0.400 mol of a compound is composed of 2.41 × 10 atoms, and 19.22 g of oxygen atoms. The formula of the compound is a. NaClO3.

atoms of sodium, 14.19 g of chlorine

b. NaClO5. c. NaClO. d. NaClO4. e. NaClO2.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: determining empirical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 93. The analysis of an organic compound showed that it contained 0.105 mol of C, 0.315 mol of H, and 0.0350 mol of N. Its molecular mass is 59 amu. How many carbon atoms are there in the empirical formula for the compound, and how many are in the molecular formula? a. empirical = 2, molecular = 3 b. empirical = 3, molecular = 9 c. empirical = 3, molecular = 3 d. empirical = 2, molecular = 4 e. empirical = 5, molecular = 10 ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 141

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: determining molecular formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 94. A given hydrocarbon is burned in the presence of oxygen gas and is converted completely to water and carbon dioxide. The mole ratio of H2O to CO2 is 1.125:1.00. The hydrocarbon could be a. C2H2. b. C2H6. c. CH4. d. C3H4. e. C4H9.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: determining empirical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 95. A given hydrocarbon is burned in the presence of oxygen gas and is converted completely to carbon dioxide and water. Equal numbers of moles of CO2 and H2O are produced. The hydrocarbon could be a. C3H4. b. C5H10. c. C2H3. d. CH3. e. C3H5.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

b 1 3.5 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 142

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.1 - Determine the empirical formula of a compound from the element masses or the percentage composition.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | empirical formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 96. An organic compound has a molecular mass of 324.2 amu and contains 66.63% carbon by mass. How many carbon atoms are in each molecule of this compound? a. 17 b. 21 c. 26 d. 29 e. 18 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: determining chemical formulas stoichiometry KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 97. An unknown organic compound contains 41.4 % carbon, 3.47 % hydrogen, and 55.1 % oxygen by mass. A 0.030-mol sample of this compound weighs 3.48 g. What is the molecular formula of the organic compound? a. C3H3O b. C2H2O2 c. C4H4O4 d. C8H8O8 e. CHO ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 143

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

98. A compound is composed of only C and Cl. It contains 18.42 % C by mass and has a molar mass of 260.76 g/mol.

What is its molecular formula? a. CCl b. C4Cl6 c. C3Cl4 d. C2Cl2 e. C2Cl3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 99. An organic compound has a molar mass of 169.3 g/mol and contains 10.63 % hydrogen atoms by mass. How many hydrogen atoms are in each molecule of this compound? a. 18 b. 7 c. 22 d. 29 e. 9 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 100. A compound has a molar mass of 319.9g/mol and contains 30.01 % oxygen atoms by mass. How many oxygen atoms are in each molecule of this compound?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 144

a. 6 b. 4 c. 10 d. 3 e. 7 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 101. A compound contains 43.84 % carbon atoms, 3.65% hydrogen atoms, and 8.68 % fluorine atoms by mass. Each molecule of this compound contains one fluorine atom. What is the total number of carbon, hydrogen, and fluorine atoms in one molecule of this compound? a. 17 b. 11 c. 10 d. 7 e. 14 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 102. A molecular compound contains 92.3 % carbon and 7.7 % hydrogen by mass. If 0.142 mol of the compound weighs 11.08 g, what is its molecular formula? a. C8H8 b. C8H10 c. C4H8 d. C6H6 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 145

e. CH ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 103. Analysis of a compound containing only C and Cl revealed that it contains 33.33 % C atoms by number and has a molar mass of 248.75 g/mol. What is the molecular formula of this compound? a. CCl2 b. C2Cl6 c. C2Cl4 d. CCl3 e. C3Cl6 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 104. Complete combustion of a 0.40 mol sample of a hydrocarbon, CxHy, gives 2.40 mol of CO2 and 1.60 mol of H2O. The molecular formula of the original hydrocarbon is a. C2H8. b. C6H8. c. C9H16. d. C5H5. e. C4H7.

ANSWER: POINTS:

b 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 146

REFERENCES: 3.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.5.2 - Determine the molecular formula of a compound from the percentage composition and molecular mass.

TOPICS: stoichiometry determining chemical formulas KEYWORDS: apply | molecular formula OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 105. A chemical reaction has the equation: 2A + B → C. Which of the following figures best illustrates a stoichiometric ratio of A and B?

I.

II.

III.

IV.

a. I only b. III only c. II only d. Both I and IV e. IV only ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.6.1 - Relate the coefficients in a balanced chemical equation to the number of molecules or moles.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: molar interpretation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 106. The balanced chemical equation for the combustion of methane is: CH4(g) + 2 O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2 H2O(g) Which of the following statements concerning this chemical equation is/are correct?

1. One gram of methane gas reacts with two grams of dioxygen gas, producing one gram of carbon dioxide gas and two grams of gaseous water.

2. One mole of methane gas reacts with two moles of dioxygen gas, producing one mole of carbon dioxide gas and two moles of gaseous water.

3. One molecule of methane gas reacts with two molecules of dioxygen gas, producing one molecule of carbon dioxide gas and two molecules of gaseous water. a. 1 only Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 147

b. 2 only c. 2 and 3 d. 1 and 3 e. 1,2 and 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.6.1 - Relate the coefficients in a balanced chemical equation to the number of molecules or moles.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: molar interpretation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 107. Balance the following expression: __ CH3CH2COOH + __ O2 → __ CO2 + __ H2O How many moles of O2 are required for the complete combustion of 6 mol of propanoic acid? a. 6 mol b. 33 mol c. 21 mol d. 38 mol e. 4 mol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.6.1 - Relate the coefficients in a balanced chemical equation to the number of molecules or moles.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | molar interpretation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 108. The products of the combustion of acetone with oxygen are shown in the following equation: __ CH3COCH3 + __ O2 → __ CO2 + __ H2O When properly balanced, the equation indicates that ____ mol of O2 are required for each mole of CH3COCH3. a. 4 b. 6 c. 3 d. 7 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 148

e. 2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.6.1 - Relate the coefficients in a balanced chemical equation to the number of molecules or moles.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | molar interpretation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 109. Ammonia, NH3, and oxygen can be reacted together in the presence of a catalyst to form only nitrogen monoxide and water. The number of moles of oxygen consumed for every 1.00 mole of NO produced is ___________. a. 1.25 b. 1.5 c. 2.75 d. 1.625 e. 2.5 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.6.1 - Relate the coefficients in a balanced chemical equation to the number of molecules or moles.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | molar interpretation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 110. _____ is the calculation of the quantities of reactants and products involved in a chemical reaction. a. Allotropy b. Congruence c. Allometry d. Isometry e. Stoichiometry ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 149

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.6.1 - Relate the coefficients in a balanced chemical equation to the number of molecules or moles.

TOPICS: Molar Interpretation of a Chemical Equation KEYWORDS: molar interpretation | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 111. Which of the following is/are true about the Haber process for producing ammonia?

1. One mole of N2 reacts with three moles of H2 to produce two moles of ammonia.

2. Two moles of N2 react with two moles of H2 to produce one mole of ammonia.

3. Nitrogen reacts with hydrogen at low temperature and low pressure to produce ammonia. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 2 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.6.1 - Relate the coefficients in a balanced chemical equation to the number of molecules or moles.

TOPICS: Molar Interpretation of a Chemical Equation KEYWORDS: molar interpretation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 112. Pure copper may be produced by the reaction of copper(I) sulfide with oxygen gas as follows: Cu2S(s) + O2(g)→ 2 Cu(s) + SO2(g) If 0.190 kg of copper(I) sulfide reacts with excess oxygen, what mass of copper metal may be produced? a. 0.191 kg b. 0.137 kg c. 0.175 kg d. 0.151 kg e. 0.380 kg ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.7.1 - Relate the quantities of two substances in a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: amounts of substances | apply Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 150

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

113. One step in the isolation of pure rhodium metal (Rh) is the precipitation of rhodium (III) hydroxide from a solution containing rhodium (III) sulfate according to the following balanced chemical equation: Rh2(SO4)3(aq) + 6 NaOH(aq) → 2 Rh(OH)3(s) + 3 Na2SO4(aq) If 0.730 g of rhodium (III) hydroxide is produced, what mass of sodium sulfate is also produced? a. 0.973 g b. 1.09 g c. 1.01 g d. 0.958 g e. 0.995 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.7.1 - Relate the quantities of two substances in a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: amounts of substances | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 114. The balanced equation for the combustion of ethanol is C2H5OH(g) + 3 O2(g) → 2 CO2(g) + 3 H2O(g) How many grams of dioxygen are required to burn 3.4 g of C2H5OH? a. 8.2 g b. 7.07 g c. 7.01 g d. 8.0 g e. 7.14 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.7.1 - Relate the quantities of two substances in a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 115. 2 Al (s) + 6 HCl (aq) → 2 AlCl3 (aq) + 3 H2 (g) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 151

According to the equation above, how many grams of aluminum are needed to completely react with 4.32 mol of hydrochloric acid? a. 35.0 g b. 52.6 g c. 38.9 g d. 34.32 g e. 36.6 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.7.1 - Relate the quantities of two substances in a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: amounts of substances | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 116. The balanced equation for the combustion of ethane is 2 C2H6(g) + 7 O2(g) → 4 CO2(g) + 6 H2O(g) How many grams of dioxygen are required to burn 1.2 g of C2H6? a. 4.45 g b. 4.6 g c. 4.47 g d. 4.2 g e. 4.11 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.7.1 - Relate the quantities of two substances in a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: amounts of substances | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 117. A chemical reaction has the equation: 2A + B → C. In which case B is the limiting reactant for the given balanced reaction? Select all that apply.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 152

a. II b. I c. III d. IV e. II and IV ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.1 - Given quantities of two or more reactants, determine the limiting reactant. .

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: limiting reactant | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 118. The commercial production of phosphoric acid, H3PO4, can be represented by the equation 1580 g 296 g 317 g 1030 g 296 g Ca3(PO4)2 + 3 SiO2 + 5 C + 5 O2 + 3 H2O → 3 CaSiO3 + 5 CO2 + 2 H3PO4 310 g/mol 60.1 g/mol 12.0 g/mol 32.0 g/mol 18.0 g/mol The molar mass for each reactant is shown below the reactant, and the mass of each reactant for this problem is given above. Which substance is the limiting reactant? a. H2O b. C c. O2 d. Ca3(PO4)2 e. SiO2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.1 - Given quantities of two or more reactants, determine the limiting reactant. .

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 153

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

119. When 10.0g of A, 15.0g of B and 20.0g of C reacts according to the following balanced equation: 2A+3B+4C→5D+2E Molar mass of A=10.0 g/mol Molar mass of B=5.0 g/mol Molar mass of C=20.0 g/mol What is the limiting reactant in this reaction? a. A b. B c. C d. D e. E ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.1 - Given quantities of two or more reactants, determine the limiting reactant. .

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 120. When 18.0g of P, 10.0g of Q and 12.0g of R reacts according to the following balanced equation: 3P+2Q+R→4S+3T Molar mass of P=6.0 g/mol Molar mass of Q=10.0 g/mol Molar mass of R=12.0 g/mol What is the limiting reactant in this reaction? a. P b. Q c. R d. S e. T ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.1 - Given quantities of two or more reactants, determine the limiting reactant. .

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 154

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

121. When 20.0 g C2H6 and 60.0 g O2 react to form CO2 and H2O, how many grams of water are formed?

2 C2H6(g)+7 O2(g)→4 CO2 (g)+6 H2O(g) a. 14.5 g b. 58.0 g c. 18.0 g d. 20.0 g e. 28.96 g ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.2 - Calculate the theoretical yield of a reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | theoretical yield OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 122. If 49.0 g of O2 is mixed with 49.0 g of H2 and the mixture is ignited, what is the maximum mass of water that may be produced? a. 44.1 g b. 55.1 g c. 49.0 g d. 53.2g e. 47.1 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.2 - Calculate the theoretical yield of a reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | theoretical yield OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 123. One step in the isolation of pure rhodium metal (Rh) is the precipitation of rhodium(III) hydroxide from a solution containing rhodium(III) sulfate according to the following balanced chemical equation: Rh2(SO4)3(aq) + 6 NaOH(aq) → 2 Rh(OH)3(s) + 3 Na2SO4(aq) What is the theoretical yield of rhodium (III) hydroxide from the reaction of 0.540 g of rhodium(III) sulfate with 0.209 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 155

of sodium hydroxide? a. 0.268 g b. 0.209 g c. 0.168 g d. 0.749 g e. 0.336 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.2 - Calculate the theoretical yield of a reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 124. When 20.0 g C2H6 and 60.0 g O2 react to form CO2 and H2O, how many grams of water are formed?

2 C2H6(g)+7 O2(g)→4 CO2 (g)+6 H2O(g) a. 14.5 g b. 58.0 g c. 18.0 g d. 20.0 g e. 28.96 g ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.2 - Calculate the theoretical yield of a reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | theoretical yield OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 125. SO2 reacts with H2S as follows: 2 H2S + SO2 → 3 S + 2 H2O When 7.50 g of H2S reacts with 12.75 g of SO2, which statement applies? a. 6.38 g of sulfur is formed. b. SO2 is the limiting reagent. c. 0.0216 mol of H2S remains. d. 10.6 g of sulfur is formed.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 156

e. 1.13 g of H2S remains.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.3 - Calculate the quantity of excess reactant that remains.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 126. A 15 g sample of lithium is reacted with 15 g of fluorine to form lithium fluoride: 2 Li + F2 → 2 LiF. After the reaction is complete, what will be present? a. 0.789 mol of lithium fluoride only b. 2.16 mol of lithium fluoride only c. 2.16 mol of lithium fluoride and 0.395 mol of fluorine d. 0.789 mol of lithium fluoride and 1.37 mol of lithium e. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.3 - Calculate the quantity of excess reactant that remains.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 127. For the given balanced reaction: 3 Ca+2 AlCl3 →3 CaCl2 +2 Al3 If you start with 60.0 g of Ca (molar mass = 40.08 g/mol) and 100.0 g of AlCl3 (molar mass = 133.33 g/mol), how much Ca will be unreacted in the reaction? a. 14.0g b. 14.5g c. 13.7g d. 14.9g e. 13.7g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 157

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.3 - Calculate the quantity of excess reactant that remains.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 128. For the given balanced reaction: 2 K + Br2 →2 KBr If you start with 25.0 g of K (K, molar mass = 39.10 g/mol) and 50.0 g of Br (Br2, molar mass = 159.8 g/mol), how much K will be left in the reaction? a. 0.59g b. 0.55g c. 0.51g d. 0.49g e. 0.53g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.3 - Calculate the quantity of excess reactant that remains.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 129. A 5.95-g sample of AgNO3 is reacted with BaCl2 according to the equation 2 AgNO3(aq) + BaCl2(aq) → 2 AgCl(s) + Ba(NO3)2(aq) to give 4.37 g of AgCl. What is the percent yield of AgCl? a. 88.0 % b. 83.5 % c. 87.1 % d. 85.5 % e. 89.2 % ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.4 - Determine the percentage yield of a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | Percentage yield Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 158

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

130. The reaction of 11.9 g of CHCl3 with excess chlorine produced 11.0 g of CCl4, carbon tetrachloride: 2CHCl3 + 2Cl2 → 2CCl4 + 2HCl What is the percent yield? a. 82.4 % b. 81.7 % c. 71.7 % d. 75.9 % e. 77.8 % ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.4 - Determine the percentage yield of a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 131. Consider the following reaction: 2A + B → 3C + D 3.0 mol A and 2.0 mol B react to form 4.0 mol C. What is the percent yield of this reaction? a. 85 % b. 87 % c. 89 % d. 85 % e. 88 % ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.4 - Determine the percentage yield of a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 132. Pure copper may be produced by the reaction of copper(I) sulfide with oxygen gas as follows: Cu2S(s) + O2(g) →2Cu(s) + SO2(g) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 159

If the reaction of 0.530 kg of copper(I) sulfide with excess oxygen produces 0.290 kg of copper metal, what is the percent yield? a. 65.5 % b. 69.9 % c. 64.7% d. 66.5% e. 68.5 % ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.4 - Determine the percentage yield of a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 133. One step in the isolation of pure rhodium metal (Rh) is the precipitation of rhodium (III) hydroxide from a solution containing rhodium (III) sulfate according to the following balanced chemical equation: Rh2(SO4)3(aq) + 6 NaOH(aq) → 2 Rh(OH)3(s) + 3 Na2SO4(aq) If the reaction of 0.500 g of rhodium (III) sulfate with excess sodium hydroxide produces 0.330 g of rhodium(III) hydroxide, what is the percent yield? a. 12.12% b. 21.13 % c. 12.9 % d. 11.66 % e. 10.55 % ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.4 - Determine the percentage yield of a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | Theoretical yield OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 134. Sulfur trioxide, SO3, is made from the oxidation of SO2, and the reaction is represented by the equation: 2 SO2 + O2 → 2 SO3 A 25-g sample of SO2 gives 18 g of SO3. The percent yield of SO3 is _______. a. 59 % Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 160

b. 58 % c. 54 % d. 57 % e. 60 % ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.4 - Determine the percentage yield of a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | Percentage yield OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 135. Nitric oxide, NO, is made from the oxidation of NH3, and the reaction is represented by the equation 4NH3 + 5O2 → 4NO + 6H2O An 8.9 g sample of NH3 gives 12.0 g of NO. The percent yield of NO is ____. a. 78.5 % b. 73.5 % c. 75.5 % d. 76.5 % e. 77.5 % ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.4 - Determine the percentage yield of a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | Percentage yield OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM 136. Consider the fermentation reaction of glucose: C6H12O6 → 2 C2H5OH + 2 CO2 A 1.00 mol sample of C6H12O6 was placed in a vat with 100 g of yeast. If 67.7 g of C2H5OH was obtained, what was the percent yield of C2H5OH? a. 73.5 % b. 76.7 % c. 77.7 % d. 72.6% Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 161

e. 74.5% ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 3.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.3.8.4 - Determine the percentage yield of a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: stoichiometry stoichiometry calculation KEYWORDS: apply | limiting reactant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:05 AM

1. Which of the following concerning electrolytes and nonelectrolytes is/are true?

1. Some molecular substances are electrolytes.

2. All electrolytes are ionic substances.

3. Strong electrolytes partially ionize in solution. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.1 - Classify a substance as a strong, weak, or nonelectrolyte based on its properties.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 2. Which of the following correctly describes one or more of the differences between a strong and weak electrolyte? a. A strong electrolyte partially ionizes in solution and a weak electrolyte completely ionizes in solution. b. Strong electrolytes are all classified as soluble ionic substances and weak electrolytes are all classified as soluble molecular substances. c. Strong electrolytes produce more ions per mole of substance in solution than weak electrolytes. d. Weak electrolytes inhibit the flow of electricity. e. Strong electrolytes are weak conductors of electricity.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 162

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.1 - Classify a substance as a strong, weak, or nonelectrolyte based on its properties.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 3. Which of the following is a nonelectrolyte in aqueous solution? a. NH4F b. NH4Cl c. NaHS d. CH4 e. Na2S ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.1 - Classify a substance as a strong, weak, or nonelectrolyte based on its properties.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: analyze | electrolyte | nonelectrolyte OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 4. Which of the following solutions would be expected to be the best conductor of an electric current at room temperature? a. 0.10 M Na2SO4 b. 1.0 M CH3COOH c. 0.10 M NaCl d. 0.10 M CO(NH2)2 e. 0.10 M CH3COOH ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.1 - Classify a substance as a strong, weak, or nonelectrolyte based on its properties.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: apply | Electrolyte OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 163

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

5. Which of the following aqueous solutions would be expected to be the best conductor of an electric current at room temperature? a. 0.10 M CH3COOH b. 0.10 M HCl c. 0.10 M Na2SO4 d. 0.10 M NaCl e. 0.10 M H3PO4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.1 - Classify a substance as a strong, weak, or nonelectrolyte based on its properties.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: apply | Electrolyte OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 6. Which of the following ions is most likely to form an insoluble sulfate? a. Ca2+ b. Clc. K+ d. Li+ e. S2ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.2 - Use the solubility rules to predict whether a substance will dissolve in water.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: analyze | solubility OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 7. Which of the following compounds is soluble in water? a. Sc2O3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 164

b. Li3P c. CuS d. Hg2I2 e. NiS ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.2 - Use the solubility rules to predict whether a substance will dissolve in water.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 8. Which of the following compounds is insoluble in water? a. FeCO3 b. K2CO3 c. (NH4)2CO3 d. Na2CO3 e. Li2CO3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.2 - Use the solubility rules to predict whether a substance will dissolve in water.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: solubility rules | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 9. Which of the following compounds is insoluble in water? a. PbSO4 b. ZnSO4 c. Na2SO4 d. (NH4)2SO4 e. Cr2(SO4)3 ANSWER: POINTS:

a 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 165

REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.2 - Use the solubility rules to predict whether a substance will dissolve in water.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: solubility rules | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 10. Which of the following compounds is soluble in water? a. AgCl b. AgI c. PbSO4 d. Pb(C2H3O2)2 e. HgI2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.2 - Use the solubility rules to predict whether a substance will dissolve in water.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 11. Which of the following compounds is insoluble in water? a. NH4Cl b. KCl c. CoCl2 d. PbCl2 e. LiCl ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.2 - Use the solubility rules to predict whether a substance will dissolve in water.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: solubility rules | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 166

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

12. Which of the following concerning electrolytes and the solubility rules is/are true?

1. The solubility rules apply only to ionic substances.

2. All soluble ionic compounds are considered strong electrolytes.

3. The solubility rules apply to aqueous and non-aqueous solutions. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.2 - Use the solubility rules to predict whether a substance will dissolve in water.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 13. A student is given a sample in lab that contains one of the ions listed below. After adding a few drops of AgNO3 solution to a portion of the unknown sample, the student observed a grayish precipitate. After adding a few drops of Mg(NO3)2 solution to another portion of the unknown sample, the student got a black precipitate. Based on these observations, what is the only possible ion in this student’s sample? a. Clb. Fc. C2H3O2d. S2e. SO42ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.2 - Use the solubility rules to predict whether a substance will dissolve in water.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: analyze | solubility rules OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 167

DATE MODIFIED:

5/12/2025 12:41 AM +

14. Which anion will form a precipitate with NH4 ? a. Clb. SO42c. C2H3O2d. S2e. none of the above ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.2 - Use the solubility rules to predict whether a substance will dissolve in water.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 2+

15. Which anion will form a precipitate with Ca ? a. Clb. OHc. C2H3O2d. Bre. I+ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.1.2 - Use the solubility rules to predict whether a substance will dissolve in water.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 16. Identify the spectator ions in the following reaction.

2+ + 2+ Ca (aq) + 2 NO3 (aq) + 2 Na (aq) + CO3 (aq) → CaCO3 (s) + 2 Na (aq) + NO3 (aq) a. NO3- and CO32b. Ca2+ and Na+ c. Ca2+ and CO32Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 168

d. Ca2+ and NO3e. Na+ and NO3ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.2.1 - Write the net ionic equation for a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: analyze | ionic equation | net ionic equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 17. Which of the following would not be depicted as the individual ions on the reactant side of a complete ionic reaction? a. KOH b. HI c. CuBr2 d. CuCO3 e. TiI3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.2.1 - Write the net ionic equation for a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 18. Which of the following would not be depicted as the individual ions on the reactant side of a complete ionic reaction? a. RbOH b. HNO3 c. ZnCl2 d. CH3COOH e. TiI3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.2.1 - Write the net ionic equation for a chemical reaction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 169

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution understand 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

19. Identify the spectator ion(s) in the following reaction. + 2+ Cu(OH)2 (s) + 2 H (aq) + 2 Cl (aq) → Cu (aq) + 2 Cl (aq) + 2 H2O (l) a. Cu2+ and Clb. Cu2+ c. Cu(OH)2 d. Cle. H+ and ClANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.2.1 - Write the net ionic equation for a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: analyze | ionic equation | net ionic equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 20. Identify the spectator ion(s) in the following reaction. + + Zn(OH)2 (s) + 2 K (aq) + 2 OH (aq) → 2 K (aq) + Zn(OH)4 (aq) a. K+ and Zn(OH)42b. K+ c. Zn(OH)2 d. Zn(OH)42e. K+ and OHANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.2.1 - Write the net ionic equation for a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: analyze | ionic equation | net ionic equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 170

21. What precipitate forms when aqueous solutions of calcium bromide and potassium phosphate are mixed? a. (KBr)2 (s) b. Ca3(PO4)2 (s) c. CaPO4- (s) d. KBr (s) e. CaPO4 (s) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.2.1 - Write the net ionic equation for a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions ions in aqueous solution KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 22. Which equation best represents the net ionic equation for the reaction that occurs when aqueous solutions of potassium phosphate and iron (II) nitrate are mixed? a. 3 Fe2+ (aq) + 2 PO43- (aq) → Fe3(PO4)2 (s) b. 2 K+ (aq) + Fe(NO3)2 (aq) → 2 KNO3 (aq) + Fe2+ (aq) c. 3 Fe2+ (aq) + 2 PO43- (aq) → Fe3(PO4)2 (aq) d. 2 K3PO4 (aq) + 3 Fe2+ (aq) → Fe3(PO4)2 (s) + (K+)6 (aq) e. 2 K3PO4(aq) + 3 Fe(NO3)2(aq) → Fe3(PO4)2(s) + 6 KNO3(aq) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.2.1 - Write the net ionic equation for a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 23. Which net ionic equation best represents the reaction that occurs when an aqueous solution of lithium nitrate is mixed with an aqueous solution of ammonium chloride? a. Li+(aq) + Cl-(aq) → LiCl(s) b. NH4+(aq) + NO3-(aq) → NH4NO3(aq) c. NH4Cl(aq) + LiNO3(aq) → LiCl(s) + NH4NO3(aq) d. No net reaction occurs. e. Li+(aq) + NH4Cl(aq) → LiCl(s) + NH4+(aq) ANSWER:

d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 171

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.2.1 - Write the net ionic equation for a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | precipitation reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 24. The balanced net ionic equation for the reaction of calcium sulfite with nitric acid is a. CaSO3(s) + 2 H+(aq) → Ca2+(aq) + SO2(g) + H2O(l). b. Ca2+(aq) + CO32-(aq) + 2 H+(aq) + 2 NO3-(aq) → Ca(NO3)2(aq) + SO2(g) + H2O(l). c. CaSO3(s) + 2 HNO2(aq) → Ca2+(aq) + 2 NO2-(aq) + SO2(g) + H2O(l). d. Ca(HSO3)2(s) + 2 HNO3(aq) → Ca2+(aq) + 2 NO3-(aq) + SO2(g) + 2 H2O(l). e. CaSO3(s) + 2 HNO3(aq) → Ca2+(aq) + 2 NO3-(aq) + SO2(g) + H2O(l).

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.2.1 - Write the net ionic equation for a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 25. Which of the following concerning precipitation reactions is/are correct?

1. A precipitation reaction is a type of chemical reaction that forms a gaseous product (such as CO2).

2. A precipitation reaction is possible when two or more aqueous solutions of strong or weak electrolytes are mixed.

3. Only ionic compounds will react to form precipitates in a precipitation reactions. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 2 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.3.1 - Decide whether a precipitation reaction will occur when two solutions are mixed.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 172

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

chemical reactions types of chemical reactions understand 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

26. Which of the following combinations will produce a precipitate?

1. AgNO3(aq) and HCl(aq) 2. HCl(aq) and Na2CO3(aq) 3. NaOH(aq) and K3PO4(aq) a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 2 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.3.1 - Decide whether a precipitation reaction will occur when two solutions are mixed.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 27. Which of the following are classified as precipitation reactions?

1. AgNO3(aq) + HCl(aq) → AgCl(s) + HNO3(aq) 2. 2 Mg(s) + O2(g) → 2 MgO(s) + 2+ 3. Zn(s) + 2 Ag (aq) → 2 Ag(s) + Zn (aq) a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 2 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.3.1 - Decide whether a precipitation reaction will occur when two solutions are mixed.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 173

DATE MODIFIED:

5/12/2025 12:41 AM

28. A precipitate will form when a freshly prepared aqueous carbonic acid solution is added to an aqueous solution of a. potassium carbonate. b. ammonium chloride. c. nitrous acid. d. calcium hydroxide. e. sodium chloride.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.3.1 - Decide whether a precipitation reaction will occur when two solutions are mixed.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: precipitation reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 29. When a solution of lithium chloride and a solution of ammonium sulfate are mixed, a. a new salt is formed. b. no reaction occurs. c. a precipitate forms. d. an acid and a base are formed. e. a gas is evolved.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.3.1 - Decide whether a precipitation reaction will occur when two solutions are mixed.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: precipitation reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 30. Aqueous solutions of sodium sulfide and copper(II) chloride are mixed together. Which statement is correct? a. CuS will precipitate from solution. b. NaCl will precipitate from solution. c. No precipitate will form. d. Both NaCl and CuS will precipitate from solution. e. No reaction will occur.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 174

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.3.1 - Decide whether a precipitation reaction will occur when two solutions are mixed.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: precipitation reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 31. What products result from mixing aqueous solutions of Cr(NO3)2(aq) and NaNO3(aq)? a. Cr(OH)2(s), Na+(aq), and NO3-(aq) b. Cr(OH)2(s) and NaNO3(s) c. Cr2(OH)2(aq) and NaNO3(aq) d. Cr(OH)2(aq) and NaNO3(s) e. Cr(OH)2(s), N2(g), and H2O(l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.3.1 - Decide whether a precipitation reaction will occur when two solutions are mixed.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 32. What products result from mixing aqueous solutions of Ni(C2H3O2)2(aq) and K3PO4(aq)? a. Ni2PO4(s) and K3(C2H3O2)2(aq) b. Ni3(PO4)2(s) and KC2H3O2(s) c. NiP(s), CO2(g), H2O(l), KOH(aq), and PH3(g). d. NiPO4(s) and K3(C2H3O2)2(aq) e. Ni3(PO4)2(s), K+(aq), and C2H3O2-(aq) ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.3.1 - Decide whether a precipitation reaction will occur when two Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 175

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

solutions are mixed. chemical reactions types of chemical reactions understand 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

33. A precipitate is expected when an aqueous solution of lithium iodide is added to an aqueous solution of a. calcium nitrate. b. barium hydroxide. c. lead perchlorate. d. iron(II) chloride. e. sodium sulfate.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.3.1 - Decide whether a precipitation reaction will occur when two solutions are mixed.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: precipitation reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 34. What causes the acid-base indicator to change its color? a. Temperature b. pH c. Pressure d. Volume e. Density ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.1 - Describe how an acid-base indicator is used to determine whether a solution is acidic or basic.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | base definition | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 35. Identify the common acid-base indicator . a. Litmus paper Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 176

b. Sodium chloride c. Sugar d. Water e. Alcohol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.1 - Describe how an acid-base indicator is used to determine whether a solution is acidic or basic.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | base definition | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 36. In which of the solutions does the phenolphthalein turn pink? a. Acidic solution b. Basic solution c. Neutral solution d. Salt solution e. Indicator solution ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.1 - Describe how an acid-base indicator is used to determine whether a solution is acidic or basic.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | base definition | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 37. Which of the following is not an Arrhenius base? a. NH3 b. NaOH c. Ba(OH)2 d. Mg(OH)2 e. KOH ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

a 1 4.4

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 177

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.2 - Compare the Arrhenius and Bronsted-Lowry definitions of acids and bases.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | base definition | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 38. Which of the following is an example of a Bronsted-Lowry acid-base reaction that is not an Arrhenius acid-base reaction? a. HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) b. NH3(aq) + HCl(aq) → NH4Cl(aq) c. CH3COOH(aq) + NaOH(aq) → CH3COONa(aq) + H2O(l) d. H2SO4(aq) + NaOH(aq) → CH3COOH + 2 H2O(l) e. 2 KClO3(aq) → 2 KCl(s) + 3 O2(g) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.2 - Compare the Arrhenius and Bronsted-Lowry definitions of acids and bases.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM +

-

39. In the reaction HCl(aq) + H2O(l) → H3O (aq) + Cl (aq), H2O acts as a: a. Bronsted-Lowry acid b. Bronsted-Lowry base c. Arrhenius acid d. Arrhenius base e. Arrhenius acid and base ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.2 - Compare the Arrhenius and Bronsted-Lowry definitions of acids and bases.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 178

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

40. According to the Bronsted-Lowry definition, an acid is: a. a proton acceptor. b. a proton donor. c. a substance that produces H+ ions in aqueous solution. d. a substance that produces OH- ions in an aqueous solution. e. a substance that produces H3O+ ions in an aqueous solution.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.2 - Compare the Arrhenius and Bronsted-Lowry definitions of acids and bases.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 41. Which of the following is not a strong acid in aqueous solution? a. HBr b. HClO4 c. HF d. HI e. HCl ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | strong acid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 42. Which of the following is a weak base in aqueous solution? a. HOCH2CH2OH b. Ba(OH)3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 179

c. CH3COOH d. NH3 e. HBr ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: understande DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 43. Which of the following is a strong base in aqueous solution? a. HOCH2CH2OH b. Sr(OH)2 c. H3PO4 d. NH3 e. HF ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 44. Which of the following is a strong acid in aqueous solution? a. HOCH2CH2OH b. Mg(OH)2 c. H3PO4 d. NH3 e. HBr ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 180

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

chemical reactions types of chemical reactions analyze 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

45. All the following are strong acids in aqueous solution except a. HCl b. HF c. HI d. HBr e. H2SO4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | analyze | strong acid OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 46. Which of the following is a strong acid in aqueous solution? a. H3PO3 b. H3PO4 c. H2CO3 d. H2SO3 e. H2SO4 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | analyze | strong acid OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 47. Which of the following is not a strong base in aqueous solution? a. Sr(OH)2 b. Ca(OH)2 c. KOH Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 181

d. LiOH e. NH3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | analyze | strong base OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 48. Which of the following is a strong base in aqueous solution? a. LiCl b. CH3OH c. LiOH d. NH3 e. HClO4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | strong base | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 49. Which of the following is a strong electrolyte in aqueous solution? a. acetic acid b. tartaric acid c. citric acid d. ascorbic acid e. hydrobromic acid ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 182

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

chemical reactions types of chemical reactions acid-base reaction | strong acid | understand general chemistry 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

50. All of the following are weak electrolytes in aqueous solution except a. nitrous acid b. acetic acid c. nitric acid d. tartaric acid e. citric acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | strong acid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 51. Which of the following is a weak electrolyte in aqueous solution? a. HClO4 b. H2SO4 c. H3PO4 d. HNO3 e. HI ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | understand | weak acid OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 52. Which of the following is a weak electrolyte in aqueous solution? a. Ca(OH)2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 183

b. NH3 c. LiOH d. RbOH e. Sr(OH)2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | understand | weak base OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 53. Which of the following is a weak acid in aqueous solution? a. HCl b. H2SO4 c. H2S d. HNO3 e. HI ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | understand | weak acid OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 54. Which of the following is a weak base in aqueous solution? a. HOCl b. LiOH c. NH3 d. HI e. Mg(OH)2 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

c 1 4.4 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 184

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | understand | weak base OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 55. Which of the following is a weak base in aqueous solution? a. H2CO3 b. Ba(OH)2 c. B(OH)3 d. LiOH e. N2H4 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | understand | weak base OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 56. Which of the following is a weak acid in aqueous solution? a. HClO4 b. HCl c. H2SO4 d. HNO3 e. H2SO3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | understand | weak acid OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 185

57. Which of the following is a strong acid in aqueous solution? a. HClO b. H3PO4 c. HBr d. HNO2 e. H3PO3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.3 - Identify an acid or base as weak or strong.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | strong acid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 58. Which of the following is best described as an acid–base reaction? a. HNO3(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4+(aq) + NO3–(aq) b. P4(s) + 3 OH- (aq) + 3 H3O+ (l) → PH3(g) + 3H2PO2-(aq) c. Cu(s) + H2S(g) → CuS(s) + H2(g) d. 2 H2(g) + O2(g) → 2 H2O(l) e. 2 KClO3(aq) → 2 KCl(s) + 3 O2(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 59. What is the net ionic equation for the acid–base reaction that occurs when acetic acid and sodium hydroxide solutions are mixed? a. HC2H3O2(aq) + OH–(aq) → C2H3O2–-(aq) + H2O(l) b. H+(aq) + OH-(aq) → H2O(l) c. H3O+(aq) + OH–(aq) → 2H2O(l) d. C2H3O2–(aq) + H+(aq) + Na+(aq) + OH–(aq) → Na+(aq) + C2H3O2–(aq) + H2O(l) e. HC2H3O2(aq) + NaOH–(aq) → NaC2H3O2–(aq) + H2O(l) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 186

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 60. What is the net ionic equation for the reaction of acetic acid, CH3COOH, with NH3? a. CH3COOH(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4+(aq) + CH3COO–(aq) b. H+(aq) + OH (aq) → H2O(l) c. CH3COOH(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4CH3COO(aq) d. CH3COO–(aq) + H+(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4CH3COO(aq) e. H+(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4+(aq) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 61. What is the net ionic equation for the reaction of NH3 with HNO3? a. NH3(aq) + H+(aq) → NH4+(aq) b. NH3(aq) + HNO3(aq) → NH4NO3(aq) c. NH3(aq) + NO3–(aq) → NH2–(aq) + HNO3(aq) d. H–(aq) + H+(aq) → H2(g) e. H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 187

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

chemical reactions types of chemical reactions acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand general chemistry 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

62. What is the net ionic equation for the acid–base reaction between chlorous acid and sodium hydroxide? a. H+(aq) + ClO2–(aq) + Na+(aq) + OH-(aq) → NaClO2(aq) + H2O(l) b. HClO2(aq) + OH–(aq) → ClO2–(aq) + H22O(l) c. HClO2(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaClO2(aq) + H2O(l) d. H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) e. H+(aq) + ClO2–(aq) + Na+(aq) + OH–(aq) → Na+(aq) + ClO2–(aq) + H2O(l) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 63. What is the net ionic equation for the acid–base reaction that occurs when an excess of a sodium hydroxide solution is added to a solution of H2SO3? a. H2SO3(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → 2H2O(l) + SO32–(aq) b. H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) c. 2H+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → 2H2O(l) d. 2H+(aq) + SO32–(aq) + 2Na+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → 2Na+(aq) + SO32–(aq) + 2H2O(l) e. H2SO3(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → Na2SO3(aq) + 2H2O(l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 64. Which of the following salts may be obtained by the reaction of a weak acid with a strong base?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 188

a. LiClO4 b. NaCl c. K2SO3 d. MgCl2 e. NH4F ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 65. What is the net ionic equation for the complete neutralization of the triprotic acid citric acid, H3C6H5O6, by a strong base? a. H3C6H5O6(aq) + 3 OH–(aq) → 3 H2O(l) + C6H5O63–(aq) b. H3C6H5O6(aq) + 3 NaOH(aq) → 3 H2O(l) + Na3C6H5O6(aq) c. H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) d. H3C6H5O6(aq) + NaOH(aq) → H2O(l) + NaH2C6H5O6(aq) e. 3 H+(aq) + 3 OH–(aq) → 3 H2O(l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 66. Which of the following salts cannot be obtained by the neutralization of a strong acid and a strong base? a. NaCl b. LiNO3 c. NH4Br d. Ba(ClO4)2 e. Na2SO4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 189

REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 67. What is the net ionic equation for the complete neutralization of phosphoric acid with potassium hydroxide? a. H3PO4(aq) + 3 OH–(aq) → 3 H2O(l) + PO4 3(aq) b. H3P(aq) + 3 KOH(aq) → 3 H2O(l) + K3P(aq) c. H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) d. H3PO4(aq) + 3 KOH(aq) → 3 H2O(l) + K3PO4(aq) e. 3 H+(aq) + 3 KOH(aq) → 3 H2O(l) + 3 K+(aq) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 68. What is the net ionic equation for the neutralization of hydrofluoric acid with sodium hydroxide? a. H+(aq) + NaOH(aq) → H2O(l) + Na+(aq) b. HF(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) + F–(aq) c. HF(aq) + NaOH(aq) → H2O(l) + NaF(aq) d. H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) e. HF(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2F+(aq) + O2–(aq) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 190

69. What is the net ionic equation for the reaction of hydrochloric acid with lithium hydroxide? a. H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) b. H+(aq) + Cl–(aq) + Li+(aq) + OH–(aq) → LiCl(aq) + H2O(l) c. H+(aq) + Cl–(aq) + Li+(aq) + OH–(aq) → HCl(aq) + LiOH(aq) d. HCl(aq) + Li+(aq) + OH–(aq) → LiCl(aq) + H2O(l) e. HCl(aq) + LiOH(aq) → LiCl(aq) + H2O(l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 70. The net ionic equation for the reaction between aqueous ammonia and hydrobromic acid is a. HBr(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4Br(aq). b. H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l). c. HBr(aq) + OH–(aq) → Br–(aq) + H2O(l). d. H+(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4+(aq). e. H+(aq) + Br–(aq) + NH3(aq) → NH4+(aq) + Br–(aq).

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 71. Which of the following best represents the molecular equation for the reaction of aqueous ammonia with sulfuric acid? a. 2 NH3(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → (NH4)2SO4(aq) b. NH3(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → NH4SO4(aq) c. NH4OH(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → NH4SO4(aq) + H2O(l) d. 2 NH4+(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → (NH4)2SO4(aq) + 2 H+(aq) e. 2 NH4+(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → (NH4)2SO4(aq) + H2(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 191

REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 72. The net ionic equation for the reaction of nitrous acid with sodium hydroxide is a. H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l). b. HNO2(aq) + OH–(aq) → NO2–(aq) + H2O(l). c. HNO3(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaNO3(aq) + H2O(l). d. HNO3(aq) + NaOH(aq) → Na+(aq) + NO3–(aq) + H2O(l). e. H+(aq) + NO2–(aq) + Na+(aq) + OH–(aq) → Na+(aq) + NO2–(aq) + H2O(l).

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 73. What is the net ionic equation for the reaction that occurs between nitrous acid and barium hydroxide? a. HNO2(aq) + OH–(aq) → NO2–(aq) + H2O(l) b. 2HNO2(aq) + Ba(OH)2 → Ba(NO2)2(aq) + H2O(l) c. 2H+(aq) + 2NO2–(aq) + Ba2+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → Ba(NO2)2(aq) + H2O(l) d. 2H+(aq) + 2NO2–(aq) + Ba2+(aq) + 2OH–(aq) → Ba2+(aq) + 2NO2–(aq) + 2H2O(l) e. H+(aq) + OH–(aq) → H2O(l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 192

74. In the reaction of acetic acid with aqueous cesium hydroxide, what is the spectator ion? a. OH–(aq) b. There is no spectator ion. c. C2H3O2–(aq) d. Cs+(aq) e. H+(aq) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | neutralization reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 75. Which of the following combinations will result in an acid-base reaction?

1. AgNO3(aq) and HCl(aq) 2. HCl(aq) and Na2CO3(aq) 3. NaOH(aq) and K3PO4(aq) a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1, 2, and 3 e. 1 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 76. Which of the following concerning acid-base reactions is/are correct?

1. Only strong acids and strong bases will undergo an acid-base reaction.

2. All acid-base reactions produce OH- ion and an ionic compound (salt) as a product.

3. All reactions that form a gas are also acid-base reactions. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1, 2, and 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 193

e. 1 and 2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 77. Which of the following reactions best describes the acid–base properties of ammonia (NH3) in aqueous solution? a. NH3(aq) + 3 H2O(l) → N3–(aq) + 3 H3O+(aq) b. NH3(aq) → N3–(aq) + 3H+(aq) c. NH3(aq) + H2O(l) ⇄ NH4+(aq) + OH–(aq) d. NH3(aq) + H2O(l) → NH4+(aq) + OH–(aq) e. NH3(aq) + 3 H2O(l) ⇄ N3–(aq) + 3 H3O+(aq) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | analyze | weak base OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 78. Which of the following reactions best describes the acid–base properties of acetic acid (HC2H3O2) in aqueous solution? a. HC2H3O2(aq) + H2O(l) → H3O+(aq) + C2H3O2-(aq) b. HC2H3O2(aq) + H2O(l) → C2H5O2+(aq) + OH-(aq) c. HC2H3O2(aq) + H2O(l) ⇄ C2H5O2+(aq) + OH–(aq) d. HC2H3O2(aq) + H2O(l) H3O+(aq) + C2H3O2–(aq) e. HC2H3O2(aq) + 4 H2O(l) ⇄ 4 H3O+(aq) + C2O24–(aq) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.4.4 - Write an equation for an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: acid-base reaction | analyze | weak acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 194

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

79. Which of the following species cannot function as an oxidizing agent? a. S b. Brc. H+ d. MnO4e. Mn2+ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: oxidation-reduction reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 80. What is the oxidation number of Ba in BaFeO4? a. 6 b. -2 c. 2 d. +3 e. 0 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 81. Which of the following species cannot function as an oxidizing agent? a. Co3+ b. O2 c. Cr2O72– Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 195

d. MnO4– e. O2– ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 82. What is the oxidation number of each O in NH4(H2PO4)? a. 5 b. 1 c. –2 d. –3 e. 0 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 83. The oxidation number of nitrogen given for all the following species is correct except a. N2H4(–2). b. N2O(+1). c. NH2OH(–1). d. HNO2(+3). e. HN3(–1).

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 196

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

chemical reactions types of chemical reactions apply | oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction general chemistry 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

84. In which one of the following is the oxidation number of nitrogen given incorrectly? a. N2H4 (–2) b. NaN3(–1) c. HNO2(+3) d. N2O3(+3) e. H2N2O2(+1) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 85. What is the average oxidation number of C in C6H12O6? a. –2 b. 0 c. +1 d. +2 e. –1 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM –

86. The oxidation number of carbon in the formate ion, HCOO , is a. 0 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 197

b. –2 c. +2 d. –1 e. +1 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 87. The oxidation numbers of nitrogen in N2O and N2F4 are, respectively, a. –2 and +2 b. –2 and –3 c. +1 and +2 d. +1 and –1 e. +1 and –3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

88. The sum of all the oxidation numbers in cysteine,

a. –1 b. +4 c. 0 d. –2 e. +2 ANSWER:

, is

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 198

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 89. The oxidation number of barium in BaO is a. +1 b. +4 c. –1/2 d. +2 e. –2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 90. The oxidation number of chromium in sodium chromite, NaCrO2, is a. –1 b. –2 c. +2 d. +1 e. +3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 199

DATE MODIFIED:

5/12/2025 12:41 AM

91. In which of the following molecules or ions does the underlined element have an oxidation number of –3? a. NO2 b. PH4+ c. CrO2Cl2 d. HNO2 e. Zn(OH)42– ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 92. Which of the following is a correct set of oxidation numbers for the atoms in calcium dihydrogen phosphate, Ca(H2PO4)2? a. Ca = +2, H = +1, P = +5, O = –2 b. Ca = +2, H = 0, P = +7, O = –8 c. Ca = +2, H = –1, P = +4, O = –2 d. Ca2+ = +2, H2PO4– = –1 e. Ca = +2, H = +1, P = +3, O = –2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | assigning oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 93. Assign oxidation numbers to each atom in nitrous acid. a. H = +1, N = +5, O = –1 b. H = +1, N = +5, O = –2 c. H = +1, N = +3, O = –1 d. H = +1, N = +3, O = 0 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 200

e. H = +1, N = +3, O = –2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | assigning oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 2–

–

94. In basic solution the chromate ion, CrO4 , can be converted to the chromite, CrO2 , ion. The number of electrons gained or lost by the chromium atom is a. 0 b. 3 electrons lost c. 2 electrons lost d. 3 electrons gained e. 2 electrons gained ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | assigning oxidation number | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 95. What is the reduction half-reaction for the reaction of zinc with hydrochloric acid? + – 2+ – Zn(s) + 2 H (aq) + 2 Cl (aq) → Zn (aq) + 2 Cl (aq) + H2(g) a. Zn(s) → Zn2+(aq) + 2e– b. 2 H+(aq) + 2e– → H2(g) c. 2 H+(aq) + 2e–(aq) → H2(g) + 2 Cl–(aq) d. 2 H+(aq) + 2 Cl–(aq) → H2(g) + 2e– + 2 Cl–(aq) e. Zn(s) → Zn2+(aq) + 2 Cl–(aq) + 2e– ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

b 1 4.5 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 201

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 96. What is the reduction half-reaction for the reaction between iron(II) sulfate and potassium permanganate in a sulfuric acid solution?

2+ – + 3+ 2+ 5 Fe (aq) + MnO4 (aq) + 8 H (aq) → 5 Fe (aq) + Mn (aq) + 4 H2O(l) a. MnO4–(aq) + 3e– → Mn2+(aq) + 4 H2O(l) b. MnO4–(aq) + 8 H+(aq) + 5e– → Mn2+(aq) + 4 H2O(l) c. 5 Fe2+(aq) → 5 Fe3+(aq) + 5e– d. Fe2+(aq) + 2e– → Fe(s) e. MnO4–(aq) + 5e– → Mn2+(aq) + SO42–(aq) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 97. What is the balanced oxidation half-reaction for the following reaction? a. Cu(s) + 2e– → Cu(s) b. Cu2+(aq) + 2e– → Cu(s) c. Fe2+(aq) + 2e– → Fe(s) d. Cu(s) → Cu2+(aq) + 2e– e. Fe(s) → Fe2+(aq) + 2e– ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 202

DATE MODIFIED:

5/12/2025 12:41 AM

98. Consider the reaction of sulfur dioxide and water, which is represented by the following equation: 2 SO2(g) + 2 H2O(g) → 2 H2S(g) + 3 O2(g) How many moles of electrons are transferred according to the equation that is written? a. 2 b. 6 c. 4 d. 12 e. 8 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: oxidation-reduction reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 99. In the following reaction, which species is oxidized? + – + 3 Li2S(s) + 8 H (aq) + 2 NO3 (aq) → 6 Li (aq) + 3 S(s) + 2 NO(g) + 4 H2O(l) a. NO3– b. Li2S c. Li+ d. NO e. H+ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 100. For the reaction that occurs in a lead storage battery, + – Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2 H (aq) + 2 HSO4 (aq) → 2 PbSO4(s) + 2 H2O(l) the oxidizing agent is a. HSO4– Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 203

b. PbSO4 c. Pb d. PbO2 e. H+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 101. In the following oxidation–reduction reaction, + – – 2– 8 H (aq) + 6 Cl (aq) + Sn(s) + 4 NO3 (aq) → SnCl6 (aq) + 4 NO2(g) + 4 H2O(l) what is the oxidizing agent? a. Sn b. NO3– c. H+ d. Cl– e. SnCl62– ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 102. Besides its ability to function as an acid, hydrosulfuric acid, H2S, is able to act as a reducing agent. Which one of the following equations illustrates this property of H2S? a. H2S(aq) + 2 OH–(aq) → S2–(aq) + 2 H2O(l) b. H2S(aq) + 2 Na(s) → H2(g) + 2 Na+(aq) + S2–(aq) c. H2S(aq) + 2 AgI(s) → Ag2S(s) + 2 H+(aq) + 2 I–(aq) d. H2S(aq) + Cu2+(aq) → CuS(s) + 2 H+(aq) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 204

e. 3 H2S(aq) + 2 H+(aq) + 2 NO3–(aq) → 3 S(s) + 2 NO(g) + 4 H2O(l) ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.1 - Determine the oxidation of number of atoms in a compound.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: oxidation-reduction reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 103. All of the following reactions are described as decomposition reactions except a. CuSO4 • 5H2O(s) CuSO4(s) + 5 H2O(g). b. 2 PbO2(s)

2 PbO(s) + O2(g).

c. Fe(CO)5(l)

Fe(s) + 5 CO(g).

d. H2SO3(aq)

SO2(g) + H2O(l).

e. NO2(g) + H2O(l)

NO(g) + 2 HNO3(aq).

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.2 - Given a chemical equation, classify the reaction as a combination reaction, a decomposition reaction, or a combustion reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | common oxidation-reduction reactions | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 104. All of the following reactions are called combination reactions except a. BaO(s) + SO2(g) → BaSO3(s) b. C6H10(l) + Br2(l) → C6H10Br2(l) c. Br2(l) + H2O(l) → HOBr(aq) + HBr(aq) d. CaCl2(s) + 6 H2O(l) → CaCl2 • 6H2O(s) e. 3 H2(g) + N2(g) → 2 NH3(g) ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

c 1 4.5 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 205

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.2 - Given a chemical equation, classify the reaction as a combination reaction, a decomposition reaction, or a combustion reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | common oxidation-reduction reactions | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 105. All of the following reactions are described as decomposition reactions except a. PCl5(l) → PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) b. 2 CH3OH(l) + 3 O2(g) → 2 CO2(g) + 4 H2O(g) c. NH4HS(s) → NH3(g) + H2S(g) d. (NH4)2Cr2O7(s) → N2(g) + 4 H2O(g) + Cr2O3(s) e. 2 CO2(g) → 2 CO(g) + O2(g) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.2 - Given a chemical equation, classify the reaction as a combination reaction, a decomposition reaction, or a combustion reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | common oxidation-reduction reactions | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 106. A 5.0-g sample of a white, powdery solid is heated in the presence of air. The solid remaining after heating now has a mass of 3.2 g. The reaction that took place must have been a(an) a. acid–base reaction b. decomposition reaction c. combination reaction d. precipitation reaction e. displacement reaction ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.2 - Given a chemical equation, classify the reaction as a combination reaction, a decomposition reaction, or a combustion reaction.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | common oxidation-reduction reactions | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 206

DATE MODIFIED:

5/12/2025 12:41 AM

107. All of the following reactions can be described as displacement reactions except a. Zn(s) + FeCl2(aq) → ZnCl2(aq) + Fe(s) b. C6H6(l) + Cl2(g) → C6H5Cl(l) + HCl(g) c. 2 Na(s) + 2 H2O(l) → 2 NaOH(aq) + H2(g) d. Cu(s) + 2 AgNO3(aq) → Cu(NO3)2(aq) + 2 Ag(s) e. CuSO4(aq) + Fe(s) → Cu(s) + FeSO4(aq) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.3 - Use the activity series to predict whether a displacement reaction will occur.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | common oxidation-reduction reactions | oxidation-reduction reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 108. All of the following reactions can be described as displacement reactions except a. CuSO4(aq) + Ni(s) → NiSO4(aq) + Cu(s) b. 3 CuCl2(aq) + 2Al(s) → 3 Cu(s) + 2 AlCl3(aq) c. Fe(s) + 2 HCl(aq) → FeCl2(g) + H2(g) d. CH4(g) + Br2(g) → CH3Br(g) + HBr(g). e. Mg(s) + Hg(NO3)2(aq) → Mg(NO3)2(aq) + Hg(l) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.3 - Use the activity series to predict whether a displacement reaction will occur.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: common oxidation-reduction reactions | oxidation-reduction reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 109. Predict which of the following reactions will occur. a. CuSO4(aq) + Ag(s) → AgSO4(aq) + Cu(s) b. NaCl(aq) + K(s) → Na(s) + KCl(aq) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 207

c. Fe(s) + MgCl2(aq) → FeCl2(aq) + Mg(s) d. LiI(aq) + Na(s) → NaI(aq) + Li(g) e. 3 MgCl2(aq) + 2Al(s) → 3 Mg(s) + 2 AlCl3(aq) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.3 - Use the activity series to predict whether a displacement reaction will occur.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: common oxidation-reduction reactions | oxidation-reduction reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 110. Predict which of the following reactions will occur. a. CuF2(aq) + I2(g) → CuI2(aq) + F2(g) b. MnCl2(aq) + Br2(g) → MnBr2(aq) + Cl2(g) c. F2(g) + MgCl2(aq) → MgF2(aq) + Cl2(g) d. 2 AgCl(aq) + I2(g) → 2 AgI(aq) + Cl2(g) e. CaBr2(aq) + I2(g) → CaI2(aq) + Br2(g) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.5.3 - Use the activity series to predict whether a displacement reaction will occur.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: common oxidation-reduction reactions | oxidation-reduction reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 111. What is the balanced oxidation half-reaction provided below? + 2+ Zn(s) + 2 H (aq) → Zn (aq) + H2(g) a. Zn2+(aq) + 2e- → Zn(s) b. Zn2+(aq) + e- → Zn(s) c. Zn(s) → Zn2+(aq) + 2 ed. 2 H+(aq) + 2 e- → H2(g) e. 2 H+(aq) → H2(g) + 2 eANSWER:

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 208

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.6.1 - Balance simple oxidation-reduction reactions by the half-reaction method.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 112. All of the following half-reactions are balanced except a. NO3-(aq) + 4 H+(aq) + 3 e- → NO(g) + 2 H2O(l) b. H3PO3(aq) + H2O(l) → H3PO4(aq) + 2 H+(aq) + 2 ec. 2 Ta(s) + 5 H2O(l) → Ta2O5(s) + 10 H+(aq) + 10 ed. 2 H2O(l) + 2 e- → H2(g) + 2 OH-(aq) e. H2O2(aq) → 2 OH-(aq) + 2 e-.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.6.1 - Balance simple oxidation-reduction reactions by the half-reaction method.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | balancing oxidation-reduction equations | half-reaction method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 113. What is the balanced reduction half-reaction for the reaction 3 Mg(s) + N2(g) → Mg3N2(s) a. Mg2+ + 2 e- → Mg b. Mg → Mg2+ + 2 ec. Mg2+ → Mg + 2 ed. N2 + 6 e- → 2 N3e. N2 → 2 N3- + 6 eANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.6.1 - Balance simple oxidation-reduction reactions by the half-reaction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 209

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

method. chemical reactions types of chemical reactions apply 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

114. The following reaction occurs in basic solution: _ H2O(aq) + _ MnO4 (aq) + _ ClO (aq) → _ MnO2(s) + _ ClO4 (aq) + _ OH (aq) When the equation is properly balanced, what is the sum of the lowest whole-number coefficients? a. 20 b. 9 c. 10 d. 6 e. 12 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.6.1 - Balance simple oxidation-reduction reactions by the half-reaction method.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | balancing oxidation-reduction equations | half-reaction method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 115. When the following equation is balanced, what is the lowest whole-number coefficient for SO2? ____ HBrO3(aq) + ____ SO2(g) + ____ H2O(l) → ____ Br2(aq) + ____ H2SO4(aq) a. 7 b. 10 c. 8 d. 4 e. 5 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.6.1 - Balance simple oxidation-reduction reactions by the half-reaction method.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | balancing oxidation-reduction equations | half-reaction method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 210

DATE MODIFIED:

5/12/2025 12:41 AM

116. The following reaction occurs in basic solution. What is the sum of the lowest whole-number coefficients in the balanced equation? ____ MnO4 (aq) + ____ NH3(aq) → ____ NO3 (aq) + ____ MnO2(s) a. 9 b. 18 c. 12 d. 29 e. 23 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.6.1 - Balance simple oxidation-reduction reactions by the half-reaction method.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | balancing oxidation-reduction equations | half-reaction method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 3+

2-

-

117. In basic solution, H2O2 oxidizes Cr to CrO4 and is reduced to OH . What is the lowest whole-number coefficient for OH in the balanced net ionic equation? a. 6 b. 10 c. 4 d. 16 e. 8 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.6.1 - Balance simple oxidation-reduction reactions by the half-reaction method.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | balancing oxidation-reduction equations | half-reaction method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 118. The following change occurs in acidic solution: 223+ ____ S (aq) + ____ Cr2O7 (aq) → ____ S(s) + ____ Cr (aq) 2+ In the balanced equation, for every mole of Cr2O7 that reacts, _____ mol of H are consumed.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 211

a. 7 b. 10 c. 5 d. 14 e. 8 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.6.1 - Balance simple oxidation-reduction reactions by the half-reaction method.

TOPICS: chemical reactions types of chemical reactions KEYWORDS: apply | balancing oxidation-reduction equations | half-reaction method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 119. A student must prepare 7.00 L of 0.100 M Na2CO3 (106 g/mol). Which is the best procedure for preparing this solution? a. Measure 74.2 g Na2CO3 and add 7.00 kg of H2O. b. Measure 10.6 g Na2CO3 and add 7.00 kg of H2O. c. Measure 74.2 g Na2CO3 and add H2O until the final homogeneous solution has a volume of 7.00 L. d. Measure 10.6 g Na2CO3 and add H2O until the final homogeneous solution has a volume of 7.00 L. e. Measure 74.2 g Na2CO3 and add 7.00 L of H2O. ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 120. What mass of Na2CO3 is present in 0.450 L of a 0.704 M Na2CO3 solution? a. 33.5 g b. 47.6 g c. 74.6 g d. 67.7 g e. 165 g ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 212

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 121. What is the molarity of an NaI solution that contains 7.0 g of NaI in 21.0 mL of solution? a. 2.2 M b. 0.046 M c. 0.003 M d. 0.00014 M e. 0.33 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 122. In order to prepare a standard 1.00 M solution of oxalic acid from H2C2O4·2 H2O (126.07 g/mol), 10.086 g of oxalic acid dihydrate should be dissolved in a. enough water to make 80.0 g of solution. b. 69.914 g of water. c. 80.0 g of water. d. enough water to make 80.0 mL of solution. e. 80.0 cm3 of water.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 213

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:42 AM

123. A 38.0-g sample of NaOH is dissolved in water, and the solution is diluted to give a final volume of 1.70 L. The molarity of the final solution is a. 22.3 M b. 0.558 M c. 0.95 M d. 0.0447 M e. 0.619 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 124. What is the molarity of hydrochloric acid in a solution containing 79.9 g of HCl in 245 mL of solution? a. 0.326 M b. 0.00306 M c. 3.06 M d. 326 M e. 8.94 M ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 125. What mass of oxalic acid dihydrate, H2C2O4·2 H2O, is required to prepare 220.0 mL of a 1.58 M solution of oxalic acid? a. 126 g b. 43.8 g c. 142 g d. 199 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 214

e. 31.2 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 126. How many grams of lithium nitrate, LiNO3 (68.9 g/mol), are required to prepare 778.4 mL of a 0.825 M LiNO3 solution? a. 0.00932 g b. 44.2 g c. 0.0226 g d. 65 g e. 0.0136 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 127. How many moles of sulfate ions are there in a 0.301-L solution of 0.274 M Al2(SO4)3? a. 0.0824 mol b. 0.247 mol c. 3.29 mol d. 0.0274 mol e. 2.73 mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 215

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | concentration general chemistry 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

128. What volume of 0.330 M Na2CO3 (106 g/mol) solution contains 32.7 of Na2CO3? a. 0.101 L b. 1.05 × 104 L c. 0.934 L d. 1.14 × 103 L e. 1.06 L ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 129. Which of the following solutions contains the largest number of moles of dissolved particles? a. 25 mL of 5.0 M sodium chloride b. 25 mL of 2.0 M sulfuric acid c. 200 mL of 0.10 M sodium hydroxide d. 50 mL of 1.0 M hydrochloric acid e. 100 mL of 0.5 M nitric acid ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 130. Which substance would produce 2 mol of particles per mole of solute when dissolved in water? a. NH4CH3COO b. CH2O Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 216

c. CO2 d. SO2 e. Al(NO3)3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 131. How many moles of KOH are present in 67.2 mL of 0.487 M KOH? a. 1.38 × 10–1 mol b. 137 mol c. 3.27 × 10–2 mol d. 32.7 mol e. 0.487 mol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 132. What mass of H3PO4 (98.0 g/mol) is present in 86.3 L of a 0.0823 M solution of H3PO4? a. 0.0724 g b. 0.00143 g c. 6.96 × 102 g d. 1.03 × 105 g e. 10.7 g ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

c 1 4.7 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 217

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 133. Calculate the molarity of a solution that contains 14.6 g of NaOH (40.0 g/mol) in 491 mL of solution. a. 0.179 M b. 1.19 × 103 M c. 1.34 M d. 1.79 × 105 M e. 0.743 M ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM –4

134. What volume of 0.72 M sodium bromide, NaBr, contains 6.5 × 10 mol of bromide ions? a. 0.45 mL b. 0.46 L c. 0.9 mL d. 1.1 L e. 0.46 mL ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.7.1 - Calculate the molarity, mass, or volume of a solution.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 135. To dilute 1.00 L of a 0.600 M to 0.100 M, the final volume must be Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 218

a. 60 L b. 0.7 L c. 1/6 the original volume d. 3 times the original volume e. 6 times the original volume ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.8.1 - Explain how to dilute a solution to achieve the desired concentration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | diluting solutions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 136. What is the final concentration of HCl in a solution prepared by addition of 922.0 mL of 4.73 M HCl to 549.0 mL of 2.03 M HCl? Assume volumes are additive. a. 3.38 M b. 0.00459 M c. 6.76 M d. 3.72 M e. 3.03 M ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.8.1 - Explain how to dilute a solution to achieve the desired concentration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | diluting solutions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 137. In order to dilute 71.1 mL of 0.915 M HCl to 0.100 M, the volume of water that must be added is a. 63.3 mL b. 7.77 mL c. 6.51 × 102 mL d. 1.29 × 10–3 mL e. 2 × 102 mL ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

c 1 4.8

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 219

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.8.1 - Explain how to dilute a solution to achieve the desired concentration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | diluting solutions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 138. What volume of 1.08 M HCl is required to prepare 182.0 mL of 0.183 M HCl? a. 1.07 × 103 mL b. 9.21 × 102 mL c. 30.8 mL d. 0.0324 mL e. 3.6 × 101 mL ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.8.1 - Explain how to dilute a solution to achieve the desired concentration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply | diluting solutions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 139. A dilute solution is prepared by transferring 20.00 mL of a 0.3965 M stock solution to a 900.0 mL volumetric flask and diluting to mark. What is the molarity of this dilute solution? a. 0.008811 M b. 0.01762 M c. 0.1784 M d. 0.002202 M e. 0.1982 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.8.1 - Explain how to dilute a solution to achieve the desired concentration.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium working with solutions KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 220

140. Identify the true relationship between molarity and moles of a solute. a. Molarity = (moles of solute / liters of solution) b. Molarity = (moles of solute * liters of solution) c. Molarity = (moles of solute + liters of solution) d. Molarity = (moles of solute − liters of solution) e. Molarity = (moles of solute % liters of solution) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.8.1 - Explain how to dilute a solution to achieve the desired concentration.

TOPICS: Diluting Solutions KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 141. A chemist has a sample of 1.88 M HCl. What volume of the sample does he require to prepare 200 mL of 0.45 M HCl? a. 52.28 mL b. 2.44 mL c. 1.02 mL d. 47.87 mL e. 0.46 mL ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.8.1 - Explain how to dilute a solution to achieve the desired concentration.

TOPICS: Diluting Solutions KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 142. In order to determine the amount of chloride ion in a solution by using gravimetric analysis, which of the following should you add to the solution? a. NaNO3(aq) b. Al(NO3)3(aq) c. NaCl(aq) d. AgNO3(aq) e. Mg(NO3)2(aq) ANSWER: POINTS:

d 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 221

REFERENCES: 4.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.9.1 - Determine the amount of a species present in a sample by gravimetric analysis.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: analyze | gravimetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 143. The concentration of sulfate in a sample of wastewater is to be determined by using gravimetric analysis. To a 100.0mL sample of the wastewater is added an excess of strontium nitrate, forming the insoluble strontium sulfate (183.7 g/mol) according to the balanced equation given below. The solid strontium sulfate is dried, and its mass is measured to be 0.3887 g. What was the concentration of sulfate in the original wastewater sample?

2SO4 (aq) + Sr(NO3)2(aq) → SrSO4(s) + 2 NO3 (aq) a. 0.02115 M b. 0.714 M c. 47.26 M d. 4.726 M e. 7.14 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.9.1 - Determine the amount of a species present in a sample by gravimetric analysis.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | gravimetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 2+

144. The concentration of Pb in a sample of wastewater is to be determined by using gravimetric analysis. To a 100.0mL sample of the wastewater is added an excess of sodium carbonate, forming the insoluble lead (II) carbonate (267 g/mol) according to the balanced equation given below. The solid lead (II) carbonate is dried, and its mass is measured to 2+ be 0.1443 g. What was the concentration of Pb in the original wastewater sample?

2+ + Pb (aq) + Na2CO3(aq) → PbCO3(s) + 2Na (aq) a. 0.0054 M b. 0.00054 M c. 0.3855 M d. 0.001443 M e. 185.1 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 222

REFERENCES: 4.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.9.1 - Determine the amount of a species present in a sample by gravimetric analysis.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | gravimetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 145. What minimum mass of iron (II) nitrate must be added to 10.0 of a 0.0699 M phosphate solution in order to completely precipitate all of the phosphate as solid iron (II) phosphate?

32 PO4 (aq) + 3 Fe(NO3)2(aq) → Fe3(PO4)2(s) + 6 NO3 (aq) a. 0.125 g b. 0.377 g c. 0.0838 g d. 0.0419 g e. 0.188 g ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.9.1 - Determine the amount of a species present in a sample by gravimetric analysis.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | gravimetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 146. _____ is a type of quantitative analysis in which the amount of a species in a material is determined by converting the species to a product that can be isolated completely and weighed. a. Redox titration b. Gravimetric analysis c. Catalytic analysis d. Electro analysis e. Complexometric titration ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.9.1 - Determine the amount of a species present in a sample by gravimetric analysis.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 223

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

Gravimetric Analysis understand 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

147. Which of the following is/are true of gravimetric analysis?

1. Gravimetric analysis is simple and accurate.

2. Gravimetric analysis can determine the amount of lead in drinking water.

3. Gravimetric analysis requires meticulous, time-consuming work. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1, 2, and 3 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.9.1 - Determine the amount of a species present in a sample by gravimetric analysis.

TOPICS: Gravimetric Analysis KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 148. An excess of sodium sulfate was added to a 1.000-L sample of polluted water. The mass of lead (II) sulfate that precipitated was 308.88 mg. Determine the mass of lead present in the sample of water.

Na2SO4(aq) + Pb(NO3)2(aq) → 2 NaNO3(aq) + PbSO4(s) a. 108.15 mg b. 88.02 mg c. 180.08 mg d. 145.56 mg e. 211.03 mg ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.9.1 - Determine the amount of a species present in a sample by gravimetric analysis.

TOPICS: Gravimetric Analysis KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 149. The reaction of HCl with NaOH is represented by the equation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 224

HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) What volume of 0.417 M HCl is required to titrate 11.9 mL of 0.151 M NaOH? a. 0.749 mL b. 2.39 mL c. 4.3 mL d. 11.9 mL e. 32.8 mL ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.10.1 - Explain how to determine the quality of substance in a solution by titration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | volumetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:45 AM 150. The reaction of H2SO4 with NaOH is represented by the equation H2SO4(aq) + 2 NaOH(aq) → Na2SO4(aq) + 2 H2O(l) What volume of 0.752 M H2SO4 is required to neutralize 33.7 mL of 0.483 M NaOH? a. 10.8 mL b. 1.32 mL c. 21.6 mL d. 33.7 mL e. 52.4 mL ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.10.1 - Explain how to determine the quality of substance in a solution by titration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 151. In a volumetric analysis experiment, a solution of sodium oxalate (Na2C2O4) in acidic solution is titrated with a solution of potassium permanganate (KMnO4) according to the following balanced chemical equation: 2 KMnO4(aq) + 8 H2SO4(aq) + 5 Na2C2O4(aq) → 2 MnSO4(aq) + 8 H2O(l) + 10 CO2(g) + 5 Na2SO4(aq) + K2SO4(aq) What volume of 0.0262 M KMnO4 is required to titrate 0.170 g of Na2C2O4 dissolved in 45.0 mL of solution? a. 2.59 mL Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 225

b. 6.48 mL c. 19.3 mL d. 48.4 mL e. 45 mL ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.10.1 - Explain how to determine the quality of substance in a solution by titration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | volumetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 152. In a volumetric analysis experiment, an acidic aqueous solution of methanol (CH3OH) is titrated with a solution of potassium dichromate (K2Cr2O7) according to the following balanced chemical equation: 2 K2Cr2O7(aq) + 8 H2SO4(aq) + 3 CH3OH(aq) → 2 Cr2(SO4)3(aq) + 11 H2O(l) + 3 HCOOH(aq) + 2 K2SO4(aq) What volume of 0.00143 M K2Cr2O7 is required to titrate 1.90 g of CH3OH dissolved in 50.0 mL of solution? a. 62.1 mL b. 1990 mL c. 27.6mL d. 50 mL e. 885 mL ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.10.1 - Explain how to determine the quality of substance in a solution by titration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | volumetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 153. A 60.00-mL sample of a weak acid is titrated with 0.0361 M NaOH. At the endpoint, it is found that 38.23 mL of titrant was used. What was the concentration of the weak acid? a. 0.023 M b. 1.38 M c. 0.0361 M d. 1.57 × 10–5 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 226

e. 0.0566 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.10.1 - Explain how to determine the quality of substance in a solution by titration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | volumetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 154. A 20.00-mL sample of a weak base is titrated with 0.0568 M HCl. At the endpoint, it is found that 17.88 mL of titrant was used. What was the concentration of the weak base? a. 0.0635 M b. 1.59 × 10–4 M c. 1.01 M d. 0.0568 M e. 0.0507 M ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.10.1 - Explain how to determine the quality of substance in a solution by titration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | volumetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 155. In a volumetric analysis experiment, a solution of sodium oxalate (Na2C2O4) in acidic solution is titrated with a solution of potassium permanganate (KMnO4) according to the following balanced chemical equation: 2 KMnO4(aq) + 8 H2SO4(aq) + 5 Na2C2O4(aq) → 2 MnSO4(aq) + 8 H2O(l) + 10 CO2(g) + 5 Na2SO4(aq) + K2SO4(aq) It required 40.0 mL of 0.0335 M KMnO4 to reach the endpoint. What mass of Na2C2O4 was present initially? a. 1.79 g b. 0.0718 g c. 11.2 g d. 0.179 g e. 0.448 g ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 227

REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.10.1 - Explain how to determine the quality of substance in a solution by titration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | volumetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 156. In a volumetric analysis experiment, an acidic aqueous solution of methanol (CH3OH) is titrated with a solution of potassium dichromate (K2Cr2O7) according to the following balanced chemical equation: 2 K2Cr2O7(aq) + 8 H2SO4(aq) + 3 CH3OH(aq) → 2 Cr2(SO4)3(aq) + 11 H2O(l) + 3 HCOOH(aq) + 2 K2SO4(aq) It required 49.73 mL of 0.0153 M K2Cr2O7 to reach the endpoint. What mass of CH3OH was present initially? a. 0.0365 g b. 0.735 g c. 0.326 g d. 0.0243 g e. 0.0162 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.10.1 - Explain how to determine the quality of substance in a solution by titration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | volumetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM 157. An impure sample of benzoic acid (C6H5COOH, 122.12 g/mol) is titrated with 0.9855 M NaOH. A 3.412-g sample requires 24.43 mL of titrant to reach the endpoint. What is the percent by mass of benzoic acid in the sample?

C6H5COOH(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaC6H5COO(aq) + H2O(l) a. 0.01971 % b. 2.407 % c. 100 % d. 19.71 % e. 86.18 % ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 4.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 228

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.4.10.1 - Explain how to determine the quality of substance in a solution by titration.

TOPICS: chemical reactions quantitative analysis KEYWORDS: apply | volumetric analysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:41 AM

1. Which of the following concerning a barometer or manometer is/are true?

1. Pressure is directly proportional to the height of the liquid used in the device.

2. Pressure is directly proportional to the density of the liquid used in the device.

3. Pressure is independent of the acceleration of gravity. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.1.1 - Convert units of pressure.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 2. It is possible to make a barometer using a liquid other than mercury. What would be the height (in meters) of a column of dichloromethane at a pressure of 0.830 atm, given that 0.830 atm is equal to a 0.63522 m column of mercury and the 3 3 densities of mercury and dichloromethane are 13.5 g/cm and 1.33 g/cm , respectively? a. 6.4641 m b. 0.156 m c. 0.0621 m d. 0.838 m e. 1.19 m ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.1.1 - Convert units of pressure.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 229

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:14 AM 5/7/2025 3:14 AM

3. A particular gas exerts a pressure of 689 mmHg. What is this pressure in units of bar? a. 5.17 × 105 bar b. 5.31 × 105 bar c. 698 bar d. 0.894 bar e. 0.918 bar ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.1.1 - Convert units of pressure.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | gas pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 4. A particular gas exerts a pressure of 731 mmHg. What is this pressure in units of atmospheres? a. 5.48 × 105 atm b. 5.63 × 105 atm c. 721 atm d. 0.974 atm e. 0.961 atm ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.1.1 - Convert units of pressure.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | gas pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 5. A particular gas exerts a pressure of 2.52 bar. What is this pressure in units of pascals? a. 2.49 × 105 Pa b. 2.52 × 10–5 Pa c. 2.52 × 105 Pa d. 2.55 × 105 Pa Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 230

e. 2.49 × 10–5 Pa ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.1.1 - Convert units of pressure.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | gas pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 6. A particular gas exerts a pressure of 4.33 bar. What is this pressure in units of atmospheres? a. 4.38 atm b. 3.25 × 103 atm c. 3.33 × 103 atm d. 4.27 atm e. 4.33 atm ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.1.1 - Convert units of pressure.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | gas pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 7. A particular gas exerts a pressure of 2.42 atm. What is this pressure in units of mmHg? a. 2.38 mmHg b. 1.84 × 103 mmHg c. 2.45 mmHg d. 3.18 × 10-3 mmHg e. 1.86 × 103 mmHg ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.1.1 - Convert units of pressure.

TOPICS: phases gas Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 231

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | gas pressure general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 5/7/2025 3:14 AM

8. A flexible vessel contains 43 L of gas where the pressure is 1.3 atm. What will the volume be when the pressure is 0.61 atm, the temperature remaining constant? a. 0.011 L b. 20 L c. 43 L d. 0.044 L e. 92 L ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.1 - Use Boyle's law to calculate the pressure or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | Boyle's law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 9. A flexible vessel contains 78.00 L of gas at a pressure of 1.50 atm. Under conditions of constant temperature and moles of gas, what is the pressure of the gas when the volume of the vessel is tripled? a. 0.572 atm b. 4.5111 atm c. 2.38 atm d. 1.5 atm e. 0.025578 atm ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.1 - Use Boyle's law to calculate the pressure or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 10. A flexible vessel is filled to a certain pressure with 28.00 L of gas. Under conditions of constant temperature and moles of gas, how does the pressure of the gas change when the volume of the gas is tripled?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 232

a. The pressure decreases by a factor of three. b. The pressure increases by a factor of two. c. The pressure remains the same. d. The pressure decreases by a factor of two. e. The pressure decreases by a factor of four.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.1 - Use Boyle's law to calculate the pressure or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 11. A flexible vessel contains 37 L of gas where the pressure is 1.0 atm. What will the volume be when the pressure is 0.70 atm, the temperature remaining constant? a. 0.019 L b. 26 L c. 37 L d. 0.046 L e. 53 L ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.1 - Use Boyle's law to calculate the pressure or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | Boyle's law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 12. A 2.00-L glass soda bottle filled only with air is tightly capped at 25°C and 728.0 mmHg. If the bottle is placed in water at 65°C, what is the pressure in the bottle? a. 280 mmHg b. 826 mmHg c. 1890 mmHg d. 642 mmHg e. 324 mmHg ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 233

REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.1 - Use Boyle's law to calculate the pressure or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | Boyle's law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 13. A sample of methane, CH4, occupies a volume of 318.0 mL at 25°C and exerts a pressure of 1010.0 mmHg. If the volume of the gas is allowed to expand to 770.0 mL at 298 K, what will be the pressure of the gas? a. 2440 mmHg b. 4970 mmHg c. 417.1 mmHg d. 0.01727 mmHg e. 452 mmHg ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.1 - Use Boyle's law to calculate the pressure or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | Boyle's law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 14. When the valve between the 2.00-L bulb, in which the gas pressure is 2.50 atm, and the 3.00-L bulb, in which the gas pressure is 1.50 atm, is opened, what will be the final pressure in the two bulbs? Assume the temperature remains constant.

a. 1.90 atm b. 4.00 atm c. 2.17 atm d. 2.10 atm e. 1.83 atm ANSWER:

a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 234

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.1 - Use Boyle's law to calculate the pressure or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | Boyle's law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 15. Absolute zero is the point at which a. a straight-line graph of V versus T (°C) intersects the origin. b. a straight-line graph of 1/V versus P at constant T intersects the origin. c. gaseous helium liquefies. d. a straight-line graph of V versus 1/P at constant T intersects the origin. e. a straight-line graph of V versus T (K) intersects the origin.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.2 - Use Charles's law to calculate the temperature or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: Charles's law | empirical gas laws | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 16. The following volume-temperature plots were made at different values of constant pressure while the number of moles of gas in each experiment remained the same. Which plot represents measurements at the highest pressure?

a. B b. C c. A d. They are all at the same pressure. e. D Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 235

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.2 - Use Charles's law to calculate the temperature or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: analyze | Charles's law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 17. Which of the following is a correct statement of Charles’s law,

?

a. The volume of a gas varies proportionally with the pressure. b. The volume of a gas sample varies directly with the absolute temperature. c. All gas samples of the same volume at STP contain the same number of atoms. d. The pressure of a gas sample varies inversely with the volume. e. All gas samples of the same volume at STP contain the same number of molecules.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.2 - Use Charles's law to calculate the temperature or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: analyze | Charles's law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 18. The volume of a sample of gas measured at 35.0°C and 1.00 atm pressure is 2.00 L. What must the final temperature be in order for the gas to have a final volume of 3.00 L at 1.00 atm pressure? a. 189.0°C b. 52.5°C c. –220.5°C d. 23.3°C e. –67.7°C ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.2 - Use Charles's law to calculate the temperature or volume of a gas Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 236

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

after a change in conditions. phases gas apply | Charles's law | empirical gas laws general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 5/7/2025 3:14 AM

19. A flexible container is charged with 79.00 L of gas at 352 Κ. Under conditions of constant pressure and moles of gas, what is the volume of the gas when the temperature is decreased by a factor of three? a. 26.3 L b. 237 L c. 0.00421 L d. 79 L e. 11.8 L ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.2 - Use Charles's law to calculate the temperature or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 20. A flexible container is charged with a certain volume of gas at 315.0 Κ. Under conditions of constant pressure and moles of gas, how does the temperature of the gas change when the volume is tripled? a. The temperature increases by a factor of three. b. The temperature decreases by a factor of four. c. The temperature decreases by a factor of two. d. The temperature increases by a factor of four. e. The temperature increases by a factor of two.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.2 - Use Charles's law to calculate the temperature or volume of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 21. A gas occupies a volume of 2.75 L at 350 mmHg and 200°C. Which mathematical expression gives the correct Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 237

volume at 600 mmHg and 250°C? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.3 - Use the combined gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, or temperature of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | combined gas law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 22. A gas occupying a volume of 1.50 L exerts a pressure of 700 mmHg at 200°C. Which mathematical expression gives the correct pressure at 3.50 L and 350°C? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.3 - Use the combined gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, or temperature of a gas after a change in conditions.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 238

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

phases gas apply | combined gas law | empirical gas laws general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 5/7/2025 3:14 AM

23. Which of the following concerning the ideal gas law is/are true?

1. Pressure is directly proportional to volume when temperature and moles of gas are held constant.

2. Pressure is directly proportional to moles of gas when temperature and volume are held constant.

3. Volume is inversely proportional to temperature when the pressure and moles of gas are held constant. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 only e. 2 and 3 only ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.3 - Use the combined gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, or temperature of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 24. A given mass of gas occupies a volume of 4.00 L at 60°C and 550 mmHg. Which of the following mathematical expressions will yield its temperature at 2.50 L and 900 mmHg? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.3 - Use the combined gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, or Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 239

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

temperature of a gas after a change in conditions. phases gas apply | combined gas law | empirical gas laws general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 5/7/2025 3:14 AM

25. A fixed amount of gas in a rigid container is heated from 100°C to 600°C. Which of the following responses best describes what will happen to the pressure of the gas? a. The pressure will increase by a factor greater than 6. b. The pressure will increase by a factor of 6. c. The pressure will increase by a factor less than 6. d. The pressure will decrease by a factor of 6. e. The pressure will remain the same.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.3 - Use the combined gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, or temperature of a gas after a change in conditions.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: analyze | combined gas law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 26. A rigid container is charged with a gas to a pressure of 740 mmHg at 40.0°C and tightly sealed. If the temperature of the gas increases by 80.0°C what is the new pressure? a. 1480 mmHg b. 589 mmHg c. 551 mmHg d. 929 mmHg e. 1110 mmHg ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.4 - Derive the empirical gas laws from the combined gas law.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 27. The pressure of 6.2 L of nitrogen gas in a flexible container is decreased to one-half its original pressure, and its Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 240

absolute temperature is increased to double the original temperature. The volume is now a. 3.1 L. b. 6.2 L. c. 12 L. d. 25 L. e. 1.6 L. ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.4 - Derive the empirical gas laws from the combined gas law.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | combined gas law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 28. A fixed amount of gas in a rigid container is heated from 300 to 600 K. Which of the following responses best describes what will happen to the pressure of the gas? a. The pressure will increase by a factor of 2. b. The pressure will increase by a factor less than 2. c. The pressure will increase by a factor greater than 2. d. The pressure will decrease by a factor of 2. e. The pressure will remain the same.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.4 - Derive the empirical gas laws from the combined gas law.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: analyze | combined gas law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 29. A 23.6 -L sample of nitrogen at 4.45 atm and 23°C is simultaneously expanded to 50.8 L and heated to 37°C. What is the new pressure of the gas? a. 3.33 atm b. 2.17 atm c. 167 atm d. 257 atm e. 1.97 atm ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 241

REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.4 - Derive the empirical gas laws from the combined gas law.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | combined gas law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 30. Equal volumes of propane, C3H8, and carbon monoxide, CO, at the same temperature and pressure have the same a. chemical properties. b. number of atoms. c. average molecular speed. d. density. e. number of molecules.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.5 - Explain how Avogadro's law applies to chemical equations.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: Avogadro's law | empirical gas laws | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 31. A 1.00-L bulb contains a sample of O2 at 25°C and 1.00 atm pressure. A second 1.00-L bulb contains a sample of CH4 at 25°C and 1.00 atm pressure. What is the ratio of the number of molecules of methane to the number of molecules of oxygen in each of the containers? a. 2:5 b. c. 5:2 d. e. 1:1 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.5 - Explain how Avogadro's law applies to chemical equations.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | Avogadro's law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 242

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:14 AM 5/7/2025 3:14 AM

32. Which of the following statements, concerning equal volumes of the gases dinitrogen monoxide, N2O, and propane, C3H8, at the same temperature and pressure, is not correct? a. The moles of N2O and C3H8 are equal. b. They have the same density. c. They have the same number of molecules. d. They have the same number of atoms. e. They have the same absolute temperature.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.5 - Explain how Avogadro's law applies to chemical equations.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: analyze | Avogadro's law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 33. What volume of sulfur trioxide gas, SO3, has the same number of atoms as 4 L of helium gas at the same temperature and pressure? a. 20 L b. 0.8 L c. 4 L d. 1 L e. 16 L ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.5 - Explain how Avogadro's law applies to chemical equations.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 34. What volume of gaseous oxygen, O2, has the same moles of gas as 3 L of argon gas at the same temperature and pressure? a. 9 L b. 1 L c. 3 L Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 243

d. 1.5 L e. 6 L ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.5 - Explain how Avogadro's law applies to chemical equations.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 35. A gas occupies a volume of 2.00 L at 780 mmHg and 70.0°C. Which of the following mathematical expressions will yield its volume at STP? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.6 - Define standard temperature and pressure (STP) TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | combined gas law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 36. A gas occupies 30.0 L at STP. What is its volume at 2.0 atm and 273 K? a. 15.0 L b. 37.5 L c. 12.3 L d. 25.0 L e. 9.8 L ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 244

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.6 - Define standard temperature and pressure (STP) KEYWORDS: apply | combined gas law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 37. A gas occupies 30.0 L at 1.5 atm and 175 K. What is its volume at STP? a. 38.1 L b. 75.8 L c. 63.6 L d. 50.7 L e. 70.2 L ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.6 - Define standard temperature and pressure (STP) KEYWORDS: apply | combined gas law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 38. A gas occupies 13.5 L at STP. What is its pressure in atm at 25.0 L and 200 K? a. 0.2 atm b. 0.6 atm c. 0.4 atm d. 0.3 atm e. 0.5 atm ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.2.6 - Define standard temperature and pressure (STP) KEYWORDS: apply | combined gas law | empirical gas laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 39. The behavior of PH3(g) is most likely to approach ideal behavior at Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 245

a. 1.0 atm and 100°C. b. 0.10 atm and -100°C. c. 10 atm and 100°C. d. 0.10 atm and 100°C. e. 1.0 atm and 0°C. ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.1 - Use the ideal gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, temperature, or amount of a gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: ideal gas law | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 40. For an ideal gas, which of the following statements is true? a. P is inversely proportional to n at constant V and T. b. V is inversely proportional to T at constant n and P. c. V is inversely proportional to n at constant P and T. d. n is inversely proportional to T at constant P and V. e. P is inversely proportional to T at constant n and V. ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.1 - Use the ideal gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, temperature, or amount of a gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: analyze | ideal gas law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 41. The volume of 1 mol of nitrogen a. is lower than that of 1mol ammonia at high pressures. b. is decreased by decreasing the pressure of the gas. c. has the value of 22.4 L at 0°C and 1.00 atm. d. is decreased by increasing its kinetic energy. e. is increased by decreasing the temperature.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 246

REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.1 - Use the ideal gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, temperature, or amount of a gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: ideal gas law | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 42. Which of the following graphs does not correctly describe the ideal gas law?

1.

2.

3.

4. a. 1 and 2 only b. 2 and 4 only c. 3 and 4 only d. 4 and 1 only Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 247

e. 1, 2, 3 and 4 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.1 - Use the ideal gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, temperature, or amount of a gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: analyze | ideal gas law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 43. What is the pressure of a 34.8-L gas sample containing 7.45 mol of gas at 19.9°C? (R = 0.0821 L • atm/(K • mol), 1 atm = 760 torr) a. 2.66 × 102 mmHg b. 6.77× 10-3 mmHg c. 5.14 mmHg d. 3.91 × 103 mmHg e. 1.48 × 102 mmHg ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.1 - Use the ideal gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, temperature, or amount of a gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | calculations with the ideal gas law | ideal gas law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 44. How many moles of gas are in a gas sample occupying 0.816 L at 127 mmHg and 22°C? a. 178 mol b. 4.28 mol c. 57.4 mol d. 0.00563 mol e. 0.000462 mol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 248

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.1 - Use the ideal gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, temperature, or amount of a gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | calculations with the ideal gas law | ideal gas law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 45. How many moles of gas are in a gas sample occupying 1.40 L at 553 mmHg and 294 K? a. 32.1 mol b. 0.0422 mol c. 23.7 mol d. 0.00346 mol e. 2.63 mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.1 - Use the ideal gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, temperature, or amount of a gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | calculations with the ideal gas law | ideal gas law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 46. A 3.74-L cylinder contains 4.17 g of methane, CH4, at a pressure of 3020 mmHg. What is the temperature of the gas? a. 696°C b. 423°C c. 969°C d. 2900°C e. 129°C ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.1 - Use the ideal gas law to calculate the pressure, volume, temperature, or amount of a gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 47. The following gases are stored in identical flexible containers at 25°C and 1.00 atm pressure. Order the gases from Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 249

highest to lowest density.

1. 200 g propane, C3H8 2. 100 g carbon dioxide, CO2 3. 50 g nitrous oxide, N2O a. 1 ≈ 2 ≈ 3 b. 3 > 2 > 1 c. 1 > 2 > 3 d. 2 > 1> 3 e. 1 > 2 ≈ 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.2 - Calculate the density or molar mass of a gas from the ideal gas law.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 48. The density of ethane, C2H6 (30.1 g/mol), at 25°C and 1.13 atm pressure is a. 1.39 g/L. b. 16.6 g/L. c. 1.34 g/L. d. 0.719 g/L. e. 0.136 g/L. ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.2 - Calculate the density or molar mass of a gas from the ideal gas law.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | gas density | ideal gas law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 49. A 1.00-L sample of a gas at STP has a mass of 0.759 g. The molar mass of the gas is a. 3.39 g/mol. b. 17.0 g/mol. c. 22.4 g/mol. d. 44.8 g/mol. e. 295 g/mol.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 250

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.2 - Calculate the density or molar mass of a gas from the ideal gas law.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | calculations with the ideal gas law | ideal gas law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 50. The density of a gas is 0.803 g/L at STP. What is its molar mass? a. 5.0 g/mol b. 24.1 g/mol c. 27.9 g/mol d. 22.4 g/mol e. 18.0 g/mol ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.2 - Calculate the density or molar mass of a gas from the ideal gas law.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | gas density | ideal gas law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 51. A 1.50-L sample of a gas at STP has a mass of 4.75 g. What is one possible formula of the gas? a. C2 F4 b. NF3 c. PCl3 d. NHF2 e. NO2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.2 - Calculate the density or molar mass of a gas from the ideal gas law.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | calculations with the ideal gas law | ideal gas law Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 251

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 5/7/2025 3:14 AM

52. It is found that at 26°C and 1.00 atm pressure, 2.50 L of gas has a mass of 2.85 g. Its molar mass is a. 38.3 g/mol. b. 28.0 g/mol. c. 35.7 g/mol. d. 24.3 g/mol. e. 33.4 g/mol.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.3.2 - Calculate the density or molar mass of a gas from the ideal gas law.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | calculations with the ideal gas law | ideal gas law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 53. An excess of sodium hydroxide is treated with 2.9 L of dry hydrogen chloride gas measured at STP. What is the mass of sodium chloride formed? a. 1.45g b. 15.1 g c. 7.6 g d. 15 g e. 169 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.4.1 - Solve stoichiometry problems involving gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 54. The balanced chemical equation for the conversion of nitrogen to ammonia is: 2 N2(g) + 3 H2(g) → 2 NH3(g) Which of the following statements concerning this chemical equation is/are correct?

1. In a 22.4 L container at standard temperature, 2 atm of nitrogen gas will react with 3 atm of hydrogen gas to produce 2 atm of ammonia gas.

2. At standard pressure and temperature, 22.4 L of nitrogen gas will react with 22.4 L of hydrogen gas to produce 22.4 L of ammonia gas.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 252

3. At standard pressure and temperature, 44.8 L of nitrogen gas will react with 67.2 L of hydrogen gas to produce 22.4 L of ammonia gas. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.4.1 - Solve stoichiometry problems involving gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 55. A 22.4 L high pressure reaction vessel is charged with 0.5020 mol of iron powder and 1.39 atm of oxygen gas at standard temperature. On heating, the iron and oxygen react according to the balanced reaction below.

4 Fe(s) + 3 O2(g) → 2 Fe2O3(s) After the reaction vessel is cooled, and assuming the reaction goes to completion, what pressure of oxygen remains? a. 1 atm b. 1.385 atm c. 0.715 atm d. 0.376 atm e. 0.251 atm ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.4.1 - Solve stoichiometry problems involving gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 56. A high temperature reaction vessel is charged with 0.5080 mol of iron powder and 42.1 L of oxygen gas at standard temperature at pressure. On heating, the iron and oxygen react according to the balanced reaction below.

4 Fe(s) + 3 O2(g) → 2 Fe2O3(s) After the reaction vessel is cooled, and assuming the reaction goes to completion, what volume of oxygen remains? a. 33.5 L b. 42.1 L c. 26.9 L d. 8.53 L Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 253

e. 0.254 L ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.4.1 - Solve stoichiometry problems involving gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 57. What is the total volume of gases produced at 1092 K and 1.00 atm pressure when 320 g of ammonium nitrite undergoes the following decomposition reaction?

NH4NO2(s) → N2(g) + 2 H2O(g) a. 4 × 22.4 L b. 22.4 L c. 20 × 22.4 L d. 5 × 22.4 L e. 60 × 22.4 L ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.4.1 - Solve stoichiometry problems involving gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | ideal gas law | stoichiometry and gas volumes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM o

58. If 636.0 mL of nitrogen gas, measured at 488.9 mmHg and 22.3 C, reacts with excess iodine according to the following reaction, what mass of nitrogen triiodide is produced?

N2(g) + 3 I2(s) → 2 NI3(s) a. 0.472 g b. 6.66 g c. 3.33 g d. 13.3 g e. 176 g ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 254

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.4.1 - Solve stoichiometry problems involving gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | ideal gas law | stoichiometry and gas volumes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 59. The following equation represents the oxidation of ammonia, NH3.

4 NH3(g) + 5 O2(g) → 4 NO(g) + 6 H2O(g) At the same temperature and pressure, what is the maximum volume of nitrogen monoxide that can be obtained from 7.55 2 2 × 10 L of ammonia and 7.55 × 10 L of oxygen? a. 1.7 × 103 L b. 3.36 × 102 L c. 6.04 × 102 L d. 1.51 × 103 L e. 7.55 × 102 L ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.4.1 - Solve stoichiometry problems involving gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | ideal gas law | stoichiometry and gas volumes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 60. A vessel with a volume of 12.4 L contains 2.80 g of nitrogen gas, 0.403 g of hydrogen gas, and 79.9 g of argon gas. At 25°C, what is the pressure in the vessel? a. 164 atm b. 256.2 atm c. 4.54 atm d. 0.380 atm e. 2.27 atm ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.1 - Calculate the partial pressure or mole fraction of a gas in a mixture using Dalton's law of partial pressures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | Dalton's law of partial pressures | gas mixtures Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 255

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 5/7/2025 3:14 AM

61. What is the volume occupied by a mixture of 0.774 mol of N2 and 0.774 mol of O2 gases at 1.04 atm and 25.6°C? a. 1.1 × 103 L b. 36.5 L c. 1.56 L d. 3.12 L e. 18.2 L ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.1 - Calculate the partial pressure or mole fraction of a gas in a mixture using Dalton's law of partial pressures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | Dalton's law of partial pressures | gas mixtures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM o

62. In a mixture of argon and hydrogen, occupying a volume of 1.86 L at 626.0 mmHg and 46.8 C, it is found that the total mass of the sample is 1.8 g. What is the partial pressure of argon? a. 313 mmHg b. 476 mmHg c. 595 mmHg d. 149 mmHg e. 30 mmHg ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.1 - Calculate the partial pressure or mole fraction of a gas in a mixture using Dalton's law of partial pressures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | gas mixtures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 63. The partial pressures of CH4, N2, and O2 in a sample of gas were found to be 183 mmHg, 443 mmHg, and 693 mmHg, respectively. What is the mole fraction of nitrogen?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 256

a. 21.7 b. 0.912 c. 0.525 d. 0.410 e. 0.336 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.1 - Calculate the partial pressure or mole fraction of a gas in a mixture using Dalton's law of partial pressures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | Dalton's law of partial pressures | gas mixtures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 64. A 15.6-g mixture of nitrogen and carbon dioxide is found to occupy a volume of 9.9 L when measured at 940.2 mmHg and 54.9°C. What is the mole fraction of carbon dioxide in this mixture? a. 0.486 b. 0.5 c. 0.513 d. 0.597 e. 0.402 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.1 - Calculate the partial pressure or mole fraction of a gas in a mixture using Dalton's law of partial pressures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | gas mixtures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM 65. A 28.3-g mixture of oxygen and argon is found to occupy a volume of 17.2 L when measured at 882.7 mmHg and o 39.3 C. What is the partial pressure of oxygen in this mixture? a. 369 mmHg b. 441 mmHg c. 512 mmHg d. 418 mmHg e. 464 mmHg ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 257

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.1 - Calculate the partial pressure or mole fraction of a gas in a mixture using Dalton's law of partial pressures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | gas mixtures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:14 AM o

66. In a mixture of helium and chlorine, occupying a volume of 12.8 L at 605.6 mmHg and 21.6 C, it is found that the partial pressure of chlorine is 143 mmHg. What is the total mass of the sample? a. 31.6 g b. 0.4 g c. 8.37 g d. 1.28 g e. 7.09 g ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.1 - Calculate the partial pressure or mole fraction of a gas in a mixture using Dalton's law of partial pressures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | gas mixtures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 67. What is the partial pressure of carbon dioxide in a container that contains 3.63 mol of oxygen, 1.49 mol of nitrogen, and 4.49 mol of carbon dioxide when the total pressure is 871 mmHg? a. 329 mmHg b. 763 mmHg c. 135 mmHg d. 406 mmHg e. 871 mmHg ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.1 - Calculate the partial pressure or mole fraction of a gas in a mixture using Dalton's law of partial pressures.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 258

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

phases gas apply | Dalton's law of partial pressures | gas mixtures general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

68. A sample of oxygen is collected over water at a total pressure of 678.4 mmHg at 25°C. The vapor pressure of water at 25°C is 23.8 mmHg. The partial pressure of the O2 is a. 0.9239 atm. b. 0.9161 atm. c. 0.8926 atm. d. 1.092 atm. e. 0.8613 atm.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.1 - Calculate the partial pressure or mole fraction of a gas in a mixture using Dalton's law of partial pressures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | collecting gases over water | gas mixtures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 69. A sample of hydrogen was collected by water displacement at 23.0°C and an atmospheric pressure of 735 mmHg. Its volume is 568 mL. After water vapor is removed, what volume would the hydrogen occupy at the same conditions of pressure and temperature? (The vapor pressure of water at 23.0°C is 21 mmHg.) a. 509 mL b. 539 mL c. 552 mL d. 568 mL e. 585 mL ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.2 - Calculate the amount of a gas collected over water.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | collecting gases over water | gas mixtures OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 259

70. A small amount wet of hydrogen gas (H2) can be prepared by the reaction of zinc with excess hydrochloric acid and trapping the gas produced in an inverted tube initially filled with water. If the total pressure of the gas in the collection tube is 757.9 mmHg at 25°C, what is the partial pressure of the hydrogen? The vapor pressure of water is 23.8 mmHg. a. 734.1 mmHg b. 781.7 mmHg c. 757.9 mmHg d. 32.8 mmHg e. 47.7 mmHg ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.2 - Calculate the amount of a gas collected over water.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM o

71. If the vapor pressure of water is 23.7 mmHg at 25 C, what is the partial pressure of a gas collected over water at this temperature if the total pressure is 760 mmHg? a. 743.5 mmHg b. 771.7 mmHg c. 736.3 mmHg d. 732.8 mmHg e. 747.7 mmHg ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.2 - Calculate the amount of a gas collected over water.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM o

72. A gas is collected over water at 20 C and a total pressure of 770 mmHg. The volume of the gas is 100 mL. If the gas o is heated to 30 C at constant pressure, what will be the new volume of the gas? a. 91.3 mL b. 100.9 mL c. 97.3 mL d. 101.7 mL e. 105.4 mL ANSWER: e Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 260

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.5.2 - Calculate the amount of a gas collected over water.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 73. Which statement is inconsistent with the kinetic theory of an ideal gas? a. Most of the volume occupied by a gas is empty space. b. The forces of repulsion between gas molecules are very weak or negligible. c. Gas molecules move in a straight line between collisions. d. The average kinetic energy of a gas is proportional to the absolute temperature. e. The collisions between gas molecules are inelastic.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.6.1 - Provide a qualitative description of the gas laws based on the kinetic theory.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: kinetic theory of an ideal gas | postulates of kinetic theory | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 74. Which of the following is included as a postulate in the kinetic molecular theory of an ideal gas? a. Collisions between molecules are all elastic. b. All molecules move randomly in zigzag directions. c. The distance between gas molecules is small compared with the size of the molecule. d. All the molecules have the same velocity. e. In an average collision between molecules, both molecules have the same kinetic energy.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.6.1 - Provide a qualitative description of the gas laws based on the kinetic theory.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: kinetic theory of an ideal gas | postulates of kinetic theory | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 261

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

75. Which of the following statements is least likely to be true of a sample of nitrogen gas at STP? a. Collisions between the gaseous molecules are elastic. b. The intermolecular forces between nitrogen molecules are not negligible. c. Molecules of gaseous nitrogen are in constant random motion. d. The average kinetic energy of the gaseous nitrogen is proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas. e. The pressure exerted by gaseous nitrogen is due to collisions of the molecules with the walls of the container.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.6.1 - Provide a qualitative description of the gas laws based on the kinetic theory.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: kinetic-molecular theory | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 76. If a sample of nitrogen gas in a sealed container of fixed volume is heated from 25°C to 125°C, the value of which of the following quantities will remain constant? a. the average speed of the molecules b. the density of the nitrogen c. the average intensity of a molecular collision with the walls of the container d. the average kinetic energy of the molecules e. the pressure of the gas ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.6.1 - Provide a qualitative description of the gas laws based on the kinetic theory.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: kinetic-molecular theory | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 77. A sealed 22.4 L flask contains pure O2 at STP. A second sealed 22.4 L flask contains CH4 at STP. Which of the following statements concerning the molecules in the flasks is/are true?

1. The average kinetic energy of the O2 molecules is greater than the average kinetic energy of CH4 molecules.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 262

2. The average velocity of the CH4 molecules is greater than the average velocity of the O2 molecules.

3. The volume occupied by the gas molecules in both flasks is small relative to the total volume of the flasks. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 2 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.6.1 - Provide a qualitative description of the gas laws based on the kinetic theory.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 78. How is kinetic energy (Ek) related to the mass of a body (m) and its speed (v)? a. Ek = (m * v2) / 2 b. Ek = m * v c. Ek = 2m / v d. Ek = (m2) / v e. Ek = m + v ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.6.1 - Provide a qualitative description of the gas laws based on the kinetic theory.

TOPICS: Kinetic Theory of an Ideal Gas KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 79. If the average speed of gas molecules at 300 K is 400 m/s, what is the approximate average speed at 600 K? a. 266 m/s b. 166 m/s c. 566 m/s d. 366 m/s e. 466 m/s Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 263

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.1 - Describe the molecular-velocity distribution of gas molecules at different temperatures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | kinetic-molecular theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 80. What is the ratio of the average speed of SO2 molecules to that of oxygen molecules at 298 K? a. b. c. 2:1 d. 1:2 e. 1:1 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.1 - Describe the molecular-velocity distribution of gas molecules at different temperatures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | kinetic-molecular theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 81. Molecular speed distributions for a gas at two different temperatures are shown below. Which of the following graphs correctly describes the distributions at the two temperatures, where T2 > T1? NOTE: The small vertical lines indicate average speed. a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 264

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.1 - Describe the molecular-velocity distribution of gas molecules at different temperatures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: analyze | molecular speed OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 82. What is the ratio of the average speed of He molecules to that of CH4 molecules at 298 K? a. 1:1 b. 11:7 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 265

c. 2:3 d. 3:2 e. 2:1 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.1 - Describe the molecular-velocity distribution of gas molecules at different temperatures.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: easy | kinetic-molecular theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 83. Which of the following statements concerning a sample of oxygen gas at 1.00 atm pressure is incorrect? a. The molecules are in constant rapid random motion. b. The pressure exerted by gaseous oxygen is due to the impact of the molecules with the walls of the container. c. The average kinetic energy of the gaseous oxygen is inversely proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas. d. The volume occupied by the oxygen molecules is negligible compared with the size of the container. e. Collisions between the gaseous molecules are elastic.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.2 - Calculate the rms velocity of gas molecules.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: kinetic-molecular theory | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 84. According to the postulates of the kinetic theory of gases, the root-mean-square (rms) speed of the molecules of a given gas is proportional to the a. reciprocal of the absolute temperature. b. Celsius temperature squared. c. absolute temperature. d. square root of the absolute temperature. e. absolute temperature squared.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 266

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.2 - Calculate the rms velocity of gas molecules.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: molecular speed | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 85. At STP, as the molar mass of the molecules that make up a pure gas increases, the a. root mean square speed of the molecules increases. b. root mean square speed of the molecules decreases. c. root mean square speed of the molecules remains constant. d. root mean square speed increases to a maximum, then decreases. e. none of the above.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.2 - Calculate the rms velocity of gas molecules.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 86. Calculate the root-mean-square velocity for the O2 molecules in a sample of O2 gas at 28.3°C. (R = 8.3145 J/K⋅ mol) a. 15.33 m/s b. 148.5 m/s c. 279.8 m/s d. 484.6 m/s e. 9.229 × 1026 m/s ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.2 - Calculate the rms velocity of gas molecules.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: easy | molecular speed OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 87. Which of the following relates the rate of effusion of a gas to the square root of its molar mass?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 267

a. Boyle’s law b. Graham’s law c. Charles’s law d. Dalton’s law e. Avogadro’s hypothesis ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.3 - Calculate the ratio of effusion rates of gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: effusion | molecular speed | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 88. What is the ratio of the average rate of effusion of CH4(g) to that of NOF(g) at 400 K? a. 49:16 b. 4:7 c. 16:49 d. 7:4 e. The average rate of effusion is the same for the two gases.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.3 - Calculate the ratio of effusion rates of gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | effusion | molecular speed OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 89. Which of the following gases will have the slowest rate of effusion at constant temperature? a. H2 b. F2 c. Ne d. SO3 e. CF4 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

e 1 5.7

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 268

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.3 - Calculate the ratio of effusion rates of gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: effusion | molecular speed | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 90. The molar mass of an unknown gas was measured by an effusion experiment. It was found that it took 60 s for the gas to effuse, whereas nitrogen gas required 48 s. The molar mass of the gas is a. 25 g/mol. b. 35 g/mol. c. 18 g/mol. d. 31 g/mol. e. 44 g/mol.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.3 - Calculate the ratio of effusion rates of gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | effusion | molecular speed OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 91. If 250 mL of methane, CH4, effuses through a small hole in 20 s, the time required for the same volume of helium to pass through the hole under the same conditions will be a. 40 s. b. 5 s. c. 1.3 s. d. 10 s. e. 80 s.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.7.3 - Calculate the ratio of effusion rates of gases.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: apply | effusion | molecular speed OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 269

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:15 AM

92. Under what set of conditions does HCl(g) deviate the most from ideal behavior? a. standard temperature and pressure b. high temperature and low pressure c. low temperature and high pressure d. low temperature and low pressure e. high temperature and high pressure ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.8.1 - Explain why a real gas is different from an ideal gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: real gases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 93. Real gases deviate from ideal behavior for two reasons: (1) real gas molecules have intermolecular forces, and (2) real gas molecules have a. pressures within the chemical bonds. b. nonzero molecular volumes. c. ionization energies. d. molecular vibrations. e. a distribution of molecular speeds.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.8.1 - Explain why a real gas is different from an ideal gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: real gases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 94. At 320 K and 16 atm pressure, the molar volume of ammonia, NH3, is about 10% less than the molar volume of an ideal gas. The best explanation for actual volume being this much smaller than ideal volume is that a. the intermolecular forces of attraction become significant at this temperature and this pressure. b. the critical temperature and pressure of NH3 (405 K and 112 atm) are too close to the actual temperature and pressure of the NH3 above. c. at this high temperature, a significant amount of NH3 decomposes to N2 and H2.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 270

d. ammonia is a real gas and not an ideal gas. e. the volume occupied by the NH3 molecules themselves is significant at this high concentration.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.8.1 - Explain why a real gas is different from an ideal gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: real gases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 95. Which of the following statements concerning gas molecules is incorrect? a. Attraction is greater between fast-moving molecules than between slow-moving molecules. b. Real molecules have a weak attraction for each other. c. Real molecules have the greatest attraction for each other at low temperatures. d. Real molecules have the greatest attraction for each other at high pressures. e. Real molecules occupy a finite space.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.8.1 - Explain why a real gas is different from an ideal gas.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: real gases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 96. Using the van der Waals equation, determine the pressure of 500.0 g of SO2(g) in a 6.30-L vessel at 633 K. For 2 2 SO2(g), a = 6.865 L • atm/mol and b = 0.05679 L/mol. (R = 0.0821 L • atm/(K • mol)) a. 79.7 atm b. 8.49 atm c. 58.7 atm d. 64.3 atm e. 8.66 atm ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.8.2 - Calculate the properties of a real gas using the van der Waals Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 271

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

equation. phases gas apply | real gases general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

97. In the van der Waals equation,

the effect of intermolecular forces is accounted for by

a. T. b. V. c. b. d. a. e. P. ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.8.2 - Calculate the properties of a real gas using the van der Waals equation.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: real gases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 98. From a consideration of the van der Waals constants for water and sulfur dioxide, 2 2 a (atm⋅ L /mol ) b (L/mol) H2O 5.54 0.0305 SO2 6.87 0.0568 we can conclude that a. H2O molecules are smaller and less attracted to each other than SO2 molecules. b. H2O molecules are larger and less attracted to each other than SO2 molecules. c. H2O molecules are larger and more attracted to each other than SO2 molecules. d. H2O molecules are equivalent to SO2 molecules in size and attraction to each other. e. H2O molecules are smaller and more attracted to each other than SO2 molecules.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.8.2 - Calculate the properties of a real gas using the van der Waals Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 272

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

equation. phases gas analyze | real gases 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

99. Identify the true statement(s) about the van der Waals equation.

1. The volume, V, in the ideal gas equation is replaced by (V – nb) in the van der Waals equation.

2. The volume, V, in the ideal gas equation is replaced by (V + nb) in the van der Waals equation.

2 3. The pressure, P, in the ideal gas equation is replaced by (P + a nV) in the van der Waals equation. a. 1 only b. . only c. 3 only d. 2 and 3 e. . and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.8.2 - Calculate the properties of a real gas using the van der Waals equation.

TOPICS: Real Gases KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:49 AM 100. The _____ is an equation similar to the ideal gas law, but includes two constants, a and b, to account for deviations from ideal behavior. a. Clausius-Clapeyron equation b. van der Waals equation c. de Broglie equation d. Laue equation e. Arrhenius equation ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 5.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.5.8.2 - Calculate the properties of a real gas using the van der Waals equation.

TOPICS: Real Gases KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 273

1. Convert 10 kilojoules (kJ) into calories (cal).

(1 cal = 4.184 J) a. 2390.06 cal b. 2395.06 cal c. 2390.00 cal d. 2392.06 cal e. 2393.05 cal ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.1 - Convert between energy units.

TOPICS: thermochemistry energy and its units KEYWORDS: apply | energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 2. Convert 51 joules (J) into calories (cal).

(1 cal = 4.184 J) a. 12.34 cal b. 12.28 cal c. 12.19 cal d. 12.11 cal e. 12.05 cal ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.1 - Convert between energy units.

TOPICS: thermochemistry energy and its units KEYWORDS: apply | energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 3. Convert 199 joules (J) into kilojoules (kJ). a. 0.199 kJ b. 19.9 kJ c. 1.99 kJ d. 1990 kJ e. 0.0199 kJ ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 274

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.1 - Convert between energy units.

TOPICS: thermochemistry energy and its units KEYWORDS: apply | energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 4. Convert 0.55 kilowatt-hours (kWh) into joules (J).

6 (1 kWh = 3.6 × 10 J) a. 1.98 × 105 J b. 19.8 × 106 J c. 19.8 × 105 J d. 1.98 × 106 J ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.1 - Convert between energy units.

TOPICS: thermochemistry energy and its units KEYWORDS: apply | energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5. How many joules are equivalent to 75 kilocalories (kcal)?

(1 kcal = 4184 J) a. 313800 J b. 313600 J c. 313700 J d. 313900 J e. 313750 J ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.1 - Convert between energy units.

TOPICS: thermochemistry energy and its units KEYWORDS: Apply | energy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 275

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

General Chemistry 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

6. Convert 0.6 megajoules (MJ) into joules (J). a. 60000 J b. 6000 J c. 600000 J d. 600 J e. 6000000 J ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.1 - Convert between energy units.

TOPICS: thermochemistry energy and its units KEYWORDS: Apply | energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 7. What is the kinetic energy of a 2000-lb car traveling at 59 miles per hour? (1 lb = 0.4536 kg, 1 mi = 1.609 km) a. 3.2 × 10-7 J b. 1.5 × 106 J c. 5.3 × 1019 J d. 3.2 × 105 J e. 4.7 × 10-8 J ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.2 - Calculate the kinetic energy of a moving object.

TOPICS: thermochemistry energy and its units KEYWORDS: apply | energy | kinetic energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM -31

6

8. An electron, whose mass is 9.11 × 10 kg, is accelerated by a positive charge to a velocity of 2.5 × 10 m/s. What is the kinetic energy of the electron in joules? a. 2.81 × 10-17 J b. 2.85 × 10-18 J Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 276

c. 2.95 × 10-18 J d. 2.85× 1018 J e. 2.78 × 10-19 J ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.2 - Calculate the kinetic energy of a moving object.

TOPICS: thermochemistry energy and its units KEYWORDS: apply | energy | kinetic energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 9. A good player can throw a baseball so that it travels between 60 and 90 miles per hour. Suppose a regulation baseball with a mass of 0.143 kg is traveling at 33.5 m/s. What is the kinetic energy of this baseball in calories? a. 19.18 Cal b. 19.21 Cal c. 19.19 Cal d. 19.23 Cal e. 19.14 Cal ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.2 - Calculate the kinetic energy of a moving object.

TOPICS: thermochemistry energy and its units KEYWORDS: apply | energy | kinetic energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 10. Determine the kinetic energy of an 88.0 kg body moving with an average speed of 52.6 m/s. a. 12.17 × 10-4 kg•m2/s2 b. 80.13 × 10-5 kg•m2/s2 c. 21.65 × 10-4 kg•m2/s2 d. 18.22 × 10-5 kg•m2/s2 e. 92.02 × 10-4 kg•m2/s2 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

a 1 6.1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 277

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.2 - Calculate the kinetic energy of a moving object.

TOPICS: thermochemistry energy and its units KEYWORDS: apply | energy | kinetic energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 11. Calculate ΔU of a gas for a process in which the gas absorbs 29 J of heat and does 31 J of work by expanding. a. 2 J b. 60 J c. -60 J d. 0 e. -2 J ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.3 - State the law of conservation of energy.

TOPICS: thermochemistry KEYWORDS: apply | energy | law of conservation of energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 12. Which of the following statements is best related to the law of conservation of energy? a. Energy can be destroyed or created, but it cannot be changed from one form to another. b. Energy can be created, but it cannot be destroyed. c. Energy can be changed from one form to another, but the total energy decreases with time. d. Energy can only be destroyed, but it cannot be created. e. Energy can neither be created nor destroyed; it is only transformed from one form to another.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.3 - State the law of conservation of energy.

TOPICS: thermochemistry KEYWORDS: energy | law of conservation of energy | Understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 278

13. The initial kinetic energy of an object thrown vertically upward is 60 J. What is its potential energy at the maximum height? a. 0 J b. 60 J c. -60 J d. 120 J e. 30 J ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.3 - State the law of conservation of energy.

TOPICS: thermochemistry KEYWORDS: apply | energy | law of conservation of energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 14. How much kinetic energy remains in a closed system when 70 J of kinetic energy is converted into potential energy? a. 50 J b. 100 J c. 25 J d. 0 e. 12.5 J ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.1.3 - State the law of conservation of energy.

TOPICS: thermochemistry KEYWORDS: energy | law of conservation of energy | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 15. Identify the correct following equation for the first law of thermodynamics, which relates work and heat with energy. a. ΔU = q-w b. ΔU = q+w c. ΔU = q/w d. Δq = U+w e. Δq = U-w ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 279

REFERENCES: 6.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.2.1 - Apply the first law of thermodynamics to relate heat and work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: The first law of thermodynamics | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 16. When 400 J of heat is added (q = 400 J) in a closed system and the system does 100 J of work (w = 100 J). What is the change in the internal energy of the system? a. 500 J b. 300 J c. 100 J d. 400 J e. 200 J ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.2.1 - Apply the first law of thermodynamics to relate heat and work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | The first law of thermodynamics OTHER: General chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 17. What is the change in internal energy of the system (ΔU) if the system absorbs 71 kJ of heat energy and 12 kJ of work is done on the system for a certain process? a. 83 kJ b. 59 kJ c. 71 kJ d. -83 kJ e. -59 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.2.1 - Apply the first law of thermodynamics to relate heat and work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | The first law of thermodynamics OTHER: General chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 280

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

18. A gas emits 300 J of heat, and the internal energy of the system decreases by 100 J. What is the work done by the gas (W)? a. 200J b. 300 J c. 100 J d. -200 J e. 400 J ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.2.1 - Apply the first law of thermodynamics to relate heat and work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | The first law of thermodynamics OTHER: General chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 19. Which of the following is an endothermic process? a. work is done by the system on the surroundings b. heat energy flows from the system to the surroundings c. work is done on the system by the surroundings d. heat energy is evolved by the system e. heat energy absorbed by the system ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.3.1 - Distinguish between an exothermic process and an endothermic process.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: exothermic and endothermic process | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 20. If q = -96 kJ for a certain process, that process a. requires a catalyst b. is exothermic c. occurs rapidly d. is endothermic Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 281

e. cannot occur ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.3.1 - Distinguish between an exothermic process and an endothermic process.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: exothermic and endothermic process | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 21. At constant pressure, the sign of q for the process CO2(s) → CO2(g) is expected to be a. positive, and the process is exothermic b. negative, and the process is exothermic c. impossible to predict d. positive, and the process is endothermic e. negative, and the process is endothermic ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.3.1 - Distinguish between an exothermic process and an endothermic process.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: exothermic and endothermic process | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 22. Which of the following statements are true for an exothermic reaction? Select all that apply. a. The products have a higher heat content than the reactants b. The temperature of the reaction system increases c. The temperature of the surroundings increases d. Heat passes from the reaction system to the surroundings e. The enthalpy change for the reaction is negative ANSWER: b, c, d, e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.3.1 - Distinguish between an exothermic process and an endothermic Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 282

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

process. thermochemistry heats of reaction exothermic and endothermic process | remember general chemistry 5/12/2025 12:50 AM 5/12/2025 12:50 AM

23. H2 and F2 react according to the following equation, forming HF. H2(g) + F2(g) → 2 HF(g); ΔH° = -271 kJ If H2(g) and F2(g) were mixed in a thermally insulated vessel, the reaction that occurred would be a. endothermic, and the temperature of the reaction system would fall b. it is not possible to tell unless the original and final temperatures are given c. exothermic, and the temperature of the reaction system would fall d. exothermic, and the temperature of the reaction system would rise e. endothermic, and the temperature of the reaction system would rise ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.3.1 - Distinguish between an exothermic process and an endothermic process.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: exothermic and endothermic process | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 24. Which of the following statements is true concerning the decomposition of liquid water to form hydrogen gas and oxygen gas?

2 H2O(l) → 2 H2(g) + O2(g) a. ΔH is greater than ΔU because the pressure is constant b. ΔH is less than ΔU because of the pressure–volume work done by the gaseous products c. ΔH is less than ΔU because the atmosphere does pressure–volume work on the gaseous products d. ΔH equals ΔU because both are state functions e. ΔH is greater than ΔU because of the pressure–volume work done by the gaseous products ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.3.2 - Describe the change in internal energy from pressure-volume work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | enthalpy | enthalpy and internal energy OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 283

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

25. Under conditions of constant pressure, for which of the following reactions is the magnitude of pressure-volume work going to be greatest? a. BaO(s) + SO3(g) → BaSO4(s) b. 2 NO(g) + O2(g) → 2 NO2(g) c. 2 H2O2(l) → 2 H2O(l) + O2(g) d. 2 KClO3(s) → 2 KCl(s) + 3O2(g) e. H2(g) + Cl2(g) → 2 HCl(g) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.3.2 - Describe the change in internal energy from pressure-volume work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | enthalpy | enthalpy and internal energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 26. Under conditions of constant pressure, which of the following reactions is the magnitude of pressure-volume work going to be the smallest? Select all that apply. a. CH4 (g) + 2 O2(g)→CO2(g) + 2 H2O(g) b. 2 H2(g) + O2(g)→2 H2O(g) c. N2(g) + 3 H2(g)→2 NH3(g) d. 2 H2O(l)→2 H2(g) + O2(g) e. H2(g) + Cl2(g) → 2 HCl(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.3.2 - Describe the change in internal energy from pressure-volume work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: enthalpy | enthalpy and internal energy | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 27. In a thermodynamic process at constant pressure, 75 kJ of work is done on the system, and the system absorbs 30 kJ of heat. What is the change in the internal energy of the system? a. 105 kJ Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 284

b. -105 kJ c. 45 kJ d. -45 kJ e. 75 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.3.2 - Describe the change in internal energy from pressure-volume work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | enthalpy | enthalpy and internal energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 28. The correct thermochemical equation for the reaction of sodium and water is: a. 2 Na(s) + 2 H2O(l) → 2 NaOH (aq) + H2(g) ΔH° = -368.6kJ b. 2 Na(s) + 2 H2O(l) → 2 NaOH (aq) + H2(g) ΔH° = 368.6kJ c. 2 Na(s) + 2 H2O(l) → 2 NaOH (aq) + H2(g) ΔH° = -68.0kJ d. 2 NaOH (aq) + H2(g) → 2 Na(s) + 2 H2O(l) ΔH° = -368.6kJ e. 2 Na(s) + 2 H2O(l) → 2 NaOH (aq) + H2(g) ΔH° = 0kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.1 - Write thermochemical equations.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: thermochemical equation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 29. A rocket propellant is created by combining the liquid hydrazine and dinitrogen tetroxide. When these compounds react, they produce nitrogen gas and water vapor, releasing 1049 kJ of heat at constant pressure for every mole of N2O4 that reacts. The correct thermochemical equation for this reaction is: a. 3 N2(g) + 4 H2O(g) →N2H4(l) + 2 N2O4(l) ΔH° =-1049kJ b. N2H4(l) + 2 N2O4(l)→3 N2(g) + 4 H2O(g) ΔH° =1049kJ c. N2H4(l) + 2 N2O4(l)→3 N2(g) + 4 H2O(g) ΔH° = -1049kJ d. 3 N2(g) + 4 H2O(g) →N2H4(l) + 2 N2O4(l) ΔH° = 1049kJ e. N2H4(l) + 2 N2O3 (l)→3 N2(g) + 3 H2O(g) ΔH° = -1049kJ ANSWER:

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 285

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.1 - Write thermochemical equations.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: thermochemical equation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 30. Which of the following sentences accurately describes the thermochemical equation given below?

2 Ag(s) + F2(g) → 2 AgF(s); ΔH = -409.2 kJ a. if 2 mol of silver metal reacts with 1 mol of fluorine gas at constant volume, 2 mol of solid sodium fluoride is produced and 409.2 kJ of heat is consumed b. if 2 atoms of silver metal react with 1 molecule of fluorine gas at constant pressure, 2 formula units of solid sodium fluoride are produced and 409.2 kJ of heat is released c. if 2 atoms of silver metal react with 1 molecule of fluorine gas at constant pressure, 2 formula units of solid sodium fluoride are produced and 409.2 kJ of heat is consumed d. if 2 mol of silver metal react with 1 mol of fluorine gas at constant pressure, 2 mol of solid sodium fluoride is produced and 409.2 kJ of heat is consumed e. if 2 mol of silver metal react with 1 mol of fluorine gas at constant pressure, 2 mol of solid sodium fluoride is produced and 409.2 kJ of heat is released ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.1 - Write thermochemical equations.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: thermochemical equation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 31. Which of the following statements is incorrect concerning the thermochemical equation below?

2 SO3(g) → 2 SO2(g) + O2(g); ΔH° = 198 kJ a. The enthalpy of the reactants exceeds that of the products b. The reaction is endothermic c. For the reaction 2SO2(g) + O2(g) → 2SO3(g), ΔH° = -198 kJ d. The external pressure is 1 atm e. The reaction is exothermic ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 286

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.1 - Write thermochemical equations.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: thermochemical equation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 32. In a certain experiment, 0.7000 mol of hydrogen gas reacted with 0.7000 mol of solid iodine at a constant 1 atm pressure, producing 1.4000 mol of solid hydrogen iodide and absorbing 36.9 kJ of heat in the process. Which of the following thermochemical equations correctly describes this experiment? a. H2(g) + I2(s) → 2 HI(s); ΔH° = -51.66 kJ b. H2(g) + I2(s) → 2 HI(s); ΔH° = 36.9 kJ c. H2(g) + I2(s) → 2 HI(s); ΔH° = -36.9 kJ d. H2(g) + I2(s) → 2 HI(s); ΔH° = -51.66 kJ e. H2(g) + I2(s) → 2 HI(s); ΔH° = 25.83kJ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.1 - Write thermochemical equations.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: analyze | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 33. Given: 4 AlCl3(s) + 3 O2(g) → 2 Al2O3(s) + 6 Cl2(g); ΔH = -529.0 kJ determine ΔH for the following thermochemical equation.

Cl2(g) +

Al2O3(s) →

AlCl3(s) +

O2(g)

a. +264.5 kJ b. +529.0 kJ c. +88.2 kJ d. +176.3 kJ e. -176.3 kJ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.2 - Apply the two rules for manipulating (reversing and multiplying)thermochemical equations.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 287

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

thermochemistry heats of reaction apply | thermochemical equation general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

34. Given the thermochemical equation 2 Al(s) +

O2(g) → Al2O3(s); ΔH = -1676 kJ

find ΔH for the following reaction.

2 Al2O3(s) → 4 Al(s) + 3 O2(g) a. 838 kJ b. 1676 kJ c. -1676 kJ d. 3352 kJ e. -838 kJ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.2 - Apply the two rules for manipulating (reversing and multiplying)thermochemical equations.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | enthalpy of reaction | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 35. Given: what is ΔH for the following thermochemical equation? a. 986.9 kJ b. -986.9 kJ c. -139 MJ d. -2320 kJ e. -38.7 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.2 - Apply the two rules for manipulating (reversing and multiplying)thermochemical equations.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 288

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | enthalpy of reaction | thermochemical equation general chemistry 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

36. Which of the following statements is false concerning the reaction of hydrogen gas and oxygen gas given below?

H2(g) +

O2(g) → H2O(l); ΔH = -285.8 kJ

a. per mole of O2, the change in enthalpy is -571.6 kJ b. the value -571.6 kJ pertains to 1 mol of liquid water c. if the equation is reversed, ΔH becomes +285.8 kJ d. if the equation is multiplied by 2, ΔH becomes -571.6 kJ e. for the reaction H2(g) + O2(g) → H2O(g), ΔH is not equal to -285.8 kJ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.2 - Apply the two rules for manipulating (reversing and multiplying)thermochemical equations.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 37. Given the thermochemical equation N2(g) + 3 H2(g)→2 NH3(g); ΔH = -92kJ, find ΔH for the following reaction.

6 NH3(g) →3 N2(g)+9 H2(g) a. 276 kJ b. -276 kJ c. -138 kJ d. 92 kJ e. 138 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.2 - Apply the two rules for manipulating (reversing and multiplying)thermochemical equations.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | enthalpy of reaction | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 289

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:15 AM

38. Given the thermochemical equation 2 H2(g) + O2(g)→2 H2O(l); ΔH = -572kJ, find ΔH if the given reaction is reversed. a. 572 kJ b. -572 kJ c. -286 kJ d. 286 kJ e. 1144 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.4.2 - Apply the two rules for manipulating (reversing and multiplying)thermochemical equations.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | enthalpy of reaction | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 39. What is the change in enthalpy when 9.00 mol of sulfur trioxide decomposes to sulfur dioxide and oxygen gas?

2 SO2(g) + O2(g) → 2 SO3(g); ΔH° = 198 kJ a. 891 kJ b. -198 kJ c. -891 kJ d. 198 kJ e. 1782 kJ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.5.1 - Calculate the heat absorbed or evolved from a reaction given its enthalpy of reaction and the mass of a reactant or product.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry and heats of reaction | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 40. What is the change in enthalpy at 25°C and 1 atm to produce 3.00 mol SnO(s)?

Sn(s) + SnO2(s) → 2 SnO(s); ΔH° = 16.2 kJ a. -24.3kJ b. -16.2 kJ Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 290

c. 16.2 kJ d. 5.4 kJ e. 24.3 kJ ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.5.1 - Calculate the heat absorbed or evolved from a reaction given its enthalpy of reaction and the mass of a reactant or product.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry and heats of reaction | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 41. What is the change in enthalpy at 25°C and 1 atm for the reaction of 5.00 mol of elemental iron with excess oxygen gas?

4 Fe(s) + 3 O2(g) → 2 Fe2O3(s); ΔH° = -1651 kJ a. -1651 kJ b. 2751 kJ c. 2063 kJ d. -2063 kJ e. -2412 kJ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.5.1 - Calculate the heat absorbed or evolved from a reaction given its enthalpy of reaction and the mass of a reactant or product.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry and heats of reaction | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 42. What quantity, in moles, of oxygen is consumed when 717.4 kJ of energy is evolved from the combustion of a mixture of H2(g) and O2(g)?

H2(g) +

O2(g) → H2O(l); ΔH° = -285.8 kJ

a. 1.255 mol b. 1.286 mol c. 1.305 mol d. 1.267 mol e. 1.275 mol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 291

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.5.1 - Calculate the heat absorbed or evolved from a reaction given its enthalpy of reaction and the mass of a reactant or product.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry and heats of reaction | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 43. When 56.8 g of lead reacts with 3.50 L of oxygen gas, measured at 1.00 atm and 25.0°C, 60.1 kJ of heat is released at constant pressure. What is ΔH° for this reaction? (R = 0.0821 L • atm/(K • mol)) 2 Pb(s) + O2(g) → 2 PbO(s) a. -4.39 × 102 kJ b. -8.7 × 101 kJ c. -6.01 × 101 kJ d. -2.19 × 102 kJ e. -4.2 × 102 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.5.1 - Calculate the heat absorbed or evolved from a reaction given its enthalpy of reaction and the mass of a reactant or product.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry and heats of reaction | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 44. The reaction of iron with hydrochloric acid is represented by the following thermochemical equation.

Fe(s) + 2 HCl(aq) → FeCl2(aq) + H2(g); ΔH° = -87.9 kJ How much heat is liberated at constant pressure if 0.154 g of iron reacts with 25.7 mL of 0.358 M HCl? a. 0.285 kJ b. 0.235 kJ c. 0.242 kJ d. 0.256 kJ e. 0.289 kJ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 292

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.5.1 - Calculate the heat absorbed or evolved from a reaction given its enthalpy of reaction and the mass of a reactant or product.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry and heats of reaction | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 45. When 22.0 mL of liquid benzene (C6H6, d = 0.879 g/mL) reacts with 34.2 L of oxygen gas, measured at 1.00 atm 2 pressure and 25°C, 6.09 × 10 kJ of heat is released at constant pressure. What is ΔH° for the following reaction? (R = 0.0821 L • atm/(K • mol)) 2 C6H6(l) + 15 O2(g) → 12 CO2(g) + 6 H2O(l) a. –2.84 × 101 kJ b. -3.7 × 102 kJ c. 4.92 × 103 kJ d. -4.36 × 102 kJ e. -6.53 × 103 kJ ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.5.1 - Calculate the heat absorbed or evolved from a reaction given its enthalpy of reaction and the mass of a reactant or product.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry and heats of reaction | thermochemical equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 46. A 100 g sample of each of the following metals is heated from 35°C to 45°C. Which metal absorbs the lowest amount of heat energy?

Metal Specific Heat copper 0.385 J/(g ∙ °C) magnesium 1.02 J/(g ∙ °C) mercury 0.138 J/(g ∙ °C) silver 0.237 J/(g ∙ °C) lead 0.129 J/(g ∙ °C) a. lead b. magnesium c. silver d. mercury e. copper ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 293

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.6.1 - Relate the heat absorbed or evolved to the specific heat, mass, and temperature change.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | calorimetry | specific heat OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 47. How much heat is gained by copper when 77.5 g of copper is warmed from 21.4°C to 75.1°C? The specific heat of copper is 0.385 J/(g ∙ °C). a. 6.39 × 102 J b. 2.891× 103 J c. 2.067× 103 J d. 1.6 × 103 J e. 2.24 × 103 J ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.6.1 - Relate the heat absorbed or evolved to the specific heat, mass, and temperature change.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | calorimetry | measuring heats of reaction OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 48. A 110.0-g sample of metal at 82.00°C is added to 110.0 g of H2O(l) at 27.00°C in an insulated container. The temperature rises to 30.56°C. Neglecting the heat capacity of the container, what is the specific heat of the metal? The specific heat of H2O(l) is 4.18 J/(g ∙ °C). a. 0.174 J/(g ∙ °C) b. 0.188J/(g ∙ °C) c. -0.289 J/(g ∙ °C) d. 0.289 J/(g ∙ °C) e. 0.300 J/(g ∙ °C) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 294

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.6.1 - Relate the heat absorbed or evolved to the specific heat, mass, and temperature change.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | calorimetry | specific heat OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 49. How much heat must be applied to a 40.2-g sample of gold (s = 0.129 J/(g ∙ °C)) in order to raise its temperature from 28.2°C to 351.5°C? a. 1.82 × 103 J b. 1.68 × 103 J c. 1.46 × 102 J d. 1.3 × 104 J e. 4.17 × 101 J ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.6.1 - Relate the heat absorbed or evolved to the specific heat, mass, and temperature change.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | calorimetry | specific heat OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 50. A 86.9-g sample of chromium (s = 0.447 J/(g ∙ °C)), initially at 338.33°C, is added to an insulated vessel containing 189.9 g of water (s = 4.18 J/(g ∙ °C)), initially at 16.17°C. At equilibrium, the final temperature of the metal–water mixture is 28.06°C. How much heat was absorbed by the water? The heat capacity of the vessel is 0.220 kJ/°C. a. 9.43 kJ b. 6.82 kJ c. 12.2 kJ d. 15.2 kJ e. 11.2 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.6.1 - Relate the heat absorbed or evolved to the specific heat, mass, and temperature change.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 295

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | calorimetry | specific heat General Chemistry 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

51. A bomb calorimeter has a heat capacity of 2.47 kJ/K. When a 0.106-g sample of a certain hydrocarbon was burned in this calorimeter, the temperature increased by 2.14 K. Calculate the energy of combustion for 1 g of the hydrocarbon. a. -5.29 × 103 J/g b. -4.99 × 103 J/g c. 3.85× 103 J/g d. -2.33 × 103 J/g e. -5.6× 103 J/g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.6.2 - Calculate the enthalpy of reaction from calorimetric.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | calorimetry | measuring heats of reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 3

52. When 9.42 g of methane (CH4) is burned in a bomb calorimeter (heat capacity = 2.677 × 10 J/°C), the temperature rises from 24.00 to 27.08°C. How much heat is absorbed by the calorimeter?

CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(l); ΔH° = -1283.8 kJ a. 7.45 kJ b. 6.84 kJ c. 8.24 kJ d. 7.53 kJ e. 7.28 kJ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.6.2 - Calculate the enthalpy of reaction from calorimetric.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | calorimetry | heat capacity OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 296

53. When 0.0500 mol of HCl(aq) is reacted with 0.0500 mol of NaOH(aq) in 50.0 mL of water, the temperature of the solution increases by 5.99°C. What is the enthalpy of reaction for the following thermochemical equation?

HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) Assume that the heat capacity of the solution and calorimeter is 465.4 J/°C. a. 0.139 kJ b. 55.8 kJ c. 2.79 kJ d. –55.8 kJ e. 2.79 kJ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.5.2 - Calculate the enthalpy of reaction from calorimetric data TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | calorimetry | measuring heats of reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 54. When 50.0 mL of 1.27 M of HCl(aq) is combined with 50.0 mL of 1.32 M of NaOH(aq) in a coffee-cup calorimeter, the temperature of the solution increases by 8°C. What is the change in enthalpy for this balanced reaction?

HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) Assume that the solution density is 1.00 g/mL and the specific heat capacity of the solution is 4.18 J/g⋅ °C. a. -55.8 kJ b. 55.8 kJ c. 51.5 kJ d. -52.64kJ e. -26.8 kJ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.6.2 - Calculate the enthalpy of reaction from calorimetric.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | calorimetry | measuring heats of reaction OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 55. Combustion of 3.65 g of liquid benzene (C6H6) causes a temperature rise of 21.1°C in a constant-pressure calorimeter that has a heat capacity of 7.23 kJ/°C. What is ΔH for the following reaction?

C6H6(l) +

O2(g) → 6 CO2(g) + 3 H2O(l)

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 297

a. 152 kJ/mol b. 41.8 kJ/mol c. -41.8 kJ/mol d. -3.27× 103 kJ/mol e. 152 kJ/mol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.6.2 - Calculate the enthalpy of reaction from calorimetric.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | calorimetry | measuring heats of reaction OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 56. Given: Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2 H2SO4(l) → 2 PbSO4(s) + 2 H2O(l); ΔH° = -509.2 kJ SO3(g) + H2O(l) → H2SO4(l); ΔH° = -130. kJ determine ΔH° for the following thermochemical equation.

Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2 SO3(g) → 2 PbSO4(s) a. 3.77 × 103 kJ b. -521 kJ c. -3.77 × 103 kJ d. -639 kJ e. -769 kJ ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.7.1 - Apply Hess's law to obtain the enthalpy change for one reaction from the enthalpy changes of other reactions.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | Hess's law OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 57. Given: Fe2O3(s) + 3 CO(g) → 2 Fe(s) + 3 CO2(g); ΔH° = -26.8 kJ FeO(s) + CO(g) → Fe(s) + CO2(g); ΔH° = -16.5 kJ determine ΔH° for the following thermochemical equation.

Fe2O3(s) + CO(g) → 2 FeO(s) + CO2(g) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 298

a. 6.2 kJ b. 10.3 kJ c. 22.7 kJ d. -10.3 kJ e. -43.3 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.7.1 - Apply Hess's law to obtain the enthalpy change for one reaction from the enthalpy changes of other reactions.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | Hess's law OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 58. Using the following data, calculate the standard enthalpy of the reaction for the coal gasification process 2 C(s) + 2 H2O(g) → CH4(g) + CO2(g).

Given reactions: C(s) + H2O(g) → CO(g) + H2(g); ΔH° = +131.3 kJ CO(g) + H2O(g) → CO2(g) + H2(g); ΔH° = -41.2 kJ CO(g) + 3 H2(g) → CH4(g) + H2O(g); ΔH° = -206.1 kJ a. -116.0 kJ b. 378.6 kJ c. +15.3 kJ d. -157.2 kJ e. -378.6 kJ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.7.1 - Apply Hess's law to obtain the enthalpy change for one reaction from the enthalpy changes of other reactions.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | Hess's law OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 59. Given the following data, calculate the standard enthalpy of the reaction for the conversion of buckminsterfullerene (C60) into diamond:

C60 (fullerence) → C(diamond)

C(graphite) → C(diamond); ΔH° = +1.897 kJ Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 299

60 C(graphite) → C60(fullerene); ΔH° = +2193 kJ a. -35 kJ b. 35 kJ c. -2191 kJ d. 2191 kJ e. 38 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.7.1 - Apply Hess's law to obtain the enthalpy change for one reaction from the enthalpy changes of other reactions.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | Hess's law OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 60. Given the following thermochemical data at 25°C and 1 atm pressure, O2(g) + 2 B(s) → B2O3(s); ΔH° = -1264 kJ O3(g) + 2 B(s) → B2O3(s); ΔH° = -1406 kJ determine ΔH° for the following reaction at 25°C and 1 atm pressure.

3 O2(g) → 2 O3(g) a. –980 kJ/mol b. +284 kJ/mol c. +980 kJ/mol d. -2670 kJ/mol e. -284 kJ/mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.7.1 - Apply Hess's law to obtain the enthalpy change for one reaction from the enthalpy changes of other reactions.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | Hess's law OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 61. What is the standard enthalpy of formation of liquid methylamine (CH3NH2)?

88. Given that Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 300

-

-

O(g) + e → O (g); ΔH = -142 kJ 2O(g) + 2 e → O (g); ΔH = 702 kJ the enthalpy changes for the reaction is represented by the equation 2O-(g) + e → O (g) is a. 0 kJ. b. -560 kJ c. -844 kJ d. 844 kJ e. 560 kJ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.7.1 - Apply Hess's law to obtain the enthalpy change for one reaction from the enthalpy changes of other reactions.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | Hess's law OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 62. What is ΔH° of the following reaction?

CO2(g) + 2 CH4(g) → C3H8(g) + O2(g) Substance ΔH°f (kJ/mol) CO2(g) -393.5 CH4(g) -74.9 C3H8(g) -104.7 a. -348.4 kJ b. -573.1 kJ c. 438.6 kJ d. 348.4 kJ e. -648.0 kJ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.8.1 - Calculate the enthalpy change for a reaction from standard enthalpies of formation.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | standard enthalpies of formation OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 301

63. From the following information, determine ΔH°f of malonic acid, CH2(COOH)2(s).

CH2(COOH)2(s) + 2 O2(g) → 3 CO2(g) + 2 H2O(l); ΔH° = -861.0 kJ Substance ΔH°f (kJ/mol) CO2(g) -393.5 H2O(l) -285.8 a. 2613 kJ b. 891.1 kJ c. -1540.3 kJ d. -2613.1 kJ e. -891.1 kJ ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.8.1 - Calculate the enthalpy change for a reaction from standard enthalpies of formation.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | standard enthalpies of formation OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 64. What is the standard enthalpy of formation of liquid butyraldehyde, CH3CH2CH2CHO(l)?

CH3CH2CH2CHO(l) +

O2(g) → 4 H2O(l) + 4 CO2(g); ΔH° = -2471.8 kJ

Substance ΔH°f (kJ/mol) CO2(g) -393.5 H2O(l) -285.8 a. -245.4 kJ/mol b. +245.4 kJ/mol c. -1792.5 kJ/mol d. -3151.1 kJ/mol e. +3151.1 kJ/mol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.8.1 - Calculate the enthalpy change for a reaction from standard enthalpies of formation.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | standard enthalpies of formation OTHER: General Chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 302

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

65. What is the standard enthalpy change for the combustion of gaseous propylene, C3H6?

C3H6(g) + Substance C3H6(g) CO2(g) H2O(l)

O2(g) → 3 CO2(g) + 3 H2O(l) ΔH°f (kJ/mol) +20.4 -393.5 -285.8

a. +2017.5 kJ b. -2058.3 kJ c. -658.9 kJ d. -2017.5 kJ e. +2058.3 kJ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.8.1 - Calculate the enthalpy change for a reaction from standard enthalpies of formation.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | standard enthalpies of formation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 66. What is the standard enthalpy of formation of liquid n-butanol, CH3CH2CH2CH2OH? CH3CH2CH2CH2OH(l) + 6 O2(g) → 4 CO2(g) + 5 H2O(l); ΔH° = -2675 kJ Substance ΔH°f (kJ/mol) CO2(g) -393.5 H2O(l) -285.8 a. -328 kJ b. +3355 kJ c. -1996 kJ d. +328 kJ e. -3355 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.8.1 - Calculate the enthalpy change for a reaction from standard enthalpies Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 303

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

of formation. thermochemistry heats of reaction apply | standard enthalpies of formation General Chemistry 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

67. What is the standard enthalpy of the formation of CaCO3(s)?

CaO(s) + CO2(g) → CaCO3(s); ΔH° = -179.4 kJ Substance ΔH°f (kJ/mol) CaO(s) -634.9 CO2(g) -393.5 a. 62.0 kJ b. -420.8 kJ c. -849.0 kJ d. -1207.8 kJ e. 849.0 kJ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.8.1 - Calculate the enthalpy change for a reaction from standard enthalpies of formation.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | standard enthalpies of formation OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 68. Which of the following are the negative impacts of fossil fuel use? Select all that apply. a. Climate change contribution b. Air pollution c. Ocean acidification d. Health impacts e. Soil enrichment ANSWER: a, b, c, d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.1 - Describe negative impacts of fossil fuel use and their contribution to air pollution and global climate change.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy | understand OTHER: General Chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 304

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 3:15 AM 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

69. Which of the following air pollutants is most closely linked to the burning of fossil fuels? a. Nitrogen gas b. Methane c. Ozone d. Carbon monoxide e. Sulfur dioxide ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.1 - Describe negative impacts of fossil fuel use and their contribution to air pollution and global climate change.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 70. Which health problem is often linked to air pollution (air pollutants like particulate matter) resulting from the burning of fossil fuels? a. Decreased heart disease risk b. Increased skin cancer c. Reduced allergies and asthma d. Improved lung function e. Chronic respiratory diseases ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.1 - Describe negative impacts of fossil fuel use and their contribution to air pollution and global climate change.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 71. In what ways do fossil fuels contribute to global climate change? Select all that apply. a. by greenhouse gas emissions b. by methane leakage c. by deforestation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 305

d. by ozone layer depletion e. by reducing global ocean temperatures ANSWER: a, b, c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.1 - Describe negative impacts of fossil fuel use and their contribution to air pollution and global climate change.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 72. If burning one gallon of gasoline generates about 6.78 kg of CO₂, how much CO₂ is emitted when burning 5 gallons of gasoline? a. 33.5 kg b. 33.9 kg c. 31.78 kg d. 34.1 kg e. 30.78 kg ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.2 - Calculate the amount of carbon dioxide produced from fossil fuel use.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: apply | Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 73. On burning 2 tons of coal produces about 5.84 tons of CO₂, how much CO₂ is generated when 6 tons of coal are burned? a. 17.21 tons b. 17.52 tons c. 16.99 tons d. 16.71 tons e. 17.97 tons ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 306

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.2 - Calculate the amount of carbon dioxide produced from fossil fuel use.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: apply | Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 74. What amount of carbon dioxide (in grams) is produced from burning two gallons of petroleum? Assume that each gallon of gasoline contains 6056 grams of octane. a. 37310 g b. 37259 g c. 37355 g d. 37345 g e. 36999 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.2 - Calculate the amount of carbon dioxide produced from fossil fuel use.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: apply | Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 75. A house consumes approximately 8,500 kilowatt-hours (kWh) of electricity each month. What is the amount of carbon dioxide (in grams) produced from burning coal to generate this electricity?

Given: Combustion heat of coal or graphite is -393.5 kJ a. 3.43 × 106 g b. 3.93 × 106 g c. 3.63 × 106 g d. 3.43 × 104 g e. 3.43 × 103 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.2 - Calculate the amount of carbon dioxide produced from fossil fuel use.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: analyze | Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 307

76. On an approximation, what percentage of entering solar energy is transformed into electric energy by solar cells? a. 35% b. 25% c. 20% d. 30% e. 40% ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.3 - Describe the process of generating electricity from a renewable source such as solar energy, wind energy, or hydropower.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 77. Which source of energy is the largest and oldest source of renewable energy? a. Wind energy b. Hydropower energy c. Solar energy d. Nuclear energy e. Thermal energy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.3 - Describe the process of generating electricity from a renewable source such as solar energy, wind energy, or hydropower.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 78. The Mojave Desert solar thermal plant generated 595,702 MWh in 2022; what is the approximate daily average of electricity produced by the plant? a. 1632.09 MWh b. 1632.06 MWh c. 2000.05 MWh d. 1500.05 MWh e. 1800.06 MWh Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 308

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.3 - Describe the process of generating electricity from a renewable source such as solar energy, wind energy, or hydropower.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: apply | Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM 79. In photovoltaic cells, why are thin layers of silicon used? Choose the correct statement. a. Silicon is abundant and inexpensive to produce. b. Silicon enhances energy storage capabilities. c. Silicon has the ability to produce energy from wind currents. d. Silicon effectively converts sunlight into electricity because of its semiconductor characteristics. e. Silicon adds stability to the solar cells.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 6.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.17.6.9.3 - Describe the process of generating electricity from a renewable source such as solar energy, wind energy, or hydropower.

TOPICS: thermochemistry Sources of Energy KEYWORDS: Foods, Fossil Fuels, and Renewable energy | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 3:15 AM

1. What is the wavelength of a photon having a frequency of 49.3 THz? (1 THz = 10 -34 10 J·s) a. 0.164 nm b. 3.27 × 10-23 nm

15

8

Hz, c = 3.00 × 10 m/s, h = 6.63 ×

c. 9.81× 10-15 nm d. 6.08 nm e. 6.09 × 10-3 nm ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

d 1 7.1 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 309

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.1.1 - Relate the wavelength, frequency, and speed of light.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: apply | electromagnetic radiation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 8

-34

2. What is the frequency of a photon having a wavelength of 141.8 nm? (c = 3.00 × 10 m/s, h = 6.63 × 10 a. 2.12 × 10-3 Hz

J·s)

b. 2.14 × 1026 Hz c. 2.12 × 1015 Hz d. 1.4 × 10-36 Hz e. 1.4 × 10-18 Hz ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.1.1 - Relate the wavelength, frequency, and speed of light.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: apply | electromagnetic radiation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 3. Which of the following statements is incorrect? a. As the energy of a photon increases, its frequency decreases. b. As the wavelength of a photon increases, its energy decreases. c. The product of wavelength and frequency of electromagnetic radiation is a constant. d. As the wavelength of a photon increases, its frequency decreases. e. As the frequency of a photon increases, its wavelength decreases.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.1.1 - Relate the wavelength, frequency, and speed of light.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: analyze | electromagnetic radiation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 13

4. The frequency of a radio emission is 7.22 × 10 /s. Determine the wavelength of the radio wave.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 310

a. 4155 nm b. 3096 nm c. 587 nm d. 828 nm e. 1256 nm ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.1.1 - Relate the wavelength, frequency, and speed of light.

TOPICS: The Wave Nature of Light KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM -11

5. The wavelength of a gamma ray is 4 × 10 a. 32 × 1017/s

m. Calculate the frequency of the ray.

b. 75 × 1017/s c. 5 × 1019/s d. 12 × 1017/s e. 28 × 1019/s ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.1.1 - Relate the wavelength, frequency, and speed of light.

TOPICS: The Wave Nature of Light KEYWORDS: Apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 6. Identify the true statement(s) of the wave nature of light.

1. A wave is a continuously repeating change or oscillation in matter or in a physical field.

2. Frequency is the distance between any two adjacent identical points of a wave.

3. Visible light, X-rays, and radio waves are all forms of electromagnetic radiation. a. 1 only b. only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 311

REFERENCES: 7.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.1.1 - Relate the wavelength, frequency, and speed of light.

TOPICS: The Wave Nature of Light KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 7. Which type of electromagnetic radiation has the longest wavelength? a. red light b. x rays c. gamma rays d. microwaves e. blue light ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.1.2 - Distinguish between the different regions of the electromagnetic spectrum.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: electromagnetic radiation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 8. Which type of electromagnetic radiation has the lowest frequency? a. microwaves b. visible c. ultraviolet d. infrared e. radio waves ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.1.2 - Distinguish between the different regions of the electromagnetic spectrum.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: electromagnetic radiation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 312

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:58 AM

9. Rank the following regions of the electromagnetic spectrum in order of decreasing frequency.

X rays, Microwaves, Infrared, Ultraviolet a. infrared, microwaves, ultraviolet, x rays b. x rays, microwaves, infrared, ultraviolet c. microwaves, infrared, ultraviolet, x rays d. microwaves, ultraviolet, infrared, x rays e. x rays, ultraviolet, infrared, microwaves ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.1.2 - Distinguish between the different regions of the electromagnetic spectrum.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: electromagnetic radiation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 10. A photon of red light has a ____ frequency and a ____ wavelength than a photon of blue light. a. lower, longer b. higher, shorter c. lower, shorter d. higher, longer e. lower, lower ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.1.2 - Distinguish between the different regions of the electromagnetic spectrum.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: electromagnetic radiation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 11. Based on the photoelectric effect, Einstein proposed the idea that a. the energy of a single particle or photon of light is inversely proportional to its frequency. b. the wavelength of light is inversely proportional to its frequency. c. particles can show characteristics of waves under certain experimental conditions. d. the energy of an object is proportional to its mass.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 313

e. light has particle-like properties.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.2.1 - Describe the photoelectric effect TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 12. When a particular metal is illuminated with photons, one electron is observed for each absorbed photon. What effect would decreasing the wavelength and number of photons have on the electrons leaving the surface? a. There would be more electrons leaving the surface. b. They would have higher kinetic energy. c. The electron velocity would be lower. d. The kinetic energy of the electrons would be lower. e. Two photons might be required to eject the electrons.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 7.2.1 - Describe the photoelectric effect.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: photoelectric effect | quantum effects and photons | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 13. The energy of the photon is directly proportional to its ______. a. wavelength b. frequency c. amplitude d. speed e. velocity ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.2.1 - Describe the photoelectric effect TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 314

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:58 AM 5/5/2025 1:58 AM

14. If the intensity of light is increased in the photoelectric effect, the: a. number of emitted electrons increases. b. kinetic energy of emitted electrons increased. c. frequency of emitted electrons increases. d. wavelength of emitted electrons increases. e. the electron stop emitting.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.2.1 - Describe the photoelectric effect TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM -19

15. A laser emits photons having an energy of 3.74 × 10 J. What color would be expected for the light emitted by this 8 -34 laser? (c = 3.00 × 10 m/s, h = 6.63 × 10 J·s) a. yellow to orange b. orange to red c. green d. violet e. blue ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.2.2 - Calculate the energy of a photon from its frequency or wavelength.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: analyze | electromagnetic radiation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:39 AM –19

16. A light emitting diode (LED) emits photons with an energy of J. What is the energy per mole of 3.026 × 10 emitted? a. 1.822 × 105 J/mol

photons

b. 5.024 × 10–46 J/mol c. 1.822 × 108 J/mol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 315

d. 3.026 × 10–19 J/mol e. 5.024 × 10–40 J/mol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.2.2 - Calculate the energy of a photon from its frequency or wavelength.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:42 AM 17. Which type of electromagnetic radiation has the lowest energy? a. gamma rays b. x rays c. red light d. blue light e. radio waves ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.2.2 - Calculate the energy of a photon from its frequency or wavelength.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: Planck's quantization of energy | quantum effects and photons | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 18. What is the energy of a photon of electromagnetic radiation with a frequency of Hz? (c = 3.00 × 108 m/s, h = 6.63 × -34 10 J·s) a. 2.25 × 1022 J b. 1.49 × 10–11 J c. 2.65 × 10–39 J d. 4 × 10–6 J e. 4.97 × 10–20 J ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

e 1 7.2 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 316

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.2.2 - Calculate the energy of a photon from its frequency or wavelength.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: quantum effects and photons | Planck's quantization of energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:45 AM 19. What is the frequency of a photon having an energy of 4.91 × 10 a. 2.22 × 1025 Hz

-17

? (c = 3.00 × 108 m/s, h = 6.63 × 10

-34

J · s)

b. 4.05 × 10-9 Hz c. 7.41 × 1016 Hz d. 4.5 × 10-26 Hz e. 1.47 × 10-8 Hz ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.2.2 - Calculate the energy of a photon from its frequency or wavelength.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: apply | Planck's quantization of energy | quantum effects and photons OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM -34

20. What is the wavelength of photons that have molar energy of 515 kJ/mol? (c = 3.00 × 108 m/s, h = 6.63 × 10 -1 NA = 6.02 × 1023 mol ) a. 1.29 × 106 nm

J · s,

b. 8.55 × 10-10 nm c. 233 nm d. 3.86 × 10-22 nm e. 2.33 × 105 nm ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.2.2 - Calculate the energy of a photon from its frequency or wavelength.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: apply | quantum effects and photons | Planck's quantization of energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 317

21. What is the energy per mole of photons with a wavelength of 307.1 nm?

-34 23 -1 (c = 3.00×108 m/s, h = 6.63×10 J·s, NA = 6.02×10 mol ) a. 6.48×10-19 kJ/mol b. 1.85×1014 kJ/mol c. 5.88×1035 kJ/mol d. 9.77×1014 kJ/mol e. 3.9×102 kJ/mol ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.2.2 - Calculate the energy of a photon from its frequency or wavelength.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: apply | quantum effects and photons | Planck's quantization of energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 22. What is the wavelength of light emitted when the electron in a hydrogen atom undergoes a transition from level n = 6 to level n = 2?

8 -34 -18 (c = 3.00×10 m/s, h = 6.63×10 J·s, RH = 2.179×10 J) a. 4×10-7 m b. 1.61×10-27 m c. 2.43×106 m d. 4.84×10-19 m e. 7.3×1014 m ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 7.3.1 - Determine the wavelength or frequency of a hydrogen atom transition.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: apply | Bohr theory | atomic line spectra OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 23. What is the frequency of light emitted when the electron in a hydrogen atom undergoes a transition from level n = 6 to level n = 4?

8 -34 -18 (c = 3.00×10 m/s, h = 6.63×10 J·s, RH = 2.179×10 J) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 318

a. 2.63×10-6 Hz b. 3.8×105 Hz c. 3.97×1027 Hz d. 7.57×10-20 Hz e. 1×1014 Hz ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 7.3.1 - Determine the wavelength or frequency of a hydrogen atom transition.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: apply | Bohr theory | atomic line spectra OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 24. The electron in a hydrogen atom, originally in level n = 8, undergoes a transition to a lower level by emitting a photon of wavelength 3745 nm. What is the final level of the electron?

8 -34 -18 (c = 3.00×10 m/s, h = 6.63×10 J·s, RH = 2.179×10 J) a. 5 b. 6 c. 8 d. 9 e. 1 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.3.1 - Determine the wavelength or frequency of a hydrogen atom transition.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: apply | Bohr theory | atomic line spectra OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:46 AM 25. If an electron in a hydrogen atom absorbs a photon with a wavelength of 97.2 nm, it will transition from the: a. n = 1 to n = 2 energy level. b. n = 2 to n = 3 energy level. c. n = 3 to n = 4 energy level. d. n = 4 to n = 5 energy level. e. n = 5 to n = 6 energy level.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 319

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.3.1 - Determine the wavelength or frequency of a hydrogen atom transition.

TOPICS: atomic theory | light KEYWORDS: apply | Bohr theory | atomic line spectra OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 26. Consider the following energy-level diagram for a particular electron in an atom.

Based on this diagram, which of the following statements is incorrect? a.

The wavelength of a photon emitted by the electron jumping from level 2 to level 1 is given by

.

b. If the electron is in level 1, it may jump to level 2 by absorbing a photon with energy of ΔE. c. If the electron is in level 1, it may jump to level 2 by absorbing any photon having energy of at least ΔE. d. We would observe an electron jumping from level 2 to level 1 as a single line in a line spectrum. e. If the electron is in level 2, it may jump to level 1 by emitting a photon with energy of |ΔE|.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.3.2 - Describe the difference between emission and absorption of light by an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: analyze | Bohr's postulates | Bohr theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:49 AM 27. Emission of light by an atom typically involves a transition from a: a. Ground state to an excited state. b. Lower to a higher energy level. c. Excited state to the ground state. d. Higher to a lower energy level. e. No change in the energy level Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 320

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.3.2 - Describe the difference between emission and absorption of light by an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: analyze | Bohr's postulates | Bohr theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 28. Absorption of light by an atom typically involves a transition from a: a. Ground state to an excited state. b. Lower to a higher energy level. c. Excited state to the ground state. d. Higher to a lower energy level. e. No change in the energy level ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.3.2 - Describe the difference between emission and absorption of light by an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory light KEYWORDS: analyze | Bohr's postulates | Bohr theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 29. Emission and absorption of light by atoms are example of: a. Chemical reactions. b. Nuclear reactions. c. Quantum mechanical processes. d. Classical mechanics. e. Radioactive process.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.3.2 - Describe the difference between emission and absorption of light by an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory light Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 321

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

analyze | Bohr's postulates | Bohr theory general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 5/5/2025 1:58 AM –34

30. What is the wavelength of a 142 g baseball traveling at 90.7 mph? (1 mi = 1.609 km, h = 6.63 × 10 a. 3.13 × 1037 m

J · s)

b. 1 × 10-34 m c. 1.15 × 10-37 m d. 8.68 × 1033m e. 3.2 × 10-38m ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.4.1 - Calculate the wavelength of a moving particle.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: apply | de Broglie relation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:51 AM 31. What is the wavelength of an electron traveling at of 3.74% the speed of light?

-31 8 -34 (me = 9.109×10 kg, c = 3.00×10 m/s, h = 6.63×10 J·s) a. 1.54×1010 m b. 2.43×10-12 m c. 6.49×10-11 m d. 1.54×1012 m e. 6.49×10-13 m ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.4.1 - Calculate the wavelength of a moving particle.

TOPICS: atomic theory | quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: apply | de Broglie relation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 32. A particle has a mass of 3.0×10

-27

6

kg and a velocity of 2.0×10 m/s. Its de Broglie wavelength is: (h = 6.626×10

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

-34

Page 322

J·s) a. 1.0×10-12 m b. 1.5×1012 m c. 1.5×10-12 m d. 1.1×1012 m e. 1.1×10-12 m ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.4.1 - Calculate the wavelength of a moving particle.

TOPICS: atomic theory | quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: apply | de Broglie relation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM -12

33. An electron with a de Broglie wavelength of 1.0×10 m has a kinetic energy of: (h = 6.626×10 31 kg) a. 110 eV b. 140 eV c. 130 eV d. 120 eV e. 150 eV ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.4.1 - Calculate the wavelength of a moving particle.

TOPICS: atomic theory | quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: apply | de Broglie relation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM

-34

J·s, me = 9.11×10

-

34. If the location of a particular electron can be measured only to a precision of 0.069 nm, what is the minimum uncertainty in the electron's velocity?

-31 8 -34 (me = 9.109×10 kg, c = 3.00×10 m/s, h = 6.63×10 J·s) a. 8.4×105 m/s b. 2.2×105 m/s c. 8.4×10-4 m/s Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 323

d. 1×10-6 m/s e. 1.7×10-13 m/s ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.5.1 - State Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.

TOPICS: atomic theory | quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: apply | wave functions | Heisenberg's uncertainty principle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM -2

35. If the x-component of the velocity of an electron can be measured only to a precision of 5 × 10 m/s, what is the –31 8 minimum uncertainty of the position of the electron in the x-direction? (me = 9.109 × 10 kg, c = 3.00 × 10 m/s, h = –34 6.63 × 10 J · s) a. 9.5 × 1032 m b. 1 × 10-3 m c. 1.1 × 10-33 m d. 8.6 × 102 m e. 2 × 101 m ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.5.1 - State Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: apply | Heisenberg's uncertainty principle | wave functions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:55 AM 36. Which of the following statements is a valid conclusion from the Heisenberg uncertainty principle? a. The square of the wave function is proportional to the probability of finding a particle in space. b. Particles can exhibit wavelike behavior. c. The orbits proposed by Bohr’s model of the atom are correct. d. An electron in a 2p orbital is always closer to the nucleus than an electron in a 3p orbital. e. The act of measuring a particle's position changes its momentum, and vice versa.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 324

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.5.1 - State Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: apply | Heisenberg's uncertainty principle | wave functions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 37. A particle’s position is measured with an uncertainty of 1.0 nm. What is the minimum uncertainty in its momentum?

-31 8 -34 (me = 9.109×10 kg, c = 3.00×10 m/s, h = 6.63×10 J·s) a. 5.28 × 10-23 kg m/s b. 1.05 × 10-23 kg m/s c. 5.28 × 10-24 kg m/s d. 1.05 × 10-24 kg m/s e. 1.07 × 10-24 kg m/s ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.5.1 - State Heisenberg's uncertainty principle.

TOPICS: atomic theory | quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: apply | wave functions | Heisenberg's uncertainty principle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 38. Which of the following statements is incorrect concerning the wave function? a. The wave function of a particle is a solution to the Schrödinger equation. b. For an electron in an atom, the square of the wave function decreases rapidly as the distance from the nucleus increases. c. The square of the wave function is proportional to the probability of finding the particle in a region of space. d. The value of the wave function gives the location of the particle. e. The wave function for an electron in an atom is called an atomic orbital.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.5.2 - Relate the wave function for an electron to the probability of finding it at a location in space.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: analyze | wave functions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 325

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 2

39. The square of the wave function, ψ , of an electron in an atom a. is inversely proportional to the distance between the electron and the nucleus. b. specifies the momentum of the electron. c. describes the energy of the electron. d. is proportional to the velocity of the electron. e. gives the probability of finding the electron in a region of space.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.5.2 - Relate the wave function for an electron to the probability of finding it at a location in space.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: understand | wave functions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 40. A radial probability plot for an electron in an atom, like that shown below,

a. specifies the probable speed of the electron at a given radius from the nucleus. b. specifies the probable momentum of the electron at a given radius from the nucleus. c. describes the probable energy of the electron at a given radius from the nucleus. d. gives the probability of finding one electron near another at a given radius from the nucleus. e. gives the probability of finding the electron at a given radius from the nucleus.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.5.2 - Relate the wave function for an electron to the probability of finding it at a location in space.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 326

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:58 AM 5/5/2025 2:56 AM

41. If a wave function is a linear combination of two other wave functions, then the probability density is: a. The product of the individual probability densities. b. The sum of the individual probability densities. c. The square of the product of the individual wave functions. d. The square of the sum of the individual probability densities. e. The ratio of the individual probability densities.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.5.2 - Relate the wave function for an electron to the probability of finding it at a location in space.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: analyze | wave functions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 42. What is the value of the angular momentum quantum number for an electron in a 1s orbital? a. 2 b. 4 c. 3 d. 0 e. 1 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.1 - For a given electron, assign a value to each of the four quantum numbers.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: angular momentum quantum number | quantum numbers | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 43. A possible value of the magnetic quantum number ml for a 5p electron is a. 1 b. 4 c. -5 d. 6 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 327

e. - 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.1 - For a given electron, assign a value to each of the four quantum numbers.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: magnetic quantum number | quantum numbers | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 44. All the following statements about the quantum numbers are true except a. ml has 2l + 1 possible values. b. n may take integral values from 1 to ∞. c. ml may take integral values of +l to - l, including zero. d. l may take integral values from 1 to n - 1. e. ms may take only the values of and

.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.1 - For a given electron, assign a value to each of the four quantum numbers.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: analyze | quantum numbers OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:57 AM 45. An orbital with the quantum numbers n = 5, l = 2, ml = -1 may be found in which subshell? a. 5f b. 5d c. 5p d. 5g e. 5s ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 328

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.1 - For a given electron, assign a value to each of the four quantum numbers.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: apply | quantum numbers OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 46. What is the value of the principal quantum number for an electron in a 5d orbital? a. - 5 b. c. 5 d. e. 2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.1 - For a given electron, assign a value to each of the four quantum numbers.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: principle quantum number | quantum numbers | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:59 AM 47. What is the value of the spin quantum number for an electron in a 4d orbital? a. 4 b. 2 c. either d. e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.1 - For a given electron, assign a value to each of the four quantum numbers.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 329

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

atomic theory quantum mechanics quantum numbers | spin quantum number | understand general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 5/5/2025 3:02 AM

48. Which of the following statements is incorrect? a. The n = 3 shell has three p orbitals. b. Every p subshell has three orbital. c. The n = 4 shell has seven f orbitals. d. An s orbital has a spherical shape. e. The n = 2 shell has five d orbitals.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.2 - Describe the shapes of s, p, and d orbitals.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: analyze | quantum numbers OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 49. How many orbitals have the set of quantum numbers n = 4 and l = 2? a. 5 b. 9 c. 7 d. 1 e. 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.2 - Describe the shapes of s, p, and d orbitals.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: apply | quantum numbers OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 3:04 AM 50. Which orbital or orbitals is/are specified by the set of quantum numbers n = 2 and l = 1? a. 2p b. 3s Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 330

c. 4d d. 1f e. 2d ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.2 - Describe the shapes of s, p, and d orbitals.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 51. Which of the following is a representation of a 1s orbital? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

a 1 7.6 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 331

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.2 - Describe the shapes of s, p, and d orbitals.

TOPICS: atomic theory KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 3:07 AM 52. Which of the following is a representation of a a.

3d 2

2

x – y orbital?

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.2 - Describe the shapes of s, p, and d orbitals.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:53 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 332

53. Which hydrogen atom orbital has an energy essentially identical to a 3d orbital? a. 5d b. 4d c. 2s d. 1s e. 3p ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.2 - Describe the shapes of s, p, and d orbitals.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 54. Which quantum number distinguishes the different shapes of the orbitals? a. n b. ml c. l d. ms e. any of these ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 7.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.7.6.2 - Describe the shapes of s, p, and d orbitals.

TOPICS: atomic theory quantum mechanics KEYWORDS: analyze | angular momentum quantum number | quantum numbers OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM

1. Which of the following orbital occupancy designations is incorrect? a. 3d4 b. 4d1 c. 2p4 d. 1s1 e. 1s3 ANSWER:

e

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 333

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.1.1 - Determine whether an electron configuration or orbital diagram is valid.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | Pauli exclusion principle | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 2. The maximum number of electrons that can be accommodated in an s subshell is a. 6 b. 14 c. 10 d. 1 e. 2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.1.1 - Determine whether an electron configuration or orbital diagram is valid.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | Pauli exclusion principle | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 3. Which of the following orbital diagrams violates the Pauli exclusion principle? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

d 1 8.1 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 334

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.1.1 - Determine whether an electron configuration or orbital diagram is valid.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: apply | electron configuration | Pauli exclusion principle OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 4. Which principle or rule is violated by the following orbital diagram of an atom in its ground state?

a. Pauli exclusion principle b. Aufbau principle c. No rules or principles are violated by this orbital diagram. d. Heisenberg uncertainty principle e. Hund's rule ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.1.1 - Determine whether an electron configuration or orbital diagram is valid.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | Pauli exclusion principle | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 5. Which of the following electron configurations are impossible, according to the Pauli exclusion principle? a. 1s22s22p5 b. 1s22s22p3 c. 1s22s5 d. 1s22s22p63s1 e. 1s22s22p2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.1.1 - Determine whether an electron configuration or orbital diagram is valid.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | Pauli exclusion principle | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 335

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

General Chemistry 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 5/7/2025 5:30 AM

6. Which of the following electron configurations are valid for the nitrogen atom? a. 1s22s22p5 b. 1s22s22p3 c. 1s22s2 d. 1s22s22p4 e. 1s22s22p1 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.1.1 - Determine whether an electron configuration or orbital diagram is valid.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | Pauli exclusion principle | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 1

1

7. Which of the following statements is true concerning the electron configuration [Ne]3s 3p ? a. It may represent a ground-state electron configuration of a Al+ cation b. It may represent an excited-state electron configuration of a Mg atom c. It may represent an excited-state electron configuration of a Ne- anion d. It may represent a ground-state electron configuration of a Mg+ cation e. It may represent a ground-state electron configuration of a Na+ cation.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.2.1 - Explain how to write an electron configuration using the building-up principle.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: analyze | electron configuration and the periodic table | writing electron configurations using the periodic table OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 8. Which of the following may represent an excited-state electron configuration for a cobalt atom?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 336

a. [Ar]3d54s1 b. [Ar]3d64s2 c. [Ar]3d84s1 d. [Ar]3d64s1 e. [Ar]3d74s2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.2.1 - Explain how to write an electron configuration using the building-up principle.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: apply | electron configuration and the periodic table | writing electron configurations using the periodic table OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 9. All of the following ground-state electron configurations are correct except a. Fe:[Ar]4s24d6 b. Ca:[Ar]4s2 c. In:[Kr]4d105s25p1 d. Cu:[Ar]3d104s1 e. Xe:[Kr]4d105s25p6 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.2.1 - Explain how to write an electron configuration using the building-up principle.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: apply | electron configuration and the periodic table OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 10. Which ground-state electron configuration is incorrect? a. Br:[Ar]3d104s24p5 b. K:[Ar]4s1 c. Fe:[Ar]3d5 d. Na:1s22s22p63s1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 337

e. Zn:[Ar]3d104s2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.2.1 - Explain how to write an electron configuration using the building-up principle.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: Aufbau principle | electron configuration | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 11. How many valence electrons does an arsenic atom have? a. 5 b. 6 c. 7 d. 2 e. 33 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.2.1 - Explain how to write an electron configuration using the building-up principle.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration and the periodic table | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 12. What is the ground-state electron configuration of tantalum (Ta)? a. 1s22s22p63s23p64s24p64d104f145s25p3 b. 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s24p64d105s25p3 c. 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s24p64d104f145s25p65d36s2 d. 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s24p64d105s25p65d3 e. 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s24p64d104f3 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

c 1 8.2 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 338

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.2.1 - Explain how to write an electron configuration using the building-up principle.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration and the periodic table | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 13. The elements that fill the 5f subshell are called a. alkali metals b. transition elements c. lanthanides d. actinides e. main-group elements ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.3.1 - Use the periodic table to write the electron configuration of an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration and the periodic table | remember | writing electron configurations using the periodic table OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 14. The angular momentum quantum number of the two highest-energy valence electrons in an atom of lead is a. 4 b. 0 c. 1 d. 2 e. 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.3.1 - Use the periodic table to write the electron configuration of an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: analyze | electron configuration and the periodic table OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 15. Which of the following sets of four quantum numbers (n, l, ml, ms) correctly describes an electron occupying a d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 339

orbital of an element in the third row of the transition metals? a. 4, 2, -1, b. c.

5 , 2, 2, 5, 3 , -1,

d. 4, 1, 0 , e.

5 , 0, 0,

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.3.1 - Use the periodic table to write the electron configuration of an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: apply | electron configuration and the periodic table | writing electron configurations using the periodic table OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 16. An element that has the same ground state valence-shell electron configuration as sodium is a. lithium b. barium c. boron d. lead e. xenon ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.3.1 - Use the periodic table to write the electron configuration of an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration and the periodic table | remember | writing electron configurations using the periodic table.

OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 17. What is the valence-shell electron configuration for the fourth-period element in Group VA? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 340

a. 4s25p5 b. 5s25p5 c. 4s24p3 d. 5s24p5 e. 4s23d3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.3.1 - Use the periodic table to write the electron configuration of an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration and the periodic table | understand | writing electron configurations using the periodic table OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 18. Which principle or rule is violated by the following orbital diagram of an atom in its ground state?

a. Heisenberg uncertainty principle b. No rules or principles are violated by this orbital diagram c. Aufbau principle d. Hund's rule e. Pauli exclusion principle ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.4.1 - Apply Hund's rule to write the orbital diagram of the ground-state configuration of an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | Hund's rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 19. The element whose atoms in the ground state have two half-filled orbitals is a. K b. Be c. Tl d. O Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 341

e. As ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.4.1 - Apply Hund's rule to write the orbital diagram of the ground-state configuration of an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | Hund's rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 20. How many unpaired electrons are found in the ground state electron configuration of silicon (Si)? a. 2 b. 3 c. 5 d. 0 e. 1 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.4.1 - Apply Hund's rule to write the orbital diagram of the ground-state configuration of an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: apply | electron configuration | Hund's rule OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 21. According to Hund’s rule, how many unpaired electrons are found in the sulfur (S)? a. 3 b. 1 c. 0 d. 2 e. 4 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.4.1 - Apply Hund's rule to write the orbital diagram of the ground-state configuration of an atom.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 342

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

atomic theory electronic structure of atoms apply | electron configuration | Hund's rule General Chemistry 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 5/7/2025 5:30 AM

22. Fe has ____ that is(are) unpaired in its d orbitals. a. 2 electrons b. 3 electrons c. 1 electron d. 4 electrons e. 5 electrons ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.4.1 - Apply Hund's rule to write the orbital diagram of the ground-state configuration of an atom.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | Hund's rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 23. Which of the following elements are not diamagnetic in the ground state? Select all that apply. a. Sr b. Kr c. Fe d. Cd e. Pt ANSWER: c, e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.4.2 - Determine whether a substance is paramagnetic or diamagnetic.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: apply | electron configuration | magnetic properties of atoms OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:55 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:55 AM 24. Which of the following orbital diagrams represent(s) a paramagnetic atom?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 343

1.

2.

3. a. 3 only b. 2 and 3 c. 1 only d. 1 and 2 e. 2 only ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.4.2 - Determine whether a substance is paramagnetic or diamagnetic.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | magnetic properties of atoms | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 25. Which of the following orbital diagrams represents a diamagnetic atom? a.

b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.4.2 - Determine whether a substance is paramagnetic or diamagnetic.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | magnetic properties of atoms | understand OTHER: General Chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 344

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:58 AM 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 2+

2

2

6

2

6

5

2+

26. The ground-state electron configuration of a Mn ion is 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 3d . Therefore, Mn is a. paramagnetic with five unpaired electrons b. diamagnetic c. paramagnetic with one unpaired electron d. paramagnetic with three unpaired electrons e. paramagnetic with two unpaired electrons ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.4.2 - Determine whether a substance is paramagnetic or diamagnetic.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | magnetic properties of atoms | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 27. Which of the following orbital diagrams represents a paramagnetic atom? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.4.2 - Determine whether a substance is paramagnetic or diamagnetic.

TOPICS: atomic theory electronic structure of atoms KEYWORDS: electron configuration | magnetic properties of atoms | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 28. The predictive power and accuracy of Mendeleev’s periodic table were confirmed with the: a. discovery of bismuth and mercury b. discovery of copper and cobalt Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 345

c. discovery of scandium and germanium d. discovery of hydrogen and helium e. discovery of lithium and boron ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.5.1 - Describe how Mendeleev predicted the properties of undiscovered elements.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: Mendeleev's predictions | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 29. Which properties were predicted by Mendeleev for eka-aluminum, the element later identified as gallium? a. Low boiling point and low density b. High melting point and high density c. High boiling point, high melting point, high density d. Low melting point, high density e. High boiling point, low melting point, low density ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.5.1 - Describe how Mendeleev predicted the properties of undiscovered elements.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: apply | Mendeleev's predictions OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 30. Which known elements were predicted by Mendeleev to have properties like eka-aluminum? a. Gallium and aluminum b. Copper and iron c. Zinc and phosphorous d. Arsenic and silicon e. Boron and carbon ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 346

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.5.1 - Describe how Mendeleev predicted the properties of undiscovered elements.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: analyze | Mendeleev's predictions OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 31. Mendeleev’s periodic table (1869) can be explained by the periodicity of the _____. a. number of orbits around the nucleus b. atomic radii of elements c. atomic mass of elements d. positive charge present in the nucleus of atoms e. ground-state electron configurations of atoms ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.5.1 - Describe how Mendeleev predicted the properties of undiscovered elements.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: Mendeleev's predictions | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 32. In general, atomic radii a. decrease from left to right in a period and increase down a group b. increase from left to right in a period and decrease down a group c. do not change across a period or a group d. decrease from left to right and decrease down a group e. increase from left to right in a period and increase down a group ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.1 - Explain the periodic trends in relative atomic size.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: atomic radius | periodic properties | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 347

33. An atom of which of the following elements has the smallest atomic radius? a. P b. Cl c. S d. Na e. Si ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.1 - Explain the periodic trends in relative atomic size.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: atomic radius | periodic properties | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 34. An atom of which of the following elements has the largest atomic radius? a. F b. N c. Li d. O e. C ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.1 - Explain the periodic trends in relative atomic size.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: atomic radius | periodic properties | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 35. In which of the series of elements listed below would the elements have most nearly the same atomic radius? a. Na, K, Rb, Cs b. F, Cl, Br, I c. Na, Mg, Al, Si d. Sc, Ti, V, Cr e. B, Si, As, Te ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 348

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.1 - Explain the periodic trends in relative atomic size.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: analyze | atomic radius | periodic properties OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 36. Rank the following atoms in order of the largest to smallest atomic radius: Ba, B, Be, C. a. C > B > Ba > Be b. B > C > B a> Be c. Ba > Be > C > B d. Ba > Be > B > C e. C > Be > B > Ba ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.1 - Explain the periodic trends in relative atomic size.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: atomic radius | periodic properties | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 37. Below are data on the first four ionization energies for a fictitious element X. First ionization energy = 500 kJ/mol Second ionization energy = 2000 kJ/mol Third ionization energy = 3500 kJ/mol Fourth ionization energy = 25000 kJ/mol From the data, which of the following statements is incorrect? a. The third ionization energy is greater than the second ionization energy because X2+ has a bigger charge than +

X b. X could belong to Group IIIA c. X could belong to Group IIIB d. X could belong to group VA e. The fourth ionization energy is much greater than the third ionization energy because X3+ consists of a noble gas core or a pseudo-noble gas core ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.2 - Explain the periodic trends in relative ionization energy. False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 349

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

atomic theory periodicity of the elements analyze | ionization energy | periodic properties General Chemistry 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 5/7/2025 5:30 AM

38. Which of the following properties, in general, increases from left to right across a period in the periodic table? a. Ionic charge b. Atomic radius c. Density d. Ionization energy e. Metallic character ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.2 - Explain the periodic trends in relative ionization energy. False TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: ionization energy | periodic properties | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 39. An atom of which of the following elements has the largest second ionization energy? a. Cs b. At c. Po d. Pb e. Ba ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.2 - Explain the periodic trends in relative ionization energy. False TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: ionization energy | periodic properties | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 40. Which of the following ground-state electron configurations corresponds to an atom having the largest ionization energy? a. [Ar]3d104s24p3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 350

b. [Ne]3s23p3 c. [Ne]3s23p2 d. [Kr]4d105s25p3 e. [Xe]4f145d106s26p3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.2 - Explain the periodic trends in relative ionization energy. False TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: ionization energy | periodic properties | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 41. An atom of which of the following elements has the most negative electron affinity? a. Rb b. As c. Cl d. Br e. Se ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.3 - Explain the general trend in electron affinity across a period.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: electron affinity | periodic properties | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 42. According to the general trend in electron affinities, which group (or family) of elements tends to form the most stable anions in the gas phase? a. Noble gases b. Halogens c. Transition metals d. Alkaline earth metals e. Alkali metals ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 351

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.3 - Explain the general trend in electron affinity across a period.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: electron affinity | periodic properties | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 43. Which of the following forms the most stable anion in the gas phase? a. Cl (electron affinity = -349 kJ/mol) b. S (electron affinity = -200 kJ/mol) c. O (electron affinity = -141 kJ/mol) d. C (electron affinity = -122 kJ/mol) e. P (electron affinity = -72 kJ/mol) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.3 - Explain the general trend in electron affinity across a period.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: electron affinity | periodic properties | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 44. Which of the following ground-state electron configurations corresponds to an atom that has the most negative value of the electron affinity? a. 1s22s22p63s1 b. 1s22s22p63s23p5 c. 1s22s22p63s23p2 d. 1s22s22p63s23p63d54s2 e. 1s22s22p6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.6.3 - Explain the general trend in electron affinity across a period.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: electron affinity | periodic properties | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 352

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 5:30 AM

45. Which of the following are incorrectly paired? a. Group IIA, alkaline earth metals b. Group IA, alkali metals c. Group VIIIA, noble gases d. Group IVA, halogens e. Group VIA, chalcogens ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.7.1 - Identify the main group corresponding to an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a chalcogen, a halogen, and a noble gas.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: periodicity in main group elements | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 46. Sodium and potassium have similar chemical and physical properties. This is best explained by the fact that both elements a. have the same ground-state valence-electron configuration b. have low relative atomic weights c. are in Period 1 of the periodic table d. have relatively low first ionization energies e. are active metals.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.7.1 - Identify the main group corresponding to an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a chalcogen, a halogen, and a noble gas.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: group IA elements | periodicity in main group elements | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 47. Which of the following elements belongs to chalcogens? Select all that apply. a. Selenium b. Tellurium c. Carbon d. Polonium Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 353

e. Nitrogen ANSWER: a, b, d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.7.1 - Identify the main group corresponding to an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a chalcogen, a halogen, and a noble gas.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: periodicity in main group elements | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 12:57 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 12:58 AM 48. Which of the following elements belongs to the halogen family? Select all that apply. a. Fluorine b. Tellurium c. Chlorine d. Bromine e. Nitrogen ANSWER: a, c, d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.7.1 - Identify the main group corresponding to an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a chalcogen, a halogen, and a noble gas.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: periodicity in main group elements | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 1:00 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 1:01 AM 49. Which element forms the most acidic oxide? a. B b. Tl c. Al d. In e. Ga ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.7.2 - Describe the change in metallic character (or reactivities) moving down any main group of elements.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 354

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

atomic theory periodicity of the elements group IIIA elements | periodicity in main group elements | understand General Chemistry 5/5/2025 1:58 AM 5/7/2025 5:30 AM

50. A few atoms of the new element 113 were created in 2004 by a team of Russian and American scientists. It has been given the temporary name "ununtrium" and the temporary symbol "Uut." Based on ununtrium's position on the periodic table, what type of oxide(s) should it form? a. Ununtrium should form a basic oxide with the formula Uut2O3. b. Ununtrium should form an amphoteric oxide with the formula UutO. c. Ununtrium should form an acidic oxide with the formula Uut2O3. d. Ununtrium should form two acidic oxides having the formulas Uut2O and Uut2O3. e. Ununtrium should form two basic oxides having the formulas Uut2O and Uut2O3.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.7.2 - Describe the change in metallic character (or reactivities) moving down any main group of elements.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: apply | group IIIA elements | periodicity in main group elements OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 51. The element antimony is in the same group as phosphorus. Which of the following is the formula of antimonic acid? a. H3Sb b. H3SbO2 c. H3SbO3 d. H3SbO4 e. H2SbO2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.7.2 - Describe the change in metallic character (or reactivities) moving down any main group of elements.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: apply | group VA elements | periodicity in main group elements OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 355

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 5:30 AM

52. An unknown element, X, reacts with oxygen to form two oxides with the general formula X2O3 and X2O5. The pure element is strongly paramagnetic, and the oxides are amphoteric. Which of the following elements could be represented

by X? a. Sc b. Na c. Bi d. S e. Sb ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.7.2 - Describe the change in metallic character (or reactivities) moving down any main group of elements.

TOPICS: atomic theory periodicity of the elements KEYWORDS: analyze | group VA elements | periodicity in main group elements OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM 53. Identify the true statement(s) about the periodicity in the main-group elements.

1. The metallic character of elements decreases from left to right in any row of the periodic table.

2. The metallic character of elements increases from top to bottom in any column of the periodic table.

3. Elements with high ionization energy tend to be metallic, whereas those with low ionization energy tend to be nonmetallic. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1 and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 8.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.8.7.2 - Describe the change in metallic character (or reactivities) moving down any main group of elements.

TOPICS: Periodicity in the Main-Group Elements KEYWORDS: group VA elements | periodicity in main group elements | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:58 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:30 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 356

1. What happens to the valence electrons when an ionic bond is formed between Mg and O? a. Mg acquires two electrons and O loses two electrons. b. Both Mg and O share their valence electrons equally. c. Mg loses one electron and O gains one electron. d. Mg loses three electrons and O gains three electrons. e. Mg loses two electrons, and O gains two electrons.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.1 - Use electron-dot symbols to represent ionic bond formation.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: properties of ionic substance | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 2. The appropriate electron-dot structure for an ionic bond between Ca and F is: a. Ca: + 2 F∙ → Ca²⁺ + 2 Fb. Ca + F∙ → CaF₂ c. Ca + 2 F → Ca⁺ d. Ca: + :2 F → Ca²⁺ + F₂e. Ca + :2 F → Ca⁺ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.1 - Use electron-dot symbols to represent ionic bond formation.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: properties of ionic substance | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 3. Which option correctly shows the electron-dot symbol for an ionic bond between Na and Cl? a. Na∙ + ∙Cl → Na+ Clb. Na∙ + ∙Cl → NaCl c. Na∙ + Cl → Na+ d. Na → Na- + Cl⁺ e. Na∙ → Na2- + Cl2⁺ ANSWER: POINTS:

a 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 357

REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.1 - Use electron-dot symbols to represent ionic bond formation.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: properties of ionic substance | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 4. What happens to the valence electrons when an ionic bond is formed between K and S? a. K acquires two electrons and S loses two electrons. b. Both K and S share their valence electrons equally. c. K loses one electron and S gains two electrons. d. K loses three electrons and S gains three electrons. e. K loses two electrons and S gains two electrons.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.1 - Use electron-dot symbols to represent ionic bond formation.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: properties of ionic substance | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM +

+

+

+

+

5. When the cations Na , K , Rb , Cs ,Li are combined with chloride ions in the gas phase to form ion pairs, which pair formation releases the greatest amount of energy? a. KCl b. LiCl c. RbCl d. NaCl e. CsCl ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.2 - Describe the energetics of ionic bonding.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: analyze | properties of ionic substance OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 358

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM

6. Which of the following concerning Coulomb’s law is/are correct?

1. the energy of an ionic bond is proportional to the size of the ion charges.

2. the energy of an ionic bond is inversely proportional to the distance between the charges.

3. the size of an ion is not important in determining the energy of an ionic bond. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 9.1.2 - Describe the energetics of ionic bonding.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: properties of ionic substance | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 7. Which of the given statements regarding the formation of an ionic bond between sodium and chlorine is accurate? a. chlorine gains an electron and needs energy. b. sodium loses an electron and exerts energy. c. after the formation of the ionic bond, sodium and chlorine atoms become neutral. d. the formation of an ionic bond results in a net decrease in energy. e. sodium gains an electron and needs energy.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.2 - Describe the energetics of ionic bonding.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: properties of ionic substance | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 8. What is the electron affinity of chlorine? a. +349kJ/mol b. -349kJ/mol c. -495kJ/mol d. +495kJ/mol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 359

e. -394kJ/mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.2 - Describe the energetics of ionic bonding.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: properties of ionic substance | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 9. In the Born–Haber cycle for LiCl(s), which of the following processes corresponds to the first ionization energy of Li? a. Li-(g) → Li(g) + eb. Li(s) → Li(g) c. Li+(g) + Cl-(g) → LiCl(s) d. Li(g) → Li+(g) + ee. Li+(g) + e- → Li(g) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.3 - Use the Born-Haber cycle to obtain a lattice energy from thermodynamic data TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: Born-Haber cycle | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 10. In the Born–Haber cycle for NaCl(s), which of the following processes corresponds to the enthalpy of formation of NaCl(s)? a.

Na(s) + Cl2(g) → NaCl(s) b. Na+(aq) + C1– (aq) → NaCl(s) c. NaCl(g) → NaCl(s) d. 2 Na(g) + Cl2(g) → 2 NaCl(g) e. NaCl(aq) → NaCl(s) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 360

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.3 - Use the Born-Haber cycle to obtain a lattice energy from thermodynamic data TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: Born-Haber cycle | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:25 AM 11. In the Born–Haber cycle for KI(s), which of the following processes corresponds to the electron affinity of I? a. I(g) → I+(g) + eb. KI(s) → K+(g) + I-(g) c. I-(g) → I(g) + ed. I2(g) → 2 I(g) e. I(g) + e- → I-(g) ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.3 - Use the Born-Haber cycle to obtain a lattice energy from thermodynamic data TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: Born-Haber cycle | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 12. Which of the following processes is not exothermic? a. Rb+(g) + e- → Rb(g) b. Rb+(g) + Cl-(g) → RbCl(s) c. Cl(g) + e- → Cl-(g) d. Rb(g) → Rb(s) e.

Cl2(g) → Cl(g) ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.1.3 - Use the Born-Haber cycle to obtain a lattice energy from thermodynamic data TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: Born-Haber cycle | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 361

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/6/2025 12:26 AM

13. Calculate the lattice energy for LiF(s) given the following: sublimation energy for Li(s) +166 kJ/mol ΔHf for F(g) +77 kJ/mol first ionization energy of Li(g) +520. kJ/mol electron affinity of F(g) -328 kJ/mol enthalpy of formation of LiF(s) -617 kJ/mol a. 1052 kJ/mol b. 285 kJ/mol c. -650 kJ/mol d. 800 kJ/mol e. 650 kJ/mol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.9.1.3 - Use - the Born-Haber cycle to obtain a lattice energy from thermodynamic data.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: apply | Born-Haber cycle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:28 AM 14. All of the following species have ground-state noble-gas electron configurations except a. Ge4+ b. K+ c. Kr d. Ie. P3ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.2.1 - Write electron configurations of main-group ions.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: electron configurations of ions | ions of the main-group elements | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 362

15. All of the following have ground-state noble-gas electron configurations except a. Ar b. N3c. P3+ d. Mg2+ e. ClANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.2.1 - Write electron configurations of main-group ions.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: electron configurations of ions | ions of the main-group elements | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 16. The formation of which monatomic ion of oxygen is the most energetically favorable? a. O4+ b. O2c. Od. O6+ e. O2+ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 9.2.1 - Write electron configurations of main-group ions.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: electron configurations of ions | ions of the main-group elements | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 2+

17. What is the ground-state electron configuration of the Mg a. 1s22s22p63s23p2

ion?

b. 1s22s22p3 c. 1s22s22p6 d. 1s22s22p1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 363

e. 1s22s22p63s2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.2.1 - Write electron configurations of main-group ions.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: electron configurations of ions | ions of the main-group elements | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 2+

18. What is the electron configuration of Mn ? a. [Ar]3d5 b. [Ar]3d34s2 c. [Ar]3d44s1 d. [Ar]3d54s2 e. [Ar]3d54s1 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.2.2 - Write electron configurations of transition-metal ions.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: electron configurations of ions | transition-metal ions | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 3+

19. What is the ground-state electron configuration of Co ? a. [Ar]3d5 b. [Ar]3d44s2 c. [Ar]3d6 d. [Ar]3d64s1 e. [Ar]3d54s2 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

c 1 9.2 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 364

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.2.2 - Write electron configurations of transition-metal ions.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: electron configurations of ions | transition-metal ions | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 2+

20. What is the ground-state electron configuration of Ni ? a. [Ar]3d64s2 b. [Ar]3d74s2 c. [Ar]3d74s1 d. [Ar]3d64s1 e. [Ar]3d8 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.2.2 - Write electron configurations of transition-metal ions.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: electron configurations of ions | transition-metal ions | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 2+

21. What is the ground-state electron configuration of the zinc ion, Zn ? a. 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s24p2 b. 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s2 c. 1s22s22p63s23p63d84s2 d. 1s22s22p63s23p63d10 e. 1s22s22p63s23p64s2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.2.2 - Write electron configurations of transition-metal ions.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: electron configurations of ions | transition-metal ions | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 365

3+

22. What is the ground-state electron configuration of Fe ? a. [Ar]3d64s2 b. [Ar]3d34s2 c. [Ar]3d44s1 d. [Ar]3d5 e. [Ar]3d6 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.2.2 - Write electron configurations of transition-metal ions.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: electron configurations of ions | transition-metal ions | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 2-

4+

6+

23. Rank the following ions in order of decreasing atomic radii: Te , Te , Te . a. Te2- > Te4+ > Te6+ b. Te6+ > Te4+ > Te2c. Te4+ > Te2- > Te6+ d. Te2- > Te6+ > Te4+ e. Te4+ > Te6+ > Te2ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.3.1 - Use periodic trends to obtain relative ionic radii.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: ionic radii | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 24. Which of the following species would you expect to have the largest radius? a. S2b. P c. Na+ d. Se2e. Ca2+ Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 366

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.3.1 - Use periodic trends to obtain relative ionic radii.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: ionic radii | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 2–

2–

–

+

2+

25. Rank the following ions in order of decreasing ionic radius: S , O , F , Na , Mg . a. S2–> O2–> F–> Na+>Mg2+ b. O2–>F–> Na+> Mg2+> S2– c. O2–> S2–> F–> Na+>Mg2+ d. Mg2+> Na+> F–> O2–> S2– e. Mg2+> S2–> Na+> F–> O2– ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.3.1 - Use periodic trends to obtain relative ionic radii.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: ionic radii | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 4+

3+

2+

+

26. Rank the following species in order of decreasing radii: Si , Al , Mg , Na . a. Si4+ > Mg2+ > Al3+ > Na+ b. Na+ > Mg2+ > Al3+ > Si4+ c. Mg2+ > Na+ > Al3+ > Si4+ d. Al3+ > Mg2+ > Na+ > Si4+ e. Na+ > Al3+ > Na+ > Si4+ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.3.1 - Use periodic trends to obtain relative ionic radii.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 367

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

bonding ionic bonding ionic radii | understand General Chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

27. Among the following pairs of species, which has the greatest difference in radius? a. C and F b. K+ and Brc. Li+ and Id. Na and Mg e. O2- and FANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.3.1 - Use periodic trends to obtain relative ionic radii.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: ionic radii | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 28. Which of the following is the best explanation for a covalent bond? a. electrons simultaneously attracted by more than one nucleus b. an interaction between outer electrons c. the overlapping of unoccupied orbitals of two or more atoms d. the overlapping of two electron-filled orbitals having different energies e. a positive ion attracting negative ions ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.4.1 - Describe the formation of a covalent bond between two atoms.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Covalent bond | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 29. During the formation of a chemical bond between two hydrogen atoms, which of the following statements is always true? a. energy is released during the formation of the bond Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 368

b. a polar covalent bond is formed c. electrons are always between the nuclei of the atoms d. one of the hydrogen atoms is ionized e. resonance stabilizes the bond ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.4.1 - Describe the formation of a covalent bond between two atoms.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Covalent bond | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 30. How is a covalent bond formed? a. by the sharing of valence protons between atoms b. by the sharing of positrons between atoms c. by the sharing of a pair of electrons between atoms d. by the sharing of boson particles between atoms e. by the sharing of a pair of neutrons between atoms ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.4.1 - Describe the formation of a covalent bond between two atoms.

TOPICS: Describing Covalent Bonds KEYWORDS: Covalent bond | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 31. The normal distance between nuclei of two bonded atoms in a molecule is called _____. a. bond length b. focal length c. bar length d. dipole length e. arc length ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 369

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.4.1 - Describe the formation of a covalent bond between two atoms.

TOPICS: Describing Covalent Bonds KEYWORDS: Covalent bond | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 32. Based on the octet rule, which of the electron configurations is considered the most stable for an atom? a. 6 electrons in the outer shell b. 2 electrons in the outer shell c. 10 electrons in the outer shell d. 8 electrons in the outer shell e. 4 electrons in the outer shell ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.4.2 - State the octet rule.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Octet rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 33. Which of the provided statements most accurately explains why atoms adhere to the octet rule? a. to enhance their atomic mass b. to decrease the number of core electrons c. to equalize the number of protons and electrons d. to attain a similar configuration to noble gases e. to decrease the number of core electrons ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.4.2 - State the octet rule.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Octet rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 34. The highest number of electrons that hydrogen atoms can achieve in their valence shell to attain stability is: a. 2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 370

b. 4 c. 6 d. 8 e. 10 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.4.2 - State the octet rule.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Octet rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 35. Which of the provided statements for the octet rule is true? a. the electron configuration rule b. the octet rule c. the valence shell rule d. the stability rule e. the noble gas rule ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.4.2 - State the octet rule.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Octet rule | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 36. What type of bond is formed when one pair of electrons is shared between two atoms? a. partial bond b. single bond c. double bond d. triple bond e. quadrupole bond ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 371

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 9.4.3 - Define single bond, double bond, and triple bond.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Type of bonds | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 37. What type of bond is formed when three pairs of electrons are shared between two atoms? a. quadrupole bond b. triple bond c. single bond d. double bond e. partial bond ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 9.4.3 - Define single bond, double bond, and triple bond.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Type of bonds | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 38. Which of the provided molecules contains a triple bond? a. C2H4 b. C3H8 c. CH4 d. C2H2 e. C4H10 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 9.4.3 - Define single bond, double bond, and triple bond.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: analyze | Type of bonds OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 39. Which of the provided molecules does not include multiple bonds?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 372

a. C2H2 b. C3H8 c. C2H4 d. C3H6 e. C2H4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 9.4.3 - Define single bond, double bond, and triple bond.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: analyze | Type of bonds OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 40. Which of the following atoms is the most electronegative? a. B b. N c. Al d. Cs e. Na ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.5.1 - State the general periodic trends in the electronegativity.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: electronegativity | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 41. An atom of which of the following elements has the highest electronegativity? a. K b. As c. Ba d. Si e. Br ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 373

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.5.1 - State the general periodic trends in the electronegativity.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: electronegativity | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 42. Which is the correct increasing order of electronegativity for the following elements? a. F>O>N>C b. O>F>N>C c. C>N>O>F d. N>O>F>C e. F>C>N>O ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.5.1 - State the general periodic trends in the electronegativity.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: electronegativity | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 43. Which is the correct increasing order of electronegativity for the following elements? a. F>Br>I>Cl b. Cl>F>I>Br c. Br>Cl>I>F d. F>Cl>Br>I e. I>Br>F>Cl ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.5.1 - State the general periodic trends in the electronegativity.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: electronegativity | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 374

44. Which of the following concerning electronegativity is/are correct?

1. differences in element electronegativities might help to predict bonding-type; ionic or covalent, in a substance.

2. the larger the differences in electronegativity between two bonded atoms the more polar the bond.

3. the electrons in a polar bond tend to spend more time around the least electronegative element. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.5.2 - Determine relative bond polarity using electronegativity values.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: electronegativity | polar covalent bond | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 45. Which pair of elements would form a covalent bond that is the least polar? a. S and Li b. Al and N c. O and H d. O and F e. S and Cs ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.5.2 - Determine relative bond polarity using electronegativity values.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: electronegativity | polar covalent bond | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 46. Rank the following covalent bonds in order of decreasing polarity: C-H, N-H, O-H, F-H. a. F-H, O-H, N-H, C-H b. O-H, F-H, N-H, C-H c. N-H, F-H, O-H, C-H d. C-H, N-H, O-H, F-H e. C-H, F-H, O-H, N-H ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 375

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.5.2 - Determine relative bond polarity using electronegativity values.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: electronegativity | polar covalent bond | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 47. Which of the following bonds would be the least polar yet still be considered polar covalent? a. Mg-O b. C-O c. Si-O d. O-O e. N-O ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.5.2 - Determine relative bond polarity using electronegativity values.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | electronegativity | polar covalent bond OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 48. In which of the following species is there the greatest unequal sharing of the bonding electrons? a. SO3 b. SO32c. H2S d. H2O e. NH4+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 9.5.2 - Determine relative bond polarity using electronegativity values.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: electronegativity | polar covalent bond | understand OTHER: General Chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 376

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

49. The Lewis formula for phosphine, PH3, has a. four lone pairs b. four bonding pairs c. two bonding pairs and two lone pairs d. three bonding pairs and one lone pair e. one bonding pair and three lone pairs ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.6.1 - Draw the Lewis structure for a molecule, given its chemical formula.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Lewis dot formula | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 50. Which of the following concerning Lewis electron-dot formulae is/are incorrect?

1. a Lewis electron-dot formula (Lewis structure) is identical to a structural formula.

2. t he skeleton of a molecule need not be known to draw the correct Lewis electron-dot structure.

3. Lewis electron-dot formulae show the location of bonding and nonbonding electrons in 3-D space. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1, 2, and 3 e. 1,3 only ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.6.1 - Draw the Lewis structure for a molecule, given its chemical formula.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Lewis dot formula | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 51. What is the total number of valence electrons in N2O? a. 16 b. 17 c. 34 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 377

d. 11 e. 22 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.6.1 - Draw the Lewis structure for a molecule, given its chemical formula.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | Lewis dot formula OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 52. In the Lewis formula for difluorodiazene, N2F2, the total number of lone electron pairs around the two nitrogen atoms is a. 4 b. 0 c. 3 d. 1 e. 2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.6.1 - Draw the Lewis structure for a molecule, given its chemical formula.

TOPICS: bonding ionic bonding KEYWORDS: apply | Lewis dot formula OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 53. Which of the following Lewis formulas is incorrect? a. b. c.

d.

e.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 378

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.6.1 - Draw the Lewis structure for a molecule, given its chemical formula.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Lewis dot formula | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:32 AM 54. Which of the following is a correct Lewis electron-dot formula for H2SO4? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.6.1 - Draw the Lewis structure for a molecule, given its chemical formula.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: Lewis dot formula | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 379

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 12:35 AM -

55. Which one of the following has a Lewis formula most similar to that of NO ? a. O2 b. O22c. O2d. NO+ e. NO ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.6.1 - Draw the Lewis structure for a molecule, given its chemical formula.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: analyze | Lewis dot formula OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 56. The concept of resonance describes molecular structures a. that have several different geometric arrangements b. that have delocalized bonding c. that are formed from hybridized orbitals d. that have different molecular formulas e. that have electrons resonating ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.7.1 - Define delocalized bonding.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: remember | resonance OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 57. The delocalized bonding is defined as: a. electrons are shared equally between two atoms in a bond b. electrons are distributed on several atoms, not localized between two atoms c. electrons are transferred from one atom to another d. electrons are confined between two atoms only e. electrons form individual covalent bonds between specific pairs of atoms Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 380

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.7.1 - Define delocalized bonding.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: remember | resonance OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 58. The delocalized bonding involves which of the following molecules? a. H2O b. NO c. CH4 d. C6H6 e. NaCl ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.7.1 - Define delocalized bonding.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: resonance | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 59. The types of molecules in which delocalized bonding occurs are: a. non-resonant molecules b. molecules with resonance structures c. ionic compounds d. molecules in which covalent bonds are confined to specific atoms without resonance e. simple diatomic molecules ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.7.1 - Define delocalized bonding.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: remember | resonance Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 381

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

General Chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

60. In which of the following species is resonance most likely to occur? a.

b.

c.

d. e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 9.7.2 - Draw resonance structures of compounds, given the chemical formula.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | resonance OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:38 AM 61. For the resonance hybrid of the nitrite ion,

what is the average number of bonds between the nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom? a. 3/2 b. 1 c. 4/3 d. 2 e. 5/3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 382

REFERENCES: 9.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.7.2 - Draw resonance structures of compounds, given the chemical formula.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | resonance OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:40 AM 62. Which one of the following species is best described by writing three equivalent Lewis formulas? a. SO3 b. SF4 c. SO42d. SO32e. SOF4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.7.2 - Draw resonance structures of compounds, given the chemical formula.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | delocalization | resonance OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 63. For each of the following species except ____, the electronic structure may be adequately described by two resonance formulas. a. O3 b. SO32c. NO2d. C6H6 e. SO2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.7.2 - Draw resonance structures of compounds, given the chemical formula.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 383

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

bonding covalent bonding delocalization | resonance | understand general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM –

64. Which of the following are two appropriate resonance formulas for the acetate ion, CH3CO2 ? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 9.7.2 - Draw resonance structures of compounds, given the chemical formula.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 384

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

bonding covalent bonding delocalization | resonance | understand General Chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/6/2025 12:42 AM

65. Which of the following species represents an exception to the octet rule? a. SiO2 b. HBr c. SF4 d. PCl3 e. CO2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.8.1 - Identify exceptions to the octet rule.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: exceptions to the octet rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 66. The Lewis structure of a molecule has a high probability of violating the octet rule if 1. the molecule has an odd number of valence electrons.

2. the central atom is surrounded by more than four atoms or eight valence electrons.

3. the central atom is from Group 2A or 3A. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.8.1 - Identify exceptions to the octet rule.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: exceptions to the octet rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:43 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 385

67. In which of the following molecules is the octet rule violated? a. PF5 b. OF2 c. ClF d. PF3 e. SiF4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.8.1 - Identify exceptions to the octet rule.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: exceptions to the octet rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 68. The octet rule is violated by at least one atom in all the following compounds except a. SiF5b. SCl6 c. BrF5 d. SiF62e. NF3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.8.1 - Identify exceptions to the octet rule.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: exceptions to the octet rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 69. The Lewis formula of which species does not represent an exception to the octet rule? a. XeF2 b. SiF5c. ICl2d. BF3 e. ClF Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 386

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.8.1 - Identify exceptions to the octet rule.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: exceptions to the octet rule | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 70. Which species has the largest number of lone pairs of electrons around the central atom? a. XeF2 b. XeF6 c. XeOF4 d. XeF4 e. SiF62ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.8.1 - Identify exceptions to the octet rule.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | exceptions to the octet rule OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 71. In which of the following species is the octet rule violated by the central atom when the central atom has a formal charge of zero? a. SOCl2 b. CCl4 c. H2S d. PF3 e. N2F4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.9.1 - Use formal charges to determine the best Lewis structure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 387

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

bonding covalent bonding formal charge | understand General Chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

72. What is the correct Lewis dot formula for sulfuric acid, H2SO4, that minimizes formal charge? a.

b.

c. d.

e.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.9.1 - Use formal charges to determine the best Lewis structure.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: formal charge | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:46 AM -

73. What is the formal charge on the chlorine atom in the chlorate ion, ClO3 , in the Lewis dot formula that minimizes formal charge? a. -2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 388

b. +1 c. 0 d. -1 e. +2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.9.1 - Use formal charges to determine the best Lewis structure.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | formal charge OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 2-

74. In the Lewis dot formula that minimizes formal charge, how many bonds are there in the tetrathionate ion, S4O6 ? a. 7 b. 9 c. 15 d. 11 e. 13 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.9.1 - Use formal charges to determine the best Lewis structure.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: analyze | formal charge OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 4-

75. Which Lewis dot formula for pyrophosphate, P2O7 , minimizes formal charge? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 389

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.9.1 - Use formal charges to determine the best Lewis structure.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | formal charge OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:48 AM 76. As the number of bonds between two carbon atoms increases, which of the following decrease(s)? a. only the bond length b. only the bond energy c. only the number of electrons between the carbon atoms d. both bond energy and bond length e. the number of electrons between the carbon atoms and bond energy ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 390

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.10.1 - Relate bond order and bond length.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: bond length | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 77. Which of the following statements is true? a. the triple bond in N2 has a smaller bond order and a smaller bond length than the single bond in F2 b. the triple bond in N2 has a larger bond order and a smaller bond length than the single bond in F2 c. the triple bond in N2 has a smaller bond order and a larger bond length than the single bond in F2 d. the triple bond in N2 has a larger bond order and a larger bond length than the single bond in F2 e. the triple bond in N2 and the single bond in F2 have the same bond order and the same bond length ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 9.10.1 - Relate bond order and bond length.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: bond order | understand OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 78. Which of the following species has the shortest bond distance? a. F2 b. Cl2 c. Br2 d. I2 e. H2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.10.1 - Relate bond order and bond length.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: analyze | bond length Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 391

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

General Chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

79. Which of the following diatomic species do you expect to have the longest bond length? a. O2+ b. O22c. O2 d. O2e. O22+ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.10.1 - Relate bond order and bond length.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | bond length OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 80. Which of the following is true of the periodic trends for atomic radii?

1. within a period, the covalent radius tends to decrease with increasing atomic number 2. within a group, the covalent radius tends to increase with the period number 3. within a period, the covalent radius tends to increase with increasing atomic number.

4. within a group, the covalent radius tends to decrease with the period number. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 1 and 2 d. 3 only e. 3 and 4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.10.1 - Relate bond order and bond length.

TOPICS: Bond Length and Bond Order KEYWORDS: bond length | remember OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 81. Using bond-energy data, what is ΔH° for the following reaction?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 392

CH4(g) + 2 F2(g) → CF4(g) + 2 H2(g) Bond Bond Energy (kJ/mol) C-H 413 H-H 432 F-F 159 C-F 485 a. -834 kJ b. 561 kJ c. 834 kJ d. 1489 kJ e. -561 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.11.1 - Estimate ∆H from bond enthalpies.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | bond energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:49 AM 82. Using bond-energy data, what is ΔH° for the following reaction?

CH3OH(g) + H2S(g) → CH3SH(g) + H2O(g) Bond Bond Energy (kJ/mol) C-H 413 C-O 358 O-H 463 C-S 259 S-H 339 a. -29 kJ b. -24 kJ c. 25 kJ d. -2767 kJ e. 2738 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.11.1 - Estimate ∆H from bond enthalpies.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | bond energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:50 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 393

83. Based on the following data, what is the I-I bond energy?

H2(g) +

I2(g) → HI(g); ΔH = 26.36 kJ

Bond Bond Energy (kJ/mol) H-H 435 H-I 295 a. 365 kJ/mol b. 208 kJ/mol c. -208 kJ/mol d. -155 kJ/mol e. 155 kJ/mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.11.1 - Estimate ∆H from bond enthalpies.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | bond energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:51 AM 84. Based on the following data, what is the bond energy of the C=C bond in 1,1-difluoroethylene, CF2CH2?

CH4(g) → C(g) + 4 H(g); ΔH = 1656 kJ CF4(g) → C(g) + 4 F(g); ΔH = 1756 kJ CF2CH2(g) → 2 C(g) + 2 H(g) + 2 F(g); ΔH = 2317 kJ a. 611 kJ/mol b. 845 kJ/mol c. 820 kJ/mol d. 1706 kJ/mol e. 1910 kJ/mol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.11.1 - Estimate ∆H from bond enthalpies.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | bond energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:52 AM 85. Use the bond energies provided to complete the following statement.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 394

________ when all of the bonds in acetic acid (CH3COOH) are broken.

Bond Bond Energy (kJ/mol) C-H 413 C-O 358 O-H 463 C=O 745 C-C 348 C=C 614 a. 3153 kJ/mol of energy is consumed b. 3153 kJ/mol of energy is released c. 2805 kJ/mol of energy is released d. 2805 kJ/mol of energy is consumed e. 2766 kJ/mol of energy is consumed ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 9.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.9.11.1 - Estimate ∆H from bond enthalpies.

TOPICS: bonding covalent bonding KEYWORDS: apply | bond energy OTHER: General Chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:53 AM

1. What is the electron geometry (or electron arrangement) around an atom in a molecule or ion which is surrounded by three lone pairs of electrons and one single bond. a. tetrahedral b. trigonal pyramidal c. trigonal planar d. bent e. linear ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.1 - Explain the difference between electron-pair geometry and molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 2. What is the electron geometry (or electron arrangement) around an atom in a molecule or ion which is surrounded by three lone pairs of electrons and two single bonds.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 395

a. trigonal bipyramidal b. see-saw or distorted tetrahedron c. T-shaped d. linear e. trigonal planar ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.1 - Explain the difference between electron-pair geometry and molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 3. What is the electron geometry (or electron arrangement) around an atom in a molecule or ion which is surrounded by zero lone pairs of electrons and six single bonds. a. octahedral b. square pyramidal c. square planar d. bent e. linear ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.1 - Explain the difference between electron-pair geometry and molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 4. In phosgene, COCl2, the electron groups are located about the central carbon atom in a ______________ arrangement. a. square planar b. trigonal bipyramidal c. pyramidal d. trigonal planar e. tetrahedral ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 396

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.1 - Explain the difference between electron-pair geometry and molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: the valence-shell electron-pair repulsion model | trigonal planar arrangement | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM +

5. In the hydronium ion, H3O , the electron groups are arranged about the central oxygen atom in a a. tetrahedron. b. square plane. c. pyramid. d. trigonal plane. e. bent structure.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.1 - Explain the difference between electron-pair geometry and molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | tetrahedral arrangement | the valence-shell electron-pair repulsion model OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 6. In ClF3, the electron pairs are arranged about the chlorine atom in a. a square plane. b. a tetrahedron. c. an octahedron. d. a trigonal pyramid. e. a trigonal bipyramid.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.1 - Explain the difference between electron-pair geometry and molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: moderate | the valence-shell electron-pair repulsion model | trigonal bipyramidal arrangement OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 397

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

7. Which molecule or ion does not have a trigonal pyramidal molecular geometry? a. PO33b. SO32c. NI3 d. BF3 e. XeO3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.2 - Predict the molecular geometry of a molecule or ion using the valence - shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) model.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | tetrahedral arrangement | the valence-shell electron-pair repulsion model OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 8. What is the molecular geometry around an atom in a molecule or ion which is surrounded by one lone pair of electrons and three single bonds? a. trigonal pyramidal b. tetrahedral c. linear d. bent e. trigonal planar ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.2 - Predict the molecular geometry of a molecule or ion using the valence - shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) model.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 9. What is the molecular geometry around an atom in a molecule or ion which is surrounded by one lone pair of electrons and four single bonds? a. see-saw or distorted tetrahedron b. trigonal bipyramidal Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 398

c. linear d. T-shaped e. trigonal planar ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.2 - Predict the molecular geometry of a molecule or ion using the valence - shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) model.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 10. What is the molecular geometry around an atom in a molecule or ion which is surrounded by two lone pairs of electrons and four single bonds. a. square planar b. square pyramidal c. octahedral d. bent e. linear ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.2 - Predict the molecular geometry of a molecule or ion using the valence - shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) model.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply | the valence-shell electron-pair repulsion model OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 11. Which molecule or ion has the same molecular geometry for its central atom as the carbonate ion? a. H2CO b. AsCl3 c. PF3 d. CH3e. BrO3ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

a 1 10.1 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 399

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.2 - Predict the molecular geometry of a molecule or ion using the valence - shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) model.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | the valence-shell electron-pair repulsion model | trigonal planar arrangement OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 12. The molecule AX3, in which A is the central atom, is polar and obeys the octet rule; therefore, a. A has two lone pairs. b. A has one lone pair. c. A has no lone pairs. d. A has four bonding pairs. e. A has three lone pairs.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.2 - Predict the molecular geometry of a molecule or ion using the valence - shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) model.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: moderate | tetrahedral arrangement | the valence-shell electron-pair repulsion model OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM -

13. The molecular geometry of the nitrite ion, NO2 , is best described as a. pyramidal. b. trigonal pyramidal. c. bent. d. tetrahedral. e. trigonal planar.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.2 - Predict the molecular geometry of a molecule or ion using the valence - shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) model.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: the valence-shell electron-pair repulsion model | trigonal planar arrangement | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 400

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM 2-

14. What is the molecular geometry of the thiosulfate ion, S2O3 ? a. tetrahedral b. trigonal bipyramidal c. pyramidal d. bent e. square planar ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.2 - Predict the molecular geometry of a molecule or ion using the valence - shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) model.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply | tetrahedral arrangement | the valence-shell electron-pair repulsion model OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 15. Which molecule or ion is not planar? a. CO32b. Cl2CCCl2 c. HNNH d. H3O+ e. F2CO ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.2 - Predict the molecular geometry of a molecule or ion using the valence - shell electron-pair repulsion (VSEPR) model.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply | the valence-shell electron-pair repulsion model OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 16. The approximate CCO angle in acetone,

, is

a. 180° b. 90° c. 109° Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 401

d. 60° e. 120° ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.3 - Explain why the bond angles in some molecules deviate from the ideal values.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | bond angle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 1:08 AM +

17. The approximate H—C—H bond angle in CH3 is a. 60° b. 90° c. 120° d. 109° e. 180° ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.3 - Explain why the bond angles in some molecules deviate from the ideal values.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | bond angle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 18. The approximate H—C—C bond angle in ethane, C2H6, is a. 60° b. 180° c. 120° d. 109° e. 90° ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 402

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.3 - Explain why the bond angles in some molecules deviate from the ideal values.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | bond angle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 19. What is the predicted H—N—H bond angle in the ammonium ion? a. 109.5° b. 90° c. 180° d. 120° e. 45° ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.3 - Explain why the bond angles in some molecules deviate from the ideal values.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | bond angle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 20. What is the O—N—O bond angle in the nitrite ion? a. 90° b. 180° and 90° c. 180° d. 120° e. 109° ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.3 - Explain why the bond angles in some molecules deviate from the ideal values.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | bond angle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 403

21. What is the bond angle in a trigonal planar molecule or ion? a. 109° b. 180° c. 90° d. 72° e. 120° ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.3 - Explain why the bond angles in some molecules deviate from the ideal values.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | bond angle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 22. What is the C—C—H bond angle in H2CCO? a. 109° b. 180° c. 120° d. 144° e. 90° ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.3 - Explain why the bond angles in some molecules deviate from the ideal values.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply | bond angle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 23. What is the H—C—C bond angle in ethylene, H2CCH2? a. slightly less than 120° b. 90° c. 109° d. 120° e. 180° ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 404

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.3 - Explain why the bond angles in some molecules deviate from the ideal values.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply | bond angle OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 24. What is the H—O—H bond angle in water? a. 90° b. slightly less than 109° c. 180° d. 120° e. 109° ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.1.3 - Explain why the bond angles in some molecules deviate from the ideal values.

TOPICS: apply bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: apply | bond angle OTHER: bond angle DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 25. For which molecule or ion does the nitrogen atom have the positive end of the dipole moment? a. NH4+ b. CNc. NO d. HCN e. N2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.1 - Deduce whether a molecule has a dipole moment based on its molecular geometry.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 405

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

bonding molecular geometry analyze | dipole moment general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

26. Which of the following molecule is nonpolar? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.1 - Deduce whether a molecule has a dipole moment based on its molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | dipole moment OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 12:58 AM 27. Which of the following concerning molecular geometry and dipole moments is/are correct?

1. Only molecules with polar bonds may have a permanent dipole moment.

2. All molecules with polar bonds have a permanent dipole moment.

3. All square planar molecules are nonpolar. a. 1 only Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 406

b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2. - Deduce whether a molecule has a dipole moment based on its molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 28. Which of the following molecules does not have a permanent dipole moment? a. iodine trichloride, ICl3 b. nitrogen trifluoride, NF3 c. sulfur dioxide, SO2 d. carbon tetrachloride, CCl4 e. hydrogen fluoride, HF ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.1 - Deduce whether a molecule has a dipole moment based on its molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 29. Which of the following molecules has a dipole moment? a. PF5 b. FOOF c. HCCH d. F2CCF2 e. SF6 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

b 1 10.2 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 407

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.1 - Deduce whether a molecule has a dipole moment based on its molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | dipole moment OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 30. Which of the following compounds is nonpolar? a. H2S b. XeF2 c. SO2 d. N2O e. HCl ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.1 - Deduce whether a molecule has a dipole moment based on its molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | dipole moment OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 31. Which of the following statements best describes N2O? a. The molecular geometry is bent and the molecule is nonpolar. b. The molecular geometry is linear and the molecule is nonpolar. c. The molecular geometry is linear and the molecule is polar. d. The molecular geometry is trigonal planar and the molecule is nonpolar. e. The molecular geometry is bent and the molecule is polar.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.1 - Deduce whether a molecule has a dipole moment based on its molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: dipole moment | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 408

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM

32. Which of the following molecules is nonpolar? a. SF4 b. PF5 c. ClF3 d. PF3 e. CH2F2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.1 - Deduce whether a molecule has a dipole moment based on its molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | dipole moment OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 33. Which one of the following statements provides the best evidence that all the carbon compounds listed below have tetrahedral molecular geometries instead of square planar molecular geometries? a. Only one CH4 compound is known and it is nonpolar. b. Only one CH3F compound is known and it is polar. c. Only one CH2F2 compound is known and it is polar. d. Only one CF4 compound is known and it is nonpolar. e. Only one CHF3 compound is known and it is polar.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.1 - Deduce whether a molecule has a dipole moment based on its molecular geometry.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: dipole moment | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 34. How does the polarity of a molecule affect its boiling point? a. Polar molecules have lower boiling points due to weaker intermolecular forces. b. Polar molecules have higher boiling points due to stronger intermolecular forces.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 409

c. Polarity has no effect on boiling point. d. Polar molecules have the same boiling points as nonpolar molecules. e. Polar molecules have lower boiling points due to stronger intermolecular forces.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.2 - Describe how the polarity of a molecule can affect certain properties, such as boiling point.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | dipole moment OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 35. Why does water have a higher boiling point than methane, even though they have similar molecular weights? a. Water molecules are larger than methane molecules. b. Water molecules are nonpolar, while methane molecules are polar. c. Water molecules can form hydrogen bonds, while methane molecules cannot. d. Methane molecules have stronger London dispersion forces than water molecules. e. Methane is a hydrocarbon whereas water is an inorganic compound.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.2 - Describe how the polarity of a molecule can affect certain properties, such as boiling point.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | dipole moment OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 36. Which of the following substances is expected to have the lowest boiling point? a. HF b. HCl c. HBr d. HI e. H2 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

d 1 10.2 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 410

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.2 - Describe how the polarity of a molecule can affect certain properties, such as boiling point.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | dipole moment OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 37. Which of the following substances is expected to have the lowest boiling point? a. HF b. HCl c. HBr d. HI e. H2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.2.2 - Describe how the polarity of a molecule can affect certain properties, such as boiling point.

TOPICS: bonding molecular geometry KEYWORDS: analyze | dipole moment OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 3 1

38. When an atom in a molecule or ion is described as sp d hybridized, its molecular geometry is a. trigonal bipyramidal. b. trigonal planar. c. linear. d. tetrahedral. e. octahedral.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.3.1 - Describe the bonding of molecules using valence bond theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 411

39. How many sigma and pi bonds are in the molecule pictured below?

a. thirteen sigma bonds and one pi bond b. eleven sigma bonds and two pi bonds c. thirteen sigma bonds and two pi bonds d. eleven sigma bonds and five pi bonds e. five sigma bonds and eleven pi bonds ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.3.1 - Describe the bonding of molecules using valence bond theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:00 AM 40. What hybrid orbitals of sulfur are involved in the bonding in sulfur trioxide? a. sp2 b. sp2d c. sp3 d. sp3d2 e. sp ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.3.1 - Describe the bonding of molecules using valence bond theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | hybridization OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 41. What is the hybridization of Se in SeF6? a. sp3d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 412

b. sp3d2 c. sp2 d. sp e. sp3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.3.1 - Describe the bonding of molecules using valence bond theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: hybridization | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 42. What is the hybridization of Br in BrF3? a. sp3 b. sp c. sp3d2 d. sp2 e. sp3d ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.3.1 - Describe the bonding of molecules using valence bond theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: hybridization | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM –

43. What is the hybridization of I in IF4 ? a. sp2 b. sp c. sp3d d. sp3d2 e. sp3 ANSWER: POINTS:

d 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 413

REFERENCES: 10.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.3.1 - Describe the bonding of molecules using valence bond theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: hybridization | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 44. According to valence-bond theory, what is the hybridization scheme of the sulfur atom in SF4? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.3.1 - Describe the bonding of molecules using valence bond theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze | hybridization OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:03 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 414

45. Identify the true statement(s) about the valence bond theory.

1. The strength of a bond depends on the amount of overlap between the two orbitals of the bonding atoms.

2. The greater the overlap between two bonding atoms, the lesser the bond strength.

3. Orbitals bond in the directions in which they protrude or point to obtain maximum overlap. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.3.1 - Describe the bonding of molecules using valence bond theory.

TOPICS: Valence Bond Theory KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 46. Which of the following statements is/are true of hybrid orbitals?

1. They are orbitals used to describe bonding that are obtained by taking combinations of atomic orbitals of isolated atoms.

2. The number of hybrid orbitals formed is always less than the number of atomic orbitals used.

3. The geometric arrangements of hybrid orbitals are the same as those for electron pairs in the valence shell electron pair repulsion (VSEPR) model. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1 and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.3.1 - Describe the bonding of molecules using valence bond theory.

TOPICS: Valence Bond Theory KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 47. A π bond is the result of the a. overlap of two s orbitals. b. overlap of two p orbitals along their axes. c. sideways overlap of two parallel p orbitals.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 415

d. overlap of an s orbital and a p orbital. e. sideways overlap of two s orbitals.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.1 - Distinguish between s (sigma) bonds and p (pi) bonds.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: multiple bonding | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 48. Which of the following statements is true? a. A π bond is twice as strong as a single bond. b. A π bond results from the sideways overlap of hybridized orbitals. c. A double bond consists of a π bond and a σ bond. d. A π bond has cylindrical symmetry about the bonding axis. e. A π bond is twice as strong as a σ bond.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.1 - Distinguish between s (sigma) bonds and p (pi) bonds.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze | multiple bonding OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 49. Which of the labeled carbons (C1-C4) is/are sp-hybridized?

a. carbon three b. carbon one c. carbon two and four d. carbon two e. carbon one and three ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 416

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.1 - Distinguish between s (sigma) bonds and p (pi) bonds.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:04 AM 50. What is the hybridization of the nitrogen atom in the nitrite ion? a. sp3d b. sp3 c. s d. sp e. sp2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.1 - Distinguish between s (sigma) bonds and p (pi) bonds.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | multiple bonding OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 51. According to valence-bond theory, the bonding in ketene, H2CCO, is best described as a. five π bonds. b. three σ bonds and two π bonds. c. four σ bonds and two π bonds. d. four σ bonds and one π bond. e. five σ bonds.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.1 - Distinguish between s (sigma) bonds and p (pi) bonds.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | multiple bonding OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 417

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM

52. Which of the following concerning σ and π bonds is/are correct?

1. Sigma bonds may only be formed from unhybridized orbitals.

2. Pi bonds are formed from unhybridized p orbitals.

3. A pi bond has an electron distribution above and below the bond axis. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.1 - Distinguish between s (sigma) bonds and p (pi) bonds.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze NOTES: REVISED DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 53. Which of the following concerning σ and π bonds is/are correct?

1. A sigma bond may be formed from the sideways overlap of two parallel p orbitals.

2. No more than two pi bonds are possible between adjacent carbon atoms.

3. The considerable energy required to rotate pi bonded atoms is the primary reason for geometrical isomerism in some pi bonded molecules. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.1 - Distinguish between s (sigma) bonds and p (pi) bonds.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 54. Which molecule or ion does not contain two π bonds? a. HCCH b. H2CCCH2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 418

c. NOd. CS2 e. SCNANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.1 - Distinguish between s (sigma) bonds and p (pi) bonds.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | multiple bonding OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 55. Which of the following statements is/are true of a sigma bond?

1. A sigma bond has a cylindrical shape about the bond axis.

2. A sigma bond is formed when two s orbitals overlap.

3. A sigma bond is formed by the sideways overlap of two parallel p orbitals. a. 2 only b. 3 only c. 1 and 2 d. 2 and 3 e. 1 only ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.1 - Distinguish between s (sigma) bonds and p (pi) bonds.

TOPICS: Description of Multiple Bonding KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 56. Which of the following compounds is/are trans isomers?

I.

II.

III.

a. I only b. II only c. III only d. I and III only Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 419

e. I, II and III ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.2 - Explain geometric, or cis-trans, isomers in terms of the p-bond description of a double bond.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | multiple bonding OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:06 AM 57. Which of the following compounds is/are cis isomers?

I.

II.

III.

a. I only b. II only c. III only d. I and III only e. I, II and III ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.2 - Explain geometric, or cis-trans, isomers in terms of the p-bond description of a double bond.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | multiple bonding OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:08 AM 58. What is the correct name of the below compound?

a. cis-2-butene b. cis-3-butene Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 420

c. trans-3-butene d. trans-2-butene e. cis-2-pentene ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.2 - Explain geometric, or cis-trans, isomers in terms of the p-bond description of a double bond.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | multiple bonding OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:09 AM 59. What is the correct name of cis and trans 2-butenedioic acid? a. Citric acid and Lactic acid b. Maleic acid and Tartaric acid c. Malonic acid and Fumaric acid d. Fumaric acid and Maleic acid e. Maleic acid and Fumaric acid ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.4.2 - Explain geometric, or cis-trans, isomers in terms of the p-bond description of a double bond.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | multiple bonding OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 60. If four orbitals on one atom overlap four orbitals on a second atom, how many molecular orbitals will form? a. 4 b. 16 c. 1 d. 8 e. none of these ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 421

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.5.1 - Compare valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | molecular orbital theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 61. Which of the following statements is/are true?

1. Electrons are never found in an antibonding molecular orbital.

2. Antibonding molecular orbitals have electron density mainly outside the space between the two nuclei.

3. All antibonding molecular orbitals are higher in energy than the atomic orbitals of which they are composed. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.5.1 - Compare valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze | molecular orbital theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM +

62. The nitrosyl ion, NO , has ten bonding electrons and four antibonding electrons. Therefore, it has a bond order of a. 1. b. 5/2. c. 7. d. 2. e. 3.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.5.1 - Compare valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | bond order | molecular orbital theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 422

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM

63. Which of the following species has(have) a bond order of 2?

1. NO 2. O2 3. O2 a. 1 only b. 3 only c. 2 only d. 1 and 3 e. 1 and 2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.5.1 - Compare valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding characteristics KEYWORDS: apply | bond order | molecular orbital theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 64. Which of the following species has a bond order of 2.5? a. N2 b. NO+ c. CO d. O2+ e. NOANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.5.1 - Compare valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | bond order | molecular orbital theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 65. Which molecule or ion has a bond order of 2.5? a. O2 b. O2+ Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 423

c. NOd. O22e. O2ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.5.1 - Compare valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | bond order | molecular orbital theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 66. Which of the following species has(have) a bond order of 1?

1. HF 2− 2. O2 2+ 3. O2 a. 1 only b. 3 only c. 1 and 2 d. 2 and 3 e. 2 only ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.5.1 - Compare valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | bond order | molecular orbital theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM +

67. Given the molecular orbital diagram for dihydrogen (H2) below, what would be the bond order of He2 ?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 424

a. b. c. 1 d. 0 e. 2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.5.1 - Compare valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:11 AM 68. Which of the following statements is not correct? a. Hybrid orbitals are made by the combination of atomic orbitals on a given atom. b. In both valence bond theory and molecular orbital theory bonding result from the overlap of occupied atomic orbitals. c. Valence bond theory does not account for the experimentally observed paramagnetism of molecules like O2. d. Pi bonds may be formed from s or p orbital overlap. e. In molecular orbital theory a molecular orbital may encompass more than two atoms.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.1 - Draw the molecular orbital diagram of a homonuclear diatomic molecule.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze | molecular orbital theory OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 425

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

69. Given the molecular orbital diagram, excluding the K shells below. Identify the molecule or ion.

a. N2 b. O2 c. B2 d. O2e. O2+ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.1 - Draw the molecular orbital diagram of a homonuclear diatomic molecule.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze NOTES: REVISED DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:12 AM 70. Which molecule or ion has the highest bond order? a. F2– Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 426

b. O2 c. O22– d. N2 e. F2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.1 - Draw the molecular orbital diagram of a homonuclear diatomic molecule.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: apply | diatomic molecule OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 71. The configuration (σ2s)2(σ2s*)2(π2py)1(π2px)1 is the molecular orbital description for the ground state of a. C2 b. B2 c. Be2 d. Li2+ e. B22– ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.1 - Draw the molecular orbital diagram of a homonuclear diatomic molecule.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze | diatomic molecule OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 72. Which molecule or ion has the shortest bond distance? a. NO+ b. CO+ c. NO d. NOe. COANSWER:

a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 427

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.2 - Describe how the molecular orbital diagram of a heteronuclear diatomic molecule differs from that of a homonuclear diatomic molecule.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze | diatomic molecule OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 73. In the molecular orbital description of CO, a. six molecular orbitals contain electrons. b. there are two unpaired electrons. c. the bond order is 3. d. the highest-energy electrons occupy antibonding orbitals. e. All of the above are false.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.2 - Describe how the molecular orbital diagram of a heteronuclear diatomic molecule differs from that of a homonuclear diatomic molecule.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze | diatomic molecule OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 74. Which of the following statements about the molecule O2 is false? a. Its bond order is 2. b. The total number of electrons is 12. c. It is paramagnetic. d. It has two pi bonds. e. It has one sigma bond.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.2 - Describe how the molecular orbital diagram of a heteronuclear diatomic molecule differs from that of a homonuclear diatomic molecule.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 428

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

analyze | diatomic molecule general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

75. Which molecule or ion is paramagnetic? a. NO2+ b. OCNc. NO2d. NO e. SO3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.2 - Describe how the molecular orbital diagram of a heteronuclear diatomic molecule differs from that of a homonuclear diatomic molecule.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze | diatomic molecule OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 76. Given the molecular orbital diagram for dinitrogen (N2) excluding the K shells below, which of the following molecules or ions is expected to be diamagnetic?

a. C22b. O2 c. B2 d. O2e. O2+ ANSWER: POINTS:

a 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 429

REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.3 - Use a molecular orbital diagram to explain the properties of a molecule such as its magnetism or bond strength.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze NOTES: REVISED DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:13 AM 77. Given the molecular orbital diagram for dinitrogen (N2) excluding the K shells below and assuming all species have a similar ordering of their MO’s, which of the following would be expected to be diamagnetic?

a. O2 b. F2c. O22d. B2 e. Li2+ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.3 - Use a molecular orbital diagram to explain the properties of a molecule such as its magnetism or bond strength.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze NOTES: REVISED DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:14 AM +

2+

–

78. Consider the following series of molecular ions and molecules: F2 , F2 , F2, and F2 . Which will have the shortest bond length between the fluorine atoms? Assume the homonuclear molecular orbital diagram provided below for nitrogen (excluding the K shells) still applies to these species.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 430

a. F2+ b. The bond lengths are all equivalent. c. F22+ d. F2 e. F2ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.3 - Use a molecular orbital diagram to explain the properties of a molecule such as its magnetism or bond strength.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze | diatomic molecule OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:15 AM 79. Which of the following electron distributions among the molecular orbitals best describes the NO molecule? σ2s σ2s* π2py=π2px σ2pz π2py*=π2px* σ2pz* a. 2 2 4 1 3 0 b. 2 2 4 2 4 1 c. 2 2 4 2 1 0 d. 2 2 4 2 2 0 e. 2 2 4 2 4 2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.6.3 - Use a molecular orbital diagram to explain the properties of a molecule such as its magnetism or bond strength.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: analyze | diatomic molecule Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 431

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/6/2025 1:16 AM

80. Which of the following statements concerning ozone is incorrect? a. It is generated by passing an electrical discharge through oxygen. b. It has a partial double-bond character. c. It is a nonpolar molecule. d. It is an important absorber of ultraviolet radiation in the stratosphere. e. It has a bond angle similar to that predicted for sp2 hybridization.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.7.1 - Describe the delocalized bonding in molecules such as O3.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: molecular orbital and delocalized bonding | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 81. Which of these statements about benzene is true? a. Benzene is an example of a molecule that displays ionic bonding. b. Benzene contains only π bonds between C atoms. c. All carbon atoms in benzene are sp3 hybridized. d. The bond order of each C—C bond in benzene is 1.5. e. All of these statements are false.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.7.1 - Describe the delocalized bonding in molecules such as O3.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: molecular orbital and delocalized bonding | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 82. The following statements concern molecules that require resonance. Which is true? a. The benzene molecule is best described by the MO theory. b. The sigma bonding is clearly delocalized. c. Both the sigma bonding and the pi bonding are delocalized. d. The benzene molecule is best described by the localized electron model.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 432

e. The pi bonding is clearly delocalized.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.7.1 - Describe the delocalized bonding in molecules such as O3.

TOPICS: bonding bonding theories KEYWORDS: molecular orbital and delocalized bonding | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 83. Identify the true statement(s) about the molecular orbital theory.

1. The molecular orbital theory requires two or more resonance formulas to describe the bonding in molecules.

2. The molecular orbital theory describes the bonding in molecules in terms of a single electron configuration.

3. The molecular orbital theory describes molecules with delocalized bonding. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 1 and 3 d. 2 and 3 e. 3 only ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 10.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.10.7.1 - Describe the delocalized bonding in molecules such as O3.

TOPICS: Molecular Orbitals and Delocalized Bonding KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

1. Which of the following statements concerning liquids is incorrect? a. The volume of a liquid changes minimal with pressure b. Liquids are relatively incompressible c. Liquid molecules move slowly compared to solids d. Non-volatile liquids have low vapor pressures at room temperature e. The molecules of a liquid are in constant random motion ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.1.1 - Compare a gas, a liquid, and a solid using a kinetic-molecular theory Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 433

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

description. phases liquid properties of liquids | remember general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

2. Which of the following statements concerning solids, liquids, and gases is/are correct?

1. The close contact of the particles in a solid prevents all possible motion, including vibrational motion 2. Liquids and gases are both considered fluids 3. The postulate from kinetic-molecular theory that the particles in a gas are in Constant random motion is equally applicable to liquids, except the particles are more tightly packed in a gas a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.1.1 - Compare a gas, a liquid, and a solid using a kinetic-molecular theory description.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: properties of liquids | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 3. In what ways does the van der Waals equation enhance the ideal gas law? a. Gas particles are tiny and widely spaced, with minimal intermolecular forces. b. Gas particles are relatively large and experience strong intermolecular forces. c. Gas particles are held in fixed positions, reducing their movement. d. Gas particles are highly compressed, resulting in significant intermolecular forces. e. Gas particles are not in fixed positions, maximizing motion.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.1.1 - Compare a gas, a liquid, and a solid using a kinetic-molecular theory description.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: properties of liquids | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 434

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

4. What differentiates a liquid from a solid based on the kinetic-molecular theory? a. Liquids consist of particles that can move freely in relation to one another. b. Liquids contain particles that are stationary and only vibrate in place. c. Liquids possess rigid structures and cannot be compressed. d. Liquids exhibit very strong intermolecular forces that limit particle movement. e. Liquids exhibit very weak intermolecular forces that enhance the particle movement.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.1.1 - Compare a gas, a liquid, and a solid using a kinetic-molecular theory description.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: properties of liquids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5. Enough of a volatile liquid is placed in a closed container to achieve a liquid-vapor equilibrium. Which of the following statements regarding this system is/are correct once equilibrium is established?

1. The rate of condensation is equal to the rate of evaporation.

2. The fraction of molecules with enough energy to escape the liquid surface depends on the liquid surface area.

3. The vapor pressure is independent of the temperature. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.1 - Explain how equilibrium between two or more phases is reached. .

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: understand | vapor pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 6. If more ice is added to an ice-water mixture at equilibrium, a. the temperature will increase somewhat Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 435

b. the vapor pressure of the water will decrease c. the temperature will decrease somewhat d. the vapor pressure of the water will rise e. the vapor pressure of the water will remain constant ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.1 - Explain how equilibrium between two or more phases is reached. .

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: understand | vapor pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 7. Which of the following involves a change in temperature during the phase transition? a. Condensation of water b. Liquefaction of ammonia c. Fusion of ethanol d. Evaporation of water e. Sublimation of water ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.1 - Explain how equilibrium between two or more phases is reached. .

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: understand | vapor pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 8. Which of the following is true about the melting and freezing rates, when a solid and its liquid phase are in equilibrium? a. The melting rate is greater than the freezing rate b. The freezing rate is greater than the melting rate c. The melting and freezing rates are the same d. There is no particle movement between the phases e. There is movement of particles present between the phases ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 436

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.1 - Explain how equilibrium between two or more phases is reached. .

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: understand | vapor pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 9. The enthalpy of fusion of aluminum is 10.7 kJ/mol. How many grams of aluminum can be melted by adding 81.4 kJ of energy to the metal at its melting point? a. 205 g b. 20.5 g c. 2.05 g d. 81.4g e. 10.7 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2` QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.2 - Calculate the heat required for a phase change of a given mass of substance.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: understand | vapor pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 10. Assume 12,500 J of energy is added to 2.0 moles (36 grams) of H2O as an ice sample at 0°C. The molar heat of fusion is 6.02 kJ/mol. The specific heat of liquid water is 4.18 J/g °C. The molar heat of vaporization is 40.6 kJ/mol. The resulting sample contains which of the following? a. water and water vapor b. ice and water c. only water d. only water vapor e. only ice ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.11.2.2 - Calculate the heat required for a phase change of a given mass of substance.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: apply | phase transition enthalpy change OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 437

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

11. How much heat is released at constant pressure if a 15.0-L tank containing 47.0 atm of hydrogen sulfide gas o o condenses at its boiling point of -60.0 C? The enthalpy of vaporization of hydrogen sulfide is 18.7 kJ/mol at -60.0 C. (R = 0.0821 L • atm/(K • mol)) a. 1.31 × 102 J b. 2.68 × 106 J c. 4.64 × 102 J d. 1.87 × 104 J e. 7.54 × 105 J ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.2 - Calculate the heat required for a phase change of a given mass of substance.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: apply | phase transition enthalpy change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:18 AM 12. What is the value of q when 8.29 g of water vaporizes at 373 K? The enthalpy of condensation of water at 373 K is 40.7 kJ/mol. a. -337 kJ b. -18.7 kJ c. 18.7 kJ d. 337 kJ e. 8.29kJ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.2 - Calculate the heat required for a phase change of a given mass of substance.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: apply | phase transition enthalpy change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 13. A particular compound has an enthalpy of vaporization of 28400 J/mol. At 274 K it has a vapor pressure of 122 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 438

mmHg. What is its vapor pressure at 311 K? (R = 8.31 J/(K· mol)) a. 117 mmHg b. 262 mmHg c. 27.6 mmHg d. 538 mmHg e. 126 mmHg ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.3 - Relate the heat of vaporization of a liquid, ¬ Hvap, to its vapor pressures at different temperatures.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: apply | Clausius-Clapeyron equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:19 AM 14. A liquid has an enthalpy of vaporization of 29.1 kJ/mol. At 274 K it has a vapor pressure of 103 mmHg. What is the normal boiling point of this liquid? (R = 8.31 J/(K· mol)) a. 294 K b. 325 K c. 274 K d. 257 K e. 237 K ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.3 - Relate the heat of vaporization of a liquid, ¬ Hvap, to its vapor pressures at different temperatures.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: apply | Clausius-Clapeyron equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:19 AM 15. In a certain mountain range, water boils at 94°C. What is the atmospheric pressure under these conditions? The enthalpy of vaporization of water at 100°C is 40.7 kJ/mol. (R = 8.31 J/(K · mol)) a. 750 mmHg b. 324 mmHg c. 613 mmHg d. 941 mmHg e. 329 mmHg Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 439

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.3 - Relate the heat of vaporization of a liquid, ¬ Hvap, to its vapor pressures at different temperatures.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: apply | Clausius-Clapeyron equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:19 AM 16. Knowing that ΔHvap for water is 40.7 kJ/mol, calculate Pvap of water at 37°C. a. 52.7 torr b. 25.4 torr c. 18.7 torr d. 12.4 torr e. 6.90 torr ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.2.3 - Relate the heat of vaporization of a liquid, ¬ Hvap, to its vapor pressures at different temperatures.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: apply | Clausius-Clapeyron equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:20 AM 17. Which of the following statements concerning the accompanying phase diagram is false?

a. The solid is denser than the liquid b. Point C is the critical point of the substance Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 440

c. Point A is the triple point of the substance d. The normal boiling point is above the triple point e. The curve AD divides the solid region from the gas region ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.3.1 - Sketch the phase diagram of a typical substance, given the triple point, normal melting and boiling points, and critical temperature and pressure.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: apply | phase diagram OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:20 AM 18. Below is a phase diagram for a substance.

What is the name for point X on the diagram? a. boiling point b. normal boiling point c. triple point d. melting point e. critical point ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.3.1 - Sketch the phase diagram of a typical substance, given the triple point, normal melting and boiling points, and critical temperature and pressure.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: phase diagram | triple point | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:21 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 441

19. Below is a phase diagram for a substance.

Which line represents the melting-point curve of the substance? a. R-X b. S-X c. X-Z d. S-Z e. M-N ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.3.1 - Sketch the phase diagram of a typical substance, given the triple point, normal melting and boiling points, and critical temperature and pressure.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: melting-point curve | phase diagram | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:22 AM 20. Below is a phase diagram for a substance.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 442

Which of the following molecules matches with the given phase diagram? a. Carbon dioxide b. Water c. Sulfur d. Sulfur dioxide e. Methane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.3.1 - Sketch the phase diagram of a typical substance, given the triple point, normal melting and boiling points, and critical temperature and pressure.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: phase diagram | Understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:23 AM 21. Below is a phase diagram for a substance.

Which of the following molecules matches with the given phase diagram? a. CO2 b. S8 c. H2O d. SO2 e. CH4 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

b 1 11.3 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 443

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.3.1 - Sketch the phase diagram of a typical substance, given the triple point, normal melting and boiling points, and critical temperature and pressure.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: phase diagram | Understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:24 AM 22. Given the accompanying phase diagram, under what conditions will solid be found in equilibrium with either liquid or gas?

a. Anywhere along curve AB. b. Anywhere along curve AC. c. Anywhere along curve AD. d. Anywhere along curve AB and AD. e. Anywhere along curve AC and AD. ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.3.2 - Using a phase diagram or related data, predict the phase of a substance or the phase changes it undergoes, given initial and final conditions.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: phase diagram | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:25 AM 23. From a consideration of the phase diagram below, a change from point M to point N corresponds to

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 444

a. sublimation. b. liquefaction. c. evaporation. d. condensation. e. freezing.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.3.2 - Using a phase diagram or related data, predict the phase of a substance or the phase changes it undergoes, given initial and final conditions.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: phase diagram | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:26 AM 24. If the liquid of a pure substance has a lower density than the solid, what is the effect on the pressure-temperature phase diagram? a. The vapor-pressure curve arches upward b. The normal melting point is above room temperature c. The melting-point curve has a negative slope d. The vapor-pressure curve arches downward e. The melting-point curve has a positive slope ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.3.2 - Using a phase diagram or related data, predict the phase of a substance or the phase changes it undergoes, given initial and final conditions.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: melting-point curve | phase diagram | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 445

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

25. If a material's temperature decreases from 90°C to 40°C while the pressure remains constant at 1 atm, which phase change occurs according to the phase diagram? a. Melting b. Freezing c. Sublimation d. Condensation e. Vaporization ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.3.2 - Using a phase diagram or related data, predict the phase of a substance or the phase changes it undergoes, given initial and final conditions.

TOPICS: phases phase transitions KEYWORDS: melting-point curve | phase diagram | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 26. Which explanation best describes surface tension? a. Molecules at the surface of a liquid experience a net force towards the liquid's interior b. Molecules at the edges of a liquid adhere to the surface of the liquid's container c. Molecules of a liquid tend to form a concave meniscus d. Molecules of a liquid tend to resist flow e. Molecules of a liquid have a very low vapor pressure ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.4.1 - Describe three properties of liquids.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: properties of liquids | remember | surface tension OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 27. If the diameter of a spherical water droplet is 100.0 μm, how much energy is required to increase the diameter of the -3 2 water droplet by 5.0 μm? The surface tension of water is 1.0 × 10 J/m . a. 3.1 × 10-11 J b. 3.0 × 10-12 J Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 446

c. 7.9 × 10-14 J d. 1.5 × 10-11 J e. 4.2 × 10-11 J ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.4. - Describe three properties of liquids..

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: apply | properties of liquids | surface tension OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 28. Which is the best reason for why water in a glass capillary has a concave meniscus, while mercury in a glass capillary has a convex meniscus? a. Mercury has a greater dispersion force than water b. The water is attracted more strongly to the glass than the mercury is attracted to the glass c. The mercury is attracted more strongly to the glass than the water is attracted to the glass d. Water is a molecular compound while mercury is a metallic element e. Water has a greater dispersion force than mercury ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.4.1 - Describe three properties of liquids.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: properties of liquids | surface tension | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 29. Which of the following concerning surface tension and viscosity is/are correct?

1. A molecule at the surface of a liquid experiences a net attractive force toward the interior of the liquid 2. The surface tension of a liquid is unaffected by substances dissolved in the liquid 3. The viscosity of a liquid is determined in part by the strength of intermolecular forces a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1 and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 447

REFERENCES: 11.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.4.1 - Describe three properties of liquids.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: properties of liquids | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:27 AM 30. Which of the following compounds has the highest normal boiling point? a. CH3CH2CH2CH3 b. CH3Cl c. CH3CH2OH d. CH3OCH3 e. CH3CH2CH3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.1 - Compare London forces, dipole–dipole forces, and hydrogen bonding interactions.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: hydrogen bonding | intermolecular forces | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 31. Sulfur trioxide (SO3) is able to be liquefied at low temperatures due to which intermolecular force? a. ionic bonding b. covalent bonding c. hydrogen bonding d. dipole–dipole e. London dispersion ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.1 - Compare London forces, dipole–dipole forces, and hydrogen bonding interactions.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: hydrogen bonding | intermolecular forces | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 448

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

32. Why does hydrogen fluoride have an unusually high normal boiling point compared to the other hydrogen halides? a. The H-F bond in hydrogen fluoride is very strong b. Hydrogen fluoride has very strong London dispersion forces c. Hydrogen fluoride is capable of forming hydrogen bonds d. Hydrogen fluoride is ionic e. Hydrogen fluoride is covalent ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.1 - Compare London forces, dipole–dipole forces, and hydrogen bonding interactions.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: hydrogen bonding | intermolecular forces | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 33. Rank the following molecules in order of increasing normal boiling point: CH3CH2OH, CH3CH2CH2OH, CH3CH2OCH3. a. lowest CH3CH2CH2OH, CH3CH2OCH3, CH3CH2OH highest b. lowest CH3CH2OH, CH3CH2OCH3, CH3CH2CH2OH highest c. lowest CH3CH2CH2OH, CH3CH2OH, CH3CH2OCH3 highest d. lowest CH3CH2OCH3, CH3CH2OH, CH3CH2CH2OH highest e. lowest CH3CH2OCH3, CH3CH2CH2OH, CH3CH2OH highest ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.1 - Compare London forces, dipole–dipole forces, and hydrogen bonding interactions.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: intermolecular forces | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 34. Which of the following concerning intermolecular forces is/are correct?

1. Intermolecular forces depend in part on the shape of a molecule.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 449

2. London forces contribute to the net forces of attraction found in all molecular solids and liquids.

3. Hydrogen bonding is a special category of dipole-dipole attractions. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.1 - Compare London forces, dipole–dipole forces, and hydrogen bonding interactions.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: intermolecular forces | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 35. Which of the following substances has the weakest intermolecular forces? a. I2 b. C8H18 c. SiH4 d. CH3CH2CH2CH2OH e. SbCl3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.2 - Identify the intermolecular forces that a substance can experience.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: apply | intermolecular forces OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 36. Which of the following best describes carbon dioxide (CO2) at room temperature and pressure? a. ionic solid b. nonpolar molecular gas c. metallic solid d. polar molecular gas e. covalent network solid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 450

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.2 - Identify the intermolecular forces that a substance can experience.

TOPICS: phases gas KEYWORDS: intermolecular forces | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 37. Which of the following pure substances may exhibit hydrogen bonding? a. CH3Cl b. CH3OCH3 c. H2CO d. N(CH3)3 e. H2NNH2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 11.5.2 - Identify the intermolecular forces that a substance can experience.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: hydrogen bonding | intermolecular forces | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 38. The strongest intermolecular forces present in a sample of pure I2 are a. London forces b. dipole–dipole forces c. metallic bonds d. covalent network bonds e. covalent bonds ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.2 - Identify the intermolecular forces that a substance can experience.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: intermolecular forces | London forces | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 451

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

39. The molecules in a sample of solid SO2 are attracted to each other by a combination of a. hydrogen bonding and ionic bonding b. covalent bonding and dipole-dipole interactions c. London forces and H-bonding d. London forces and dipole-dipole interactions e. dipole-dipole interactions and hydrogen bonding ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.2 - Identify the intermolecular forces that a substance can experience.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: intermolecular forces | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 40. Which of the following indicates the existence of strong intermolecular forces of attraction in a liquid? a. a very low critical temperature b. a very low boiling point c. a very low vapor pressure d. a very low viscosity e. a very low enthalpy of vaporization ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.3 - Use intermolecular forces to determine the relative vapor pressures of substances.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: intermolecular forces | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 41. Which of the following pure substances has the highest vapor pressure at room temperature? a. Si3H8 b. Si2H6 c. Si2Cl6 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 452

d. Si4H10 e. SiH4 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.3 - Use intermolecular forces to determine the relative vapor pressures of substances.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: apply | intermolecular forces | London forces OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 42. Which of the following pure substances has the highest standard enthalpy of vaporization at 25°C? a. H2O b. NH3 c. PH3 d. AsH3 e. SbH3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.3 - Use intermolecular forces to determine the relative vapor pressures of substances.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: apply | hydrogen bonding | intermolecular forces OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 43. At 25°C, the vapor pressure of diethyl ether, (CH3CH2)2O, is higher than the vapor pressure of its isomer n-butanol, CH3CH2CH2CH2OH, because a. diethyl ether has a higher density than n-butanol b. diethyl ether has weaker intermolecular forces than n-butanol c. diethyl ether has a lower critical temperature than n-butanol d. diethyl ether has a higher surface tension than n-butanol. e. diethyl ether has weaker intramolecular forces than n-butanol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 453

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.5.3 - Use intermolecular forces to determine the relative vapor pressures of substances.

TOPICS: phases liquid KEYWORDS: intermolecular forces | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 44. Which of the following best describes calcium hydride (CaH2) at room temperature and pressure? a. nonpolar molecular solid b. metallic solid c. ionic solid d. polar molecular solid e. covalent network solid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.6.1 - Identify the type of solid a substance forms based on the interactions among its particles.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: classification of solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 45. Which of the following is not a covalent network solid? a. diamond b. silicon carbide c. quartz d. iron e. graphite ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.6.1 - Identify the type of solid a substance forms based on the interactions among its particles.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: classification of solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 454

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

46. Which of the following is a molecular solid? a. NaCl b. CH4 c. SiO2 d. C(graphite) e. C(diamond) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.6.1 - Identify the type of solid a substance forms based on the interactions among its particles.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: classification of solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 47. Which of the following is an ionic solid? a. SiO2(s) b. Ne(s) c. Na(s) d. CsF(s) e. CO2(s) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.6.1 - Identify the type of solid a substance forms based on the interactions among its particles.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: classification of solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 48. Which of the following pure substances has the highest normal melting point? a. KF b. KI c. NaF Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 455

d. NaCl e. NaI ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.6.2 - Compare the properties of different types of solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: melting point | properties of solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 49. Which of the following pure substances has the lowest melting point? a. LiBr b. RbBr c. CsBr d. KBr e. NaBr ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.6.2 - Compare the properties of different types of solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: melting point | properties of solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 50. Which of the following pure substances is a solid at room temperature and pressure? a. NH3 b. PH3 c. SiH4 d. CH4 e. AlH3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.6.2 - Compare the properties of different types of solids.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 456

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

phases solid melting point | properties of solids | understand general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

51. A certain solid substance that is very hard, has a high melting point, and is nonconducting unless melted is most likely to be: a. CO2 b. I2 c. H2O d. NaCl e. Cu ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.6.2 - Compare the properties of different types of solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: properties of solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 52. A solid crystal of NaCl is a. soft, low melting, a poor electrical conductor b. soft, low melting, a good electrical conductor c. hard, high melting, a good electrical conductor d. hard, high melting, a poor electrical conductor e. soft, high melting, a poor electrical conductor ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.6.2 - Compare the properties of different types of solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: properties of solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 53. What is the main distinction between crystalline and amorphous solids? a. Crystalline solids are liquid at room temperature, while amorphous solids are solid.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 457

b. Crystalline solids are always opaque while amorphous solids are always transparent. c. Crystalline solids have an ordered structure; amorphous solids have a disordered structure. d. Amorphous solids have better electrical conductivity than crystalline solids. e. Only molten metals can form crystalline solids.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.1 - Compare crystalline and amorphous solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: crystalline solids | cubic unit cell | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 54. Which of the following is an example of an amorphous solid? a. quartz b. diamond c. rock d. calcite e. glass ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.1 - Compare crystalline and amorphous solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: crystalline solids | cubic unit cell | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 55. Which of the following is an example of a crystalline solid? a. polymer b. rubber c. glass d. sugar e. wax ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 458

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.1 - Compare crystalline and amorphous solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: crystalline solids | cubic unit cell | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 56. What is the arrangement of structural units in a crystalline solid? a. Only in two-dimensional planes b. Lacking any order c. Partially ordered with some randomness d. Random and disordered e. In a well-defined, repeating three-dimensional pattern ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.1 - Compare crystalline and amorphous solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: crystalline solids | cubic unit cell | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 57. For a given pure metal which of the following cubic unit cells would result in the highest metal density? a. It depends on the identity of the metal b. The density would be identical for all these cells if the edge length of each cell were the same c. A face-centered cubic cell d. A simple cubic cell e. A body-centered cubic cell ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.2 - Describe three types of cubic unit cells.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | crystalline solids | cubic unit cell OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 58. In any cubic lattice, an atom lying at the corner of a unit cell is shared equally by how many unit cells? a. 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 459

b. 16 c. 2 d. 4 e. 8 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.2 - Describe three types of cubic unit cells.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: crystalline solids | cubic unit cell | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 59. The space-filling representation of a crystalline potassium provided below is an example of a _____ unit cell, which contains the equivalent of_____ atom(s) within a single unit cell.

a. body centered cubic, 2 atoms b. face centered cubic, 4 atoms c. simple cubic, 1 atom d. body centered cubic, 4 atoms e. face centered cubic, 5 atoms ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.2 - Describe three types of cubic unit cells.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: crystalline solids | cubic unit cell | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:28 AM 60. How many atoms are there in a body-centered cubic unit cell of rubidium? a. 4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 460

b. 8 c. 6 d. 2 e. 1 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.2 - Describe three types of cubic unit cells.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 61. A metal crystallizes in a face-centered cubic lattice. The radius of the atom is 128 pm and the density of the element is 3 8.92 g/cm . How many atoms are there per unit cell? a. 4 b. 6 c. 8 d. 1 e. 2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.2 - Describe three types of cubic unit cells.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 62. What are the two primary types of defects present in crystals? a. Thermal expansion and mechanical stress. b. Lattice vacancies and surface defects c. Color changes and density variations d. Ionic defects and magnetic intervention e. Chemical impurities and lattice defects ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 461

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.3 - Describe the two kinds of crystal defects.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: crystalline solids | cubic unit cell | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 63. A lattice defect is best illustrated by: a. equal dispersal of cations and anions b. aluminum ions in aluminum oxide c. perfectly aligned planes in a crystal d. vacancies of sodium and chloride ions in sodium chloride e. chromium ions in a ruby crystal ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.3 - Describe the two kinds of crystal defects.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: crystalline solids | cubic unit cell | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 64. Yttrium barium copper oxide, YBa₂Cu₃O₇₋ₓ, has a changeable oxygen content because of the absence of oxygen atoms. What kind of defect does this indicate?? a. nonstoichiometric defect b. stoichiometric defect c. impurity defect d. surface defect e. line defect ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.3 - Describe the two kinds of crystal defects.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | crystalline solids | cubic unit cell OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 65. Which of the provided compounds can deviate from its idealized formula as a result of a lattice defect?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 462

a. Diamond b. Pure sodium chloride c. Quartz d. Pure aluminum oxide e. Iron(II) oxide ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.7.3 - Describe the two kinds of crystal defects.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: crystalline solids | cubic unit cell | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 66. How many atoms are there in a cubic close-packed unit cell of platinum? a. 4 b. 6 c. 1 d. 8 e. 2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.1 - Distinguish between hexagonal and cubic close-packed structures.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 67. Which stacking pattern leads to the formation of a hexagonal close-packed (hcp) structure? a. ACBACB b. AABBAA c. ABACAC d. ABCABC e. ABABAB ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 463

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.1 - Distinguish between hexagonal and cubic close-packed structures.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 68. Which stacking pattern leads to the formation of a cubic close-packed (ccp) structure? a. ACBACB b. AABBAA c. ABACAC d. ABCABC e. ABABAB ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.1 - Distinguish between hexagonal and cubic close-packed structures.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 69. What is the shape of the unit cell in a hexagonal close-packed (hcp) structure? a. square b. rectangular c. cubic d. hexagonal e. triangular ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.1 - Distinguish between hexagonal and cubic close-packed structures.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 70. Each atom in a body-centered lattice has a coordination number of _____.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 464

a. 12 b. 8 c. 15 d. 6 e. 20 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.2 - Determine the coordination number of an atom from a crystal structure.

TOPICS: Structures of Some Crystalline Solids KEYWORDS: metallic solid | remember | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 71. The coordination number of an atom in a simple cubic crystal structure is _____. a. 12 b. 8 c. 14 d. 6 e. 4 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 11.8.2 - Determine the coordination number of an atom from a crystal structure.

TOPICS: Structures of Some Crystalline Solids KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 72. Each atom in a face-centered lattice has a coordination number of ____. a. 12 b. 8 c. 4 d. 6 e. 10 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 465

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.2 - Determine the coordination number of an atom from a crystal structure.

TOPICS: Structures of Some Crystalline Solids KEYWORDS: metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 73. Each atom in a hexagonal closest packed (hcp) lattice has a coordination number of _____. a. 4 b. 8 c. 12 d. 16 e. 20 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.2 - Determine the coordination number of an atom from a crystal structure.

TOPICS: Structures of Some Crystalline Solids KEYWORDS: metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM -8

74. Lithium chloride crystallizes in a face-centered cubic structure. The unit cell length is 5.14 × 10 cm. The chloride ions are touching each other along the face diagonal of the unit cell. The lithium ions fit into the holes between the chloride ions. How many chloride ions are there in this unit cell? a. 4 b. 3 c. 1 d. 8 e. 2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.3 - Describe the three types of cubic structures of ionic solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | ionic solid | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 466

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

75. Which of the following accurately describes the positions of ions in a cesium chloride (CsCl) crystal structure? a. Chloride ions occupy the center, while cesium ions are positioned at the faces. b. Both cesium and chloride ions are located at the face-centered positions. c. Both cesium and chloride ions are positioned along the edges. d. Cesium ions are present at the corners, while chloride ions occupy the center. e. Chloride ions are present at the corners, while cesium ions occupy the center.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.3 - Describe the three types of cubic structures of ionic solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: ionic solid | structures of crystalline solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 76. In the sodium chloride crystal structure, the larger chloride ions are arranged in which type of pattern?? a. Body-centered cubic b. Simple cubic c. Face-centered cubic close-packed d. Tetrahedral arrangement e. Hexagonal close-packed ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.3 - Describe the three types of cubic structures of ionic solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | ionic solid | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 77. Which crystal structure is shown by cubic zinc sulfide? a. Tetrahedral close-packed structure b. Hexagonal close-packed structure c. Body-centered cubic structure d. Cesium chloride structure e. Sodium chloride (NaCl) structure Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 467

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.3 - Describe the three types of cubic structures of ionic solids.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | ionic solid | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 78. The bonding structure of a diamond is best described by that: a. diamond contains both covalent and metallic bonds in its structure. b. diamond consists of layers bound together by weak London forces. c. each carbon atom is linked to four other carbon atoms in a tetrahedral arrangement . d. each carbon atom is sp2 hybridized with delocalized electrons. e. each carbon atom makes three planar bonds with neighboring atoms.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.4 - Compare the covalent network structures of diamond and graphite TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 79. Which property of graphite is primarily due to the presence of delocalized electrons in its layers? a. High hardness b. Transparent c. High melting point d. Electricity conduction ability in between the layers e. Brittle nature ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.4 - Compare the covalent network structures of diamond and graphite TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 468

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

80. The weak attraction between the layers of graphite is caused by: a. ionic bonds linking the sheets b. delocalized π-bonds holding the layers together c. strong hydrogen bonds between layers d. London dispersion forces acting between layers e. covalent bonds between carbon atoms across layers ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.4 - Compare the covalent network structures of diamond and graphite TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 81. The electrical conductivity of diamond and graphite is best described by: a. diamond is a good conductor, while graphite is a bad conductor. b. Graphite conducts electricity within layers due to electron delocalization, while diamond does not conduct electricity. c. diamond and graphite both conduct electricity due to free electrons. d. diamond conducts electricity due to sp2 hybridization, while graphite does not conduct electricity. e. graphite and diamond are both good conductors due to their covalent bonds.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.8.4 - Compare the covalent network structures of diamond and graphite TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: metallic solid | structures of crystalline solids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 82. The metal palladium crystallizes in a face-centered cubic lattice with an edge length of 388.8 pm. What is the density of palladium? a. 0.751 g/cm3 b. 3 g/cm3 c. 1.5 g/cm3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 469

d. 6.01 g/cm3 e. 12 g/cm3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.9.1 - Relate unit-cell dimensions, density, and atomic mass, given the unit-cell type.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | calculations with unit cell dimensions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 83. A metal crystallizes in a face-centered cubic lattice. The radius of the atom is 128 pm and the density of the element is 3 8.92 g/cm . What is the identity of the metal? a. Ca b. Sr c. Ni d. Yb e. Cu ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.9.1 - Relate unit-cell dimensions, density, and atomic mass, given the unit-cell type.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 3

84. Nickel crystallizes in a face-centered cubic lattice. The density of the element is 8.91 g/cm . What is the volume of a single unit cell? a. 4.38 × 10–23 cm3 b. 3.47 × 10–21 cm3 c. 1.27 × 10–26 cm3 d. 1.09 × 10–23 cm3 e. 8.68 × 10–22 cm3 ANSWER: POINTS:

a 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 470

REFERENCES: 11.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.9.1 - Relate unit-cell dimensions, density, and atomic mass, given the unit-cell type.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:30 AM 85. Calcium crystallizes in a face-centered cubic lattice. The radius of calcium is 196 pm. What is the edge length of the unit cell? a. 554 pm b. 392 pm c. 784 pm d. 415 pm e. 196 pm ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.9.1 - Relate unit-cell dimensions, density, and atomic mass, given the unit-cell type.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: apply | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 86. Vanadium crystallizes in the body-centered cubic system. If the edge of the unit cell is 309 pm, what is the radius of a vanadium atom in picometers? a. 134 pm b. 536 pm c. 714 pm d. 618 pm e. 58 pm ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.11.9.1 - Relate unit-cell dimensions, density, and atomic mass, given the unit-cell type.

TOPICS: phases solid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 471

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | structures of crystalline solids general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

87. What is the simplest formula of the compound represented by the unit cell provided below?

a. AB2 b. AB3 c. AB d. A2B4 e. A2B6 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 11.9.1 - Relate unit-cell dimensions, density, and atomic mass, given the unit-cell type.

TOPICS: phases solid KEYWORDS: analyze | structures of crystalline solids OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:31 AM 88. Which of the following statements is/are true of constructive interference?

1. Two waves of the same wavelength undergo constructive interference when their peaks and troughs match.

2. The resultant wave after constructive interference has decreased intensity.

3. The resultant wave after constructive interference has increased intensity. a. 1 only b. 3 only c. 2 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1 and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 472

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 11.10.1 - Describe how constructive and destructive interference give rise to a diffraction pattern.

TOPICS: Determining Crystal Structure by X-ray Diffraction KEYWORDS: diffraction pattern | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 89. Identify the true statement(s) about destructive interference.

1. Two waves of the same wavelength undergo destructive interference when one wave’s peak matches with the other wave’s trough.

2. Two waves of the same wavelength undergo destructive interference when their peaks and troughs match.

3. The resultant wave after destructive interference has increased intensity. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 11.10.1 - Describe how constructive and destructive interference give rise to a diffraction pattern.

TOPICS: Determining Crystal Structure by X-Ray Diffraction KEYWORDS: diffraction pattern | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 90. What occurs due to constructive interference in X-ray diffraction? a. The intensity of the X-rays decreases. b. The wave amplitude becomes zero. c. The waves combine to produce a wave with increased intensity. d. The waves completely cancel each other out. e. The X-ray diffraction pattern becomes blurry.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 11.10.1 - Describe how constructive and destructive interference give rise to a diffraction pattern.

TOPICS: Determining Crystal Structure by X-ray Diffraction Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 473

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

diffraction pattern | understand general chemistry 5/5/2025 1:59 AM 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

91. How do constructive and destructive interference aid in analyzing the crystal structure through X-ray diffraction? a. Only constructive interference helps find the atomic positions. b. Only destructive interference affects the diffraction pattern, while constructive interference is not relevant for crystal analysis. c. Constructive interference helps determine the atomic mass, while destructive interference is used to find the crystal’s temperature. d. Constructive interference gives high-intensity peaks, while destructive interference creates low-intensity troughs, together allowing the determination of atomic positions and the size of the crystal lattice. e. Constructive interference gives low-intensity peaks, while destructive interference creates high-intensity troughs.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 11.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 11.10.1 - Describe how constructive and destructive interference give rise to a diffraction pattern.

TOPICS: Determining Crystal Structure by X-ray Diffraction KEYWORDS: analyze | diffraction pattern OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 1:59 AM

1. Which of the following concerning solutions is/are correct?

1. The solvent in a mixture of gases is generally considered to be the substance in greater amount.

2. The solid dissolved in a solution is known as the solute.

3. Solid solutions are called alloys. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.1.1 - Describe different types of solutions.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 474

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:01 AM

2. Which of the following concerning solutions is/are correct?

1. For a solution to form, the solvent and solute must be miscible.

2. A solution may be homogeneous or heterogeneous.

3. A colloid is a type of solution. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.1.1 - Describe different types of solutions.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 3. A(n) _____ is a homogeneous mixture of two or more substances, consisting of ions or molecules. a. solution b. suspension c. aerosol d. foam e. colloid ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.1.1 - Describe different types of solutions.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 4. Fluids that mix with or dissolve in each other in all proportions are said to be _____. a. immiscible fluids b. miscible fluids c. heterogeneous fluids d. divergent fluids e. suspension fluids ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 475

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.1.1 - Describe different types of solutions.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5. If two fluids do not mix but, rather, form two layers, they are said to be _____. a. immiscible b. miscible c. homogeneous d. identical e. uniform ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.1.1 - Describe different types of solutions.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 6. Dental-filling alloy is a solution of _____. a. liquid copper in solid brass b. liquid mercury in solid copper c. liquid copper in solid tungsten d. liquid sodium in solid potassium e. liquid mercury in solid silver ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.1.1 - Describe different types of solutions.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 7. Suppose a small amount of a solid is added to water and, after a short time, all the solid has dissolved. Which of the following statements is most likely to be true?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 476

a. The solution is supersaturated with solute. b. The solution is saturated with solute. c. The solution is unsaturated with solute. d. The solution is either unsaturated or supersaturated with solute. e. The solution is either saturated or supersaturated with solute.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.2.1 - Explain the difference among a saturated, an unsaturated, and a supersaturated solution.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze | saturated solution | solubility OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 8. Which of the following concerning solubility and the solution process is/are correct?

1. In a saturated solution of a substance, a solution of the substance is in equilibrium with the pure substance.

2. Dissolution of a solute stops once saturation of a solvent is achieved.

3. Solubility depends in part on the strength of solute-solute and solute-solvent Van der Waals forces. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.2.1 - Explain the difference among a saturated, an unsaturated, and a supersaturated solution.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 9. Which of the following concerning solubility and the solution process is/are correct?

1. Both hydration energies and lattice energies depend on the magnitude of the ion charges and the size of the ions.

2. An initially nonhomogeneous mixture of two miscible liquids, given enough time, will eventually form a solution as a result of random molecular motions.

3. The dissolution of ionic compounds in water depends only on the hydration energy of the ions. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 477

d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.2.1 - Explain the difference among a saturated, an unsaturated, and a supersaturated solution.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 10. Which of the following is an example of a supersaturated solution in everyday life? a. Vinegar b. Rock candy solution c. Lemon juice d. Soda water e. Green tea ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.2.1 - Explain the difference among a saturated, an unsaturated, and a supersaturated solution.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze | saturated solution | solubility OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 11. Which of the following sets of conditions favors maximum solubility of solute in solvent? a. The intermolecular forces between solute and solvent molecules are much weaker than the intermolecular forces between solute molecules, but much stronger than the intermolecular forces between solvent molecules. b. The intermolecular forces between solute and solvent molecules are much stronger than the intermolecular forces between solute molecules or the intermolecular forces between solvent molecules. c. The intermolecular forces between solute and solvent molecules are much stronger than the intermolecular forces between solvent molecules, but much weaker than the intermolecular forces between solute molecules. d. The intermolecular forces between solute and solvent molecules are much stronger than the intermolecular forces between solute molecules, but much weaker than the intermolecular forces between solvent molecules. e. The intermolecular forces between solute and solvent molecules are much weaker than the intermolecular forces between solute molecules or the intermolecular forces between solvent molecules.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 478

REFERENCES: 12.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.2.2 - Describe the factors that make one substance soluble in another.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: solubility | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 12. In general, which of the following type(s) of solid(s) would exhibit the greatest solubility in a polar solvent? a. network covalent b. ionic or polar molecular c. ionic d. metallic e. polar molecular ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.2.2 - Describe the factors that make one substance soluble in another.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 13. Which of the following favor(s) the solubility of an ionic solid in a liquid solvent?

I. a small magnitude of the lattice energy of the solute II. a large magnitude of the solvation energy of the ions III. a large polarity of the solvent a. I only b. II only c. III only d. I, II and III e. I and II only ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.2.2 - Describe the factors that make one substance soluble in another.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze | ionic solution | solubility OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 479

DATE MODIFIED:

5/12/2025 1:10 AM

14. What happened when the pressure on a gas above a liquid increased? a. The solubility of the gas increased. b. The solubility of the gas decreased. c. The gas will condense. d. The liquid will be vaporized. e. No change in the solubility of the gas.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.2.2 - Describe the factors that make one substance soluble in another.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 15. The solubility of 1-pentanol in water is 2.7 g per 100 g of water at 25°C. What is the maximum amount of 1-pentanol that will dissolve in 4.1g of water at 25°C? a. 0.11 g b. 0.65 g c. 0.27 g d. 0.21 g e. 0.85 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.1 - Explain how the solubility of a substance changes with temperature.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: apply | molecular solution | solubility OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 16. Which of the following sets of conditions favors maximum solubility of an ionic solute in water? a. The enthalpy of hydration of the cation should be equal to the enthalpy of hydration of the anion, regardless of the magnitude of the lattice energy. b. The magnitude of the lattice energy should be small, and the enthalpy of hydration of the ions should be large. c. The magnitude of the lattice energy should be small, and the enthalpy of hydration of the ions should be small. d. The magnitude of the lattice energy should be large, and the enthalpy of hydration of the ions should be small. e. The magnitude of the lattice energy should be large, and the enthalpy of hydration of the ions should be large.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 480

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.1 - Explain how the solubility of a substance changes with temperature.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: ionic solution | solubility | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 17. Which of the following correctly states the relationship between the solubility of a substance in water and temperature? a. The solubility of a substance in water increases as the temperature rises, especially for gases. b. The solubility of a substance in water decreases as the temperature lowers, especially for gases. c. The relationship between the solubility of a substance in water and temperature cannot be accurately predicted, especially for ionic solids. d. The solubility of a substance in water decreases as the temperature rises, especially for ionic solids. e. Two of these are correct.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.1 - Explain how the solubility of a substance changes with temperature.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze | effect of temperature and pressure on solubility | temperature change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 18. Which of the following concerning the effects of temperature and pressure on solubility is/are correct?

1. All gases become more soluble in a liquid at a fixed pressure when the temperature of the liquid is increased.

2. The dissolution of an ionic compound in water may be exothermic or endothermic, depending on the initial temperature of the solution.

3. The solubility of a liquid in water generally is significantly effected by pressure changes of the system. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1 and 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 481

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.1 - Explain how the solubility of a substance changes with temperature.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 19. Which of the following affect(s) the solubility of gases in solvents?

1. the nature of the gas 2. the nature of the solvent 3. the temperature of the solvent a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.1 - Explain how the solubility of a substance changes with temperature.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: effect of temperature and pressure on solubility | temperature change | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 20. Consider the following gas-aqueous liquid equilibrium for a closed system at a constant temperature.

O2(g) ⇌ O2(aq) What is the effect on the equilibrium composition of the liquid when the partial pressure of O2 gas above the liquid is decreased? a. The amount of O2 dissolved in the liquid decreases. b. The amount of O2 dissolved in the liquid increases. c. The amount of O2 dissolved in the liquid does not change. d. Not enough information is provided to answer the question. e. Either A or B. ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.2 - Calculate the solubility of a gas at a given pressure or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 482

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 1:34 AM

21. Consider the following gas-liquid equilibrium for an aqueous system at a constant partial pressure of N2.

N2(g) ⇌ N2(aq) What is the effect on the equilibrium composition of the liquid when the temperature of the liquid is increased? a. The amount of N2 dissolved in the liquid increases. b. The amount of N2 dissolved in the liquid decreases. c. The amount of N2 dissolved in the liquid does not change. d. Not enough information is provided to answer the question. e. Either A or B could occur.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.2 - Calculate the solubility of a gas at a given pressure or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:34 AM 22. How does the solubility of a gas in a solvent depend on pressure and temperature? a. Increasing the partial pressure of the gas while increasing the temperature increases the solubility of the gas. b. Decreasing the partial pressure of the gas while decreasing the temperature increases the solubility of the gas. c. Increasing the partial pressure of the gas while decreasing the temperature increases the solubility of the gas. d. Decreasing the partial pressure of the gas while increasing the temperature increases the solubility of the gas. e. Gas solubility is unaffected by pressure or temperature.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.2 - Calculate the solubility of a gas at a given pressure or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: effect of temperature and pressure on solubility | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 23. Which of the following is a correct statement of Henry's law? a. The concentration of a gas in solution is directly proportional to the mole fraction of solvent. b. The concentration of a gas in solution is inversely proportional to temperature. c. The concentration of a gas in solution is independent of pressure. d. The concentration of a gas in a solution is inversely proportional to pressure. e. The concentration of a gas in a solution is directly proportional to its partial pressure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 483

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.2 - Calculate the solubility of a gas at a given pressure or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: analyze | effect of temperature and pressure on solubility | Henry's law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 24. The solubility of a gas in a liquid can always be increased by a. decreasing the pressure of the gas above the solvent. b. increasing the pressure of the gas above the solvent. c. increasing the temperature of the solvent. d. decreasing the polarity of the solvent. e. decreasing the temperature of the gas above the solvent.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.2 - Calculate the solubility of a gas at a given pressure or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: effect of temperature and pressure on solubility | pressure change | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 25. At a particular temperature the solubility of O2 in water is 0.590 g/L at an oxygen pressure of around 15.2 atm. What is the Henry's law constant for O2 (in units of L · atm/mol)? a. 3.88 × 10-2 b. 8.24 × 102 c. 2.80 × 10-1 d. 1.21 × 10-3 e. 4.35 × 103 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.2 - Calculate the solubility of a gas at a given pressure or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 484

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | effect of temperature and pressure on solubility | Henry's law general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

26. According to the National Institute of Standards webbook, the Henry’s Law constant for N2 gas is 0.000639 mol/kg·bar at 25°C. What is the Henry's law constant in units of mol/kg·atm? (1 bar = 0.9869 atm; 1 atm = 760 mmHg) a. 6.1 × 10-4 × 10-4 mol/kg·atm b. 8 × 10-7 × 10-7 mol/kg·atm c. 4.6 × 10-1 × 10-1 mol/kg·atm d. 1.6 × 103 × 103 mol/kg·atm e. 1.3 × 106 × 106 mol/kg·atm ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.2 - Calculate the solubility of a gas at a given pressure or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:37 AM 27. Henry’s Law constant is 0.034 mol/kg·bar and 0.0013 mol/kg·bar for CO2 and O2 respectively at 25°C. What pressure of O2 is required to achieve the same solubility as 0.368 bar of CO2? a. 9.6 bar b. 0.0 bar c. 1.6 × 10–5 bar d. 1.2 × 10–4 bar e. 0.1 bar ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.2 - Calculate the solubility of a gas at a given pressure or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:38 AM 28. If the solubility of O2 at 0.160 bar and 25°C is 6.65 g/100 g H2O, what is the solubility of O2 at a pressure of 1.84 bar and 25°C? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 485

a. 77 g/100 g H2O b. 22.5 g/100 g H2O c. 1.7 g/100 g H2O d. 0.0 g/100 g H2O e. 0.6 g/100 g H2O ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.3.2 - Calculate the solubility of a gas at a given pressure or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions solution formation KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 29. What mass of an aqueous 33.7% sodium chloride solution contains 88.1 g of water? a. 132 g b. 44.7 g c. 11.9 g d. 29.6 g e. 88.1 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.1 - Calculate mass percent from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 3

3

30. What is the mass of H2SO4 in a 38.2 cm sample of concentrated sulfuric acid that has a density of 1.84 g/cm and consists of 98.3% H2SO4? a. 37.6 g b. 69.1 g c. 47.3 g d. 18.1 g e. 20.4 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 486

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.1 - Calculate mass percent from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | mass percentage of solute OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 31. A concentrated hydrofluoric acid solution is 49.0% HF by mass and has a density of 1.3406 g/mL at 25°C. What is the mass of HF per L of solution? a. 637 g HF /L solution b. 0.0013 g HF /L solution c. 376 g HF /L solution d. 0.265 g HF /L solution e. 3.76 g HF /L solution ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.1 - Calculate mass percent from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 32. A concentrated sodium hydroxide solution is 50.5% NaOH by mass and has a density of 1.53 g/mL at 25°C. What is the molarity of NaOH? a. 19.3 M b. 0.0612 M c. 8.25 M d. 12.1 M e. 0.0825 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.1 - Calculate mass percent from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 487

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 1:38 AM

33. A concentrated acetic acid solution has a density of 1.05 g/mL at 25°C and is 17.4 M. What is the percent by mass of CH3COOH in the solution? a. 99.5% CH3COOH by mass b. 1.7% CH3COOH by mass c. 0.6% CH3COOH by mass d. 2.8% CH3COOH by mass e. 57.1% CH3COOH by mass ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.1 - Calculate mass percent from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 34. The volume of a 34.6% (by mass) solution is 129.0 mL. The density of the solution is 1.116 g/mL. What is the mass of solute in this solution? a. 144 g b. 49.8 g c. 416 g d. 40.0 g e. 94 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.1 - Calculate mass percent from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | mass percentage of solute OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 3

35. A 12.0% sucrose solution by mass has a density of 1.05 g/cm . What mass of sucrose is present in a 29.0-mL sample of this solution? a. 3.65 g b. 3.31 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 488

c. 0.126 g d. 253 g e. 3.48 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.1 - Calculate mass percent from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | mass percentage of solute OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 36. The molality of a solution is defined as a. moles of solute per liter of solution. b. the gram molecular weight of solute per kilogram of solvent. c. moles of solute per kilogram of solvent. d. grams of solute per liter of solution. e. moles of solute per kilogram of solution.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.2 - Calculate molality from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: expressing concentration | molality | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 37. How many moles of urea (60. g/mol) must be dissolved in 66.6g of water to give a 2.4 m solution? a. 1.4 × 102 mol b. 2.4 mol c. 0.0024 mol d. 0.15 mol e. 9.0 × 102 mol ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

d 1 12.4 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 489

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.2 - Calculate molality from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | molality OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 38. If 11.2 g of naphthalene, C10H8, is dissolved in 107.8 g of chloroform, CHCl3, what is the molality of the solution? a. 0.0875 m b. 12.4 m c. 0.811 m d. 0.0941 m e. 0.0969 m ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.2 - Calculate molality from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | molality OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 39. What is the molality of a solution prepared by dissolving 0.114 mol of chloroform, CHCl3, in 476 g of toluene, C6H5CH3? a. 0.0287 m b. 0.0216 m c. 0.239 m d. 0.0220 m e. 0.543 m ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.2 - Calculate molality from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | molality OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 490

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

40. What is the molality of a solution prepared by dissolving 9.01 g of urea, NH2CONH2, in 93.8 g of water? a. 0.0876 m b. 0.096498 m c. 0.028985 m d. 1.59 m e. 0.00145 m ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.2 - Calculate molality from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | molality OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 41. A 3.140 molal solution of NaCl is prepared. How many grams of NaCl are present in a sample containing 2.692 kg of water? a. 299.7 g b. 494.0 g c. 144.6 g d. 845.3 g e. 235.8 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.2 - Calculate molality from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | molality OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 42. What is the molality of a solution that contains 74.2 g of 1,4-dichlorobenzene (C6H4Cl2) in 492 mL of carbon tetrachloride (CCl4)? The density of CCl4 is 1.60 g/mL. a. 0.158 m b. 0.642 m Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 491

c. 0.151 m d. 0.094 m e. 1.64 m ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.2 - Calculate molality from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | molality OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 43. A concentrated ammonia solution is 28.0% NH3 by mass and has a density of 0.939 g/mL at 25°C. The remainder of material is solvent. What is the molality of NH3 in the solution? a. 22.8 m b. 16.4 m c. 12.8 m d. 437 m e. 0.236 m ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.2 - Calculate molality from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 44. What is the molality of a solution that contains 9.16 g of glucose, C6H12O6, in 228.5 g of water? a. 0.223 m b. 0.0509 m c. 0.00399 m d. 0.0116 m e. 0.0401 m ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 492

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.2 - Calculate molality from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: phases colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 45. For a solution containing only one solute dissolved in a solvent, we can calculate the mole fraction of the solvent directly, given only a. the molar mass of the solute. b. the density of the solution. c. the molar mass of the solvent. d. the mole fraction of the solute. e. the molarity of the solution.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.3 - Calculate mole fraction from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: expressing concentration | mole fraction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 46. What is the mole fraction of urea, CH4N2O, in an aqueous solution that is 37% urea by mass? a. 0.15 b. 0.85 c. 0.37 d. 0.54 e. 0.66 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.3 - Calculate mole fraction from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | mole fraction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 493

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:01 AM

47. What is the mole fraction of urea, CO(NH2)2, in a solution prepared by dissolving 4.0 g of urea in 32.0 g of methanol, CH3OH? a. 0.89 b. 0.11 c. 0.063 d. 0.94 e. 0.19 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.3 - Calculate mole fraction from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | mole fraction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 48. What is the mole fraction of toluene in a solution of 2.7 mol of benzene and 5.4 mol of toluene? a. 0.70 b. 0.54 c. 0.67 d. 0.24 e. 0.33 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.3 - Calculate mole fraction from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | mole fraction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 49. What is the mole fraction of water in a solution that contains 8.0 mol of ethanol (C2H5OH) and 1.6 mol of water? a. 0.17 b. 0.08 c. 0.50 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 494

d. 0.20 e. 0.83 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.3 - Calculate mole fraction from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | mole fraction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 50. What is the mole fraction of urea in a solution that contains 2.7 mol of urea and 4.6 mol of water? a. 0.77 b. 0.37 c. 0.47 d. 0.57 e. 0.63 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.3 - Calculate mole fraction from the quantities of solution components or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | expressing concentration | mole fraction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 51. What is the mass percent of an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution in which the mole fraction of NaOH is 0.1010?

The density of the solution is 1.2219 g/mL. a. 20.0% b. 12.0% c. 68.9% d. 12.3% e. 3.3% ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 495

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.4 - Convert among concentration units.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | conversion of concentration units | expressing concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 52. What is the percent Na2CO3 by mass in a 1.92 molal aqueous solution? a. 0.160% b. 16.9% c. 99.5% d. 20.4% e. 19.2% ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.4 - Convert among concentration units.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | conversion of concentration units | expressing concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 53. What is the molality of ethanol, C2H5OH, in an aqueous solution that is 36.4% ethanol by mass? a. 1 m b. 0 m c. 12 m d. 1 m e. 97 m ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.4 - Convert among concentration units.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | conversion of concentration units | expressing concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 54. What is the molality of a 30.0% by mass hydrochloric acid solution? The density of the solution is 1.1493 g/mL. a. 0.0344 m Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 496

b. 11.7 m c. 0.377 m d. 9.29 m e. 9.45 m ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.4 - Convert among concentration units.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | conversion of concentration units | expressing concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 55. What is the mole fraction of water in a water–ethanol solution that is 47.0% water by mass? (Ethanol is C2H5OH) a. 0.28 b. 0.31 c. 0.26 d. 0.69 e. 0.53 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.4.4 - Convert among concentration units.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | conversion of concentration units | expressing concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 56. A liquid–liquid solution is called an ideal solution if I. it obeys PV = nRT. II. it obeys Raoult's law.

III. solute–solute, solvent–solvent, and solute–solvent interactions are very similar.

IV. solute–solute, solvent–solvent, and solute–solvent interactions are quite different. a. I, III, IV b. I, II, III c. II, III only d. I, II, IV e. II, IV only ANSWER:

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 497

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.5.1 - Explain how the presence of a solute results in a lower vapor pressure than that of the pure solvent.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: Raoult's law | understand | vapor pressure of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:40 AM 57. A solution of two liquids, A and B, shows negative deviation from Raoult's law. This means that a. the two liquids have a positive heat of solution. b. molecules of A interact more strongly with B than A molecules interact with A or B molecules interact with B. c. molecules of A interact strongly with other A-type molecules. d. molecules of A interact weakly, if at all, with B molecules. e. molecules of A hinder the strong interaction between B molecules.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.5.1 - Explain how the presence of a solute results in a lower vapor pressure than that of the pure solvent.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: Raoult's law | understand | vapor pressure of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 58. A solution of CF3H in H2CO is most likely to a. be ideal. b. not be ideal, but the deviations cannot be predicted. c. show negative deviations from Raoult's law. d. obey Raoult's law. e. show positive deviations from Raoult's law.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.5.1 - Explain how the presence of a solute results in a lower vapor pressure than that of the pure solvent.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 498

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

Raoult's law | understand | vapor pressure of a solution general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

59. According to _____, the partial pressure of solvent,, over a solution equals the vapor pressure of the pure solvent, P°A, times the mole fraction of solvent, XA, in the solution. a. Raoult’s law b. Benford's law c. Dermott's law d. Leibniz's law e. Zipf's law ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.5.1 - Explain how the presence of a solute results in a lower vapor pressure than that of the pure solvent.

TOPICS: Vapor Pressure of a Solution KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:41 AM 60. When 1 mol of a non-volatile non-electrolyte is dissolved in 3 mol of a solvent, the vapor pressure of the solution compared with that of the pure solvent is a. 1/4 b. 4/5 c. 1/2 d. 1/5 e. 3/4 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.5.2 - Calculate the vapor pressure of a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | Raoult's law | vapor pressure of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 61. What is the vapor pressure at 20°C of an ideal solution prepared by the addition of 1.36 g of the nonvolatile solute urea, CO(NH2)2, to 24.1 g of methanol, CH3OH? The vapor pressure of pure methanol at 20°C is 89.0 mmHg. a. 2.6708 mmHg Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 499

b. 80.4 mmHg c. 84.2 mmHg d. 86.3 mmHg e. 8.51 mmHg ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.5.2 - Calculate the vapor pressure of a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | vapor pressure lowering | vapor pressure of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 62. What is the vapor pressure at 75°C of an aqueous solution prepared by the addition of 58.4 g of the nonvolatile solute urea, CO(NH2)2, to 172 g of water? The vapor pressure of pure water at 75°C is 290. mmHg. a. 136 mmHg b. 26.8 mmHg c. 153 mmHg d. 263 mmHg e. 216 mmHg ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.5.2 - Calculate the vapor pressure of a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | vapor pressure lowering | vapor pressure of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 63. Benzene, C6H6, and toluene, C6H5CH3, form ideal solutions. At 35°C the vapor pressure of benzene is 160. torr and that of toluene is 50.0 torr. In an experiment, 55.6 g of benzene and 86.6 g of toluene are placed in a closed container at 35°C. At equilibrium, what is the partial vapor pressure of toluene? a. 103 torr b. 91.634 torr c. 21.5 torr d. 68.9 torr e. 28.4 torr ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 500

REFERENCES: 12.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.5.2 - Calculate the vapor pressure of a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | Raoult's law | vapor pressure of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 64. Benzene, C6H6, and toluene, C6H5CH3, form ideal solutions. At 35°C the vapor pressure of benzene is 160. torr and that of toluene is 50.0 torr. In an experiment, 3.9 mol of benzene and 5.7 mol of toluene are placed in a closed container at 35°C and allowed to come to equilibrium. What is the mole fraction of toluene in the vapor phase? a. 0.52 b. 0.69 c. 0.31 d. 0.12 e. 0.60 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.5.2 - Calculate the vapor pressure of a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | Raoult's law | vapor pressure of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 65. Which way of expressing concentration is used to relate the vapor pressure of a solution to the amount of nonvolatile solute dissolved in the solution? a. mole fraction b. molarity c. osmotic pressure d. mass percent e. molality ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.1 - Explain the relationship between vapor pressure and boiling point.

TOPICS: colligative properties solutions KEYWORDS: Raoult's law | understand | vapor pressure of a solution Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 501

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

66. The fact that the boiling point of a pure solvent is lower than the boiling point of a solution of the same solvent is a direct consequence of the a. freezing-point depression of the solution. b. vapor pressure of the solution being higher than the vapor pressure of the pure solvent. c. osmotic pressure of the solvent being lower than the osmotic pressure of the solution. d. vapor pressure of the solution being lower than the vapor pressure of the pure solvent. e. osmotic pressure of the solvent being higher than the osmotic pressure of the solution.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.1 - Explain the relationship between vapor pressure and boiling point.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: boiling point elevation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 67. A solute added to a solvent raises the boiling point of the solution because a. the temperature to cause boiling must be great enough to boil not only the solvent but also the solute. b. the solute particles raise the solvent's vapor pressure, thus requiring a higher temperature to cause boiling. c. the solute increases the volume of the solution, and an increase in volume requires an increase in the temperature to reach the boiling point (derived from PV = nRT). d. the solute particles lower the solvent's vapor pressure, thus requiring a higher temperature to cause boiling. e. two of these explanations are correct.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.1 - Explain the relationship between vapor pressure and boiling point.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: boiling point elevation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:41 AM 68. Substance A has a greater molar mass than substance B. If 50 g of substance A are dissolved in 250 g of water in one beaker, and 50 g of substance B are dissolved in 250 g of water in another beaker, then a. the vapor pressure of solution A will be lower than the vapor pressure of solution B. b. the solution of A will freeze at a lower temperature than the solution of B. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 502

c. the two solutions will have the same vapor pressure. d. the boiling point of solution A will be lower than the boiling point of solution B. e. the solution of A will have a higher osmotic pressure than the solution of B. ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.1 - Explain the relationship between vapor pressure and boiling point.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: analyze | boiling point elevation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 69. What is the freezing point of a 0.19 m solution of glucose, C6H12O6, in water? (Kf for water is 1.858°C/m.) a. 0.18°C b. 0.35°C c. -0.35°C d. -0.18°C e. -0.71°C ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.2 - Calculate boiling-point elevation or freezing-point depression from molality or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | freezing point depression OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 70. What is the boiling-point change for a solution containing 0.723 mol of naphthalene (a nonvolatile, nonionizing compound) in 250. g of liquid benzene? (Kb = 2.53°C/m for benzene) a. 7.32 °C b. 3.50 °C c. 0.457 °C d. 0.87 °C e. 1.829 °C ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 503

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.2 - Calculate boiling-point elevation or freezing-point depression from molality or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | boiling point elevation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 71. A solution consisting of 0.276 mol of methylbenzene, C6H5CH3, in 242 g of nitrobenzene, C6H5NO2, freezes at -2.0 °C. Pure nitrobenzene freezes at 6.0°C. What is the freezing-point depression constant of nitrobenzene? a. 7.2°C/m b. 29°C/m c. 14.0°C/m d. 3.5°C/m e. 7.0°C/m ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.2 - Calculate boiling-point elevation or freezing-point depression from molality or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | freezing point depression OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 72. What is the mass percent of ethylene glycol (HOCH2CH2OH) in a solution of ethylene glycol in water that has a freezing point of -17.8°C? (Kf for water is 1.858°C/m.) a. 99.8% b. 37.2% c. 59.4% d. 64.7% e. 79.58% ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.2 - Calculate boiling-point elevation or freezing-point depression from molality or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | freezing point depression OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 504

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

73. What is the freezing point of an aqueous 1.44 m CaCl2.0 solution? (Kf for water is 1.858°C/m.) a. 8.0°C b. 2.7°C c. -8.0°C d. 0.0°C e. -2.7°C ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.2 - Calculate boiling-point elevation or freezing-point depression from molality or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | freezing point depression OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 74. The molal boiling-point constant for water is 0.51°C/molal. The boiling point of a 1.00 m solution of Ca(NO3)2 should be increased by a. exactly 1.53°C. b. exactly 1.02°C. c. somewhat less than 1.02°C. d. exactly 0.51°C. e. somewhat less than 1.53°C. ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.2 - Calculate boiling-point elevation or freezing-point depression from molality or vice versa.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | boiling point elevation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 75. Trimellitic acid is an organic acid that has a composition of 51.44% C, 2.88% H, and 45.68% O by mass. A 6.96-g sample of trimellitic acid dissolved in 30.00 g of acetone, CH3COCH3, has a boiling point of 58.09°C. What is the molecular formula of trimellitic acid? (Kb for acetone is 1.71°C/m, and pure acetone has a boiling point of 56.20°C.) a. CH2O Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 505

b. C9H6O6 c. C3HO2 d. C18HO16 e. C6H2O4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.3 - Calculate molar mass using a colligative property.

TOPICS: colligative properties solutions KEYWORDS: apply | boiling point elevation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 76. When a 33.8-g sample of an unknown compound is dissolved in 500. g of benzene, the freezing point of the resulting solution is 3.77°C. The freezing point of pure benzene is 5.48°C, and Kf for benzene is 5.12°C/m. Calculate the molar mass of the unknown compound. a. 173 g/mol b. 202 g/mol c. 101.2 g/mol d. 405 g/mol e. 109.8 g/mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.3 - Calculate molar mass using a colligative property.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | freezing point depression OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 77. Thyroxine, an important hormone that controls the rate of metabolism in the body, can be isolated from the thyroid gland. If 0.454 g of thyroxine is dissolved in 10.0 g of benzene, the freezing point of the solution could be measured as 5.144°C. Pure benzene freezes at 5.444°C and has a value for the molal freezing-point-depression constant of Kf of 5.12°C/m. What is the approximate molar mass of thyroxine? a. 775 g/mol b. 7.75 g/mol c. 7.75 × 105 g/mol d. 42.7 g/mol e. 11.3 g/mol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 506

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.3 - Calculate molar mass using a colligative property.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | freezing point depression OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 78. If a 23.6-g sample of a nonelectrolyte is dissolved in 136.0 g of water, the resulting solution will freeze at -0.85°C. What is the molar mass of the nonelectrolyte? (Kf for water is 1.858°C/m.) a. 78 g/mol b. 0.38 g/mol c. 870 g/mol d. 270 g/mol e. 370 g/mol ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.3 - Calculate molar mass using a colligative property.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | freezing point depression OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 79. What is the molar mass of an aromatic hydrocarbon if 0.75 g of the compound depresses the freezing point of 123 g of benzene by 0.28°C? (Kf for benzene is 5.12°C/m.) a. 43 g/mol b. 150 g/mol c. 110.00 g/mol 110 d. 2900 g/mol e. 140 g/mol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.3 - Calculate molar mass using a colligative property.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 507

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | freezing point depression general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

80. Which of the following will cause the calculated molar mass of a compound determined by the freezing-pointdepression method to be greater than the true molar mass? a. When the solute was added, some was spilled on the lab bench. b. Water gets into the solvent after the freezing point of the pure solvent is determined. c. Some of the solute molecules break apart. d. The mass of solvent is smaller than that determined from the weighing. e. When the solute is not dissolved completely.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.3 - Calculate molar mass using a colligative property.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: freezing point depression | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 81. A compound containing carbon and nitrogen has a composition of 46.16% carbon and 53.84% nitrogen by mass. A solution prepared by dissolving 3.912 g of this compound in 20.00 g of carbon tetrachloride, CCl4, produces a solution that boils at 95.63°C. What is the molecular formula of the compound? (Kb for CCl4 is 5.03°C/m, and pure CCl4 has a freezing point of 76.72°C.) a. C2N2 b. CN2 c. C3N3 d. CN e. C2N4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.3 - Calculate molar mass using a colligative property.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | freezing point depression OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 508

82. A compound containing sulfur, nitrogen, and hydrogen has a composition of 86.6% sulfur, 12.6% nitrogen, and 0.91% hydrogen by mass. A solution prepared by dissolving 3.130 g of this compound in 25.00 g of bromoform, CHBr3, produces a solution that freezes at -0.31°C. What is the molecular formula of the compound? (Kf for bromoform is 14.4°C/m, and pure bromoform has a freezing point of 7.8°C.) a. SNH b. S3N2H2 c. S6N2H2 d. S3NH e. S2N2H2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.6.3 - Calculate molar mass using a colligative property.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | freezing point depression OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 83. A cucumber is placed in a concentrated salt solution. What is most likely to happen? a. Water will flow from the solution to the cucumber. b. No change will occur. c. Salt will flow into the cucumber. d. Salt will precipitate out. e. Water will flow from the cucumber to the solution.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.7.1 - Describe a system in which osmosis will take place.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: osmotic pressure | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 84. A red blood cell placed in pure water will swell because a. the osmotic pressure is greater in the water than in the cell. b. the osmotic pressure is the same in the cell and the water. c. the osmotic pressure is greater in the cell than in the water. d. water moves from a higher osmotic pressure to a lower osmotic pressure. e. the vapor pressure of the water in the cell is greater than the vapor pressure of pure water.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 509

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.7.1 - Describe a system in which osmosis will take place.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: hypotonic solution | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 85. What is reverse osmosis? a. the application, to a dilute solution, of a pressure that is greater than the osmotic pressure, such that solvent flows from the concentrated solution to the dilute solution b. the application, to a dilute solution, of a pressure that is greater than the osmotic pressure, such that solute flows from the concentrated solution to the dilute solution c. the application, to a concentrated solution, of a pressure that is greater than the osmotic pressure, such that solute flows from the concentrated solution to the dilute solution d. the application, to a concentrated solution, of a pressure that is greater than the osmotic pressure, such that solvent flows from the concentrated solution to the dilute solution e. the application, to a concentrated solution, of a pressure that is greater than the osmotic pressure, such that solvent flows from the dilute solution to the concentrated solution ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.7.1 - Describe a system in which osmosis will take place.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: osmotic pressure | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 86. A solution of water and a nonvolatile, nonionizing compound is placed in a tube with a semipermeable membrane on one side. The tube is placed in a beaker of pure water. What initial net effect will occur? a. Nothing will move through the membrane either way. b. Water will flow from the beaker to the tube. c. Water will flow from the tube to the beaker. d. Equilibrium will be immediately established. e. The compound will pass through the membrane into the solution.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 510

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.7.1 - Describe a system in which osmosis will take place.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: analyze | osmotic pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 87. Determine the osmotic pressure of a solution that contains 0.018 g of a hydrocarbon solute (molar mass = 340 g/mol) dissolved in benzene to make a 350-mL solution. The temperature is 20.0°C. a. 1.2 torr b. 2.5 torr c. 0.18 torr d. 0.9 torr e. 2.7 torr ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.7.2 - Calculate osmotic pressure from molarity.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | osmotic pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 88. A 2.2-g sample of a small protein having a molecular weight of 42,000 g/mol is dissolved in 31.2 mL of water at 28°C. What is the osmotic pressure of the solution? (R = 0.0821 L · atm/(K · mol)) a. 32 mmHg b. 1300 mmHg c. 2.9 mmHg d. 18,000 mmHg e. 0.041 mmHg ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.7.2 - Calculate osmotic pressure from molarity.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | colligative properties | osmotic pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:43 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 511

89. Osmotic pressure is a. inversely proportional to mass fraction. b. directly proportional to lattice energy. c. inversely proportional to molality. d. inversely proportional to mole fraction. e. directly proportional to molarity.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.7.2 - Calculate osmotic pressure from molarity.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: colligative properties | osmotic pressure | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 90. Calculate the molecular weight of a small protein if a 0.25-g sample dissolved in 180 mL of water has an osmotic pressure of 9.2 mmHg at 25°C. (R = 0.0821 L · atm/(K · mol)) a. 2.4 × 102 g/mol b. 2.8 × 103 g/mol c. 3.6 g/mol d. 2.7 × 102 g/mol e. 3.7 × 10–3 g/mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.7.2 - Calculate osmotic pressure from molarity.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | colligative properties | osmotic pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:43 AM 91. To determine the molar mass of a small protein in the range of 20,000 - 40,000 g/mol, it would be best to measure a. the freezing point of the solvent and of the solution and the weight of the solute and solvent. b. the boiling point of the solvent and of the solution and the weight of the solute and solvent. c. the vapor pressure of the solvent and of the solution and the weight of the solute and solvent. d. the osmotic pressure of the solution and the weight of the solute and solvent. e. the density of the protein and to make x-ray measurements.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 512

REFERENCES: 12.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.7.2 - Calculate osmotic pressure from molarity.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: analyze | colligative properties | osmotic pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 92. Which of the following solutions would have the highest osmotic pressure? a. 0.20 M MgCl2 b. 0.20 M KBr c. 0.30 M C12H22O11 d. 0.30 M C6H12O6 e. 0.30 M CH3OH ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.7.2 - Calculate osmotic pressure from molarity.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | colligative properties | osmotic pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:44 AM 93. Which of the following is not a colligative property? a. boiling-point elevation b. osmotic pressure c. lattice energy d. freezing-point lowering e. vapor-pressure lowering ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.8.1 - Determine the colligative properties of ionic solutions.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 513

94. As the number of solute particles in a given volume of solution increases, a. the boiling point will increase and the vapor pressure will increase. b. the freezing point will decrease and the vapor pressure will decrease. c. the freezing point will increase and the vapor pressure will increase. d. the boiling point will decrease and the vapor pressure will decrease. e. the osmotic pressure will decrease and the lattice energy will increase.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.8.1 - Determine the colligative properties of ionic solutions.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 95. For a dilute solution of (NH4)2SO4, the van’t Hoff factor (i) would be approximately a. 3 b. 2 c. 4 d. 1 e. 5 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.8.1 - Determine the colligative properties of ionic solutions.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: REVISED DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 96. Which of the following solutes in aqueous solution would be expected to exhibit the smallest freezing-point lowering (assuming ideal behavior)? a. 0.1 m NaCl b. 0.2 m CH3COOH c. 0.05 m Al2(SO4)3 d. 0.1 m MgCl2 e. 0.25 m NH3 ANSWER:

a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 514

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.8.1 - Determine the colligative properties of ionic solutions.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 97. Which of the following amounts of solute, dissolved in 1.0 kg of water, creates a solution with the highest freezing temperature? (assuming ideal behavior) a. 0.0015 mol of sucrose, C12H22O11 b. 0.0015 mol of H2SO3 c. 0.0030 mol of ethanol, C2H5OH d. 0.0030 mol of methanol, CH3OH e. 0.0015 mol of sulfuric acid, H2SO4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.8.1 - Determine the colligative properties of ionic solutions.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 98. Which of the following solutes, dissolved in 1.0 kg of water, creates a solution that boils at the highest temperature? a. 0.010 mol H3PO4 b. 0.010 mol HClO4 c. 0.010 mol H2SO4 d. 0.010 mol HCl e. 0.010 mol HF ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.8.1 - Determine the colligative properties of ionic solutions.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | freezing point depression OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 515

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

99. Which of the following solutions has the lowest osmotic pressure? a. 0.10 M Al(NO3)3 b. 0.20 M NH3 c. 0.15 M Ba(NO3)2 d. 0.10 M CaBr2 e. 0.15 M NaCl ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.8.1 - Determine the colligative properties of ionic solutions.

TOPICS: solutions colligative properties KEYWORDS: apply | osmotic pressure OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 100. What type of colloid is formed when a liquid is dispersed in a gas? a. foam b. emulsion c. aerosol d. sol e. gel ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.9.1 - Describe how a colloid differs from a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colloid formation KEYWORDS: colloid | types of colloid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 101. What type of colloid is formed when a gas is dispersed in a solid? a. foam b. aerosol c. sol d. emulsion e. gel Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 516

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.9.1 - Describe how a colloid differs from a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colloid formation KEYWORDS: colloid | types of colloid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 102. What type of colloid is formed when a liquid is dispersed in a solid? a. emulsion b. gel c. sol d. foam e. aerosol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.9.1 - Describe how a colloid differs from a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colloid formation KEYWORDS: colloid | types of colloid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 103. What type of colloid is formed when a solid is dispersed in a liquid? a. emulsion b. gel c. aerosol d. sol e. foam ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.9.1 - Describe how a colloid differs from a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colloid formation KEYWORDS: colloid | types of colloid | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 517

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

104. When a liquid is dispersed in another liquid, the resulting colloid is called a(n) a. emulsion. b. sol. c. foam. d. aerosol. e. gel.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.9.1 - Describe how a colloid differs from a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colloid formation KEYWORDS: colloid | types of colloid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 105. A suspension of silver particles in water is most likely to form what type of colloid? a. aerosol b. micelle c. hydrophobic colloid d. association colloid e. hydrophilic colloid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.9.1 - Describe how a colloid differs from a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colloid formation KEYWORDS: analyze | colloid | hydrophobic colloid OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 106. Which of the following statements describes the process of coagulation? a. The dispersed phase of an association colloid aggregates and forms a hydrophilic colloid. b. The continuous phase of a colloid aggregates and separates from the dispersed phase. c. The dispersed phase of an association colloid aggregates and forms a hydrophobic colloid. d. The dispersed phase of a colloid aggregates and separates from the continuous phase. e. The dispersed phase of an association colloid aggregates and forms a micelle.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 518

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.9.1 - Describe how a colloid differs from a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colloid formation KEYWORDS: analyze | coagulation | colloid OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 107. A suspension of sodium dodecanoate, CH3(CH2)10COONa, in water is most likely to form what type of colloid? a. hydrophilic colloid b. association colloid c. emulsion d. aerosol e. hydrophobic colloid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.9.1 - Describe how a colloid differs from a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colloid formation KEYWORDS: association colloid | colloid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 108. Synthetic detergent dispersed in water is an example of a(n) a. micelle. b. hydrophilic colloid. c. coagulant. d. hydrophobic colloid. e. association colloid.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 12.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.12.9.1 - Describe how a colloid differs from a solution.

TOPICS: solutions colloid formation KEYWORDS: association colloid | colloid | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 519

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

1. The oxidation of ammonia produces nitrogen and water via the following reaction: 4 NH3(g) + 3 O2(g) → 2 N2(g) + 6 H2O(l) Suppose the rate of formation of H2O(l) is 3.0 mol/(L ∙ s). Which of the following statements is true? a. The rate of consumption of NH3 is 2.0 mol/(L ∙ s) b. The rate of consumption of O2 is 2.0 mol/(L ∙ s) c. The rate of formation of N2 is 1.3 mol/(L ∙ s) d. The rate of formation of N2 is 2.0 mol/(L ∙ s.) e. The rate of consumption of NH3 is 0.50 mol/(L ∙ s) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.1.1 - Calculate the relative rates of reactants and products.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: dependence of rate on concentration | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 2. For the reaction + IO3 (aq) + 5 I (aq) + 6 H (aq) → 3 I2(aq) + 3 H2O(l) – -3 the rate of disappearance of I O3 (aq) at a particular time and concentration is 2.5× 10 mol/(L · s). What is the rate of appearance of I2(aq)? a. 8.3 × 10-3 mol/(L ∙ s) b. 3 × 10-3 mol/(L ∙ s) c. -8 × 10-3 mol/(L ∙ s) d. 8 × 10-3 mol/(L ∙ s) e. 1 × 10-3 mol/(L ∙ s) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.1.1 - Calculate the relative rates of reactants and products.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of rate on concentration OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 520

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:01 AM

3. For the reaction 6 CH2O(aq) + 4 NH3(aq) → (CH2)6N4(aq) + 6 H2O(l) the rate of the reaction may be expressed as

. What is an equivalent expression for the rate of the

reaction? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.1.1 - Calculate the relative rates of reactants and products.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: change of concentration with time | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:50 AM -2

4. For the hypothetical reaction A + 2B → 2C + D, the initial rate of disappearance of A is 2.0 × 10 mol/(L ∙ s). What is the initial rate of disappearance of B? a. 8.0 × 10-2 mol/(L ∙ s) b. 4.0 × 10-2 mol/(L ∙ s) c. 1.4 × 10-1 mol/(L ∙ s) d. 4.0 × 10-4 mol/(L ∙ s) e. 1.4 × 10-2 mol/(L ∙ s) ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

b 1 13.1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 521

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.1.1 - Calculate the relative rates of reactants and products.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | change of concentration with time OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5. For the reaction 2 N2O5(g) → 4 NO2(g) + O2(g) which of the following expressions is equal to the rate of the reaction? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.1.2 - Calculate the average reaction rate from experimental data.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: dependence of rate on concentration | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:54 AM 6. For the reaction of the ammonium ion with nitrous acid, the net reaction is + + NH4 (aq) + HNO2(aq) → N2(g) + 2 H2O(l) + H (aq) If the initial concentration of nitrous acid is 1.00 M and, after 17.8 s has elapsed, the concentration of nitrous acid has fallen to 0.72 M, what is the average rate of the reaction over this time interval? a. -0.015 M/s b. 0.04 M/s c. 0.015 M/s d. -0.04 M/s Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 522

e. 0.096 M/s ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.1.2 - Calculate the average reaction rate from experimental data.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | experimental determination of rate OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:55 AM 7. In the reaction 2 H2O2(aq) → 2 H2O(l) + O2(g), the initial concentration of H2O2 is 0.565 M and, 17.0 seconds later, the concentration of H2O2 is 0.361 M. What is the average rate of reaction over this time interval? a. 0.012779 M/s b. 0.012608 M/s c. 0.0212 M/s d. 0.00619 M/s e. 0.00615 M/s ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.1.2 - Calculate the average reaction rate from experimental data.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | change of concentration with time OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:55 AM 8. In the reaction 2 N2O5(aq) → 4 NO2(l) + O2(g), the initial concentration of N2O5 is 0.265 M and 12.0 seconds later, the concentration of N2O5 is 0.161 M. What is the average rate of reaction over this time interval? a. 0.00867 M/s b. 0.00463 M/s c. 0.0238 M/s d. 0.00655 M/s e. 0.00715 M/s ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.1.2 - Calculate the average reaction rate from experimental data.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 523

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

rates of reaction reaction rate apply | change of concentration with time general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/6/2025 1:56 AM

9. Which of the following experimental methods cannot be used to measure the rate of a reaction? a. measurement of the absorbance of a colored reactant with time b. measurement of the change in the partial pressure of a gas-phase product over time c. measurement of the equilibrium concentration of an acidic product via titration with a strong base d. measurement of the absorbance of a colored product with time e. measurement of the change in the partial pressure of a gas-phase reactant over time ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.2.1 - Describe how reaction rates may be experimentally determined.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: experimental determination of rate | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 10. Which of the following statements concerning the experimental determination of reaction rates is incorrect? a. To determine reaction rates one of the reactants must be colored. b. Monitoring changes in reactant or product physical properties is a convenient way to determine reaction rates. c. Analysis of samples withdrawn from the reaction solution at varying times is useful for slow reactions. d. Instrumental methods, such as visible spectroscopy, may be used to continuously measure changes in reactants or products. e. Any method of analysis that can determine product or reactant concentrations during the course of the reaction can potentially be used to determine reaction rates.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.2.1 - Describe how reaction rates may be experimentally determined.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: experimental determination of rate | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 11. Which of the following statements concerning the experimental determination of reaction rates is incorrect? a. To determine reaction rates, one of the reactants must be colored.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 524

b. Monitoring changes in reactant or product physical properties is a convenient way to determine reaction rates. c. Analysis of samples withdrawn from the reaction solution at varying times is useful for slow reactions. d. Instrumental methods, such as visible spectroscopy, may be used to continuously measure changes in reactants or products. e. Any method of analysis that can determine product or reactant concentrations during the course of the reaction can potentially be used to determine reaction rates.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.2.1 - Describe how reaction rates may be experimentally determined.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: experimental determination of rate | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 12. What device is commonly employed to measure light absorption in the visible range when analyzing reaction rates that involve changes in color? a. Conductivity meter b. Thermometer c. Spectrometer d. Barometer e. Photometer ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.2.1 - Describe how reaction rates may be experimentally determined.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: experimental determination of rate | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 13. The balanced chemical equation and rate law for the reaction between NO(g) and H2(g) at a particular temperature are 2 NO(g) + 2 H2(g) → N2(g) + 2 H2O(g) 2 Rate = k[NO] [H2] What is the reaction order with respect to nitric oxide? a. 4 b. 0 c. 1 d. 3 e. 2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 525

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.3.1 - Determine the order of reaction from the rate law.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: dependence of rate on concentration | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 14. The reaction 2 H2(g) + 2 NO(g) → 2 H2O(g) + N2(g) is first-order in H2 and second-order in NO at a particular temperature. What is the rate law? a. Rate = k[H2]2[NO]2 b. Rate = k[H2][NO]2 c. Rate = k[H2][NO] d. Rate = k[H2O]2[N2] e. Rate = k[H2]2[NO] ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.3.1 - Determine the order of reaction from the rate law.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: dependence of rate on concentration | reaction order | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 15. The hypochlorite ion oxidizes the iodide ion in aqueous solution as represented by the following equation: OCl (aq) + I (aq) → OI (aq) + Cl (aq) The rate law for this reaction is Rate = k a. 2 and -1 b. 0 and -1 c. 0 and d. 2 and 1 e. 1 and -1 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

-

. The overall reaction order and the order with respect to OH are

e 1 13.3

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 526

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.3.1 - Determine the order of reaction from the rate law.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: dependence of rate on concentration | reaction order | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 1:58 AM 16. The rate law for the chemical reaction + 5 Br (aq) + BrO3 (aq) + 6 H (aq) → 3 Br2(aq) + 3 H2O(l) + 2 has been determined experimentally to be Rate = k[Br ][BrO3 ][H ] . What is the overall order of the reaction? a. 3 b. 5 c. 4 d. 2 e. 1 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.3.1 - Determine the order of reaction from the rate law.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: dependence of rate on concentration | reaction order | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 17. The following data were obtained for the hypothetical reaction 2A + B → products.

[A]0 (M) [B]0 (M) Initial Rate (M/s) 0.2 0.1 5 0.2 0.2 20 0.6 0.1 15 What is the overall order of this reaction? a. 4 b. 1/2 c. 0 d. 3 e. 1 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 527

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.3.2 - Determine an experimental rate law from initial rate data.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of rate on concentration | determining the rate law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:01 AM 18. For the reaction between nitrogen monoxide and chlorine to produce nitrosyl chloride, 2 NO(g) + Cl2(g) → 2 NOCl(g), it is found that tripling the initial concentration of both reactants increases the initial rate by a factor of 27. If only the initial concentration of chlorine is tripled, the initial rate increases by a factor of 3. What is the order of the reaction with respect to Cl2? a. 1/2 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 e. 0 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.3.2 - Determine an experimental rate law from initial rate data.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of rate on concentration | determining the rate law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 19. The following data were obtained in a kinetics study of the hypothetical reaction A + B + C → products.

-3 [A]0 (M) [B]0 (M) [C]0 (M) Initial Rate (10 M/s) 0.4 0.4 0.2 160 0.2 0.4 0.4 80 0.6 0.1 0.2 15 0.2 0.1 0.2 5 0.2 0.2 0.4 20 Using the initial-rate method, what is the order of the reaction with respect to C? a. zero-order b. first-order c. third-order d. second-order e. fourth order ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 528

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.3.2 - Determine an experimental rate law from initial rate data.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of rate on concentration | determining the rate law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:03 AM 20. For the reaction A + B + C → products, the following initial-rate data were obtained.

[A]0 (mol/L) [B]0 (mol/L) [C]0 (mol/L) Initial Rate (mol/(L ∙ s)) 0.40 0.40 0.20 0.0160 0.20 0.40 0.40 0.0080 0.60 0.10 0.20 0.0015 0.20 0.10 0.20 0.0005 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.0020 What are the reaction orders with respect to A, B, and C, respectively? a. 0, 1, 1 b. 1, 2, 1 c. 1, 1, 1 d. 1, 2, 0 e. 0, 2, 1 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.3.2 - Determine an experimental rate law from initial rate data.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of rate on concentration | determining the rate law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:05 AM 21. The reaction between selenous acid and the iodide ion in acid solution is + H2SeO3(aq) + 6 I (aq) + 4 H (aq) → Se(s) + 2 I3 (aq) + 3H2O(l) The data in the following table were measured at 0°C. – Experiment Initial Rate [mol/(L ∙ s)] [H2SeO3]0 (M) [H+]0 (M) [I ]0 (M) -4

1

1.00 × 10

2

2.00 × 10

3

3.00 × 10

4

3.00 × 10

5

3.00 × 10

-2

2.00 × 10

-4

2.00 × 10

-4

4.00 × 10

-4

8.00 × 10

-4

8.00 × 10

-4 6 2.00 × 10 The overall order of this reaction is a. 4 b. 6 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

-2 -2 -2 -2 -2

2.00 × 10

-2

3.00 × 10

-2

3.00 × 10

-2

3.00 × 10

-2

3.00 × 10

-2

6.00 × 10

-2

6.00 × 10

5.30 × 10 1.06 × 10 6.36 × 10 2.54 × 10 2.04 × 10 8.48 × 10

-7 -6 -6 -5 -4 -6

Page 529

c. 2 d. 8 e. 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.3.2 - Determine an experimental rate law from initial rate data.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of rate on concentration | determining the rate law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:11 AM 22. Two substances A and B react with each other in such a way that one-half of A remains after 25 min and one-fourth of A remains after 50 min. Doubling the concentration of B while keeping the concentration of A fixed doubles the rate of the reaction. This reaction is a. first-order in both A and B b. zero-order in both A and B c. second-order in A and first-order in B d. first-order in A and second-order in B e. second-order in both A and B ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.3.2 - Determine an experimental rate law from initial rate data.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of rate on concentration | determining the rate law OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM -3 -1

23. At a given temperature, a first-order reaction has a rate constant of 2.5 × 10 s . How long will it take for the reaction to be 35% complete? a. 410 s b. 1600 s c. 1400 s d. 74 s e. 170 s ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 530

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.1 - Determine the concentration of a reactant at a given time or the time required for the concentration to change by a given amount.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | first-order reaction | integrated rate laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM -2 -1

24. A chemical reaction that is first-order in X is observed to have a rate constant of 2.00 × 10 s . If the initial concentration of X is 1.0 M, what is the concentration of X after 196 s? a. 0.20 M b. 0.020 M c. 50 M d. 0.61 M e. 0.98 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.1 - Determine the concentration of a reactant at a given time or the time required for the concentration to change by a given amount.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | first-order reaction | integrated rate laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:12 AM 96

-2 -1

25. The nuclide Nb decays by a first-order process with a rate constant of 2.96 × 10 h . How long will it take for 96 86.0% of the initial amount of Nb to be consumed? a. 33.7 h b. 66.4 h c. 30 h d. 5.09 h e. 4.72 h ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.1 - Determine the concentration of a reactant at a given time or the time required for the concentration to change by a given amount.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 531

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | first-order reaction | integrated rate laws general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 63

63

26. The radioactive nuclide Ni decays by a first-order process via the emission of a beta particle. The Ni nuclide has a 63 half-life of 100. years. How long will it take for 71% of Ni to decay? a. 49.4 years b. 21.4 years c. 85.7 years d. 178 years e. 77.5 years ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.1 - Determine the concentration of a reactant at a given time or the time required for the concentration to change by a given amount.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | first-order reaction | integrated rate laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM -2

27. A reaction that is second-order in one reactant has a rate constant of 3.8 × 10 L/(mol ∙ s). If the initial concentration of the reactant is 0.280 mol/L, how long will it take for the concentration to become 0.140 mol/L? a. 180 s b. 47 s c. 930 s d. 18 s e. 94 s ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.1 - Determine the concentration of a reactant at a given time or the time required for the concentration to change by a given amount.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | integrated rate laws | second-order reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 28. A second-order reaction starts with an initial concentration of 0.100 mol/L of the reactant. If the rate constant is 2.4× Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 532

-2

10 L/(mol ∙ s), what is the time required to decrease the initial concentration to 0.050 mol/L? a. 417 s b. 620 s c. 28.9 s d. 2.08 s e. 1200 s ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.1 - Determine the concentration of a reactant at a given time or the time required for the concentration to change by a given amount.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | integrated rate laws | second-order reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 29. Which of the following corresponds to the correct equation for the half-life of a first-order reaction? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.2 - Relate the half-life of a reaction to the rate constant. True TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: half-life of a reaction | integrated rate laws | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:16 AM -1

30. A first-order chemical reaction is observed to have a rate constant of 24 min . What is the corresponding half-life for the reaction?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 533

a. 1.7 s b. 1.7 min c. 35 min d. 2.5 s e. 34.3 s ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.2 - Relate the half-life of a reaction to the rate constant. True TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: half-life | integrated rate laws | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 31. In a first-order reaction, the half-life is 139 minutes. What is the rate constant? a. 1.20 × 10-4 s-1 b. 5770 s-1 c. 0.299 s-1 d. 4.99 × 10-3 s-1 e. 8.31 × 10-5 s-1 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.2 - Relate the half-life of a reaction to the rate constant. True TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: half-life | integrated rate laws | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 32. The OH· radical disproportionate according to the elementary chemical reaction -12

3

This reaction is second-order in OH·. The rate constant for the reaction is 2.0 × 10 cm /molecules at room temperature.

13 3 If the initial OH· concentration is 1.4 × 10 molecules/cm , what is the first half-life for the reaction? a. 2.8 × 101 s b. 3.6 × 10-2 s c. 1.8 × 10-2 s d. 3.5 × 1011 s Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 534

e. 7.1 × 10-14 s ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.2 - Relate the half-life of a reaction to the rate constant. True TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | half-life of a reaction | integrated rate laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:18 AM 33. For the hypothetical reaction A → products, the concentration of A was monitored over time. From the following graph, what is the rate constant for the decomposition of A?

a. -0.02735 s-1 b. 2.3026 s-1 c. -2.3026 s-1 d. 0.02735 s-1 e. 0.01188 s-1 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.3 - Plot kinetic data to determine the order of a reaction.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: analyze | graphing of kinetic data | integrated rate laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:19 AM 34. For the hypothetical reaction aA → products, the experimental data showed the following behavior (below). What is Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 535

the reaction order with respect to reactant A?

a. first-order b. second-order c. zero-order d. third-order e. fourth-order ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.3 - Plot kinetic data to determine the order of a reaction.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: graphing of kinetic data | integrated rate laws | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:20 AM 35. For the hypothetical reaction A → products, the concentration of A was monitored with time. From the following graph, what is the rate constant for the decomposition of A?

a. -0.07238 M-1 s-1 b. -10.00 M-1 s-1 c. 0.07238 M-1 s-1 d. 10.00 M-1 s-1 e. 0.007238 M-1 s-1 ANSWER:

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 536

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.3 - Plot kinetic data to determine the order of a reaction.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: analyze | graphing of kinetic data | integrated rate laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:21 AM 36. For the hypothetical reaction aA → products, the concentration of A was monitored with time. Given the following graph of the experimental data, what is the rate constant for the loss of reactant A?

a. 2.42 μΜ-1⋅ min-1 b. 400.00 μΜ-1⋅ min-1 c. -2.42 μΜ-1⋅ min-1 d. -400 μΜ-1⋅ min-1 e. 24.2 μΜ-1⋅ min-1 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.4.3 - Plot kinetic data to determine the order of a reaction.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: analyze | graphing of kinetic data | integrated rate laws OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:22 AM 37. The main reason for the increase in reaction rate with temperature is that a. the fraction of high-energy molecules increases exponentially with temperature b. the activation energy increases rapidly with temperature c. a 10°C temperature rise results in the rate doubling d. there is a dramatic increase in the number of collisions e. heat acts as a catalyst ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 537

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.5.1 - Describe how temperature, activation energy, and molecular orientation influence reaction rates.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: collision theory | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 38. When the concentrations of the reactants are increased, the rate of the reaction increases. This is best explained by a. an increase in the fraction of molecules that have enough energy to react b. an increase in the rate constant c. an increase in the average potential energy of the molecules d. an increase in the frequency of the molecular collisions e. an increase in the kinetic energy of the molecules ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.5.1 - Describe how temperature, activation energy, and molecular orientation influence reaction rates.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: collision theory | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 39. The rates of most chemical reactions are sensitive to a change in the temperature of the reaction system. The increase in rate as the temperature increases is best explained by a. an increase in the collision frequency b. an increase in the number of high-energy molecules c. a decrease in the collision frequency d. an increase in the activation energy e. a decrease in the activation energy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.5.1 - Describe how temperature, activation energy, and molecular orientation influence reaction rates.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 538

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

activation energy | collision theory | understand general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

40. The potential-energy diagram below describes the hypothetical reaction A + B → C + D. Assuming the y-axis label refers to the enthalpy(H) per mol, which of the following statements concerning this reaction coordinate is/are correct?

1. The forward reaction is exothermic.

2. The forward reaction rate is proportional to the change in enthalpy (ΔH) of the forward reaction.

3. Ea(forward) - Ea(reverse) is equal to the change in enthalpy (ΔH) of the forward reaction.

a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.5.1 - Describe how temperature, activation energy, and molecular orientation influence reaction rates.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: activation energy | collision theory | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:24 AM 41. For the formation of 1 mol of nitrosyl chloride at a given temperature, ΔH = -38 kJ. NO(g) + 1/2 Cl2(g) → NOCl(g) The activation energy for this reaction is 69 kJ/mol. What is the activation energy for the reverse reaction? a. 69 kJ/mol b. 31 kJ/mol c. 107 kJ/mol d. -38 kJ/mol e. -107 kJ/mol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 539

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.5.1 - Describe how temperature, activation energy, and molecular orientation influence reaction rates.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: activation energy | collision theory | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:24 AM -2 -1

-2 -1

42. The rate constant for a first-order reaction is 1.5× 10 s at 710 K and 4.1 × 10 s at 884 K. What is the activation energy? (R = 8.31 J/(mol · K)) a. 12 kJ/mol b. 13 kJ/mol c. 29 kJ/mol d. 3600 kJ/mol e. 30 kJ/mol ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.6.1 - Use the Arrhenius equation to calculate activation energy, rate constant, or temperature.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | Arrhenius equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:25 AM -4 -1

-3 -1

43. The rate constants for the first-order decomposition of a compound are 5.22 × 10 s at 43°C and 2.91 × 10 s at 62°C. What is the value of the activation energy for this reaction? (R = 8.31 J/(mol·K)) a. 0.87104 kJ/mol b. 34.5 kJ/mol c. 0.751 kJ/mol d. 79.5 kJ/mol e. 2 kJ/mol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.6.1 - Use the Arrhenius equation to calculate activation energy, rate constant, or temperature.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | Arrhenius equation Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 540

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/6/2025 2:25 AM

44. For the first-order reaction 1/2 N2O4(g) → NO2(g); ΔH = 28.6 kJ 5 -1 the rate constant is k = 3.24 × 10 s at -7°C, and the activation energy is 53.7 kJ/mol. What is the rate constant at 26°C? a. 3.64 × 105 s-1 b. 3.24 × 105 s-1 c. 6.08 × 105 s-1 d. 4.73 × 106 s-1 e. 1.00 × 105 s-1 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.6.1 - Use the Arrhenius equation to calculate activation energy, rate constant, or temperature.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | Arrhenius equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:26 AM 45. The Arrhenius equation, expresses the dependence of the rate constant on the reaction temperature. The slope of a plot of ln(k) versus 1/T is equal to a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.6.1 - Use the Arrhenius equation to calculate activation energy, rate constant, or temperature.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: Arrhenius equation | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 541

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/6/2025 2:30 AM

46. The rate constant for a reaction at 40.0°C is exactly 5 times that at 20.0°C. Calculate the Arrhenius energy of activation for the reaction. a. 5.00 kJ/mol b. 7.38 kJ/mol c. 61.4 kJ/mol d. 13.4 kJ/mol e. 33.8 kJ/mol ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.6.1 - Use the Arrhenius equation to calculate activation energy, rate constant, or temperature.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction rate KEYWORDS: apply | Arrhenius equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 47. Which of the following statements is not a requirement for a valid reaction mechanism? a. Each elementary reaction must be bimolecular b. There must not be net production of any intermediates c. The elementary reactions of a mechanism must add up to the net chemical reaction d. A mechanism must have only one rate-determining step e. The rate law predicted by a mechanism must agree with the experimental rate law ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.7.1 - Explain how a reaction mechanism relates to the overall chemical equation. .

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: elementary reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 48. The decomposition of ozone may occur through the two-step mechanism shown below: step 1 O3 → O2 + O step 2 O3 + O → 2O2 The oxygen atom is considered to be a(n) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 542

a. activated complex b. catalyst c. reaction intermediate d. product e. reactant ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.7.1 - Explain how a reaction mechanism relates to the overall chemical equation. .

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: elementary reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:31 AM 49. A proposed mechanism for the decomposition of N2O5 is as follows: N2O5 NO2 + NO3

NO2 + NO3 NO2 + O2 + NO

slow step fast step

NO + N2O5 3 NO2 fast step What is the overall chemical equation predicted by this mechanism? a. N2O5 + NO2 + NO3 → 4 NO2 + O2 b. N2O5 + NO → 3 NO2 c. 2 N2O5 → 4 NO2 + O2 d. N2O5 → NO2 + NO3 e. N2O5 → NO2 + O2 + NO ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.7.1 - Explain how a reaction mechanism relates to the overall chemical equation. .

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:36 AM 50. A possible mechanism for the gas phase reaction of NO and H2 is as follows: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 543

Step 1 2 NO

N2O2

Step 2 N2O2 + H2

N2O + H2O

Step 3 N2O + H2 N2 + H2O Which of the following statements concerning this mechanism is not directly supported by the information provided? a. Step 1 is the rate determining step. b. N2O2 is an intermediate. c. There is no catalyst in this reaction. d. The rate expression for step 1 is rate = k[NO]2. e. All steps are bimolecular reactions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.7.1 - Explain how a reaction mechanism relates to the overall chemical equation. .

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:40 AM 51. Determine the rate law for the following elementary reaction: O3 → O2 + O. a. Rate = k[O3]2[O2]-1 b. Rate = k[O3]2[O2] c. Rate = k[O3]-1[O2] d. Rate = k[O3]2 e. Rate = k[O2]2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.7.2 - Write the rate equation for an elementary reaction.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: Easy | elementary reaction | molecularity OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 52. For the elementary reaction A + B → C + D, what is the predicted rate law? a. Rate = k[A]2 b. Rate = k[A][B] Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 544

c.

Rate = k

d. Rate = k[B]2 e. Rate = k[A]/[C] ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.7.2 - Write the rate equation for an elementary reaction.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: elementary reaction | rate equation for an elementary reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:41 AM 53. Identify the rate equation of the termolecular elementary reaction given below.

A+B+C→D+E a. k[A][B][C] b. k([A]+[B]+[C]) c. k[D][E] d. k([D]+[E]) e. (k[A][B][C])/(k[D][E]) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.7.2 - Write the rate equation for an elementary reaction.

TOPICS: Elementary Reactions KEYWORDS: elementary reaction | rate equation for an elementary reaction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 54. Given the following fast equilibrium (below) proposed for the gas phase reaction between NO and O2, what is the expression for the equilibrium concentration of the intermediate NO3?

NO + O2

NO3

a. b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 545

c. d. e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.7.2 - Write the rate equation for an elementary reaction.

TOPICS: Elementary Reactions KEYWORDS: apply | elementary reaction | rate equation for an elementary reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 2:57 AM 55. A proposed mechanism for the decomposition of N2O5 is as follows: N2O5 NO2 + NO3 N2O5 NO + N2O5

NO2 + NO3

slow step

NO2 + O2 + NO NO2 + NO3

fast step

3 NO2

N2O5 NO2 + NO3 fast step What is the rate law predicted by this mechanism? a. Rate = k1k2[N2O5][NO2][NO3] b. Rate = k2[NO2][NO3] c. Rate = k3[NO][N2O5] d. Rate = k1k2k3[N2O5]2 e. Rate = k1[N2O5] ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.8.1 - Determine the rate law from a reaction mechanism, given the rate determining step.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: the rate law and the mechanism | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:02 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 546

56. The complete mechanism for a reaction is considered to occur in two steps, one of which is slow and the other fast: A + 2B → C + D slow A+C→E+F fast What is the rate law predicted by this mechanism? a. Rate = k[A]2[B] b. Rate = k[A]2[B][C] c. Rate = k[A][C] d. Rate = k[A][B][C] e. Rate = k[A][B]2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.8.1 - Determine the rate law from a reaction mechanism, given the rate determining step.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: rate determining step | the rate law and the mechanism | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:02 AM 57. The complete mechanism for a reaction is considered to occur in two steps, one of which is slow and the other fast: A+B→C+D slow A+C→E+F fast What is the net chemical equation predicted by this mechanism? a. 2A + B → D + E + F b. A + C → E + F c. A + B → D + E + F d. A + B → C + D e. A + B + C → D + E + F ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.8.1 - Determine the rate law from a reaction mechanism, given the rate determining step.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: the rate law and the mechanism | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:02 AM 58. Below is a proposed mechanism for the decomposition of H2O2.

H2O2 + I → H2O + IO slow Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 547

-

-

H2O2 + IO → H2O + O2 + I fast Which of the following statements is incorrect? a. IO- is a catalyst b. I- is a catalyst c. The net reaction is 2 H2O2 → 2 H2O + O2 d. The reaction is first-order with respect to [I-] e. The reaction is first-order with respect to [H2O2] ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.8.1 - Determine the rate law from a reaction mechanism, given the rate determining step.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: rate determining step | the rate law and the mechanism | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:03 AM 59. The reaction CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) CCl4(g) + HCl(g) has been proposed to occur by the following mechanism.

Cl2

2Cl fast equilibrium

CHCl3 + Cl

HCl + CCl3

slow step

CCl3 + Cl CCl4 fast What is the rate law predicted by this mechanism? a. Rate = kexp[CHCl3][Cl2] b. Rate = k2[CHCl3][Cl] c. Rate = k1[Cl2] d. Rate = k3[CCl3][Cl] e. Rate = k2(k1/k-1)1/2[CHCl3][Cl2]1/2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.8.1 - Determine the rate law from a reaction mechanism, given the rate determining step.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: apply | the rate law and the mechanism OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 548

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 3:05 AM

60. A suggested mechanism for the decomposition of ozone is as follows: O3

O2 + O

fast equilibrium

O + O3 2O2 slow step What is the rate law predicted by this mechanism? a.

Rate = b. Rate = k2[O] [O3] c.

Rate = d.

Rate = e.

Rate = ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.8.1 - Determine the rate law from a reaction mechanism, given the rate determining step.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: apply | the rate law and the mechanism OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:11 AM 61. Which of the following statements is incorrect concerning a catalyst? a. A catalyst decreases the activation energy of a reaction b. A catalyst may appear in the rate law for a reaction c. A catalyst alters the equilibrium distribution of reactants and products d. There is no net consumption of a catalyst in a reaction e. A catalyst provides an alternative reaction mechanism ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.9.1 - Identify whether a species is acting as a catalyst in a reaction mechanism.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 549

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

rates of reaction reaction mechanism catalysis | remember general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

62. In a chemical reaction at constant temperature, the addition of a catalyst a. provides an alternative reaction pathway with a different activation energy b. increases the concentration of the products at equilibrium c. affects the equilibrium constant d. increases the fraction of molecules with more than a given kinetic energy e. decreases the energy released in the chemical reaction ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.9.1 - Identify whether a species is acting as a catalyst in a reaction mechanism.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: catalysis | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 63. The catalyzed pathway in a reaction mechanism has a __________ activation energy and thus causes a __________ reaction rate. a. higher, lower b. higher, higher c. higher, steady d. lower, higher e. lower, steady ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.9.1 - Identify whether a species is acting as a catalyst in a reaction mechanism.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: catalysis | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 64. One mechanism for the depletion of ozone in the stratosphere is proposed as follows: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 550

Cl + O3 → ClO + O2 ClO + O → Cl + O2 Identify any catalysts and intermediates in the reaction. a. Cl is a catalyst, there are no intermediates b. O is an intermediate, ClO is a catalyst c. O2 is a catalyst, O is an intermediate d. ClO is a catalyst, there are no intermediates e. Cl is a catalyst, ClO is an intermediate ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.9.1 - Identify whether a species is acting as a catalyst in a reaction mechanism.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: apply | catalysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM 65. Which of the following reactions is not an example of homogeneous catalysis? a.

2 O3(g) 3 O2(g) b.

–

2-

2-

S2O8 (aq) + 2 I (aq) c.

2 H2O2(aq)

2 H2O(l) + O2(g)

d. N (g) + 3 H (g) 2

e.

2 SO4 (aq) + I2(aq)

2

2 NH3(g)

CH3CO2CH3(aq) + H2O(l)

CH3CO2H(aq) + CH3OH(aq)

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.9.2 - Understand the difference between homogenous and heterogeneous catalysis.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: catalysis | homogeneous catalysis | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:15 AM 66. Which of the following reactions is not an example of heterogeneous catalysis? a. CO(g) + 3 H (g) CH (g) + H O(g) 2

4

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

2

Page 551

b. c. d. e.

C2H4(g) + H2(g)

C2H6(g)

2 CO(g) + 2NO(g) 2 O3(g) 2 SO2(g) + O2(g)

2 CO2(g) + N2(g) 3 O2(g) 2 SO3(g)

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.9.2 - Understand the difference between homogenous and heterogeneous catalysis.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: catalysis | heterogeneous catalysis | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:20 AM 67. How many mechanistic steps are depicted by in this potential energy diagram for the decomposition of cyclobutane to ethylene?

a. one step b. two steps c. three steps d. four steps e. five steps ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.9.2 - Understand the difference between homogenous and heterogeneous catalysis.

TOPICS: rates of reaction reaction mechanism KEYWORDS: catalysis | heterogeneous catalysis | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 552

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 3:21 AM

68. Identify the true statement(s) about heterogeneous catalysis.

1. Adsorption is the attraction of molecules to a surface 2. Chemisorption is the binding of a species to a surface by chemical bonding forces 3. Catalytic hydrogenation provides heterogeneous catalysis involving chemisorption a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1, 2, and 3 e. 1 and 2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 13.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.13.9.2 - Understand the difference between homogenous and heterogeneous catalysis.

TOPICS: Catalysis KEYWORDS: catalysis | heterogeneous catalysis | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:01 AM

1. Which of the following statements is true in a reaction system at equilibrium? a. The equilibrium constant is zero. b. The number of collisions per unit time between reactants is equal to the number of collisions per unit time between products. c. Reactants are reacting to form products at the same rate as products are reacting to form reactants. d. Reactants and products are present in equimolar amounts. e. The product of the concentrations of the products divided by the product of the concentrations of the reactants is always a constant.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.1.1 - Explain why chemical equilibrium is a dynamic process.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 2. When gaseous carbon monoxide and hydrogen are combined in a sealed vessel and heated they will eventually form an equilibrium mixture of reactants and products according to the balanced chemical equilibrium below.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 553

CO(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ CH4(g) + H2O(g) In one such reaction 3 moles of one reactant were combined with 1 mole of the other reactant in a fixed volume vessel and heated to 1200 K. Analysis of the reaction mixture at various times gave the results below. Which component of the reaction mixture is represented by curve B?

a. carbon monoxide b. either methane or water c. Hydrogen d. either hydrogen or carbon monoxide e. not enough information to decide ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.1.1 - Explain why chemical equilibrium is a dynamic process.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:24 AM 3. Which of the following represents a dynamic equilibrium? a. a stoppered flask half full of water. b. a coin spinning in mid-air. c. two people of equal mass balanced on the ends of a seesaw. d. an open pan of boiling water. e. an object traveling at a constant speed.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.1.1 - Explain why chemical equilibrium is a dynamic process.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 554

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/5/2025 2:04 AM

4. Which of the following is/are true concerning a chemical reaction at equilibrium?

1. The system will be a mixture of reactant and products.

2. The rate of the forward and reverse reactions are equal.

3. The amount of each reactant and product is constant. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.1.1 - Explain why chemical equilibrium is a dynamic process.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5. Sulfur dioxide combines with O2 in the presence of a catalyst as represented by the equation 2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g) Suppose 0.10 mol of SO2 and 0.10 mol of O2 are added to a 1-L vessel. At equilibrium, which of the following conditions must be true? a. [O2] = 2[SO3] b. [SO2] = [O2] c. [SO2] > [O2] d. [SO2] < [O2] e. [SO2] = [O2] = [SO3] ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.1.2 - Use an ICE table to determine equilibrium concentrations.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:25 AM 6. The Ostwald process converts ammonia (NH3) to nitric oxide (NO) by reaction with oxygen in the presence of a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 555

catalyst at high temperatures. In a test of the process a reaction vessel is initially charged with 4.80 mol NH3(g) and 5.80 mol O2(g), sealed, and heated at a fixed high temperature. When equilibrium is established the reaction mixture is analyzed and found to contain 3.80 mol NO(g). What is the quantity of NH3(g) in the equilibrium reaction mixture?

4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) ⇌ 4NO(g) + 6H2O(g) a. 1 mol NH3(g) b. 8.6 mol NH3(g) c. 4.8 mol NH3(g) d. 1.05 mol NH3(g) e. 2 mol NH3(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.1.2 - Use an ICE table to determine equilibrium concentrations.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:26 AM 7. The following reaction is investigated (assume an ideal gas mixture): 2N2O(g) + N2H4(g) ⇌ 3N2(g) + 2H2O(g) Initially there are 0.100 mol of N2O and 0.25 mol of N2H4, in a 10.0-L container. If there are 0.059 mol of N2O at equilibrium, how many moles of N2 are present at equilibrium? a. 4.1 × 10-2 b. 1.2 × 10-1 c. 6.2 × 10-2 d. 2.1 × 10-2 e. 5.2 × 10-2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.1.2 - Use an ICE table to determine equilibrium concentrations.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:26 AM 8. Consider the reaction: A + B ⇌ C. If the initial concentration of A and B is 1.0 M each and the equilibrium concentration of C is 0.5 M, what is the equilibrium concentration of A? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 556

a. 0.5 M b. 1.0 M c. 0.25 M d. 1.5 M e. 2.0 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.1.2 - Use an ICE table to determine equilibrium concentrations.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium KEYWORDS: Apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:27 AM 9. Apply the law of mass action to obtain the equilibrium-constant expression for the following reaction: 2X(g) + Y(g) ⇌ 3W(g) + V(g) a. [X]2[Y][W]3[V] b.

c.

d.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.1 - Describe the kinetics argument for the approach to chemical equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium-constant KEYWORDS: analyze | definition of equilibrium constant Kc OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:53 AM 10. The _____ is a relation that states that the values of the equilibrium-constant expression Kc are constant for a particular reaction at a given temperature, whatever equilibrium concentrations are substituted. a. law of gravity b. law of thermodynamics Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 557

c. law of mass action d. law of definite proportions e. law of combining volumes ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.1 - Describe the kinetics argument for the approach to chemical equilibrium.

TOPICS: equilibrium constant chemical equilibrium KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 11. Which of the following can we predict from an equilibrium constant for a reaction?

1. The extent of a reaction 2. Whether the reaction is fast or slow 3. Whether the reaction is exothermic or endothermic a. 1 only b. 3 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1 and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.1 - Describe the kinetics argument for the approach to chemical equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | definition of equilibrium constant Kc OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 12. What is the relationship between the equilibrium constant (K) and the rate constants for the forward (kf) and reverse (kr) reactions? a. K = kf / kr b. K = kr / kf c. K = kf + kr d. K = kf - kr e. K = kf × kr Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 558

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.1 - Describe the kinetics argument for the approach to chemical equilibrium.

TOPICS: equilibrium constant chemical equilibrium KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 13. What is the expression for Kc for the following equilibrium?

CaSO3(s) ⇌ CaO(s) + SO2(g) a. [CaO] [SO2] b. [SO2] c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.2 - Write equilibrium-constant expressions for a balanced chemical equation.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | definition of equilibrium constant Kc OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:56 AM 14. The reaction of a mixture of SO2 and O2 at a given temperature is represented by the equation 2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g) When equilibrium is established, which of the following ratios is constant regardless of the initial concentrations of SO2 and O2? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 559

b. c.

d. e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.2 - Write equilibrium-constant expressions for a balanced chemical equation.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | definition of equilibrium constant Kc OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 3:59 AM 15. What is the balanced equation for the following equilibrium expression?

a. 2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g) b. 2SO3(g) ⇌ 2SO2(g) + O2(g) c. 2SO3(aq) ⇌ 2SO2(aq) + O2(aq) d. 2SO2(aq) + O2(aq) ⇌ 2SO3(aq) e.

SO2(g) +

O2(g) ⇌ SO3(g)

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.2 - Write equilibrium-constant expressions for a balanced chemical equation.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:02 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 560

16. What balanced equation is the following equilibrium expression derived from?

a. b. c. d.

I2(g) ⇌ HI(g)

H2(g) + HI(g) ⇌

H2(g) +

H2(aq) + HI(aq) ⇌

I2(g)

I2(aq) ⇌ HI(aq) H2(aq) +

I2(aq)

e. 2HI(g) ⇌ H2(g) + I2(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.2 - Write equilibrium-constant expressions for a balanced chemical equation.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:08 AM 17. Which of the following correctly describes the equilibrium constant for the gas-phase reaction between H2 and O2 to form gaseous H2O? a.

Kc = b.

Kc =

c. Kc = [H2O] d.

Kc = e.

Kc = ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

d 1 14.2 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 561

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.2 - Write equilibrium-constant expressions for a balanced chemical equation.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | definition of equilibrium constant Kc OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:11 AM 18. Which expression correctly describes the equilibrium constant Kc for the following reaction?

2C2H2(g) + 5O2(g) ⇌ 4CO2(g) + 2H2O(g) a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.2 - Write equilibrium-constant expressions for a balanced chemical equation.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | definition of equilibrium constant Kc OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:16 AM 19. Nitrogen trifluoride decomposes to form nitrogen and fluorine gases according to the following equation: 2NF3(g) ⇌ N2(g) + 3F2(g) When 2.54 mol of NF3 is placed in a 6.00-L container and allowed to come to equilibrium at 800 K, the mixture is found -1 -1 to contain 0.0434 mol of N2. What is the value of Kp at this temperature? (R = 0.0821 L · atm · mol · K ) a. 1.54 × 10-5 b. 1.91 × 10-3 c. 1.78 × 10-3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 562

d. 1.59 × 10-5 e. 4.43 × 10-7 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.3 - Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | the equilibrium constant Kp OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:16 AM 20. For the reaction Br2(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ 2BrCl(g), at equilibrium, it is found that the concentrations of Br2, Cl2, and BrCl -3 are 0.484 M, 0.105 M, and 1.24 × 10 M, respectively.

What is the value of Kc? a. 3.01 × 10-5 b. 1.20 × 10-4 c. 2.43 × 10-2 d. 4.12 × 101 e. 3.32 × 104 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.3 - Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:18 AM 21. A sample of ammonia gas was allowed to come to equilibrium at 400 K. 2NH3(g) ⇌ N2(g) + 3H2(g) At equilibrium, it was found that the concentration of H2 was 0.0551 M, the concentration of N2 was 0.0183 M, and the concentration of NH3 was 0.383 M. What is Kc for this equilibrium? a. 3.97 × 10-3 b. 1.58 × 10-5 c. 2.10 × 10-5 d. 2.40 × 10-1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 563

e. 2.65 × 10-3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.3 - Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | definition of equilibrium constant Kc OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:18 AM 22. A 2.50-mol sample of HI is placed in a 1.00-L vessel at 460°C, and the reaction system is allowed to come to equilibrium. The HI partially decomposes, forming 0.190 mol H2 and 0.190 mol I2 at equilibrium. What is the equilibrium constant Kc for the following reaction at 460°C? 1/2 H2(g) + 1/2 I2(g) ⇌ HI(g) a. 1.23 × 102 b. 8.10 × 10-3 c. 1.72 × 10-2 d. 11.1 e. 7.63 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.3 - Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:19 AM 23. At 400 K, an equilibrium mixture of H2, I2, and HI consists of 0.025 mol H2, 0.067 mol I2, and 0 mol HI in a 3.50-L flask. What is the value of Kp for the following equilibrium? (R = 0.0821 L ∙ atm/(K ∙ mol)) 2HI(g) ⇌ H2(g) + I2(g) a. 0 b. 1.5 c. 2.0 d. 4.5 e. 3.0 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 564

REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.3 - Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | the equilibrium constant Kp OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:20 AM 24. A sample of ammonia gas was allowed to come to equilibrium at 400 K. 2NH3(g) ⇌ N2(g) + 3H2(g) At equilibrium, it was found that the concentration of H2 was 0.0484 M, the concentration of N2 was 0.0161 M, and the concentration of NH3 was 0.295 M. What was the initial concentration of ammonia? a. 0.161 M b. 0.228 M c. 0.36 M d. 0.311 M e. 0.328 M ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.3 - Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | definition of equilibrium constant Kc OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:21 AM 25. A sample of ammonia gas was allowed to come to equilibrium at 400 K. 2NH3(g) ⇌ N2(g) + 3H2(g) At equilibrium, it was found that the concentration of H2 was 0.0372 M, the concentration of N2 was 0.0124 M, and the concentration of NH3 was 0.175 M. What is Kp for this equilibrium? (R = 0.0821 L ∙ atm/(K ∙ mol)) a. 4.28 b. 2.85 c. 1.70 × 10-2 d. 1.95 × 10-8 e. 2.26 × 10-2 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

e 1 14.2 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 565

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.3 - Calculate the value of the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | the equilibrium constant Kp OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:21 AM 26. For which of the following reactions are the numerical values of Kp and Kc the same?

1. 2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g) 2. N2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2NO(g) 3. H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2HI(g) a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 1 and 2 d. 2 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.4 - Explain how Kp and Kc related.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:23 AM 27. For the reaction 2NO(g) + O2 ⇌ 2NO2(g) at 750°C, what is the relationship between Kc and Kp? a. Kc = Kp b. Kc = Kp × (RT)-1 c. Kc = Kp = 1.0 d. Kc = Kp × (RT)3/4 e. Kc = Kp × (RT)1 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.4 - Explain how Kp and Kc related.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 566

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/6/2025 4:24 AM

28. For which of the following equilibria does Kc = Kp? a. N2(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g) b. CO(g) + H2O(g) ⇌ CO2(g) + H2(g) c. CO(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ CH4(g) + H2O(g) d. CaO(s) + CO2(g) ⇌ CaCO3(s) e. HBr(g) ⇌ 1/2H2(g) + 1/2Br2(l) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.4 - Explain how Kp and Kc related.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | the equilibrium constant Kp OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:24 AM 29. For the reaction N2(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g), Kc = 0.061 at 500K. Calculate Kp at this temperature. a. 1.64 × 10-4 b. 1.15 × 10-4 c. 1.03 × 10-4 d. 1.25 × 10-4 e. 1.54 × 10-4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.4 - Explain how Kp and Kc related.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:25 AM 30. If Kc = 0.133 for A2 + 2B ⇌ 2AB, what is the value of Kc for the reaction 4AB ⇌ 2A2 + 4B? a. 0.133 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 567

b. 0.266 c. 56.5 d. -0.133 e. 3.76 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.5 - Calculate the equilibrium constant for a chemical equation obtained by manipulating one or more equations with known equilibrium constants.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constant for the sum of reactions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:25 AM 31. Consider the following equilibrium: 1/2N2O4(g) ⇌ NO2(g); Kc = 3.3 at 100°C For which of the following equilibria is Kc less than 3.3 at 100°C? a. 1/4N2O4(g) ⇌ 1/2NO2(g) b. N2O4(g) ⇌ 2NO2(g) c. 4N2O4(g) ⇌ 8NO2(g) d. 3N2O4(g) ⇌ 6NO2(g) e. 2N2O4(g) ⇌ 4NO2(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.5 - Calculate the equilibrium constant for a chemical equation obtained by manipulating one or more equations with known equilibrium constants.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | equilibrium constant for the sum of reactions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:26 AM 32. Carbon tetrachloride may react with oxygen to produce chlorine and carbonyl chloride.

51 2CCl4(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2COCl2(g) + 2Cl2(g); Kc = 9.9 × 10 What is Kc for the following equilibrium?

COCl2(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ CCl4(g) + 1/2O2(g) a. 9.9 × 10-51 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 568

b. 5.0 × 10-53 c. 1.0 × 10-26 d. 1.0 × 10-52 e. -9.9 × 1051 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.5 - Calculate the equilibrium constant for a chemical equation obtained by manipulating one or more equations with known equilibrium constants.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constant for the sum of reactions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:26 AM 19

33. At 298 K, the value of Kc for the reaction H2(g) + Br2(g) ⇌ 2HBr(g) is 2.0 × 10 .

What is Kc for HBr(g) ⇌ 1/2H2(g) + 1/2Br2(g)? a. 4.0 × 10-38 b. 5.0 × 10-20 c. 1.0 × 1019 d. -2.0 × 1019 e. 2.2 × 10-10 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.5 - Calculate the equilibrium constant for a chemical equation obtained by manipulating one or more equations with known equilibrium constants.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constant for the sum of reactions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:27 AM 34. Given the equilibrium constants for the following reactions: 4Cu(s) + O2(g) ⇌ 2Cu2O(s); K1 2CuO(s) ⇌ Cu2O(s) + ½ O2(g); K2 What is K for the system 2Cu(s) + O2(g) ⇌ 2CuO(s) equivalent to?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 569

a. (K2)2/(K1) b. K1 × K2 c. (K1)(K2)1/2 d. (K2)½/(K1) e. (K1)1/2/(K2) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.5 - Calculate the equilibrium constant for a chemical equation obtained by manipulating one or more equations with known equilibrium constants.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | equilibrium constant for the sum of reactions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:28 AM 35. Given the equilibrium constants for the equilibria, + + –19 22 NH4 (aq) + 2 H2O(l) ⇌ 2 NH3(aq) + 2H3O (aq); Kc = 3.24 × 10 + –5 CH3COOH(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ CH3COO (aq) + H3O (aq); Kc = 1.75 × 10 determine Kc for the following equilibrium. + CH3COOH(aq) + NH3(aq) ⇌ CH3COO (aq) + NH4 (aq) a. 3.08 × 104 b. 3.25 × 10-5 c. 9.96 × 10-15 d. 1.00 × 1014 e. 1.75 × 10-5 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.5 - Calculate the equilibrium constant for a chemical equation obtained by manipulating one or more equations with known equilibrium constants.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:29 AM 36. Determine Kc for reaction 3, given that reactions 1-3 may be rearranged and summed to give reaction 4. + -5 1. NH3(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ NH4 (aq) + OH (aq); Kc = 1.76 x10 2. CH3COOH(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ CH3COO-(aq) + H3O+(aq); Kc = 1.75 x10-5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 570

3. 2H2O(l) ⇌ OH-(aq) + H3O+(aq); Kc = ? + 4 4. CH3COOH(aq) + NH3(aq) ⇌ CH3COO (aq) + NH4 (aq); Kc = 3.08 x10 a. 3.06 × 10–10 b. 1.05 × 105 c. 9.49 × 10–6 d. 1.10 × 10–14 e. 1.01 × 1014 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.2.5 - Calculate the equilibrium constant for a chemical equation obtained by manipulating one or more equations with known equilibrium constants.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:35 AM 37. Which of the following is an example of a heterogeneous equilibrium? a. N2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2NH3(g) b. CaCO3(s) ⇌ CaO(s) + CO2(g) c. CH3COOH(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ CH3COO-(aq) + H3O+(aq) d. H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2HI(g) e. N2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2 NH3(g) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.3.1 - Compare homogeneous equilibrium and heterogeneous equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | heterogeneous and homogeneous equilibria OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:36 AM 38. Which of the following is a characteristic of a homogeneous equilibrium? a. Involves multiple phases. b. It involves only one phase. c. It involves only solid and liquid phases. d. It involves only gases. e. It involves only solids.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 571

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.3.1 - Compare homogeneous equilibrium and heterogeneous equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | heterogeneous and homogeneous equilibria OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 39. Which of the following is not a factor that affects the position of equilibrium in a heterogeneous system? a. Concentration of reactants and products. b. Temperature. c. Pressure. d. Surface area of solids. e. Catalyst.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.3.1 - Compare homogeneous equilibrium and heterogeneous equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | heterogeneous and homogeneous equilibria OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 40. Which of the following is a common example of a heterogeneous equilibrium? a. The dissolution of salt in water. b. The reaction between two gases. c. The decomposition of calcium carbonate. d. The ionization of acetic acid in water. e. Formation of an alloy.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.3.1 - Compare homogeneous equilibrium and heterogeneous equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | heterogeneous and homogeneous equilibria OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 572

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/5/2025 2:04 AM

41. What is the Kp equilibrium-constant expression for the following equilibrium?

Ti(s) + 2 Cl2(g) ⇌ TiCl4(l) a.

b. c.

d. e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.3.2 - Write the equilibrium-constant expression for a reaction with pure solids or liquids.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | heterogeneous and homogeneous equilibria OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:43 AM 42. What is the Kc equilibrium-constant expression for the following equilibrium?

S8(s) + 24 F2(g) ⇌ 8 SF6(g) a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 573

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.3.2 - Write the equilibrium-constant expression for a reaction with pure solids or liquids.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | heterogeneous and homogeneous equilibria OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:48 AM 43. What is the Kp equilibrium-constant expression for the following equilibrium?

S8(s) + 24 F2(g) ⇌ 8 SF6(g) a.

b. c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.3.2 - Write the equilibrium-constant expression for a reaction with pure solids or liquids.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | heterogeneous and homogeneous equilibria OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:53 AM 44. What is the Kc equilibrium-constant expression for the following equilibrium?

SrO(s) + H2(g) ⇌ Sr(s) + H2O(g) a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 574

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.3.2 - Write the equilibrium-constant expression for a reaction with pure solids or liquids.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | heterogeneous and homogeneous equilibria OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 4:57 AM 45. What is the Kc expression for the following equilibrium? + CuBr(s) ⇌ Cu (aq) + Br (aq) a. [Cu+] [Br-] b.

c.

d. e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.3.2 - Write the equilibrium-constant expression for a reaction with pure solids or liquids.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 575

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

chemical equilibrium equilibrium constant apply 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/6/2025 5:00 AM

46. Consider the following equilibrium: -15 O2(g) + 2 F2(g) ⇌ 2 OF2(g); Kp = 2.3 × 10 Which of the following statements is true? a. If the reaction mixture initially contains only OF2(g), then at equilibrium, the reaction mixture will consist of essentially only O2(g) and F2(g). b. For this equilibrium, Kc = Kp. c. If the reaction mixture initially contains only OF2(g), then the total pressure at equilibrium will be less than the total initial pressure. d. If the reaction mixture initially contains only O2(g) and F2(g), then at equilibrium, the reaction mixture will consist of essentially only OF2(g). e. If the reaction mixture initially contains only O2(g) and F2(g), then the total pressure at equilibrium will be greater than the total initial pressure.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.4.1 - Given the value of the equilibrium constant, indicate whether there are more reactants, more products, or similar amounts of both at equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | qualitatively interpreting the equilibrium constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:01 AM 47. For which of the following reactions will the reactant experience the largest degree of decomposition upon reaching equilibrium at 500 K? a. 2 NO2F(g) ⇌ 2 NO2(g) + F2(g); Kp = 6.6 × 10-22 b. 2 SO3(g) ⇌ 2 SO2(g) + O2(g); Kp = 1.3 × 10-5 c. 2 NOF(g) ⇌ 2 NO(g) + F2(g); Kp = 1.2 × 10-26 d. 2 NOCl(g) ⇌ 2 NO(g) + Cl2(g); Kp = 1.7 × 10-2 e. 2 NO2(g) ⇌ 2 NO(g) + O2(g); Kp = 5.9 × 10-5 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.4.1 - Given the value of the equilibrium constant, indicate whether there are more reactants, more products, or similar amounts of both at equilibrium.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 576

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant analyze | qualitatively interpreting the equilibrium constant general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/6/2025 5:01 AM

48. Which of the following is true for a system whose equilibrium constant is much smaller than one? a. The reaction mixture contains mostly reactants at equilibrium. b. The reaction mixture contains mostly products at equilibrium. c. The rate of reaction is very slow. d. The moles of reactants and products are relatively similar at equilibrium. e. The rate of reaction is very fast.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.4.1 - Given the value of the equilibrium constant, indicate whether there are more reactants, more products, or similar amounts of both at equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 49. Which of the following can we determine by using an equilibrium constant for a gaseous reaction system?

1. the effect of changing the volume of the reaction system 2. the extent of a reaction at equilibrium 3. the direction of a reaction upon adding both reactants and products a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2 and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.4.1 - Given the value of the equilibrium constant, indicate whether there are more reactants, more products, or similar amounts of both at equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: qualitatively interpreting the equilibrium constant | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 577

7

50. Which of the following is always true for a reaction where Kc is 2.12 × 10 at 25°C? a. The reaction mixture contains mostly products at equilibrium. b. The reaction mixture contains mostly reactants at equilibrium. c. The rate of reaction is very fast. d. There are approximately equal moles of reactants and products at equilibrium. e. The reaction rate is very slow.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.4.1 - Given the value of the equilibrium constant, indicate whether there are more reactants, more products, or similar amounts of both at equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:02 AM 51. Which of the following is/are true concerning equilibrium constants?

1. When an equilibrium constant is very large, the equilibrium mixture contains more reactants than products.

2. When an equilibrium constant is very small, the equilibrium mixture contains more products than reactants.

3. When an equilibrium constant is neither large nor small, the equilibrium mixture contains approximately equal amounts of reactants and products. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.4.1 - Given the value of the equilibrium constant, indicate whether there are more reactants, more products, or similar amounts of both at equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 52. Consider the following equilibrium: C2H6(g) + C5H12(g) ⇌ CH4(g) + C6H14(g); Kp = 9.57 at 500 K Suppose 11.6 g each of CH4, C2H6, C5H12, and C6H14 are placed in a 30.0-L reaction vessel at 500 K. Which of the following statements is correct? a. Because Qc < Kc, more products will be formed. b. Because Qc = 1, the system is at equilibrium.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 578

c. Because Qc = 1, more products will be formed. d. Because Qc = 1, more reactants will be formed. e. Because Qc > Kc, more reactants will be formed.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.5.1 - Use the reaction quotient to predict the direction of a reaction.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | predicting the direction of reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:03 AM 2

53. For the reaction 2 H2S(g) ⇌ 2 H2(g) + S2(g), Kc = 9.1 × 10 at 750 K. What will happen when 0.10 mol of H2S, 1.0 mol of H2, and 1.5 mol of S2 are added to a 1.0-L container and the system is brought to 750 K? a. More S2 will be formed than H2. b. More H2 will be formed than S2. c. Nothing; the system is at equilibrium. d. The amount of H2 formed will be half the amount of S2 formed. e. More H2S will be formed.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.5.1 - Use the reaction quotient to predict the direction of a reaction.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze | predicting the direction of reaction OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:03 AM +

-

–7

54. For the reaction CuCl(s) ⇌ Cu (aq) + Cl (aq), Kc = 1.9 × 10 at 25°C. Which of the following concerning a 125 mL –4 + –4 solution containing 4.359 × 10 M Cu , 8.718 × 10 M Cl and a large excess of CuCl(s) is/are correct?

1. The mixture is at equilibrium.

2. Additional CuCl(s) must precipitate to attain equilibrium.

3. The reaction quotient (Q) is greater than one. a. 1 only b. 2 and 3 c. 3 only d. 2 only e. 1 and 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 579

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.5.1 - Use the reaction quotient to predict the direction of a reaction.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:06 AM 3

–4

55. The reaction quotient for a system is 3.9 × 10 . If the equilibrium constant for the system is 2 × 10 , what will happen as the reaction mixture approaches equilibrium? a. The equilibrium constant will increase until it equals the reaction quotient. b. There will be a net gain in both product(s) and reactant(s). c. There will be a net gain in product(s). d. There will be a net gain in reactant(s). e. The equilibrium constant will decrease until it equals the reaction quotient.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.5.1 - Use the reaction quotient to predict the direction of a reaction.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:07 AM 56. CS2(g) + 3 Cl2(g) ⇌ CCl4(g) + S2Cl2(g) At a given temperature, the reaction above is at equilibrium when [CS2] = 0.050 M, [Cl2] = 0.25 M, [CCl4] = 0.15 M, and [S2Cl2] = 0.35 M. What will be the direction of the reaction when the reactants and products have the following concentrations: CS2 = 0.14 M, Cl2 = 0.20 M, CCl4 = 0.28 M, and S2Cl2 = 0.28 M? a. to the left b. to the right c. no change d. cannot predict unless we know the temperature e. cannot predict unless we know whether the reaction is endothermic or exothermic ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.5.1 - Use the reaction quotient to predict the direction of a reaction.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 580

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

analyze | predicting the direction of reaction general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/6/2025 5:08 AM

57. For the equilibrium PCl5(g) ⇌ PCl3(g) + Cl2(g), Kc = 4.0 at 228°C. If pure PCl5 is placed in a 1.00-L container and allowed to come to equilibrium, and the equilibrium concentration of PCl5(g) is 0.26 M, what is the equilibrium concentration of PCl3? a. 0.11 M b. 0.38 M c. 0.23 M d. 0.95 M e. 0.013 M ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.1 - Calculate one equilibrium concentration given the remaining equilibrium concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:09 AM 1

58. For the equilibrium PCl5(g) ⇌ PCl3(g) + Cl2(g), Kc = 2.0 × 10 at 240°C. If pure PCl5 is placed in a 1.00-L container and allowed to come to equilibrium, and the equilibrium concentration of PCl3(g) is 0.27 M, what is the equilibrium concentration of PCl5(g)? a. 0.54 M b. 0.13 M c. 0.013 M d. 0.0036 M e. 8.6 M ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.1 - Calculate one equilibrium concentration given the remaining equilibrium concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 581

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 5:10 AM

59. The equilibrium constant for the reaction H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2 HI(g) is 62.5 at 800 K. What is the equilibrium concentration of I2 if at equilibrium [HI] = 0.21 M and [H2] = 0.13 M? a. 5.4 × 10-3 M b. 0.29 M c. 5.2 × 10-2 M d. 0.21 M e. 2.6 × 10-2 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.1 - Calculate one equilibrium concentration given the remaining equilibrium concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:11 AM 60. Consider the following equilibrium: 4 NH3(g) + 3 O2(g) ⇌ 2 N2(g) + 6 H2O(g) Suppose 0.30 mol of NH3 and 0.40 mol of oxygen are added to a 5.0-L container. If x mol of water is present at equilibrium, how many moles of ammonia will remain at equilibrium? a.

0.30 - x b. 0.30 - x c.

0.30 - x d. e.

0.40 -

x

x

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.1 - Calculate one equilibrium concentration given the remaining equilibrium concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 582

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/6/2025 5:13 AM

61. Consider the following equilibrium.

4 NH3(g) + 3 O2(g) ⇌ 2 N2(g) + 6 H2O(g) Suppose 0.30 mol of NH3 and 0.40 mol of oxygen are added to a 5.0-L container. If x mol of water is present at equilibrium, what is the equilibrium concentration of oxygen? a. 0.40 - 0.50x b. 0.30 - 0.50x c. 0.08 - 0.10x d. 0.06 - 0.13x e.

0.40 - x ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.1 - Calculate one equilibrium concentration given the remaining equilibrium concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:14 AM 62. Consider the following equilibrium: 2 NO(g) + 3 F2(g) ⇌ 2 NOF3(g) Suppose 0.20 mol of NO and 0.30 mol of F2 are added to a 5.0-L container. If x mol of NOF3 is present at equilibrium, how many moles of fluorine are present at equilibrium? a. 0.30 - x b. 0.30 - 2x c. 0.06 - 0.20x d.

0.30 - x e. 0.20 - x ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.1 - Calculate one equilibrium concentration given the remaining equilibrium concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 583

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/6/2025 5:18 AM

63. Consider the following equilibrium: 2 NO(g) + 3 F2(g) ⇌ 2 NOF3(g) Suppose 0.20 mol of NO and 0.30 mol of F2 are added to a 5.0-L container. If x mol of NOF3 is present at equilibrium, what is the equilibrium concentration of NO? a. 0.20x b. 0.05 - 0.50x c. 0.20 - 2x d. 0.04 - 0.20x e. 0.20 - x ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.1 - Calculate one equilibrium concentration given the remaining equilibrium concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:18 AM 64. In an experiment, 0.30 mol H2 and 0.30 mol I2 are mixed in a 1.00-L container, and the reaction forms HI. If Kc = 49 for this reaction, what is the equilibrium concentration of HI? I2(g) + H2(g) ⇌ 2 HI(g) a. 0.58 M b. 0.53 M c. 0.47 M d. 0.075 M e. 0.040 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.2 - Determine equilibrium concentrations given initial concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 584

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 5:20 AM

65. Hydrogen iodide undergoes decomposition according to the equation 2 HI(g) ⇌ H2(g) + I2(g) The equilibrium constant Kp at 500 K for this equilibrium is 0.060. Suppose 0.811 mol of HI is placed in a 1.50-L container at 500 K. What is the equilibrium concentration of H2(g)?

(R = 0.0821 L ∙ atm/(K ∙ mol)) a. 0.21 M b. 0.13 M c. 4.3 M d. 0.039 M e. 0.1 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.2 - Determine equilibrium concentrations given initial concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:22 AM 2

66. At 550 K, Kp = 7.7 × 10 for the following equilibrium.

SO2(g) + NO2(g) ⇌ SO3(g) + NO(g) If 0.279 mol each of SO3 and NO are placed in a 4.00-L container at 550 K, what is the concentration of SO3 at equilibrium? (R = 0.0821 L · atm/(K · mol)) a. 3 M b. 0.067 M c. 0.069 M d. 17 M e. 0.017 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.2 - Determine equilibrium concentrations given initial concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 585

DATE MODIFIED:

5/6/2025 5:23 AM

67. Exactly 1.0 mol N2O4 is placed in an empty 1.0-L container and allowed to reach equilibrium described by the equation N2O4(g) ⇌ 2NO2(g).

If at equilibrium the N2O4 is 28.0% dissociated, what is the value of the equilibrium constant, Kc, for the reaction under these conditions? a. 0.44 b. 2.3 c. 0.31 d. 0.78 e. 0.11 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.6.2 - Determine equilibrium concentrations given initial concentrations and the value of Kc. TOPICS: chemical equilibrium using the equilibrium constant KEYWORDS: apply | calculating equilibrium concentrations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:23 AM 68. Which of the following, when added to an equilibrium mixture represented by the equilibrium below, will not alter the composition of the original equilibrium mixture?

2+ Mg(OH)2(s) ⇌ Mg (aq) + 2 OH (aq) a. Addition of Mg(NO3)2(s) to the equilibrium mixture. b. Addition of Fe(NO3)3(aq) from the equilibrium mixture. c. Addition of Mg(OH)2(s) to the equilibrium mixture. d. Addition of HCl(aq) to the equilibrium mixture. e. Addition of NaOH(s) to the equilibrium mixture.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.7.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in concentration will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:24 AM 69. Consider the following equilibrium: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 586

PCl5(g) ⇌ PCl3(g) + Cl2 (g); ΔH = 92 kJ The concentration of PCl3 at equilibrium may be increased by a. decreasing the temperature. b. adding Cl2 to the system. c. adding PCl5 to the system. d. increasing the pressure. e. adding a catalyst.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.7.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in concentration will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:25 AM 2+

-

70. When cobalt chloride is added to pure water, the Co ions hydrate. The hydrated form then reacts with the Cl ions to set up the equilibrium shown here: 2+ 2Co(H2O)6 + 4 Cl ⇌ CoCl4 + 6 H2O (pink) (blue) Which statement accurately describes the change that the system will undergo if water is added? a. The color will become more blue. b. The equilibrium will shift to the right. c. More water will be produced. d. More chloride ions will be produced. e. There will be less of the hydrated cobalt ion at the new equilibrium position.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.7.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in concentration will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: removing products or adding reactants | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:26 AM 71. Carbon monoxide is toxic because it can successfully compete with oxygen for hemoglobin (Hb) sites according to the following equilibrium: Hb(O2)4(aq) + 4 CO(g) ⇌ Hb(CO)4(aq) + 4 O2(g) From Le Châtelier’s principle, CO poisoning is reversed by Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 587

a. increasing the O2 pressure. b. decreasing the amount of Hb. c. increasing the CO2 pressure. d. increasing the CO pressure. e. increasing the amount of Hb. ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.7.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in concentration will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: removing products or adding reactants | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:26 AM 72. What effect will spraying liquid water into the equilibrium given below have if NH3 is far more soluble in water than is N2 or H2?

N2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2 NH3(g) a. More NH3(g) will form. b. More H2(g) will form. c. Less NH3(g) will form. d. This will not affect the system. e. More N2(g) will form.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.7.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in concentration will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: removing products or adding reactants | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:27 AM 2+

-

73. When cobalt chloride is added to pure water, the Co ions hydrate. The hydrated form then reacts with the Cl ions to set up the equilibrium shown here: 2+ 2Co(H2O)6 + 4 Cl ⇌ CoCl4 + 6 H2O (pink) (blue) Which statement describes the change that the system will undergo if potassium chloride is added?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 588

a. It should become more pink. b. Nothing will change. c. The silver ion will react with the CoCl42-. d. Water will be produced. e. It should become more blue.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.7.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in concentration will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: removing products or adding reactants | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:28 AM 74. _____ states that, when a system in chemical equilibrium is disturbed by a change of temperature, pressure, or a concentration, the system shifts in equilibrium composition in a way that tends to counteract this change of variable. a. Bernoulli's principle b. Le Châtelier's principle c. Fermat's principle d. Heisenberg's uncertainty principle e. The Pauli exclusion principle ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.7.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in concentration will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: removing products or adding reactants | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 75. Consider the reaction represented by the equation N2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2 NH3(g). What happens to the equilibrium position when an inert gas is added to this system (as represented above) at equilibrium? a. If the container is rigid, the equilibrium position shifts. If the container is fitted with a movable piston, nothing happens to the equilibrium position. b. If the container is rigid, nothing happens to the equilibrium position. If the container is fitted with a movable piston, the equilibrium position shifts. c. Nothing happens to the equilibrium position no matter what the container is like. d. The equilibrium position shifts no matter what the container is like.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 589

e. The value of the equilibrium constant must be known to answer this question.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in pressure will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze | pressure change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:28 AM 76. Which of the following equilibria would not be affected by pressure changes at constant temperature? a. CO2(g) + H2(g) ⇌ CO(g) + H2O(g) b. CO(g) + O2(g) ⇌ CO2(g) c. 2Hg(l) + O2(g) ⇌ 2HgO(s) d. 2H2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2H2O(l) e. CaCO3(s) ⇌ CaO(s) + CO2(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in pressure will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze | pressure change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:29 AM 77. Which of the following equilibria would be affected by volume changes at constant temperature?

1. 2 NO(g) + 3 F2(g) ⇌ 2 F3NO(g) 2. PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ PCl5(g) 3. O3(g) + NO(g) ⇌ NO2(g) + O2(g) a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 590

REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in pressure will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze | pressure change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:32 AM 78. For which of the following systems at equilibrium and at constant temperature will decreasing the volume cause the equilibrium to shift to the right? a. NH4Cl(s) ⇌ NH3(g) + HCl(g) b. 2 NO2(g) ⇌ 2 NO(g) + O2(g) c. H2(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ 2 HCl(g) d. N2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2 NH3(g) e. 2 H2O(g) ⇌ 2 H2(g) + O2(g) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in pressure will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze | pressure change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:32 AM 79. For which of the following systems at equilibrium and at constant temperature will increasing the volume have no effect on the equilibrium? a. C(s) + CO2(g) ⇌ 2 CO(g) b. SO2Cl2(g) ⇌ SO2(g) + Cl2(g) c. COCl2(g) ⇌ CO(g) + Cl2(g) d. I2(g) ⇌ 2I(g) e. CO(g) + H2O(g) ⇌ CO2(g) + H2(g) ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in pressure will Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 591

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

affect an equilibrium. chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle analyze | pressure change general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/6/2025 5:39 AM

80. In which of the following reactions does an instantaneous increase in the volume of the reaction vessel favor formation of the products? a. PCl5(g) ⇌ PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) b. N2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2 NH3(g) c. H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2 HI(g) d. MgO(s) + CO2(g) ⇌ MgCO3(s) e. N2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2NO(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in pressure will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze | pressure change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:42 AM 81. Consider the following equilibrium: NH4Cl(s) ⇌ NH3(g) + HCl(g) Suppose a vessel containing NH4Cl(s), NH3(g) and HCl(g) is at equilibrium. If the volume of the vessel is instantaneously doubled while keeping the temperature constant, when a new equilibrium is reached, which of the following statements is incorrect? a. The value of Kp remains unchanged. b. The number of moles of NH4Cl decreases. c. The total pressure is halved. d. The partial pressures of NH3 and HCl in the vessel remain unchanged. e. The amount of NH3 and HCl doubles.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.1 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in pressure will affect an equilibrium.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 592

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle analyze | pressure change general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/6/2025 5:44 AM

82. When the pressure of an equilibrium mixture of SO2, O2, and SO3 is halved at constant temperature, what is the effect on Kp?

2SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2SO3(g) a. Kp is doubled. b. Kp is halved. c. Kp is unchanged. d. Kp is tripled. e. Kp is decreased by a third.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.2 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in temperature will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:46 AM 83. Consider the following equilibrium at 25°C: -6 2 ICl(g) ⇌ I2(g) + Cl2(g); ΔH = 27 kJ; Kp = 6.2 × 10 Which of the following would be true if the temperature were increased to 100°C? 1. The value of Kp would increase.

2. The concentration of ICl(g) would increase.

3. The partial pressure of I2 would increase. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1 and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.2 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in temperature will affect an equilibrium.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 593

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle analyze | temperature change general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/6/2025 5:46 AM

84. The following equilibrium is established in a sealed, rigid container. How could the partial pressure of SO2 at equilibrium be increased?

SO2Cl2(g) ⇌ SO2(g) + Cl2(g); ΔH = +67 kJ a. by adding an inert gas such as helium b. by increasing the temperature c. by removing SO2Cl2 as it is formed d. by adding Cl2 to the system e. by decreasing the volume of the reaction vessel ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.2 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in temperature will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: temperature change | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:47 AM 85. Consider the following equilibrium: 2NH3(g) ⇌ N2(g) + 3H2(g); ΔH = 92 kJ What change should be made in order to increase the value of Kp for this reaction? a. Increase the pressure. b. Decrease the temperature. c. Increase the temperature. d. Decrease the pressure. e. Nothing; Kp cannot be changed.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.2 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in temperature will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: temperature change | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 594

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/6/2025 5:47 AM

86. For the following reaction system at equilibrium, which one of the changes below would cause the equilibrium to shift to the right?

Br2(g) + 2 NO(g) ⇌ 2 NOBr(g); ΔH° = -30 kJ a. Remove some NO. b. Remove some Br2. c. Add some NOBr. d. Increase the volume of the reaction vessel. e. Decrease the temperature.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.2 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in temperature will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: temperature change | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:48 AM 87. Solid HgO, liquid Hg, and gaseous O2 are placed in a glass bulb and allowed to reach equilibrium.

2 HgO(s) ⇌ 2 Hg(l) + O2(g); ΔH = 181.6 kJ The amount of Hg(l) in the bulb could be increased a. by removing some HgO(s). b. by adding an inert gas. c. by adding some HgO(s). d. by increasing the pressure. e. by increasing the temperature.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.2 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in temperature will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: temperature change | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:48 AM 88. Consider the following equilibrium: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 595

N2O4(g) ⇌ 2 NO2(g) Suppose two different experiments were conducted on this equilibrium, at two different temperatures.

Trial Temperature Initial Moles of N2O4 Equilibrium Moles of N2O4 1 25°C 1.00 0.815 2 55°C 1.00 0.500 What conclusion may be drawn from the above data? a. Kc > Kp at all temperatures. b. The reaction is exothermic. c. The forward reaction proceeds faster than the reverse reaction. d. Kp = 1 at 55°C. e. The equilibrium constant increases with increasing temperature.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.2 - Use Le Chatelier’s principle to predict how a change in temperature will affect an equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: apply | temperature change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:52 AM 89. The following equilibrium is exothermic. How could the yield of diiodine pentoxide be increased?

I2(g) + 5 CO2(g) ⇌ 5 CO(g) + I2O5(g) a. by decreasing the pressure b. by increasing the pressure c. by decreasing the volume of the reaction vessel d. by decreasing the temperature e. by increasing the temperature ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.3 - Describe how the optimum conditions for a reaction are chosen.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:52 AM 90. Consider the reaction S2Cl2(l) + CCl4(l) ⇌ CS2(g) + 3Cl2(g); ΔH° = 84.3 kJ If the above reactants and products are contained in a closed vessel and the reaction system is at equilibrium, the number Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 596

of moles of CS2 can be increased by a. increasing the size of the reaction vessel. b. adding some Cl2 to the system. c. adding some S2Cl2 to the system. d. decreasing the temperature of the reaction system. e. adding some CCl4 to the system.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.3 - Describe how the optimum conditions for a reaction are chosen.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:52 AM 91. Consider the following system at equilibrium: N2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2 NH3(g); ΔH° = -92.94 kJ Which of the following changes will shift the equilibrium to the right?

I. increasing the temperature II. decreasing the temperature III. increasing the volume IV. decreasing the volume V. removing some NH3 VI. adding some NH3 VII. removing some N2 VIII. adding some N2 a. II, III, V, VIII b. I, III, V, VII c. I, VI, VIII d. I, IV, VI, VII e. II, IV, V, VIII ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.3 - Describe how the optimum conditions for a reaction are chosen.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:58 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 597

92. For the endothermic reaction 2 CO2(g) + N2(g) ⇌ 2 NO(g) + 2 CO(g), the conditions that favor maximum conversion of the reactants to products are a. high temperature and low pressure. b. high temperature, pressure being unimportant. c. low temperature and low pressure. d. low temperature and high pressure. e. high temperature and high pressure.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.8.3 - Describe how the optimum conditions for a reaction are chosen.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/6/2025 5:59 AM 93. Which of the following statements is incorrect concerning the addition of a catalyst to an equilibrium reaction system? a. The catalyst speeds up the attainment of equilibrium. b. If the reactants are capable of forming many different products, a catalyst may selectively speed up one reaction over another. c. The catalyst increases the rate of both the forward and the reverse reaction. d. The catalyst increases the yield of the products. e. The catalyst is not consumed in either the forward or the reverse reaction.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.9.1 - Compare the effect of a catalyst on rate of reaction with its effect on equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: effects of a catalyst | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 94. A(n) _____ is a substance that increases the rate of a reaction but is not consumed by it. a. antimatter b. dark matter c. beta particle d. solvent pansmer e. catalyst ANSWER: e Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 598

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.9.1 - Compare the effect of a catalyst on rate of reaction with its effect on equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: effects of a catalyst | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 95. Which of the following is the main step in the contact process for the industrial production of sulfuric acid? a. Oxidation of SO2 in the presence of a catalyst b. Oxidation of SO3 in the presence of a catalyst c. Oxidation of SO in the presence of a catalyst d. Reduction of SO2 in the presence of a catalyst e. Reduction of SO4 in the presence of a catalyst ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.9.1 - Compare the effect of a catalyst on rate of reaction with its effect on equilibrium.

TOPICS: chemical equilibrium Le Chatelier's principle KEYWORDS: effects of a catalyst | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 96. The _____ is an economical process for making nitric acid in which nitric oxide is prepared by the oxidation of ammonia. a. Hall-Héroult process b. Ostwald process c. Frasch process d. Bessemer process e. Castner process ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 14.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.14.9.1 - Compare the effect of a catalyst on rate of reaction with its effect on equilibrium.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 599

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

Effect of a catalyst understand general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/5/2025 2:04 AM

1. Which of the following reactions is not readily explained by the Arrhenius concept of acids and bases? a. HCl(g) + NH3(g) → NH4Cl(s) b. HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) c. HClO4(aq) + H2O(l) → H3O+(aq) + ClO4-(aq) d. HC2H3O2(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3O+(aq) + C2H3O2-(aq) e. H3O+(aq) + OH-(aq) → 2 H2O(l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.1.1 - Define acid and base according to the Arrhenius concept.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Arrhenius concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:41 AM 2. Which of the following statements is/are consistent with the Arrhenius concept of acids and bases?

1. An Arrhenius acid will increase the concentration of hydronium ion in an aqueous or nonaqueous solvent.

2. All Arrhenius acids are strong electrolytes in water.

3. All strong acid-strong base reactions have the same heat of reaction (ΔH°) per mole of water formed. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 1, 2 and 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.1.1 - Define acid and base according to the Arrhenius concept.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Arrhenius concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 600

3. Which of the following statements does not describe a characteristic of an Arrhenius acid? a. An Arrhenius acid reacts with an Arrhenius base to produce a salt. b. An Arrhenius acid turns red litmus blue. c. An Arrhenius acid is an electrolyte. d. An Arrhenius acid reacts with CaCO3 to produce CO2. e. An Arrhenius acid tastes sour.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.1.1 - Define acid and base according to the Arrhenius concept.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Arrhenius concept of acids and bases | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 4. Which of the following species is not capable of acting as an Arrhenius acid in aqueous solution? a. ClO4b. HClO3 c. H2SO3 d. H3PO4 e. HSO4ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.1.1 - Define acid and base according to the Arrhenius concept.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Arrhenius concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5. Which of the following statements is correct concerning the neutralization of sulfurous acid by a strong base?

22 OH (aq) + H2SO3(aq) → SO3 (aq) + 2 H2O(l) a. H2SO3 is both an Arrhenius acid and a Brønsted-Lowry acid. b. H2SO3 is a Brønsted-Lowry acid, but not an Arrhenius acid. c. H2SO3 is neither an Arrhenius acid nor a Brønsted-Lowry acid. d. H2SO3 is an Arrhenius acid, but not a Brønsted-Lowry acid.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 601

e. H2SO3 is a Lewis base.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.2.1 - Define acid and base according to the Brønsted-Lowry concept.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Brønsted-Lowry concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 6. Which of the following statements is/are consistent with the Brønsted-Lowry concept of acids and bases?

1. A conjugate acid-base pair may differ by only one proton.

2. A base is defined as a hydroxide ion donor.

3. Brønsted-Lowry acid-base reactions are restricted to aqueous solutions. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.2.1 - Define acid and base according to the Brønsted-Lowry concept.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Brønsted-Lowry concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 7. Which of the provided statements correctly defines acids and bases based on the Bronsted–Lowry concept? a. An acid gives H+ ions, and a base accepts H+ ions. b. An acid gives OH- ions, and a base accepts OH- ions. c. An acid increases the concentration of hydroxide ions, and a base increases the concentration of hydrogen ions. d. An acid donates OH- ions, and a base gives H+ ions. e. An acid accepts hydrogen ions; a base donates hydrogen ions.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 602

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.2.1 - Define acid and base according to the Brønsted-Lowry concept.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Brønsted-Lowry concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 8. An _____ is a species that can act as either an acid or a base. a. aliphatic species b. allotropic species c. isomeric species d. amphiprotic species e. aromatic species ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.2.1 - Define acid and base according to the Brønsted-Lowry concept.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Brønsted-Lowry concept of acids and bases | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 9. Which are the Brønsted-Lowry bases in the following equilibrium?

HCOO (aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ HCOOH(aq) + OH (aq) a. HCOO- and OHb. H2O and OHc. H2O, HCOOH, and OHd. HCOO- and HCOOH e. H2O and HCOOH ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.2.2 - Identify conjugate acid-base pairs.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Brønsted-Lowry concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:48 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 603

10. Which of the following pairs of species is not a conjugate acid-base pair? a. HOCl, OClb. HNO2, NO2+ c. O2-, OHd. HSO4-, SO42e. H2CO3, HCO3ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.2.2 - Identify conjugate acid-base pairs.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Brønsted-Lowry concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 11. What is a conjugate acid-base pair for the following equilibrium? Select all that apply.

2H2O(l) + HPO4 (aq) ⇌ H2PO4 (aq) + OH (aq) a. H2O is an acid and HPO42- is its conjugate base. b. HPO42- is an acid and OH- is its conjugate base. c. H2O is an acid and OH- is its conjugate base. d. HPO42- is an acid and H2PO4- is its conjugate base. e. HPO42- is an acid and H2O is its conjugate base.

ANSWER: c, d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.2.2 - Identify conjugate acid-base pairs.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Brønsted-Lowry concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 1:38 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 1:40 AM -

12. What is the conjugate base of H2PO4 (aq)? a. PO43b. H3O+ c. HPO42Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 604

d. H3P e. H3PO4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.2.2 - Identify conjugate acid-base pairs.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Brønsted-Lowry concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 13. Which of the provided acids can function as both a Bronsted-Lowry acid and a Lewis acid? a. H₂SO₄ b. CH₃COOH c. HI d. HCl e. AlCl3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.1 - Compare the Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry, and Lewis definitions of acids and bases.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 14. Which of the provided statements accurately defines a Lewis acid? a. A species that donates a proton b. A species that gives an electron pair c. A species that acquires a proton d. A species that forms H₃O⁺ in aqueous solution e. A species that accepts an electron pair ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.1 - Compare the Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry, and Lewis definitions of Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 605

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

acids and bases. acids and bases acid-base concepts Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/5/2025 2:04 AM

15. Which of the provided bases can function as both a Bronsted-Lowry base and a Lewis base? Select all that apply. a. NH3 b. H2O c. OHd. FeCl3 e. BF3 ANSWER: a, b, c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.1 - Compare the Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry, and Lewis definitions of acids and bases.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/7/2025 5:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:50 AM 16. Which of the following is not a Lewis base? a. Chloride ion b. Carbonate ion c. Hydroxide ion d. pyridine e. Methane ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.1 - Compare the Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry, and Lewis definitions of acids and bases.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 606

17. In the reaction CuO(s) + CO2(g) → CuCO3(s), a. O2- acts as a Lewis base and CO2 acts as a Lewis acid. b. O2- acts as a Lewis base and Cu2+ acts as a Lewis acid. c. CuO is the Lewis acid and CuCO3 is its conjugate base. d. CO2 is the Lewis acid and CuCO3 is its conjugate base. e. Cu2+ acts as a Lewis acid and CO32- acts as a Lewis base.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.2 - Analyze Lewis acid-base reactions.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 18. Consider the following reaction: AgBr(s) + 2 CN (aq) → Ag(CN)2 (aq) + Br (aq) The species that are acting as a Lewis acid and Lewis base, respectively, are a. Br- and CN-. b. Ag+ and CN-. c. AgBr and Ag(CN)2-. d. Ag(CN)2- and Ag+. e. Ag+ and Br-.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.2 - Analyze Lewis acid-base reactions.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 19. Which of the following is not an example of an acid–base reaction? a. Al(OH)3(s) + 3H+(aq) → Al3+(aq) + 3H2O(l) b. C2H6(g) → C2H4(g) + H2(g) c. MgO(s) + CO2(g) → MgCO3(s) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 607

d. Al(OH)3(s) + OH-(aq) → Al(OH)4-(aq) e. CN–(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ HCN(aq) + OH-(aq) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.2 - Analyze Lewis acid-base reactions.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:52 AM 20. Which of the following is/are an appropriate classification of the reaction given below?

RbOH(aq) + CO2(g) → RbHCO3(aq) 1. The above reaction may be classified as an Arrhenius acid-base reaction.

2. The above reaction may be classified as a Brønsted-Lowry acid-base reaction.

3. The above reaction may be classified as a Lewis acid-base reaction. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.2 - Analyze Lewis acid-base reactions.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: analyze | Lewis concept of acids and bases OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 21. Which of the following species cannot act as a Lewis base? a. H2S b. S2c. Al3+ d. SHe. H2O ANSWER: POINTS:

c 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 608

REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.3 - Identify Lewis acid and Lewis base species.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 22. Which of the following species cannot act as a Lewis base? a. H2O2 b. OHc. O2d. H2O e. Be2+ ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.3 - Identify Lewis acid and Lewis base species.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 23. Which of the following species cannot act as a Lewis base? a. NH3 b. NH4+ c. N3d. NH2e. NH2ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.3.3 - Identify Lewis acid and Lewis base species.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 609

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/5/2025 2:04 AM

24. Which of the following species cannot act as a Lewis acid? a. H+ b. Hc. K+ d. Mg2+ e. Al3+ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.393 - Identify Lewis acid and Lewis base species. (Example 15.2) TOPICS: acids and bases acid-base concepts KEYWORDS: Lewis concept of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 25. Which acid has the strongest conjugate base in aqueous solution? a. HF b. HNO3 c. HClO4 d. HI e. H2SO4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.4.1 - Describe the relationship between the strength of an acid and that of its conjugate base.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: relative strengths of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 26. Which of the following concerning the relative strength of acids and bases is/are correct?

1. As the acidity of the acid decreases, the basicity of the conjugate base increases.

2. The hydronium ion is the strongest acid that can be found in aqueous solution.

3. All acids classified as strong acids in an aqueous solution have the same acidity in a more acidic solvent like acetic acid.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 610

a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 2 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.4.1 - Describe the relationship between the strength of an acid and that of its conjugate base.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: relative strengths of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 27. Which of the following acids has the weakest conjugate base in aqueous solution? a. CH3COOH b. HOCl c. HF d. HNO2 e. HNO3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.4.1 - Describe the relationship between the strength of an acid and that of its conjugate base.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: relative strengths of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM -

-

28. The acid strength decreases in the series HBr > HSO4 > CH3COOH > HCN > HCO3 . Which of the following is the strongest base? a. SO42b. CO32c. CH3COOd. Bre. CNCopyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 611

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.4.1 - Describe the relationship between the strength of an acid and that of its conjugate base.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: relative strengths of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 29. What is the leveling effect? a. All bases are 100% ionized in water. b. All acids are 100% ionized in solvents other than water. c. All strong acids are 100% ionized in water. d. An acid with a higher concentration in water has a lower pH than an acid with a lower concentration in water. e. A base with a higher concentration in water has a lower pH than a base with a lower concentration in water.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.4.1 - Describe the relationship between the strength of an acid and that of its conjugate base.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: relative strengths of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 30. Which of the following reactions is not product-favored? a. NaOH(aq) → Na+(aq) + OH-(aq) b. NH3(aq) + H2O(l) → NH4+(aq) + OH-(aq) c. HClO4(aq) + H2O(l) → H3O+(aq) + ClO4-(aq) d. HCl(aq) + H2O(l) → H3O+(aq) + Cl-(aq) e. H2SO4(aq) + H2O(l) → H3O+(aq) + HSO4-(aq) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.4.2 - Decide whether reactants or products are favored in an acid-base reaction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 612

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

acids and bases acid and base strength apply | relative strengths of acids and bases general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/5/2025 2:04 AM

31. Given equal concentrations of the following acids, which exhibits the greatest amount of ionization in water? a. acetic acid b. sulfurous acid c. citric acid d. perchloric acid e. hypochlorous acid ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.4.2 - Decide whether reactants or products are favored in an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: relative strengths of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 32. Which of the following statements is true concerning an aqueous solution of the weak base NH3? a. OH- is a stronger base than NH3. b. OH- is a stronger acid than NH4+. c. NH4+ is a stronger acid than H3O+. d. NH3 is a weaker base than H2O. e. H2O is a stronger acid than H3O+.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.4.2 - Decide whether reactants or products are favored in an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: relative strengths of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 613

33. Which of the following statements is true concerning an aqueous solution of the strong acid HBr? a. Br- is a stronger acid than H2O. b. Br- is a stronger base than OH-. c. H3O+ is a stronger acid than HBr. d. H2O is a stronger acid than HBr. e. H2O is a stronger base than Br-.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.4.2 - Decide whether reactants or products are favored in an acid-base reaction.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: relative strengths of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 34. Which of the following acids is considered as strongest acid? a. HClO b. HClO4 c. HClO2 d. HClO3 e. HCl ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.1 - Explain the periodic trends in the strengths of the binary acids HX. TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: relative strengths of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 35. Rank the following in order of decreasing acid strength in aqueous solution: HBr, HOCl, HOBr, HOI. a. HBr > HClO > HBrO > HIO b. HIO > HBrO > HClO > HBr c. HBr > HIO > HBrO > HClO d. HClO > HBr > HBrO > HIO e. HClO > HBrO > HBr > HIO ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 614

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.1 - Explain the periodic trends in the strengths of the binary acids HX. TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: relative strengths of acids and bases | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 36. Which of the following statements is incorrect? a. One reason for HCl is a stronger acid than HF is that the H-Cl bond is weaker than the H-F bond. b. F- is a stronger base than Cl-. c. One reason why HCl is a stronger acid than HF is that Cl is more electronegative than F. d. The acids HBr and HI both appear equally strong in water. e. One reason for HCl is a stronger acid than HF is that Cl has a larger atomic radius than F. ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.1 - Explain the periodic trends in the strengths of the binary acids HX. TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: molecular structure and acid strength | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 37. Which solution has the highest pH? a. 0.10 M HBr(aq) b. 0.10 M HI(aq) c. 0.10 M HF(aq) d. 0.10 M HCl(aq) e. 0.10 M HClO4(aq) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.1 - Explain the periodic trends in the strengths of the binary acids HX. TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: apply | molecular structure and acid strength OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 615

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:04 AM

38. Which of the following is the strongest acid in aqueous solution? a. H3AsO4 b. H3PO4 c. H3PO3 d. H3SbO4 e. H3AsO3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.2 - Explain the rules for determining the relative strengths of oxoacids.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: molecular structure and acid strength | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 39. Rank the following in order of decreasing acid strength: H2O, H2S, H2Se, H2Te a. H2Te > H2Se > H2S > H2O b. H2O > H2S > H2Se > H2Te c. H2Se > H2Te > H2S > H2O d. H2S > H2Te > H2Se > H2O e. H2Se > H2S > H2Te > H2O ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.2 - Explain the rules for determining the relative strengths of oxoacids.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: apply | molecular structure and acid strength OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 40. Which of the following is the strongest acid? a. HClO2 b. HCl c. HClO4 d. HClO Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 616

e. HClO3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.2 - Explain the rules for determining the relative strengths of oxoacids.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: molecular structure and acid strength | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 41. Which of the following solutes, dissolved in 1.0 kg of water, would be expected to provide the fewest particles and to freeze at the highest temperature? a. 0.10 mol HClO b. 0.10 mol HClO3 c. 0.10 mol HClO2 d. 0.10 mol HClO4 e. 0.10 mol HCl ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.2 - Explain the rules for determining the relative strengths of oxoacids.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: analyze | molecular structure and acid strength OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM -

2-

42. Rank H3PO4, H2PO4 , and HPO4 in order of increasing acid strength. a. HPO42- < H2PO4- < H3PO4 b. H2PO4-< HPO42- < H3PO4 c. H2PO4- < H3PO4 < HPO42d. HPO42- < H3PO4 < H2PO4e. H3PO4 < H2PO4- < HPO42ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

a 1 15.5 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 617

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.2 - Explain the rules for determining the relative strengths of oxoacids.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: molecular structure and acid strength | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 43. Which of the following oxoacids is the least strong in terms of acidity? a. H₂SO₄ b. HNO3 c. HClO₄ d. H₂CO₃ e. HClO ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.2 - Explain the rules for determining the relative strengths of oxoacids.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: molecular structure and acid strength | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 44. The acidity of oxoacids increases: a. with the increase in size of the central atom. b. when the oxidation state of the central atom decreases. c. with the increase in the number of hydrogen atoms. d. when the central atom’s electronegativity decreases. e. with the increase of the number of oxygen atoms.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.2 - Explain the rules for determining the relative strengths of oxoacids.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: molecular structure and acid strength | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 45. Which of the following oxoacids is most acidic? a. HNO3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 618

b. HClO4 c. H2SO4 d. H2SO3 e. HOCl ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.5.2 - Explain the rules for determining the relative strengths of oxoacids.

TOPICS: acids and bases acid and base strength KEYWORDS: molecular structure and acid strength | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM -14

46. The ionization constant of water at a temperature above 25°C is 3.5 × 10 . What is the pH of pure water at this temperature? + 2 H2O(l) ⇌ H3O (aq) + OH (aq) a. 7.73 b. 5.53 c. 6.73 d. 13.49 e. 7.00 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.6.1 - Define autoionization (or self-ionization).

TOPICS: acids and bases self-ionization of water and pH KEYWORDS: apply | self-ionization of water OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:54 AM 47. The autoionization of water, as represented by the equation below, is known to be endothermic. Which of the following correctly states what occurs as the temperature of water is raised? + H2O(l) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3O (aq) + OH (aq) a. The pH of the water decreases, and the water becomes more acidic. b. The pH of the water decreases, and the water remains neutral. c. The pH of the water increases, and the water remains neutral. d. The pH of the water does not change, and the water remains neutral. e. The pH of the water increases, and the water becomes more acidic.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 619

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.6.1 - Define autoionization (or self-ionization).

TOPICS: acids and bases self-ionization of water and pH KEYWORDS: analyze | self-ionization of water OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:54 AM 48. The equilibrium constant for the autoionization of water (shown below) increases with increasing temperature, from -14 -14 1.01 x10 at 25°C to 5.31 x10 at 50°C. + H2O(l) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3O (aq) + OH (aq) Which of the following statements is consistent with this behavior? Select all that apply. a. The autoionization of water is an endothermic reaction. b. The autoionization of water is an exothermic reaction. c. The hydronium ion concentration at equilibrium increases with increasing temperature. d. The hydronium ion concentration at equilibrium decreases with increasing temperature. e. The hydronium ion concentration at equilibrium is independent to the temperature.

ANSWER: a, c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.6.1 - Define autoionization (or self-ionization).

TOPICS: acids and bases self-ionization of water and pH KEYWORDS: analyze | self-ionization of water OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 1:42 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 1:43 AM 49. The equilibrium constant for the autoionization of H2O (shown below) decreases with decreasing temperature, from -14 -14 6.5 x 10 at 60°C to 1.01 x10 at 25°C. + H2O(l) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3O (aq) + OH (aq) Which of the following statements is consistent with this behavior? Select all that apply a. The autoionization of H2O is an exothermic reaction. b. The autoionization of H2O is an endothermic reaction. c. The H3O+ concentration at equilibrium decreases with decreasing temperature. d. The H3O+ concentration at equilibrium increases with increasing temperature. e. The autoionization of H2O is not dependent on temperature.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

b, d 1 15.6

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 620

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.6.1 - Define autoionization (or self-ionization).

TOPICS: acids and bases self-ionization of water and pH KEYWORDS: analyze | self-ionization of water OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 1:44 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 1:51 AM –

50. What is the equilibrium concentration of amide ion (NH2 ) in liquid ammonia at 25°C? ("am" = dissolved in ammonia) + -24 2NH3(l) ⇌ NH4 (am) + NH2 (am); Kc = 1.8 × 10 at 25°C a. 2.6 × 10-12 M b. 3.6 × 10-24 M c. 1.3 × 10-12 M d. 1.8 × 10-24 M e. 9.0 × 10-25 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.6.2 - Define the ion-product constant for water.

TOPICS: acids and bases self-ionization of water and Ph KEYWORDS: apply | self-ionization of water OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:56 AM 51. What is the hydronium-ion concentration in a solution formed by combining 450 mL of 0.10 M NaOH with 150 mL of 0.30 M HCl? NaOH(aq) + HCl(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) a. 0.045 M b. 1.7 × 10-13 M c. 1.0 × 10-7 M d. 0.30 M e. 0.10 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.6.2 - Define the ion-product constant for water.

TOPICS: acids and bases self-ionization of water and pH Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 621

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

analyze | self-ionization of water general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/7/2025 5:56 AM +

−

52. What is the concentration of H3O and OH ion in pure water at 25 °C? a. 1.8 × 10-7 M, 3.2 × 1--7 M b. 2.0 × 10-7 M, 4.0 × 10-7 M c. 3.0 × 10-7 M, 2.0 × 10-7 M d. 2.0 × 10-7 M, 1.5 × 10-7 M e. 1.0 × 10-7 M, 1.0 × 10-7 M ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.6.2 - Define the ion-product constant for water.

TOPICS: Autoionization of Water KEYWORDS: analyze | self-ionization of water OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM -15

53. At 10°C, the ion-product constant of water, Kw, is 6.88 × 10 . What is the pH of pure water at 10°C? a. 7.000 b. 6.684 c. 7.364 d. 7.264 e. 6.952 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.6.2 - Define the ion-product constant for water.

TOPICS: Autoionization of Water KEYWORDS: apply | self-ionization of water OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:57 AM +

-4

54. The concentration of H3O in a solution is 6 × 10 M at 25°C. What is its hydroxide-ion concentration? a. 6 × 10-4 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 622

b. 1 × 10-10 M c. 2 × 10-10 M d. 3 × 10-10 M e. 2 × 10-11 M ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.7.1 - Calculate the concentrations of H3O+ and OH-in solutions of a strong acid or base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | concentrations of H3O+ and OH- ions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM -5

55. At 25°C a solution has a hydroxide-ion concentration of 8.22 × 10 M. What is its hydronium-ion concentration? a. 8.22 × 10-19 M b. 1.00 × 10-7 M c. 1.00 × 10-14 M d. 8.22 × 10-5 M e. 1.22 × 10-10 M ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.7.1 - Calculate the concentrations of H3O+ and OH-in solutions of a strong acid or base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | concentrations of H3O+ and OH- ions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 56. What is the hydronium-ion concentration of a 0.0041 M LiOH solution? a. 2.4 × 10-12 M b. 4.1 × 10-3 M c. 1.0 × 10-14 M d. 1.0 × 10-7 M e. 4.1 × 10-17 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 623

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.7.1 - Calculate the concentrations of H3O+ and OH-in solutions of a strong acid or base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | concentrations of H3O+ and OH- ions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 57. What is the hydronium-ion concentration of a 0.0017 M Ba(OH)2 solution? a. 3.4 × 10-3 M b. 1.7 × 10-3 M c. 2.9 × 10-12 M d. 5.9 × 10-12 M e. 1.0 × 10-7 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.7.1 - Calculate the concentrations of H3O+ and OH-in solutions of a strong acid or base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | concentrations of H3O+ and OH- ions OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM +

-

58. In a(n) _____ solution, at 25°C, the concentrations of H3O and OH ions remain equal as they are in pure water. a. acidic b. basic c. neutral d. alkaline e. carborane ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.7.1 - Calculate the concentrations of H3O+ and OH-in solutions of a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 624

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

strong acid or base.

Solutions of a Strong Acid or Base concentrations of H3O+ and OH- ions | understand general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 5/5/2025 2:04 AM

59. A solution has a hydroxide-ion concentration of 0.0040 M. What is the pOH of the solution? a. 11.60 b. 2.40 c. 7.00 d. 8.48 e. 5.52 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.8.1 - Convert among pH, pOH, and the concentration of H3O+ or OH-.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | pH of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 60. What is the pH of a 0.072 M HClO4 solution? a. 15.14 b. 2.63 c. 12.86 d. 1.14 e. 11.37 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.8.1 - Convert among pH, pOH, and the concentration of H3O+ or OH-.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | pH of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 61. What is the pOH of a 0.011 M HI solution? a. 4.51 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 625

b. 12.04 c. 9.49 d. 15.96 e. 1.96 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.8.1 - Convert among pH, pOH, and the concentration of H3O+ or OH-.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | pH of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 62. What is the pH of the final solution when 25 mL of 0.023 M HCl has been added to 35 mL of 0.040 M HCl at 25°C? a. 3.22 b. 1.81 c. 1.48 d. 2.70 e. 3.41 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.8.1 - Convert among pH, pOH, and the concentration of H3O+ or OH-.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | pH of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 63. Which solution would cause blue litmus to turn red? a. a solution of pH 10 b. a solution of 0.01 M NH3 c. a solution of pOH 4 d. a solution of 0.005 M CH3COOH e. a solution of 0.10 M NaOH ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 626

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.8.2 - Describe two methods for determining ph. a TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | pH of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 64. Which solution would cause red litmus to turn blue? a. a solution of pH 4 b. a solution of 0.02 M HCl c. a solution of pOH 12 d. a solution of 0.010 M CH3COOH e. a solution of 0.20 M NaOH ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.8.2 - Describe two methods for determining ph. a TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | pH of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 65. In which pH range is phenolphthalein typically used to show the pH of a solution? a. pH 0-1 b. pH 1-4 c. pH 2-5 d. pH 10-12 e. pH 8-10 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.8.2 - Describe two methods for determining ph. a TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: pH of a solution | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM 66. Which of the following techniques is most frequently used to approximately determine pH in field conditions? a. pH paper Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 627

b. pH meter c. spectrometry d. electrolysis e. titration ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 15.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.15.8.2 - Describe two methods for determining ph. a TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: pH of a solution | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:04 AM

1. For which of the following equilibria does Kc correspond to an acid-ionization constant, Ka? a. NH3(aq) + H3O+(aq) ⇌ NH4+(aq) + H2O(l) b. NH4+(aq) + OH-(aq) ⇌ NH3(aq) + H2O(l) c. F-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ HF(aq) + OH-(aq) d. HF(aq) + OH-(aq) ⇌ H2O(l) + F-(aq) e. NH4+(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ NH3(aq) + H3O+(aq) ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.1 - Write the chemical equation for a weak acid undergoing acid ionization in aqueous solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:58 AM 2. Which of the following is/are true concerning the acid-ionization of a monoprotic weak acid?

1. The products of an acid-ionization include the hydronium ion (hydrogen ion) or hydroxide ion.

2. The percent ionization of a weak acid is greatest for the most dilute solution.

3. A weak acid ionization constant is only valid in an aqueous solvent. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 2 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 628

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.1 - Write the chemical equation for a weak acid undergoing acid ionization in aqueous solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM -

3. For which of the following equilibria does Kc correspond to the acid-ionization constant, Ka, of HCO3 ? a. HCO3-(aq) + OH-(aq) ⇌ CO32-(aq) + H2O(l) b. H2CO3(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ HCO3-(aq) + H3O+(aq) c. HCO3-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H2CO3(aq) + OH-(aq) d. HCO3-(aq) + H3O+(aq) ⇌ H2CO3(aq) + H2O(l) e. HCO3-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ CO32-(aq) + H3O+(aq) ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.1 - Write the chemical equation for a weak acid undergoing acid ionization in aqueous solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 5:59 AM -

4. For which of the following equilibria does Kc correspond to the acid-ionization constant, Ka, of HC2O4 ? a. HC2O4-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H2C2O4(aq) + OH-(aq) b. H2C2O4(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3O+(aq) + HC2O4-(aq) c. HC2O4-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3O+(aq) + C2O42-(aq) d. HC2O4-(aq) + OH-(aq) ⇌ C2O42-(aq) + H2O(l) e. HC2O4-(aq) + H3O+(aq) ⇌ H2C2O4(aq) + H2O(l) ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

c 1 16.1 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 629

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.1 - Write the chemical equation for a weak acid undergoing acid ionization in aqueous solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:00 AM -

5. For which of the following equilibria does Kc correspond to the acid-dissociation constant, Ka, of H2PO4 ? a. H2PO4-(aq) + H3O+(aq) ⇌ H3PO4(aq) + H2O(l) b. H2PO4-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3PO4(aq) + OH-(aq) c. H2PO4-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3O+(aq) + HPO42-(aq) d. H3PO4(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3O+(aq) + H2PO4-(aq) e. HPO42-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H2PO4-(aq) + OH-(aq) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.1 - Write the chemical equation for a weak acid undergoing acid ionization in aqueous solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:01 AM 6. A 0.10 M aqueous solution of a weak acid HA has a pH of 5.00. What is the value of Ka for HA? a. 1.0 × 10-8 b. 1.0 × 10-6 c. 1.0 × 10-7 d. 1.0 × 10-5 e. 1.0 × 10-9 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.2 - Determine Ka from the pH or percent ionization of a weak acid solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | calculations with Ka | apply OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 630

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:05 AM 5/5/2025 2:05 AM

7. An initially 1.0 M aqueous solution of a weak monoprotic acid has a total ion concentration of M when equilibrium is 2 established. What is the acid-ionization constant, Ka, of the weak acid? (assume Ca/Ka ≥ 10 ) a. 8.5 x 10-6 b. 3.4 x 10-5 c. 5.4 x 10-2 d. 7.5 x 10-2 e. 2.7 x 100 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.2 - Determine Ka from the pH or percent ionization of a weak acid solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | calculations with Ka | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:03 AM -4

8. A 0.10 M solution of a weak monoprotic acid has a hydronium-ion concentration of 7.2 × 10 M. What is the acidionization constant, Ka, for this acid? a. 2.7 × 10-2 b. 6.3 × 10-3 c. 7.2 × 10-4 d. 5.2 × 10-6 e. 8.6 × 10-5 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.2 - Determine Ka from the pH or percent ionization of a weak acid solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | calculations with Ka | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:04 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 631

9. A 0.10 M solution of a weak monoprotic acid has a pH of 3.40 at 25°C. What is the acid-ionization constant, Ka, for this acid? a. 1.6 × 10-6 b. 4.0 × 10-4 c. 3.4 × 10-5 d. 1.2 × 10-3 e. 1.8 × 10-7 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.2 - Determine Ka from the pH or percent ionization of a weak acid solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | calculations with Ka | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:05 AM 10. What is Ka for a weak monoprotic acid if a 0.020 M solution of the acid has a pH of 3.28 at 25°C? a. 5.2 × 10-2 b. 1.4 × 10-5 c. 7.1 × 10-2 d. 1.0 × 10-6 e. 2.8 × 10-4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.2 - Determine Ka from the pH or percent ionization of a weak acid solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | calculations with Ka | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:08 AM -

11. The equilibrium hydronium ion concentration of an initially 0.655 M solution of a monoprotic weak acid is 5.5 × 10 3 -5 M. The acid dissociation constant is 4.62 × 10 at 25°C. What is the pH of this solution? a. 2.26 b. 7.00 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 632

c. 11.74 d. 4.52 e. 2.18 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.3 - Calculate concentrations of species in a weak acid solution using Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | calculations with Ka | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:09 AM 12. What is the equilibrium percent ionization of an initially 0.32 M solution of the monoprotic acid valeric acid, –5 HC5H9O2, at 25°C (Ka = 1.44 × 10 )? a. 0.67% b. 1.30% c. 0.0014% d. 0.1% e. 2.00% ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.3 - Calculate concentrations of species in a weak acid solution using Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | calculations with Ka | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:12 AM 13. What is the hydronium-ion concentration of a 0.30 M solution of HCN (Ka = 4.9 × 10 a. 1.7 × 10-4 M

-10

) at 25°C?

b. 3.4 × 10-6 M c. 2.2 × 10-6 M d. 1.2 × 10-5 M e. 4.0 × 10-5 M ANSWER: POINTS:

d 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 633

REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.3 - Calculate concentrations of species in a weak acid solution using Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | calculations with Ka | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:11 AM 14. What is the equilibrium concentration of chloroacetic acid, HC2H2O2Cl, in a solution prepared by dissolving 0.0271 -3 mol of HC2H2O2Cl in 1.50 L of water? For chloroacetic acid, Ka = 1.4 × 10 . a. 4.38 × 10-3 M b. 1.81 × 10-2 M c. 5.03 × 10-3 M d. 1.37 × 10-2 M e. 9.03 × 10-3 M ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.3 - Calculate concentrations of species in a weak acid solution using Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | calculations with Ka | analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:13 AM 15. What is the pH of a solution prepared by dissolving 0.0163 mol of chloroacetic acid, (HC2H2O2Cl) in 1.30 L of -3 water? For chloroacetic acid, Ka = 1.4 × 10 . a. 1.90 b. 2.45 c. 11.55 d. 12.10 e. 2.38 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.1.3 - Calculate concentrations of species in a weak acid solution using Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 634

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

Ka. acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base acid-ionization equilibria | calculations with Ka | analyze general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 5/5/2025 2:05 AM

16. Which of the following represents the usual relationship of acid-ionization constants for a triprotic acid? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.2.1 - State the general trend in the ionization constants of a polyprotic acids.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | polyprotic acids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:16 AM 17. Phosphoric acid, H3PO4, will undergo three successive ionization reactions to varying extents in water. What is the balanced equilibrium identified as Ka3? a. H2PO4-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3O+(aq) + HPO42-(aq) b. HPO42-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ PO43-(aq) + H3O+(aq) c. H2PO4-(aq) + H3O+(aq) ⇌ H3PO4(aq) + H2O(l) d. H3PO4(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H3O+(aq) + H2PO4-(aq) e. PO43-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ HPO42-(aq) + OH-(aq) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.2.1 - State the general trend in the ionization constants of a polyprotic acids.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | polyprotic acids | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 635

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 5/7/2025 6:16 AM

18. What is the primary factor controlling the concentration of hydronium ions in a solution of a weak diprotic acid (H2A)? a. The first deprotonation step b. The second deprotonation step c. The concentration of H₂A d. Both deprotonation steps contribute equally e. The second deprotonation step makes a notable contribution ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.2.1 - State the general trend in the ionization constants of a polyprotic acids.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | polyprotic acids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 19. The accurate sequence of ionization constants (Ka1) for the first ionization of sulfuric acid (H₂SO₄), carbonic acid (H₂CO₃), and phosphoric acid (H₃PO₄) is: a. H₃PO₄ > H₂SO₄ > H₂CO₃ b. H₂SO₄ > H₃PO₄ > H₂CO₃ c. H₂CO₃ > H₃PO₄ > H₂SO₄ d. H₂SO₄ > H₂CO₃ > H₃PO₄ e. H₂CO₃ > H₂SO₄ > H₃PO₄ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.2.1 - State the general trend in the ionization constants of a polyprotic acids.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | polyprotic acids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM -5

-6

20. In a 0.01 M solution of 1,4-butanedicarboxylic acid, HOOCCH2CH2COOH (Ka1 = 2.9 × 10 , Ka2 = 5.3 × 10 ), which species is present in the lowest concentration?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 636

a. -OOCCH2CH2COO-(aq) b. H2O c. HOOCCH2CH2COO-(aq) d. H3O+(aq) e. HOOCCH2CH2COOH(aq) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.2.2 - Calculate equilibrium concentrations of polyprotic acids using stepwise values of Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | polyprotic acids | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM -5

-6

21. For a 0.10 M solution of glutaric acid, HO2C(CH2)3CO2H (Ka1 = 4.6 × 10 , Ka2 = 3.9 × 10 ), rank the following species in order of increasing equilibrium concentration. a. H3O+ <-O2C(CH2)3COO- < HO2C(CH2)3COO- < OH- < HO2C(CH2)3CO2H b. OH– <-O2C(CH2)3COO- < H3O+ < HO2C(CH2)3COO- < HO2C(CH2)3CO2H c. OH- <-O2C(CH2)3COO- < HO2C(CH2)3COO- < H3O+ < HO2C(CH2)3CO2H d. H3O+ < HO2C(CH2)3CO2H < HO2C(CH2)3COO- <-O2C(CH2)3COO– < OHe. OH- <-O2C(CH2)3COO- < HO2C(CH2)3COO- < HO2C(CH2)3CO2H < H3O+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.2.2 - Calculate equilibrium concentrations of polyprotic acids using stepwise values of Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | polyprotic acids | analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:19 AM -5

22. In a 0.20 M solution of a diprotic acid H2A (Ka1 = 1.3 × 10 and Ka2 = 2.7 × 10 2concentration of A ? a. 7.3 × 10-6 M

-10

at 25°C), what is the equilibrium

b. 2.7 × 10-10 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 637

c. 1.6 × 10-3 M d. 4.1 × 10-10 M e. 2.2 × 10-6 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.2.2 - Calculate equilibrium concentrations of polyprotic acids using stepwise values of Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | polyprotic acids | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:21 AM 23. What is the hydronium-ion concentration in a 0.018 M solution of carbonic acid, H2CO3? For carbonic acid, Ka1 = 4.2 -7 -11 × 10 and Ka2 = 4.8 × 10 . a. 1.8 × 102 M b. 4.2 × 107 M c. 4.8 × 1011 M d. 8.7 × 105 M e. 4.3 × 105 M ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 16.2.2 - Calculate equilibrium concentrations of polyprotic acids using stepwise values of Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-ionization equilibria | polyprotic acids | analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:21 AM 24. For which of the following equilibria does Kc correspond to a base-ionization constant, Kb? a. H3O+(aq) + OH-(aq) ⇌ 2H2O(l) b. HCO3-(aq) + OH-(aq) ⇌ CO32-(aq) + H2O(l) c. HOCl(aq) + H2O(l)

+

-

H3O (aq) + OCl (aq)

d. CO32-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ HCO3-(aq) + OH-(aq) e. HCHO2(aq) + NH3(aq) ⇌ CHO2-(aq) + NH4+(aq) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 638

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.3.1 - Write the chemical equation for a weak base undergoing ionization in aqueous solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: base-ionization equilibria | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:22 AM -

25. For which of the following equilibria does Kc correspond to the base-ionization constant, Kb, of HCO3 ? a. HCO3-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ CO32-(aq) + H3O+(aq) b. HCO3-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ H2CO3(aq) + OH-(aq) c. H2CO3(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ HCO3-(aq) + H3O+(aq) d. HCO3-(aq) + OH–(aq) ⇌ CO32-(aq) + H2O(l) e. HCO3-(aq) + H3O+(aq) ⇌ H2CO3(aq) + H2O(l) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.3.1 - Write the chemical equation for a weak base undergoing ionization in aqueous solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: base-ionization equilibria | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:23 AM 26. Which of the following reactions is associated with the definition of Kb? a. CN-(aq) + H+(aq) ⇌ HCN(aq) b. F-(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ HF(aq) + OH-(aq) c. Zn(OH2)62+(aq) ⇌ [Zn(OH2)5OH]+(aq) + H+(aq) d. Cr3+(aq) + 6H2O(l) ⇌ Cr(OH2)63+(aq) e. HCO3-(aq) + H3O+(aq) ⇌ H2CO3(aq) + H2O(l) ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

b 1 16.3 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 639

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.3.1 - Write the chemical equation for a weak base undergoing ionization in aqueous solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: base-ionization equilibria | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:24 AM 27. What is the base-ionization equilibrium constant for an aqueous solution of ammonia, NH3? + NH3 (aq)+H2O(l) ⇌ NH4 (aq)+OH (aq) a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.3.1 - Write the chemical equation for a weak base undergoing ionization in aqueous solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: base-ionization equilibria | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:32 AM -9

28. What is the pOH of a 0.17 M solution of pyridine (Kb = 1.4 × 10 ) at 25°C? a. 1.54 b. 4.04 c. 8.85 d. 4.81 e. 11.08 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 640

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.3.2 - Calculate concentrations of species in a weak base solution using Kb. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | base-ionization equilibria OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:32 AM -4

o

29. What is the pH of a 0.35 M solution of methylamine (CH3NH2, Kb = 4.4 × 10 ) at 25 C? a. 5.55 b. 0.46 c. 12.09 d. 13.54 e. 1.91 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.3.2 - Calculate concentrations of species in a weak base solution using Kb. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | base-ionization equilibria OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:33 AM -10

30. What is the hydronium-ion concentration at equilibrium in a 0.10 M solution of aniline (C6H5NH2, Kb = 4.2 × 10 o at 25 C? a. 1.0 × 1013 M

)

b. 1.0 × 101 M c. 1.5 × 109 M d. 6.5 × 106 M e. 6.5 × 105 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.3.2 - Calculate concentrations of species in a weak base solution using Kb. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: base-ionization equilibria | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 641

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 5/7/2025 6:33 AM -

31. What is the hydroxide-ion concentration at equilibrium in a 0.66 M solution of ethylamine (C2H5NH2, Kb = 4.7 × 10 4 o ) at 25 C? a. 1.7 × 10-2 M b. 2.7 × 10-2 M c. 1.5 × 10-14 M d. 5.8 × 10-13 M e. 6.6 × 10-1 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.3.2 - Calculate concentrations of species in a weak base solution using Kb. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: base-ionization equilibria | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:34 AM

32. Which of the following solutions would show the greatest change in pH upon the addition of 10.0 mL of 1.0 M NaOH to 1.0 L of the solution? a. 0.50 M HC2H3O2 b. 0.50 M HC2H3O2 + 0.50 M NaC2H3O2 c. 0.10 M HC2H3O2 + 0.10 M NaC2H3O2 d. 0.10 M HC2H3O2 e. 0.50 M NaC2H3O2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.1 - Describe the pH change of a buffer solution with the addition of acid or base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | buffer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:35 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 642

33. A weak acid, HF, is in solution with dissolved sodium fluoride, NaF. If HCl is added, which ion will react with the extra hydrogen ions from the HCl to keep the pH from changing? a. Na+ b. OHc. Nad. Fe. ClANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.1 - Describe the pH change of a buffer solution with the addition of acid or base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: buffer | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 34. Suppose a buffer solution is made from formic acid (HCHO2) and sodium formate (NaCHO2). What is the net ionic equation for the reaction that occurs when a small amount of hydrochloric acid is added to the buffer? a. H3O+(aq) + HCHO2(aq) → H2O(l) + H2CHO2+(aq) b. H3O+(aq) + CHO2-(aq) → HCHO2(aq) + H2O(l) c. HCl(aq) + CHO2-(aq) → HCHO2(aq) + Cl-(aq) d. HCl(aq) + OH-(aq) → H2O(l) + Cl-(aq) e. H3O+(aq) + OH-(aq) → 2 H2O(l) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.1 - Describe the pH change of a buffer solution with the addition of acid or base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: adding an acid or base to a buffer | buffer | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 35. Suppose a buffer solution is made from formic acid (HCHO2) and sodium formate (NaCHO2). What is the net ionic equation for the reaction that occurs when a small amount of sodium hydroxide is added to the buffer? a. NaOH(aq) + HCHO2(aq) → NaCHO2(aq) + H2O(l) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 643

b. Na+(aq) + HCHO2(aq) → NaH(aq) + HCO2+(aq) c. OH-(aq) + HCHO2(aq) → CHO2-(aq) + H2O(l) d. H3O+(aq) + OH-(aq) → 2 H2O(l) e. NaOH(aq) + H3O+(aq) → Na+(aq) + 2 H2O(l) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.1 - Describe the pH change of a buffer solution with the addition of acid or base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: adding an acid or base to a buffer | buffer | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 36. What is the pH of a solution that is 0.14 M in acetic acid, HC2H3O2, and 0.50 M in sodium acetate, NaC2H3O2, at -5 25°C? Ka of acetic acid is 1.8 × 10 . a. 4.19 b. 1.23 c. 4.74 d. 2.47 e. 5.30 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.2 - Calculate the pH of a buffer solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: apply | buffer | Henderson-Hasselbalch equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:39 AM 37. What is the hydrogen-ion concentration of a solution that is 0.052 M in acetic acid and 0.052 M in sodium acetate at -5 25°C? The acid-ionization constant of acetic acid is 1.8 × 10 at 25°C. a. 1.8 × 10-3 M b. 1.8 × 10-6 M c. 1.8 × 10-7 M d. 1.8 × 10-5 M e. 1.8 × 10-4 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 644

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.2 - Calculate the pH of a buffer solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: apply | buffer | pH of a buffer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:39 AM 38. What is the pH of a buffer made by combining 181 mL of 0.34 M NaC2H3O2 with 170 mL of 0.28 M HC2H3O2? The -5 Ka of acetic acid is 1.75 × 10 . a. 4.88 b. 4.64 c. 5.93 d. 4.83 e. 5.38 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.2 - Calculate the pH of a buffer solution.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | buffer | pH of a buffer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:40 AM 39. What is the hydronium-ion concentration of a buffer solution that is 0.45 M Na2HPO4 and 0.30 M NaH2PO4? For -3 -8 -13 H3PO4, Ka1 = 6.9 × 10 , Ka2 = 6.2 × 10 , and Ka3 = 4.8 × 10 . a. 1.0 × 10-2 M b. 4.6 × 10-3 M c. 9.3 × 10-8 M d. 4.1 × 10-8 M e. 3.2 × 10-13 M ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

d 1 16.6 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 645

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.427 - Calculate the pH of a buffer from given volumes of solution. (Example 16.11) TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | buffer | pH of a buffer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:40 AM 40. What mass of sodium hydroxide must be added to 60.0 mL of 0.978 M acetic acid in order to create a buffer with a pH -5 of 4.59? Ka for acetic acid is 1.8 × 10 . a. 28 g b. 0.96 g c. 1 g d. 5 g e. 2.3 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.3 - Calculate the pH of a buffer when a strong acid or a strong base is added.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | buffer | pH of a buffer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:41 AM 41. What is the hydronium-ion concentration in a solution resulting from mixing 133 mL of 0.100 M HCN and 80 mL of -10 0.100 M KOH at 25°C? Ka for HCN = 4.9 × 10 at 25°C. a. 3.5 × 10-6 M b. 7.0 × 10-6 M c. 2.7 × 10-13 M d. 3.2 × 10-10 M e. 1.0 × 10-13 M ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.3 - Calculate the pH of a buffer when a strong acid or a strong base is added.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | buffer | pH of a buffer Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 646

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 5/7/2025 6:42 AM -4

42. A certain weak base B has a base-ionization constant Kb of 6.6 × 10 at 25°C. If strong acid is added to a solution of + B, at what pH will [B] = [BH ]? a. 8.5 b. 10.8 c. 7.0 d. 3.2 e. 5.5 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.3 - Calculate the pH of a buffer when a strong acid or a strong base is added.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: apply | buffer | Henderson-Hasselbalch equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 43. What molar ratio of acetic acid to sodium acetate is required to create a buffer solution having a pH of 4.93 at 25°C? -5 Ka for HC2H3O2 is 1.8 × 10 . a. 0.65 b. 1.5 c. 0.54 d. 2.0 e. 3.3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.6.3 - Calculate the pH of a buffer when a strong acid or a strong base is added.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | buffer | Henderson-Hasselbalch equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM –5

44. A chemist prepares a buffer solution by mixing 70 mL of 0.15 M NH3 (Kb = 1.8 × 10 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

at 25 °C) and 50 mL of 0.15 Page 647

M NH4Cl. Calculate the pH of the buffer. a. 10.88 b. 4.26 c. 4.59 d. 8.24 e. 9.40 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.4 - Calculate the volume of strong acid or strong base needed to prepare a buffer of a given pH.True TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | Buffers OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM -3

45. Saccharin is a weak organic base with a Kb of 4.80 × 10 . A 0.900-g sample of saccharin dissolved in 45.0 mL volume of water and the molar mass of saccharin is 186 g/mol. Determine the pH of water? a. 12.36 b. 1.64 c. 7.0 d. 7.6 e. 10.45 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.4 - Calculate the volume of strong acid or strong base needed to prepare a buffer of a given pH.True TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | buffer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM -3

46. A weak organic base has a base dissociation constant, Kb=4.80×10 , and a molar mass of 156 g/mol. A 0.500 g sample of this base is dissolved in water to prepare a solution with a pH of 11.0. What volume of water is required to achieve this pH? A weak organic base with a Kb of 4.80 × 10-3 having a mass of 0.500-g. What volume of water needed to dissolve the mass having the pH is 11.0. The molar mass of is 156 g/mol.? a. 15.4 mL b. 12.6 mL Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 648

c. 7.0 mL d. 7.6 mL e. 11.5 mL ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.4 - Calculate the volume of strong acid or strong base needed to prepare a buffer of a given pH.True TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | buffer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:43 AM -5

-5

47. To prepare a buffer with a pH of 5.9 using 0.10 M benzoic acid (Ka = 6.3×10 Ka 6.3×10 ) and its conjugate base, sodium benzoate, how much 0.20 M NaOH should be added to 125 mL of the benzoic acid solution?? a. 45.2 mL b. 42.6 mL c. 49.2 mL d. 43.5 mL e. 41.9 mL ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.4 - Calculate the volume of strong acid or strong base needed to prepare a buffer of a given pH.True TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | buffer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:43 AM 48. Which of the following statements is true concerning a 0.1 M solution of Na2S and a 0.1 M solution of NaHS? For -7 -13 H2S, Ka1 = 1.0 × 10 and Ka2 = 1.3 × 10 . a. Both solutions are neutral. b. The sodium hydrogen sulfide solution is the more basic. c. Both solutions have the same pH. d. The sodium sulfide solution is the more basic. e. Both the solutions are acidic.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 649

REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.1 - Predict whether a salt solution is acidic, basic, or neutral.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | prediction of salt solution acid-base properties | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:44 AM 49. Which of the following solutions has the highest hydroxide-ion concentration? a. 0.10 M NH4ClO4 b. 0.10 M NaI c. 0.10 M NaNO3 d. 0.10 M NH4Cl e. 0.10 M NaCN ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.1 - Predict whether a salt solution is acidic, basic, or neutral.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | prediction of salt solution acid-base properties | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:44 AM 50. Given the following, what will be the approximate equilibrium pH of an aqueous solution of ammonium acetate, NH4CH3CO2? + -10 NH4 Ka = 5.69 x10 -10 CH3CO2 Kb = 5.71 x10 a. very basic b. very acidic c. nearly neutral ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.1 - Predict whether a salt solution is acidic, basic, or neutral.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | prediction of salt solution acid-base properties | Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 650

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

understand general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 5/7/2025 6:47 AM

51. Which of the following salts will produce an acidic solution when added to pure water? a. Cs2CO3 b. NaF c. KCN d. Al(NO3)3 e. Li2S ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.1 - Predict whether a salt solution is acidic, basic, or neutral.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | prediction of salt solution acid-base properties | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 52. Which of the following salts is most likely to form an aqueous solution having the pH shown in the figure below?

a. NH4Cl b. NaBr c. K2CO3 d. RbCN e. LiNO3 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

a 1 16.4 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 651

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.1 - Predict whether a salt solution is acidic, basic, or neutral.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | prediction of salt solution acid-base properties | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:49 AM 53. What is Ka at 25°C for the following equilibrium? + + CH3NH3 (aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ CH3NH2(aq) + H3O (aq) -4 Kb (CH3NH2) = 4.4 × 10 at 25°C. a. 4.4 × 10-4 b. 2.3 × 103 c. 4.4 × 10-10 d. 4.4 × 104 e. 2.3 × 10-11 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.2 - Obtain Ka from Kb or Kb from Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:49 AM -4

54. The Ka for hydrofluoric acid is 6.8 × 10 . What is Kb for the fluoride ion? a. 1.5 × 10-11 b. 6.8 × 10-4 c. 1.5 × 103 d. 6.8 × 1010 e. 6.8 × 10-18 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.2 - Obtain Ka from Kb or Kb from Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 652

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:05 AM 5/5/2025 2:05 AM -2

-8

55. The two acid-ionization constants for sulfurous acid, H2SO3, are 1.3 × 10 and 6.3 × 10 at 25°C. What is Kb for the HSO3 ion? a. 6.3 × 10-8 b. 6.2 × 10-22 c. 7.7 × 10-13 d. 1.3 × 10-2 e. 8.2 × 10-10 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.2 - Obtain Ka from Kb or Kb from Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM -3

-8

56. What is Kc for the following equilibrium? For phosphoric acid (H3PO4), Ka1 = 6.9 × 10 , Ka2 = 6.2 × 10 , and Ka3 = -13 4.8 × 10 .

23HPO4 (aq) + OH (aq) ⇌ PO4 (aq) + H2O(l) a. 7.3 × 10-16 b. 6.4 × 10-23 c. 491 d. 48 e. 2.3 × 10-35 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.2 - Obtain Ka from Kb or Kb from Ka. TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:50 AM 57. What is the pH of a 0.24 M solution of sodium propionate, NaC3H5O2, at 25°C? (For propionic acid, HC3H5O2, Ka = Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 653

-5

1.3 × 10 at 25°C.) a. 6.34 b. 4.87 c. 11.10 d. 7.66 e. 9.13 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.3 - Calculate equilibrium concentrations of a salt solution using Ka or Kb.True TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | pH of a salt solution | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM -7

58. What is the hydroxide-ion concentration in a 0.16 M solution of Na2CO3? For carbonic acid, Ka1 = 4.2 × 10 and -11 -14 Ka2 = 4.8 × 10 . (Kw = 1.0 × 10 ) a. 5.8 × 10-3 M b. 2.0 × 10-4 M c. 6.2 × 10-5 M d. 4.5 × 10-9 M e. 2.8 × 10-6 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.3 - Calculate equilibrium concentrations of a salt solution using Ka or Kb.True TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | pH of a salt solution | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:50 AM -

59. In a 0.10 M solution of sodium hydrogen sulfate, the HSO4 ion is 29% dissociated. What is Ka2 for H2SO4? a. 2.4 × 10-1 b. 1.2 × 10-2 c. 1.0 × 10-2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 654

d. 8.4 × 10-3 e. 2.0 × 10-2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.3 - Calculate equilibrium concentrations of a salt solution using Ka or Kb.True TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | pH of a salt solution | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:51 AM 60. What is the pH of a solution prepared by adding 0.254 g of ammonium chloride to 115 mL of water? Kb of NH3 is 1.8 -5 × 10 . a. 5.32 b. 3.07 c. 7.00 d. 8.68 e. 10.93 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.3 - Calculate equilibrium concentrations of a salt solution using Ka or Kb.True TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | pH of a salt solution | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 61. What is the pOH of a solution prepared by adding 5.98 g of ammonium iodide to 145 mL of water? Kb of NH3 is 1.8 × -5 10 . a. 2.65 b. 11.35 c. 7.00 d. 4.90 e. 9.10 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 655

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.4.3 - Calculate equilibrium concentrations of a salt solution using Ka or Kb.True TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base properties of salt solutions | pH of a salt solution | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 62. Which of the following substances, if added to a 0.10 M HC2H3O2 solution, would not increase the hydronium-ion concentration? a. Na2CO3(s) b. NaHSO4(s) c. H2C2O4(s) d. HF(l) e. HCl(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.5.1 - Explain the common-ion effect.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:51 AM 63. What will happen if a small amount of hydrochloric acid is added to a 0.1 M solution of HF? a. The percent ionization of HF will decrease. b. Ka for HF will increase. c. Ka for HF will decrease. d. The percent ionization of HF will remain unchanged. e. The percent ionization of HF will increase.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.5.1 - Explain the common-ion effect.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: common-ion effect | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 656

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:05 AM 5/7/2025 6:52 AM

64. What will happen if a small amount of sodium hydroxide is added to a 0.1 M solution of ammonia? a. Kb for ammonia will decrease. b. The percent ionization of ammonia will increase. c. Kb for ammonia will increase. d. The percent ionization of ammonia will decrease. e. The percent ionization of ammonia will remain unchanged.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.5.1 - Explain the common-ion effect.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: common-ion effect | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:52 AM 65. The _____ is the shift in an ionic equilibrium caused by the addition of a solute that provides an ion that takes part in the equilibrium. a. magnetic isotope effect b. photo-ion effect c. common-ion effect d. isomeric effect e. ionospheric effect ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.5.1 - Explain the common-ion effect.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: common-ion effect | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM –4

66. 15.0 mL of 0.50 M HCl is added to a 100.0-mL sample of 0.484 M HNO2 (Ka for HNO2 = 4.0 × 10 ). The – –3 equilibrium concentration of NO2 ions is 2.6 × 10 M. What is the pH of the solution? a. 1.20 b. 13.8 c. 1.1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 657

d. 2.5 e. 2.9 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.5.2 - Determine the percent ionization or pH of a weak acid or weak base solution with a common ion present.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:52 AM 67. What is the pH of the solution if 0.089 g of sodium fluoride is added to 135.0 mL of a 0.077 M HF solution? Ka for -4 HF is 6.8 × 10 . a. 2.56 b. 5.90 c. 2.53 d. 2.16 e. 4.98 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.5.2 - Determine the percent ionization or pH of a weak acid or weak base solution with a common ion present.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM -4

68. Calculate the pH of a solution that is 2.00 M HF, 1.00 M NaOH, and 0.546 M NaF. (Ka = 6.8 × 10 ) a. 3.36 b. 2.98 c. 3.17 d. 2.60 e. 3.54 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 658

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.5.2 - Determine the percent ionization or pH of a weak acid or weak base solution with a common ion present.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:53 AM –4

69. What is the percent ionization at equilibrium in a 0.20 M solution of dimethylamine, (CH3)2NH (Kb = 5.1 × 10 ), at o 25 C? a. 5.1% b. 2.9% c. 0.07% d. 0.6% e. 3.5% ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.5.2 - Determine the percent ionization or pH of a weak acid or weak base solution with a common ion present.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: analyze | common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:53 AM 70. Which of the following indicators is most suitable for the titration of a 25.00-mL sample of 0.140 M propionic acid, HC3H5O2, with strong base? a. alizarin yellow (transition pH range: 10.0-2.0) b. methyl red (transition pH range: 4.2-6.3) c. methyl orange (transition pH range: 3.-4.4) d. thymol blue (transition pH range: 8.0-9.6) e. bromothymol blue (transition pH range: 6.2-7.6) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.1 - Compare the curves for the titrations of a strong acid with a strong base, a weak acid with a strong base, and a weak base with a strong acid.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of a weak acid by a strong base | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 659

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 5/7/2025 6:54 AM

71. A solution contains 10. mmol of H3PO4 and 5.0 mmol of NaH2PO4. How many milliliters of 0.10 M NaOH must be added to reach the second equivalence point of the titration of the H3PO4 with NaOH? a. 250 mL b. 2.0 × 102 mL c. 50 mL d. 150 mL e. 1.0 × 102 mL ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.1 - Compare the curves for the titrations of a strong acid with a strong base, a weak acid with a strong base, and a weak base with a strong acid.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of polyprotic acids | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:54 AM 72. A 75.0-mL sample of 0.0500 M HCN (Ka = 6.2 ×10 after 3.0 mL of 0.370 M NaOH has been added? a. 6.8 × 10-6 M

-10

+

) is titrated with 0.370 M NaOH. What is [H ] in the solution

b. 2.4 × 10-5 M c. 1.5 × 10-9 M d. 1.0 × 10-7 M e. 3.5 × 10-6 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.1 - Compare the curves for the titrations of a strong acid with a strong base, a weak acid with a strong base, and a weak base with a strong acid.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of a weak acid by a strong base | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:54 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 660

73. Which acid-base combination is depicted by this titration curve?

a. Titration of a weak base with a strong acid. b. Titration of a weak acid with a strong base. c. Titration of a strong acid with a strong base. d. Titration of a strong base with a strong acid. e. Not enough information provided.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.1 - Compare the curves for the titrations of a strong acid with a strong base, a weak acid with a strong base, and a weak base with a strong acid.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of a weak acid by a strong base | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:58 AM 74. The following titration curve depicts the titration of a weak base with a strong acid. Which of the labeled points is the equivalence point.

a. III only Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 661

b. II only c. I only d. V only e. IV only ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.1 - Compare the curves for the titrations of a strong acid with a strong base, a weak acid with a strong base, and a weak base with a strong acid.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of a weak acid by a strong base | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 2:03 AM 75. What is the hydronium-ion concentration of a solution formed by combining 400. mL of 0.21 M HNO3 with 600. mL of 0.10 M NaOH at 25°C? a. 0.086 M b. 6.7 × 10-13 M c. 0.21 M d. 0.024 M e. 0.10 M ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.2 - Calculate the pH at various points in the titration of a strong acid with a strong base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of a weak acid by a strong base | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:55 AM 76. What is the hydronium-ion concentration of a solution formed by combining 700. mL of 0.19 M HCl with 300. mL of 0.52 M NaOH at 25°C? HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) a. 0.13 M b. 4.3 × 10-13 M c. 0.33 M d. 0.19 M e. 0.023 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 662

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.2 - Calculate the pH at various points in the titration of a strong acid with a strong base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: apply | pH of a solution OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:55 AM 77. What is the pH of a solution that is formed at 25°C by combining 400 mL of 0.030 M NaOH with 400 mL of 0.030 M HCl? a. 2.0 b. 3.0 c. 5.0 d. 7.0 e. 1.0 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.2 - Calculate the pH at various points in the titration of a strong acid with a strong base.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base KEYWORDS: pH of a solution | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:56 AM 78. What is the hydronium-ion concentration of a solution that is formed by combining 600. mL of 0.30 M NaOH with 400. mL of 0.90 M HNO3 at 25°C? a. 0.090 M b. 0.030 M c. 0.70 M d. 0.60 M e. 0.18 M ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.2 - Calculate the pH at various points in the titration of a strong acid Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 663

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

with a strong base. acids and bases solutions of a strong acid or base apply | pH of a solution general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:05 AM 5/7/2025 6:56 AM -5

79. A sample of ammonia (Kb = 1.8 × 10 ) is titrated with 0.1 M HCl. At the equivalence point, what is the approximate pH of the solution? a. 5.3 b. 1 c. 9 d. 7 e. 11 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.3 - Calculate the pH at various points in the titration of a weak acid with a strong base or the titration of a weak base with a strong acid.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of a weak base by a strong acid | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:56 AM 80. A weak base is titrated with a hydrochloric acid solution. What is the pH at the equivalence point? a. equal to pKa b. equal to 7 c. equal to pKb d. greater than 7 e. less than 7 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.3 - Calculate the pH at various points in the titration of a weak acid with a strong base or the titration of a weak base with a strong acid.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of a weak base by a strong acid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 664

81. Which of the following statements is true concerning the titration of a weak base by a solution of hydrochloric acid? a. The solution is basic at the equivalence point. b. The solution is acidic at the equivalence point. c. At the equivalence point, the pH is determined by the hydrolysis of chloride ion. d. At the equivalence point, the pH is 7. e. At the equivalence point, there is excess hydrochloric acid.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.3 - Calculate the pH at various points in the titration of a weak acid with a strong base or the titration of a weak base with a strong acid.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of a weak base by a strong acid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM -5

82. Consider the titration of 300.0 mL of 0.457 M NH3 (Kb = 1.8 ×10 ) with 0.500 M HNO3. After 150.0 mL of 0.500 M HNO3 has been added, what is the pH of the solution? a. 4.83 b. 9.17 c. 6.17 d. 11.17 e. 9.52 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.3 - Calculate the pH at various points in the titration of a weak acid with a strong base or the titration of a weak base with a strong acid.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of a weak base by a strong acid | apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 6:57 AM 83. In the titration of a weak monoprotic acid with a strong base, the pH of the titration solution halfway to the endpoint will be a. equal to the pKa of the weak acid b. greater than 7.00 c. equal to 7.00 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 665

d. greater than the pKa of the weak acid e. less than the pKa of the weak acid ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 16.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.16.7.3 - Calculate the pH at various points in the titration of a weak acid with a strong base or the titration of a weak base with a strong acid.

TOPICS: acids and bases solutions of a weak acid or base with another solute KEYWORDS: acid-base titration curve | titration of a weak base by a strong acid | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:05 AM

1. What is the solubility product expression for Al(OH)3? a. Ksp = [Al3+][3OH-] b. Ksp = 3[Al3+][OH-]3 c. Ksp = [Al3+][OH-]3 d. Ksp = [Al3+][3OH-]3 e. Ksp = [Al3+][OH-] ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.1 - Write solubility product expressions for weakly soluble salts.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 2. What is the solubility product expression for Pb(IO3)4? a. Ksp = [Pb4+][4IO3-]4 b. Ksp = [Pb4+][IO3-] c. Ksp = [Pb][IO3]4 d. Ksp = [Pb4+][IO3-]4 e. Ksp = [Pb4+][IO3-] ANSWER: POINTS:

d 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 666

REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.1 - Write solubility product expressions for weakly soluble salts.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 3. What is the solubility product expression for Zn3(PO4)2? a. Ksp = [Zn32+][(PO43-)2] b. Ksp = [3Zn2+]3[2PO43-]2 c. Ksp = [Zn2+][2PO43-] d. Ksp = [Zn3+]2[PO42-]3 e. Ksp = [Zn2+]3[PO43-]2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.1 - Write solubility product expressions for weakly soluble salts.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 4. What is the solubility product expression for mercury(I) chloride, Hg2Cl2? a. Ksp = [Hg22+][2Cl-]2 b. Ksp = [Hg22+][Cl-]2 c. Ksp = [Hg22+][2Cl-] d. Ksp = [Hg2][Cl2] e. Ksp = [Hg+]2[Cl-]2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.1 - Write solubility product expressions for weakly soluble salts.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 667

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/5/2025 2:07 AM

5. What is the solubility product expression for La2(CO3)3? a. Ksp = [2La3+]2[3CO32-]3 b. Ksp = [La2+]2[CO32-]3 c. Ksp = [2La3+]2[CO32-]3 d. Ksp = [2La3+][3CO32-] e. Ksp = [La3+]2[CO32-]3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.1 - Write solubility product expressions for weakly soluble salts.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 6. What is the solubility product expression for Tb3(PO4)4? a. Ksp = [Tb3+]4[PO44-]3 b. Ksp = [3Tb3+][4PO43-] c. Ksp = [3Tb3+]3[4PO43-]4 d. Ksp = [Tb2+]3[PO43-]2 e. Ksp = [Tb4+]3[PO43-]4 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.1 - Write solubility product expressions for weakly soluble salts.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM –5

7. The concentration of barium carbonate in a saturated aqueous solution of the salt at 25°C is 7.07 × 10 Ksp of this sparingly soluble salt?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

M. What is the

Page 668

a. 5 × 10–9 b. 1.41 × 10–12 c. 6.75 × 10–16 d. 8.41 × 10–3 e. 4.14 × 10–2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.2 - Calculate Ksp from the solubility or vice versa.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:02 AM –3

8. The solubility of calcium carbonate in water at 25°C is 6.71 ×10 a. 4.5 ×10–9

g/L. What is the Ksp of this sparingly soluble salt?

b. 1.21 ×10–12 c. 5.47 ×10–16 d. 8.19 ×10–3 e. 4.06 ×10–2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.2 - Calculate Ksp from the solubility or vice versa.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:05 AM 2+

9. After mixing an excess PbCl2 with a fixed amount of water, it is found that the equilibrium concentration of Pb -2 × 10 M. What is Ksp for PbCl2? a. 4.0 × 10-6

is 1.6

b. 1.6 × 10-5 c. 2.5 × 10-4 d. 4.8 × 10-2 e. 1.0 × 10-6 ANSWER:

b

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 669

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.2 - Calculate Ksp from the solubility or vice versa.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:05 AM -2

10. The solubility of lead(II) sulfate is 4.0 × 10 g/L. What is the solubility product constant for lead(II) sulfate? a. 1.7 × 10-8 b. 1.3 × 10-4 c. 1.6 × 10-3 d. 4.6× 10-15 e. 8.9 × 10-12 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.2 - Calculate Ksp from the solubility or vice versa.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 11. Which of the following salts has the highest molar solubility in water? a. SrCO3 (Ksp = 9.3 × 10-10) b. BaSO4 (Ksp = 1.1 × 10-10) c. PbS (Ksp = 2.5 × 10-27) d. BaCrO4 (Ksp = 1.2 × 10-10) e. AgCl (Ksp = 1.8 × 10-10) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.2 - Calculate Ksp from the solubility or vice versa.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | relative solubilities | solubility product constant Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 670

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/5/2025 2:07 AM

12. Rank the following salts in order of increasing molar solubility.

Salt Ksp -10 BaSO4 1.1 × 10 -10 AgCl 1.8 × 10 -9 BaCO3 9.1 × 10 -27 CdS 8 × 10 -8 PbSO4 1.8 × 10 a. CdS < AgCl < BaSO4 < BaCO3 < PbSO4 b. CdS < AgCl < BaCO3 < BaSO4 < PbSO4 c. CdS < BaSO4 < AgCl < BaCO3 < PbSO4 d. PbSO4 < BaCO3 < AgCl < BaSO4 < CdS e. PbSO4 < BaCO3 < BaSO4 < AgCl < CdS ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.2 - Calculate Ksp from the solubility or vice versa.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | relative solubilities | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:06 AM 13. A saturated solution of which of the following salts will have the highest molar concentration of chromate ion? a. CuCrO4 (Ksp = 3.6 × 10-6) b. BaCrO4 (Ksp = 2.1 × 10-10) c. Ag2CrO4 (Ksp = 1.2 × 10-12) d. Hg2CrO4 (Ksp = 2.0 × 10-9) e. Tl2CrO4 (Ksp = 9.8 × 10-13) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.2 - Calculate Ksp from the solubility or vice versa.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 671

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:07 AM

14. Pure water is saturated with slightly soluble calcium fluoride, CaF2. Which of the following is true concerning the 2+ equilibrium concentration of Ca ? a.

b. [Ca2+] = [F-] c. d.

e. [Ca2+] = Ksp ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.2 - Calculate Ksp from the solubility or vice versa.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:09 AM 0

15. The pH of a saturated solution of Ca(OH)2 is 12.30 at 25 C. Calculate the Ksp for Ca(OH)2. a. 2.9 × 10-6 b. 4.0 × 10-6 c. 3.4 × 10-6 d. 1.8 × 10-6 e. 4.6 × 10-6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.3 - Calculate Ksp from the pH of a saturated solution of a weakly soluble hydroxide.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 672

0

16. The pH of a saturated solution of Fe(OH)3 is 9.50 at 25 C. Calculate the Ksp for Fe(OH)3. a. 3.9 × 10-19 b. 2.0 × 106 c. 4.1 × 10-16 d. 5.2 × 10-15 e. 3.3 × 10-19 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.3 - Calculate Ksp from the pH of a saturated solution of a weakly soluble hydroxide.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 17. The pH of a saturated solution of Cu(OH)2 is 8.0. Calculate the Ksp for Cu(OH)2. a. 5.0 × 10-19 b. 7.2 × 10-13 c. 6.1 × 10-12 d. 6.6 × 10-15 e. 5.7 × 10-16 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.3 - Calculate Ksp from the pH of a saturated solution of a weakly soluble hydroxide.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 18. The pH of a saturated solution of Zn(OH)2 is 8.5. Calculate the Ksp for Zn(OH)2. a. 5.5 × 10-12 b. 2.4 × 10-14 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 673

c. 1.6 × 10-17 d. 3.2 × 10-16 e. 4.5 × 10-13 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.1.3 - Calculate Ksp from the pH of a saturated solution of a weakly soluble hydroxide.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility product constant OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 19. In which of the following solutions would silver(I) phosphate, Ag3PO4, be least soluble? a. 0.10 M Na3PO4 b. 0.10 M AgNO3 c. 0.10 M Na2HPO4 d. 0.10 M HNO3 e. 0.10 M NaH2PO4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.2.1 - Explain how the solubility of a salt is affected by a common ion.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | solubility and the common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:09 AM -10

20. The Ksp of AgCl is 1.8 × 10 solution. a. 1.5 × 10-10 M

. A solution contains 0.01 M NaCl. Calculate the molar solubility of AgCl in this

b. 1.3 × 10-5 M c. 1.7 × 10-6 M d. 1.8 × 10-8 M e. 1.2 × 10-7 M ANSWER:

d

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 674

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.2.1 - Explain how the solubility of a salt is affected by a common ion.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | solubility and the common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 21. In which of these solutions would silver(I) carbonate have the lowest molar solubility? For silver(I) carbonate, Ksp = -12 8.5 × 10 . a. 0.03 M H2CO3 b. 0.1 M AgNO3 c. 0.01 M AgNO3 d. 0.1 M Na2CO3 e. pure water ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.2.1 - Explain how the solubility of a salt is affected by a common ion.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | solubility and the common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:10 AM 22. The figure below represents the result of adding which of the following aqueous solutions to a filtered, saturated solution of AgCl?

a. only NaCl(aq) b. only HNO3(aq) c. HCl(aq) or NaCl(aq) d. only HCl(aq) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 675

e. HCl(aq) or HNO3(aq) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.2.1 - Explain how the solubility of a salt is affected by a common ion.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: solubility and the common-ion effect | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:11 AM 23. What is the concentration of silver(I) ion in a saturated solution of silver(I) carbonate containing 0.0046 M Na2CO3?

-12 For Ag2CO3, Ksp = 8.6 × 10 . a. 6.0 × 10-4 M b. 2.0 × 10-9 M c. 8.0 × 10-9 M d. 4.3 × 10-5 M e. 8.0 × 10-4 M ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.2.2 - Calculate the solubility of a weakly soluble salt in a solution of a common ion.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility and the common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:11 AM -8

24. What is the molar solubility of MgF2 in a 0.36 M Mg(NO3)2 solution? For MgF2, Ksp = 8.4 × 10 . a. 8.0 × 10-8 M b. 2.4 × 10-4 M c. 2.0 × 10-8 M d. 4.8 × 10-4 M e. 3.2 × 10-3 M ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

b 1 17.2

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 676

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.2.2 - Calculate the solubility of a weakly soluble salt in a solution of a common ion.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility and the common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:12 AM -8

2+

25. Ksp for PbF2 is 4.0 ×10 . If a 0.032 M NaF solution is saturated with PbF2, what is [Pb ] in solution? a. 4.1 × 10-11 M b. 1.3 × 10-9 M c. 1.3 × 10-6 M d. 1.2 × 10-3 M e. 3.9 × 10-5 M ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.2.2 - Calculate the solubility of a weakly soluble salt in a solution of a common ion.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility and the common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:12 AM -7

26. The solubility of La(IO3)3 in a 0.71 M KIO3 solution is 1.0 ×10 mol/L. Calculate Ksp for La(IO3)3. a. 7.1 × 10-18 b. 3.6 × 10-22 c. 3.6 × 10-1 d. 3.6 × 10-8 e. 3.6 × 10-5 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.2.2 - Calculate the solubility of a weakly soluble salt in a solution of a common ion.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 677

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | solubility and the common-ion effect general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/7/2025 7:12 AM

27. Which of the following, when added to a saturated solution of AgCl, will cause a decrease in the molar concentration + of Ag relative to the original solution?

1. HCl(g) 2. AgCl(s) 3. MgCl2(s) a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 1, 2, and 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.2.2 - Calculate the solubility of a weakly soluble salt in a solution of a common ion.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM -11

28. How many moles of CaF2 will dissolve in 3.0 L of 0.041 M NaF solution? (Ksp for CaF2 = 4.0 × 10 a. 3.3 × 10-10

)

b. 2.4 × 10-8 c. 7.1 × 10-8 d. 7.9 × 10-9 e. 6.3 × 10-10 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.2.2 - Calculate the solubility of a weakly soluble salt in a solution of a common ion.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | solubility and the common-ion effect OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 678

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 7:12 AM

29. Which of Figures I-IV represent(s) the result of mixing aqueous solutions of Na2S and NiCl2 in which the ion product Qc > Ksp for the insoluble product? (C = cation, A = anion)

a. both I and II b. only I c. only II d. only III e. only IV ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.1 - Use the ion product to determine if a solution is unsaturated, saturated, or will precipitate.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | precipitation calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:13 AM 30. Which Figures I-IV represent(s) the result of mixing aqueous solutions of NaOH and CuCl2 in which the ion product Qc > Ksp for the insoluble product? (C = cation, A = anion)

a. only II b. both I and II c. only IV d. only I Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 679

e. only III ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.1 - Use the ion product to determine if a solution is unsaturated, saturated, or will precipitate.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | precipitation calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:14 AM 31. For which of the following will precipitation be expected? a. Qc < Ksp b. Qc = 1 c. Qc = Ksp d. Qc > Ksp e. Ksp = 1 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.1 - Use the ion product to determine if a solution is unsaturated, saturated, or will precipitate.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: criterion for precipitation | precipitation calculations | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 32. Which of the following will apply to a saturated solution of an ionic compound? a. Qc < Ksp b. Qc > Ksp c. Qc = Ksp d. Ksp = 1 e. Qc = 1 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

c 1 17.3 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 680

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.1 - Use the ion product to determine if a solution is unsaturated, saturated, or will precipitate.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: criterion for precipitation | precipitation calculations | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM -6

-4

33. Suppose 50.00 mL of 2.0 × 10 M Fe(NO3)3 is added to 50.00 mL of 2.0 ×10 M KIO3. Which of the following -14 statements is true? For Fe(IO3)3, Ksp = 1.0 × 10 . a. A precipitate forms because Qc > Ksp. b. A precipitate forms because Qc < Ksp. c. No precipitate forms because Qc < Ksp. d. No precipitate forms because Qc = Ksp. e. No precipitate forms because Qc > Ksp. ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.1 - Use the ion product to determine if a solution is unsaturated, saturated, or will precipitate.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | criterion for precipitation | precipitation calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:15 AM -6

-6

34. To 1.0 L of water, 1.5 × 10 mol of Pb(NO3)2, 6.5 × 10 mol of K2CrO4, and 1.0 mol of NaCl are added. What will happen?

Salt Ksp -14 PbCrO4 1.8 × 10 -5 PbCl2 1.6 × 10 a. A precipitate of KCl will form. b. A precipitate of PbCrO4 will form. c. A precipitate of PbCl2 will form. d. No precipitate will form. e. Both a precipitate of PbCl2 and a precipitate of PbCrO4 will form.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

b 1 17.3 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 681

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.1 - Use the ion product to determine if a solution is unsaturated, saturated, or will precipitate.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | criterion for precipitation | precipitation calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:15 AM 2+

–5

35. What is the maximum Sr concentration possible in a solution that has a 7.5 × 10 -7 without precipitating strontium sulfate? For SrSO4, Ksp = 2.5 × 10 . a. 1.4 × 10–5 M

M sulfide-ion concentration

b. 1.8 × 10–11 M c. 3.4 × 10–3 M d. 7.3 × 10–5 M e. 2.9 × 102 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.1 - Use the ion product to determine if a solution is unsaturated, saturated, or will precipitate.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | criterion for precipitation | precipitation calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:17 AM 36. A solution is 0.010 M in each of Pb(NO3)2, Mn(NO3)2, and Zn(NO3)2. Solid NaOH is added until the pH of the solution is 8.50. Which of the following statements is true?

Salt Ksp -20 Pb(OH)2 1.4 × 10 -13 Mn(OH)2 2.0 × 10 -16 Zn(OH)2 2.1 × 10 a. Only Mn(OH)2 will precipitate. b. All three hydroxides will precipitate. c. Only Pb(OH)2 will precipitate. d. No precipitate will form. e. Only Zn(OH)2 and Pb(OH)2 will precipitate.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

e 1 17.3

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 682

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.2 - Explain how two ions can be separated using fractional precipitation.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | fractional precipitation | precipitation calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:18 AM 37. What is the maximum concentration of carbonate ions that will precipitate BaCO3 but not MgCO3 from a solution that –3 2+ 2+ -5 -9 is 2.3 ×10 M each in Mg and Ba ? For MgCO3, Ksp = 1.0 × 10 and for BaCO3, Ksp = 2.6 × 10 . a. 4.3 × 10-3 M b. 1.1 × 10-6 M c. 2.3 × 10-8 M d. 6 × 10-12 M e. 2.6 × 10-14 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.2 - Explain how two ions can be separated using fractional precipitation.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | fractional precipitation | precipitation calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:20 AM 38. Which of the following solutions should be added to a solution containing both copper(II) ions and silver(I) ions in order to precipitate only one of the ions? a. HCl(aq) b. H2S(aq) c. HNO3(aq) d. H2S(aq) + HCl(aq) e. H2S(aq) + HNO3(aq) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.2 - Explain how two ions can be separated using fractional precipitation.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 683

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

solubility solubility equilibria analyze | fractional precipitation | precipitation calculations general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/5/2025 2:07 AM

39. For which pair of cations would the addition of dilute hydrobromic acid precipitate one but not the other? a. Ag+ and Ca2+ b. Hg22+ and Ag+ c. Ba2+ and Na+ d. Ca2+ and Ba2+ e. Pb2+ and Ag+ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.2 - Explain how two ions can be separated using fractional precipitation.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | fractional precipitation | precipitation calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM +

+

+

40. Sodium chloride is added slowly to a solution that is 0.010 M in Cu , Ag , and Au . The Ksp values for the chloride -7 -10 -13 salts are 1.9 × 10 , 1.6 × 10 , and 2.0 × 10 , respectively. Which compound will precipitate first? a. AuCl(s) b. All will precipitate at the same time. c. It cannot be determined. d. AgCl(s) e. CuCl(s) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.3.2 - Explain how two ions can be separated using fractional precipitation.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: fractional precipitation | precipitation calculations | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:20 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 684

41. The best explanation for the dissolution of ZnS in dilute HCl is that a. the zinc ion is amphoteric. b. the sulfide ion concentration is decreased by the formation of H2S. c. the solubility product of ZnCl2 is less than that of ZnS. d. the zinc ion concentration is decreased by the formation of a chloro complex. e. the sulfide ion concentration is decreased by oxidation to sulfur.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.4.1 - Explain the qualitative effect of pH on solubility of a weakly soluble salt.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: effect of pH on solubility | qualitative effect of pH | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 42. You have two salts, AgX and AgY, with very similar Ksp values. You know that Ka for HX is much greater than Ka for HY. Which statement will be true? a. AgX and AgY are less soluble in acidic solution than in pure water. b. AgX is more soluble in acidic solution. c. AgX and AgY are equally soluble in acidic solution. d. AgY is more soluble in acidic solution. e. AgY is more soluble in basic solution ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 17.4.1 - Explain the qualitative effect of pH on solubility of a weakly soluble salt.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | effect of pH on solubility | qualitative effect of pH OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 43. For which of the following salts would the addition of nitric acid increase its solubility? a. AgI b. AgNO3 c. AgCl d. Ag2SO4 e. AgBr Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 685

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.4.1 - Explain the qualitative effect of pH on solubility of a weakly soluble salt.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | effect of pH on solubility | qualitative effect of pH OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 44. Which of the following substances will increase the molar solubility of nickel(II) phosphate in a saturated solution? a. AgCl b. HNO3 c. KOH d. AlPO4 e. Na3PO4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.4.1 - Explain the qualitative effect of pH on solubility of a weakly soluble salt.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | effect of pH on solubility | qualitative effect of pH OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 45. In which of the following solutions would CaC2O4 have the highest molar solubility? a. 0.01 M Na2C2O4 b. 0.01 M NaCl c. 0.01 M HCl d. 0.01 M Ca(NO3)2 e. 0.01 M NaHC2O4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.4.1 - Explain the qualitative effect of pH on solubility of a weakly soluble Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 686

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

salt. solubility solubility equilibria analyze | effect of pH on solubility | qualitative effect of pH general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/7/2025 7:21 AM

46. The figure below represents the results of adding a strong acid to a saturated solution of an ionic compound. Which of the following could be the ionic compound?

a. AgClO4 b. AgF c. AgI d. AgCl e. AgBr ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.4.1 - Explain the qualitative effect of pH on solubility of a weakly soluble salt.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: effect of pH on solubility | qualitative effect of pH | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:21 AM 47. What is the solubility of CaF2 in a buffer solution with a pH of 4.0. Ksp for CaF2 is 3.9 × 10 a. 2.14 × 10-4 M

-11

.

b. 2.67 × 10-3 M c. 1.94 × 10-5 M d. 1.42 × 102 M e. 1.33 × 10-4 M ANSWER: POINTS:

a 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 687

REFERENCES: 17.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.4.2 - Determine the solubility of salts in buffered solution.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | effect of pH on solubility | qualitative effect of pH OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM -9

48. Calculate the solubility of PbI2 (Ksp = 7.9 × 10 ) in a buffer solution with a pH of 5.00. a. 1.8 × 10-5 M b. 1.6 × 10-3 M c. 1.1 × 104 M d. 1.2 × 102 M e. 1.3 × 10-3 M ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.4.2 - Determine the solubility of salts in buffered solution.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | effect of pH on solubility | qualitative effect of pH OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 49. Which of the following factors does not affect the solubility of a salt in a buffered solution? a. Common ion effect b. pH of the solution c. Temperature d. Concentration e. Pressure ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.4.2 - Determine the solubility of salts in buffered solution.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | effect of pH on solubility | qualitative effect of pH OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 688

DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:07 AM

50. Calculate the solubility of BaSO4 (Ksp = 1.1 × 10 a. 1.1 × 103 M

-10

) in a buffer solution with a pH of 7.00.

b. 1.1 × 10-5 M c. 1.1 × 10-4 M d. 1.1 × 10-2 M e. 1.1 × 10-3 M ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.4.2 - Determine the solubility of salts in buffered solution.

TOPICS: solubility solubility equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | effect of pH on solubility | qualitative effect of pH OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 2+

2+

51. Calculate the molar concentration of uncomplexed Zn (aq) in a solution that contains 0.21 mol of Zn(NH3)4 2+ 9 liter and 0.4986 M NH3 at equilibrium. Kf for Zn(NH3)4 is 2.9 × 10 . a. 2.9 × 10–9 M

per

b. 1.5 × 10–10 M c. 8.5 × 108 M d. 2.9 × 10–10 M e. 2.7 × 100 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.5.1 - Determine the equilibrium concentrations of a metal ion and its complex ion.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:23 AM 52. Cyanide ion form very stable complex ions with a variety of metal ions. What is the molar equilibrium concentration 2+ -2 2of uncomplexed Ni (aq) in a solution that initially contains 1.3 mol of Ni(CN)4 per liter of solution. Kf for Ni(CN)4 is 16 2.8 × 10 . a. 1.8 × 10–4 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 689

b. 5.4 × 10–4 M c. 5.6 × 10–9 M d. 2.1 × 10–9 M e. 1.8 × 10–9 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.5.1 - Determine the equilibrium concentrations of a metal ion and its complex ion.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:25 AM 2+

4-

53. What is the molar equilibrium concentration of uncomplexed Fe (aq) in a solution composed of 1.4 mol Fe(CN)6 418 dissolved in 1.00 L of 0.33 M NaCN. Kf for Fe(CN)6 is 2.5 × 10 . a. 4.3 × 10–16 M b. 1.7 × 10–18 M c. 2.3 × 10–15 M d. 1.3 × 10–15 M e. 2.1 × 10–8 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.5.1 - Determine the equilibrium concentrations of a metal ion and its complex ion.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:26 AM

54. An aqueous solution of Ag(CN)2- is made by combining 0.0100 moles AgNO3 with 1.00 mole NaCN and diluting to + 1.000 L. What is the molar concentration of Ag in the solution? + 18 Ag (aq) + 2CN (aq) ⇌ Ag(CN)2 (aq); Kf = 5.6 × 10 a. 1.9 × 10-21 M b. 5.3 × 1020 M c. 5.8 × 1016 M d. 1.7 × 10-17 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 690

e. 0.010 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.5.1 - Determine the equilibrium concentrations of a metal ion and its complex ion.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | complex ion formation | equilibrium calculations with Kf OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:27 AM 55. Suppose sodium hydroxide is added to a 0.0042 M solution of zinc nitrate such that the pH of the solution is 13.04.

2+ What is the equilibrium concentration of Zn ?

2+ 215 Zn (aq) + 4OH (aq) ⇌ Zn(OH)4 (aq); Kf = 2.8 × 10 a. 1.6 × 10-17 M b. 4.2 × 10-3 M c. 2.7 × 10-2 M d. 1.0 × 10-14 M e. 1.4 × 10-17 M ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.5.1 - Determine the equilibrium concentrations of a metal ion and its complex ion.

TOPICS: complex ion equilibria solubility KEYWORDS: apply | complex ion formation | equilibrium calculations with Kf OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:27 AM 2+

56. What is the concentration of Cd 7 × 10 . a. 3.5 × 102 M

2+

in a 0.012 M Cd(NO3)2 solution that is also 1.0 M NH3? For Cd(NH3)4 , Kf = 1.0

b. 1.3 × 10-9 M c. 1.5 × 10-9 M d. 3.2 × 103 M e. 1.2 × 10-2 M ANSWER:

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 691

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.5.1 - Determine the equilibrium concentrations of a metal ion and its complex ion.

TOPICS: solubility | complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | complex ion formation | equilibrium calculations with Kf OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:28 AM 57. Which of the following is not an amphoteric hydroxide? a. Zn(OH)2 b. Sn(OH)2 c. Pb(OH)2 d. Mg(OH)2 e. Al(OH)2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.5.2 - Explain why some hydroxides are amphoteric.

TOPICS: solubility | complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | complex ion formation | equilibrium calculations with Kf OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 58. Which of the following metals form amphoteric hydroxides? a. Alkali metals b. Alkaline earth metals c. Transition metals d. Non-metals e. Lanthanides ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.5.2 - Explain why some hydroxides are amphoteric.

TOPICS: solubility | complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | complex ion formation | equilibrium calculations with Kf Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 692

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/5/2025 2:07 AM

59. What is an amphoteric substance? a. A substance that can only act as an acid. b. A substance that can only act as a base. c. A substance that donates electrons. d. A substance that is neither an acid nor a base. e. A substance that can act as both an acid and a base.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.5.2 - Explain why some hydroxides are amphoteric.

TOPICS: solubility | complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | complex ion formation | equilibrium calculations with Kf OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 60. Which of the following is an amphoteric hydroxide? a. NaOH b. KOH c. Ca(OH)2 d. Mg(OH)2 e. Al(OH)2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.5.2 - Explain why some hydroxides are amphoteric.

TOPICS: solubility | complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | complex ion formation | equilibrium calculations with Kf OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 61. Which of the following insoluble salts will dissolve upon reaction with excess ammonia? a. BaSO4 b. CaCO3 c. PbSO4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 693

d. HgS e. AgCl ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.6.1 - Determine the effect of complex ion formation on the solubility of salts.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | complex ions and solubility OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 62. Which sparingly soluble salt will exhibit the highest solubility at low pH’s? a. PbS (Ksp = 2.5 × 10-27) b. MnS (Ksp = 2.5 × 10-10) c. HgS (Ksp = 1.6 × 10-52) d. NiS (Ksp = 3 × 10-9) e. ZnS (Ksp = 1.1 × 10-21) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.6.1 - Determine the effect of complex ion formation on the solubility of salts.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 63. The figure below represents the results of adding NH3 to a saturated solution of an ionic compound. Which of the following could the ionic compound be?

a. AgCl or CaF2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 694

b. CaF2 c. Mg(OH)2 d. AgCl e. SrCO3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.6.1 - Determine the effect of complex ion formation on the solubility of salts.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | complex ions and solubility OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:29 AM 64. What will happen if 50.0 mL of 0.032 M Na2S2O3, 50.0 mL of 0.010 M AgNO3, and 50.0 mL of 0.047 M KCl are -10 313 mixed together? For AgCl, Ksp = 1.8 × 10 ; for Ag(S2O3)2 , Kf = 2.9 × 10 . a. A precipitate of Ag2S2O3 will form. b. A precipitate of KNO3 will form. c. No precipitate will form because silver(I) ion exists predominantly as Ag+. d. No precipitate will form because silver(I) ion exists predominantly in the complex Ag(S2O3)23-. e. A precipitate of AgCl will form.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.6.1 - Determine the effect of complex ion formation on the solubility of salts.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: analyze | complex ions and solubility OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:29 AM 65. Given the two equilibria below, + + -8 Ag(NH3)2 (aq) ⇌ Ag (aq) + 2NH3(aq); Kd = 5.9 × 10 + –17 AgI(s) ⇌ Ag (aq) + I−(aq); Ksp = 8.3 ×10 what is Kc for the following equilibrium? + AgI(s) + 2NH3(aq) ⇌ Ag(NH3)2 (aq) + I (aq) a. 1.4 × 10-9 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 695

b. 4.9 × 10-24 c. 7.1 × 108 d. 2 × 10-18 e. 2.7 × 100 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.6.1 - Determine the effect of complex ion formation on the solubility of salts.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:31 AM 66. Given the following equilibrium constants, -6 Zn(IO3)2 Ksp = 3.9 × 10 2+ 9 Zn(NH3)4 Kf = 2.9 × 10 determine Kc for the dissolution of the sparingly soluble salt Zn(IO3)2 in aqueous ammonia (shown below).

2+ Zn(IO3)2(s) + 4NH3(aq) ⇌ Zn(NH3)4 (aq) + 2IO3 (aq) a. 1.1 × 104 b. 1.3 × 10-15 c. 7.4 × 1014 d. 8.8 × 10-5 e. 2.9 × 109 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.6.1 - Determine the effect of complex ion formation on the solubility of salts.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:37 AM 67. What is the molar solubility of nickel(II) sulfide in 0.091 M KCN? For NiS, Ksp = 3.0 × 10 31 × 10 . a. 5.5 × 10-10 M

-19

2-

; for Ni(CN)4 , Kf = 1.0

b. 9.1 × 10-2 M Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 696

c. 1.5 × 10-19 M d. 2.3 × 10-2 M e. 2.9 × 10-5 M ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 17.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.17.6.1 - Determine the effect of complex ion formation on the solubility of salts.

TOPICS: solubility complex ion equilibria KEYWORDS: apply | complex ion formation | equilibrium calculations with Kf OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:37 AM

1. Which of the following is not a state function? a. w b. H c. P d. U e. T ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.1.1 - Summarize the first law of thermodynamics.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 2. According to the first law of thermodynamics, the energy of the universe is constant. Does this mean that ΔE is always equal to zero? a. No, ΔE does not always equal zero, but this is due only to factors such as friction and heat. b. No, ΔE never equals zero because energy is always flowing between the system and the surroundings. c. No, ΔE does not always equal zero because it refers to the system's internal energy, which is affected by heat and work. d. Yes, ΔE = 0 at all times, which is why q = -w. e. No, ΔE never equals zero because work is always being done on the system or by the system.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 697

REFERENCES: 18.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.1.1 - Summarize the first law of thermodynamics.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: first law of thermodynamics | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:51 AM 3. A gas absorbs 0.0 J of heat and then performs 99.5 J of work. What is the change in the internal energy of the gas? a. -99.5 J b. 59.5 J c. 139.5 J d. 99.1 J e. -59.5 J ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.1.1 - Summarize the first law of thermodynamics.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | first law of thermodynamics OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 4. What is the change in internal energy of the system (ΔU) if 82 kJ of heat energy is absorbed by the system and 40 kJ of work is done on the system for a certain process? a. 122 kJ b. 42 kJ c. 82 kJ d. -122 kJ e. -42 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.1.1 - Summarize the first law of thermodynamics.

TOPICS: thermochemistry KEYWORDS: apply | thermodynamics OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 698

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 7:51 AM

5. What is the change in internal energy (ΔU) of the system if q = -8 kJ and w = -1 kJ for a certain process? a. -9 kJ b. -7 kJ c. 7 kJ d. 9 kJ e. -8 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.1.1 - Summarize the first law of thermodynamics.

TOPICS: thermochemistry KEYWORDS: thermodynamics | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:52 AM 6. What is ΔH° for the following phase change?

NaCl(s) → NaCl(l) Substance ΔH°f (kJ/mol) NaCl(s) -411.12 NaCl(l) -385.92 a. 797.04 kJ b. 25.20 kJ c. -797.04 kJ d. -25.20 kJ e. 20 kJ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.1.2 - Calculate the standard enthalpy of reaction (∆H°) from standard enthalpies of formation (∆H° )f.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | standard enthalpies of formation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:53 AM 7. At 25°C, when 1.00 g of sulfur is burned at constant pressure in excess oxygen to give SO2(g), 9.28 kJ of heat is liberated. What is the enthalpy of formation of SO2(g)? a. 9.28 kJ/mol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 699

b. -594 kJ/mol c. 298 kJ/mol d. -9.28 kJ/mol e. -298 kJ/mol ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.1.2 - Calculate the standard enthalpy of reaction (∆H°) from standard enthalpies of formation (∆H° )f.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: analyze | standard enthalpies of formation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 8. What is ΔH° for the following reaction?

2 C2H2(g) + 5 O2(g) → 4 CO2(g) + 2 H2O(l) Substance ΔH°f (kJ/mol) C2H2(g) +226.7 CO2(g) -393.5 H2O(l) -285.8 a. +1692.2 kJ b. -452.6 kJ c. -1692.2 kJ d. +2599.0 kJ e. -2599.0 kJ ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.1.2 - Calculate the standard enthalpy of reaction (∆H°) from standard enthalpies of formation (∆H° )f.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | standard enthalpies of formation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:54 AM 9. At 25°C, the standard enthalpy of combustion of gaseous propane (C3H8) is -2219.0 kJ per mole of propane, and the standard enthalpy of combustion of gaseous propylene (C3H6) is -2058.3 kJ per mole of propylene. What is the standard enthalpy change for the following reaction at 25°C? C3H6(g) + H2(g) → C3H8(g) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 700

Substance ΔH°f (kJ/mol) CO2(g) -393.5 H2O(l) -285.8 a. +104.7 kJ b. -20.4 kJ c. 125.1 kJ d. +160.7 kJ e. -160.7 kJ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.1.2 - Calculate the standard enthalpy of reaction (∆H°) from standard enthalpies of formation (∆H° )f.

TOPICS: thermochemistry heats of reaction KEYWORDS: apply | standard enthalpies of formation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:54 AM 10. The total entropy of a system and its surroundings always increases for a spontaneous process. This is a statement of a. the third law of thermodynamics. b. the law of constant composition. c. the second law of thermodynamics. d. the law of conservation of matter. e. the first law of thermodynamics.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.2.1 - State the second law of thermodynamics in terms of system plus surroundings.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: entropy | second law of thermodynamics | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 11. Which of the provided statements best describes the second law of thermodynamics? a. ΔSsystem+ΔSsurroundings>0 for a spontaneous process. b. ΔSsystem+ΔSsurroundings=0 for all processes. c. ΔSsystem+ΔSsurroundings<0 for a spontaneous process.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 701

d. ΔSsystem<>surroundings for equilibrium. e. ΔSsystem>ΔSsurroundings for equilibrium.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.2.1 - State the second law of thermodynamics in terms of system plus surroundings.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: entropy | second law of thermodynamics | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 12. What is the total entropy change of the system and surroundings during a reversible process? a. unpredictable b. always negative c. always positive d. zero e. depends on the specific process ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.2.1 - State the second law of thermodynamics in terms of system plus surroundings.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: entropy | second law of thermodynamics | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 13. Which of the provided statements best explains the second law of thermodynamics in terms of the system and surroundings? a. The system’s entropy decreases in every process. b. The surroundings’ entropy increases in every process. c. The total entropy of the system and surroundings is unchanged in all processes. d. The system’s entropy increases in every process. e. During a spontaneous process, the combined entropy of the system and surroundings increases.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 702

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.2.1 - State the second law of thermodynamics in terms of system plus surroundings.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: entropy | second law of thermodynamics | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 14. The standard enthalpy of vaporization of Freon-11, CFCl3, is 25.21 kJ/mol at its normal boiling point of 17°C. What is the change of entropy for 1 mol of liquid Freon-11 when it vaporizes at its normal boiling point? a. 8.69 × 10-2 J/K b. 7.31 × 103 J/K c. 86.9 × 101 J/K d. 1.48 × 101 J/K e. 1.48× 103 J/K ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.2.2 - alculate the entropy change for a phase transition.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | entropy change for a phase transition | second law of thermodynamics OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 15. The standard enthalpy of vaporization of methanol is 35.2 kJ/mol at its normal boiling point, 64.6°C. What is the standard change in entropy for the vaporization of methanol at its normal boiling point? a. 104 J/(mol ∙ K) b. 35.2 J/(mol ∙ K) c. 0.544 J/(mol ∙ K) d. 0.104 J/(mol ∙ K) e. 544 J/(mol ∙ K) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.2.2 - alculate the entropy change for a phase transition.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | entropy change for a phase transition | second law of thermodynamics OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 703

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/5/2025 2:07 AM

16. The standard enthalpy of fusion of iodobenzene is 9.75 kJ/mol at its melting point, 241.8 K. What is the standard change in entropy for the melting of iodobenzene at its melting point? a. 0.0189 J/(mol ∙ K) b. 40.3 J/(mol ∙ K) c. 9.75 J/(mol ∙ K) d. 311 J/(mol ∙ K) e. 0.0403 J/(mol ∙ K) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.2.2 - alculate the entropy change for a phase transition.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | entropy change for a phase transition | second law of thermodynamics OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 17. The enthalpy of vaporization (ΔH°vap) of benzene is 30.7 kJ/mol at its normal boiling point of 353.3 K. What is ΔS°vap at this temperature? a. 86.9 J/(mol·K) b. 0.087 J/(mol·K) c. 11.5 J/(mol·K) d. 0.0115 J/(mol·K) e. 383 J/(mol·K) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.2.2 - alculate the entropy change for a phase transition.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | entropy change for a phase transition | second law of thermodynamics OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:55 AM 18. For which of the following reactions is ΔS° at 25°C closest to zero? a. N2(g) + O2(g) → 2 NO(g) b. H2(g) + I2(s) → 2 HI(g) c. CH3CHO(g) +5/2 O2(g) → 2 CO2(g) + 2 H2O(g) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 704

d. 2 NO(g) + O2(g) → 2 NO2(g) e. C2H4(g) + Br2(l) → C2H4Br2(l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.3.1 - Predict the sign of the entropy change of a reaction.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: entropy change for a reaction | third law of thermodynamics | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:55 AM 19. For which of the following reactions is ΔS° > 0 at 25°C? a. 2 H2(g) + O2(g) → 2 H2O(g) b. 2 ClBr(g) → Cl2(g) + Br2(g) c. I2(g) → I2(s) d. 2 NO(g) + O2(g) → 2 NO2(g) e. NH4HS(s) → NH3(g) + H2S(g) ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.3.1 - Predict the sign of the entropy change of a reaction.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: entropy change for a reaction | third law of thermodynamics | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:55 AM 20. Which of the following reactions has the smallest value of ΔS° at 25°C? a. C6H6(l) +9/2 O2(g) → 6 CO(g) + 3 H2O(g) b. C6H6(s) → C6H6(l) c. C6H6(l) + Br2(l) → C6H5Br(l) + HBr(g) d. C6H6(s) → C6H6(g) e. C6H6(l) +15/2 O2(g) → 6 CO2(g) + 3 H2O(g) ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

b 1 18.3 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 705

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.3.1 - Predict the sign of the entropy change of a reaction.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: entropy change for a reaction | third law of thermodynamics | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:56 AM 21. For which of the following reactions is ΔS° < 0 at 25°C? a. 2 KClO3(s) → 2 KCl(s) + 3 O2(g) b. 2 HgO(s) → 2 Hg(l) + O2(g) c. Br2(l) → Br2(g) d. P4(s) + 5 O2(g) → P4O10(s) e. (NH4)2Cr2O7(s) → N2(g) + 4 H2O(l) + Cr2O3(s) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.1318.3.1 - Predict the sign of the entropy change of a reaction.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: entropy change for a reaction | third law of thermodynamics | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:56 AM 22. Arrange the following reactions in order of increasing ΔS° value.

1. H2(g) + F2(g) → 2 HF(g) 2. NH4NO3(s) → N2O(g) + 2 H2O(l) 3. (NH4)2Cr2O7(s) → Cr2O3(s) + 4 H2O(l) + N2(g) a. 1 < 2 < 3 b. 2 < 3 < 1 c. 3 < 1 < 2 d. 1 < 3 < 2 e. 2 < 1 < 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.3.1 - Predict the sign of the entropy change of a reaction.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: entropy change for a reaction | third law of thermodynamics | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 706

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/7/2025 7:56 AM

23. Given the following, determine S° at 298 K for one mole of NO(g).

2 NO(g) + O2(g) → 2 NO2(g); ΔS° = -146.7 J/K at 298K Substance S° (J/(mol ∙ K)) at 298 K NO(g) ?

O2(g) 205.1 NO2(g) 240.0 a. 210.9 J/K b. -90.85 J/K c. 421.7 J/K d. -421.7 J/K e. +90.85 J/K ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.3.2 - Calculate the standard entropy for a reaction (∆°S ) from the standard entropies of the reactants and products.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | entropy change for a reaction | third law of thermodynamics OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:57 AM 24. What is the change in entropy when 0.802 g of silicon is burned in excess oxygen to yield silicon dioxide at 298 K? Si(s) + O2(g) → SiO2(s); ΔS° = -182.4 J/K at 298 K a. 182 J/K b. 146 J/K c. -1.75 × 10-2 J/K d. -6.39 × 103 J/K e. 5.2 J/K ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.3.2 - Calculate the standard entropy for a reaction (∆°S ) from the standard entropies of the reactants and products.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | entropy change for a reaction | third law of thermodynamics OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 707

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 7:58 AM

25. What is the change in entropy when 0.517 g of water decomposes to form hydrogen gas and oxygen gas at 298 K? 2 H2O(l) → 2 H2(g) + O2(g); ΔS° = 326.3 J/K at 298 K a. 4.68 J/K b. 0.0628 J/K c. 18.7 J/K d. 9.36 J/K e. 168 J/K ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13. 18.3.2 - Calculate the standard entropy for a reaction (∆°S ) from the standard entropies of the reactants and products.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | entropy change for a reaction | third law of thermodynamics OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:58 AM 26. What is the change in entropy when 7.61 mL of liquid benzene (C6H6, d = 0.879 g/mL) is combusted in the presence of 22.3 L of oxygen gas, measured at 298 K and 1 atm pressure? (R = 0.0821 L · atm/(K · mol)) 2 C6H6(l) + 15 O2(g) → 12 CO2(g) + 6 H2O(l); ΔS° = -437.7 J/K at 298 K a. 398 J/K b. 45.3 J/K c. 37.4 J/K d. 18.7 J/K e. 436 J/K ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.3.2 - Calculate the standard entropy for a reaction (∆°S ) from the standard entropies of the reactants and products.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | entropy change for a reaction | third law of thermodynamics OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:58 AM 27. What is ΔG° at 298 K for the following reaction?

H2(g) + Br2(g) → 2 HBr(g); ΔH° = -103.8 kJ; ΔS° = 21.3 J/K at 298 K a. 97.45 kJ Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 708

b. 110.1 kJ c. -110.1 kJ d. 6.451 × 103 kJ e. -6.451× 103 kJ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.1 - Calculate the standard Gibbs energy change for a reaction (∆G°) from the standard enthalpy change (∆H°) and standard entropy change (∆S°).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy | standard free energy change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:59 AM 28. From these two reactions at 298 K, V2O3(s) + 3 CO(g) → 2 V(s) + 3 CO2(g); ΔH° = 369.8 kJ; ΔS° = 8.3 J/K V2O5(s) + 2 CO(g) → V2O3(s) + 2 CO2(g); ΔH° = -234.2 kJ; ΔS° = 0.2 J/K calculate ΔG° for the following at 298 K: 2 V(s) + 5 CO2(g) → V2O5(s) + 5 CO(g) a. +133.1 kJ b. +601.6 kJ c. -601.6 kJ d. -133.1 kJ e. +1.6 kJ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.1 - Calculate the standard Gibbs energy change for a reaction (∆G°) from the standard enthalpy change (∆H°) and standard entropy change (∆S°).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy | standard free energy change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 7:59 AM 29. What is ΔS° at 298 K for the following reaction?

CH4(g) + N2(g) → HCN(g) + NH3(g); ΔH° = 164.1 kJ; ΔG° = 159.1 kJ at 298 K a. 2.0 × 101 J/K b. 5.5 × 102 J/K Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 709

c. 1.1 × 103 J/K d. 5.3 × 102 J/K e. 17 × 101 J/K ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.1 - Calculate the standard Gibbs energy change for a reaction (∆G°) from the standard enthalpy change (∆H°) and standard entropy change (∆S°).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy | standard free energy change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:00 AM 30. What is ΔG° at 298 K for the following reaction?

2 O3 → 3 O2 (g); ΔH° = -285.4 kJ; ΔS° = 137.55 J/K at 298 K. a. 285.4 kJ b. 110.1 kJ c. -110.1 kJ d. -326.4 kJ e. 326.4 kJ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.1 - Calculate the standard Gibbs energy change for a reaction (∆G°) from the standard enthalpy change (∆H°) and standard entropy change (∆S°).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy | standard free energy change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:00 AM 31. Given the following, determine ΔG°f at 298 K for SnO. Sn(s) + SnO2(s) → 2 SnO(s); ΔG° = 12.0 kJ at 298K Substance ΔG°f (kJ/mol) at 298 K SnO(s) ?

SnO2(s) -515.8 a. -251.9 kJ/mol b. -503.8 kJ/mol c. 527.8 kJ/mol d. 263.9 kJ/mol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 710

e. 1055.6 kJ/mol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.2 - Calculate the standard Gibbs energy change for a reaction (∆G°) from standard Gibbs energies of formation (∆G°)f .

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy | standard free energy change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:02 AM 32. Given the following, determine ΔG° at 298 K for the precipitation reaction, + Ag (aq) +I (aq) → AgI(s) Substance ΔG°f (kJ/mol) at 298 K I (aq) 51.59 + Ag (aq) 77.12 AgI(s) -66.2 a. -194.91 kJ/mol b. -40.7 kJ/mol c. 91.7 kJ/mol d. 40.7 kJ/mol e. 62.5 kJ/mol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.2 - Calculate the standard Gibbs energy change for a reaction (∆G°) from standard Gibbs energies of formation (∆G°)f .

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy | standard free energy change OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:03 AM 33. Consider the following hypothetical reaction at 310 K. Standard free energies of formation are given in parentheses.

B→C ΔG° = -25.0kJ/mol (?)

(176.4 kJ/mol) Calculate the standard free energy of the formation of compound B. a. 151.4 kJ/mol b. -201.4 kJ/mol c. -151.4kJ/mol d. 201.4 kJ/mol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 711

e. 25 kJ/mol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.2 - Calculate the standard Gibbs energy change for a reaction (∆G°) from standard Gibbs energies of formation (∆G°)f .

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy | standard free-energies of formation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:03 AM 34. Determine ΔG° for the following reaction: CH4(g) + 2 O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2 H2O(l) Substance ΔGf° (kJ/mol) CH4(g) -50.65 O2(g) 0 CO2(g) -394.4 H2O(l) -237.4 a. -581.2 kJ b. –818.6 kJ c. 131.1 kJ d. -682.5 kJ e. -919.9 kJ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.2 - Calculate the standard Gibbs energy change for a reaction (∆G°) from standard Gibbs energies of formation (∆G°)f .

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy | standard free-energies of formation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:04 AM 35. Which of the following is correct for the condensation of gaseous ammonia at -38°C? The normal boiling point of ammonia is -33°C. a. ΔH < 0, ΔS > 0, and ΔG > 0 b. ΔH < 0, ΔS < 0, and ΔG < 0 c. ΔH > 0, ΔS < 0, and ΔG < 0 d. ΔH = 0, ΔS = 0, and ΔG < 0 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 712

e. ΔH > 0, ΔS > 0, and ΔG > 0 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.3 - Interpret the sign of ∆G°.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy | spontaneity OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:06 AM 36. For a reversible phase change at constant temperature and pressure, a. ΔG = 0 b. ΔU = 0 c. w = 0 d. ΔH = 0 e. q = 0 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.3 - Interpret the sign of ∆G°.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: free energy | spontaneity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:06 AM 37. For a reaction system that is at equilibrium, which of the following must always be true? a. ΔH = 0 b. ΔS = 0 c. ΔG = 0 d. q = 0 e. ΔU = 0 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.3 - Interpret the sign of ∆G°.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: free energy | spontaneity | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 713

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/7/2025 8:07 AM

38. An ideal fuel for the control jet of a space vehicle should decompose with a. ΔG = 0 and ΔH = 0 b. ΔG < 0 and ΔH < 0 c. ΔG > 0 and ΔH > 0 d. ΔG < 0 and ΔH > 0 e. ΔG > 0 and ΔH < 0 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.4.3 - Interpret the sign of ∆G°.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: free energy | spontaneity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:07 AM 39. For a certain process, at 300. K, ΔG = -37.2 kJ and ΔH = -7.0 kJ. If the process is carried out reversibly, what is the amount of useful work that can be performed? a. -7.0 kJ b. -44.2 kJ c. -30.2 kJ d. 30.2 kJ e. -37.2 kJ ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.5.1 - Relate the Gibbs energy change to maximum useful work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: free energy | maximum work | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:08 AM 40. Identify the true statement(s) about the interpretation of free energy.

1. In principle, if a reaction is carried out to obtain the maximum useful work, entropy is high.

2. In principle, if a reaction is carried out to obtain the maximum useful work, no entropy is produced.

3. The maximum useful work for a spontaneous reaction is ΔG. a. 1 only Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 714

b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 1 and 3 e. 2 and 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.5.1 - Relate the Gibbs energy change to maximum useful work.

TOPICS: Interpretation of Free Energy KEYWORDS: free energy | maximum work | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 41. In a thermodynamical process, at 273 K, ΔG = -47.2 kJ and ΔH = -9.0 kJ. If the process is carried out irreversibly, what is the amount of useful work that can be performed? a. -17.0 kJ b. -44.2 kJ c. -47.2 kJ d. 38.2 kJ e. -9.0 kJ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.5.1 - Relate the Gibbs energy change to maximum useful work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: free energy | maximum work | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:08 AM 42. Which of the provided conditions does ΔG correspond to the maximum useful work obtainable from a process? a. When the pressure remains constant b. When the pressure remains constant c. Regardless of temperature or pressure conditions d. When both temperature and pressure remain constant e. When temperature increases and pressure decreases ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 715

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.5.1 - Relate the Gibbs energy change to maximum useful work.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: free energy | maximum work | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 43. Which of the following is true for the reaction NH3(l) NH3(g) at -33°C and 1 atm pressure? (The normal boiling point for NH3 is -33°C.) a. ΔH = TΔS b. ΔH = 0 c. ΔH = ΔnRT d. ΔS = 0 e. ΔH = PΔV ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.5.2 - Describe how the free energy changes during a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:09 AM 44. Which of the following statements is/are true of combustion of gasoline in O2?

1. The combustion reaction is spontaneous, so the free-energy change is negative.

2. The combustion reaction is spontaneous, so the free-energy change is positive.

3. The free energy of the system increases as the reactants are converted to products. a. 1 only b. 2 only c. 3 only d. 2 and 3 e. 1 and 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.5.2 - Describe how the free energy changes during a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: Interpretation of Free Energy KEYWORDS: free energy | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 716

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/5/2025 2:07 AM

45. What does it imply when ΔG=0\Delta G = 0ΔG=0 during a chemical reaction? a. The reaction is at equilibrium. b. The reaction will not proceed on its own. c. The reaction releases energy. d. The reaction requires energy to proceed. e. The reaction is spontaneous.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.5.2 - Describe how the free energy changes during a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: free energy | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:10 AM 46. In a chemical reaction, a positive ΔG>0 signifies: a. spontaneous reaction in the forward direction b. spontaneous reaction in the reverse direction c. that the reaction is at equilibrium d. that the reaction releases heat energy e. that the reaction absorbs heat energy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.5.2 - Describe how the free energy changes during a chemical reaction.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | free energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 47. The equilibrium constant Kp is expressed in terms of: a. the partial pressures of reactants and products b. the concentrations of reactants and products c. the volume of the reaction container d. the temperature only e. the stoichiometric coefficients only Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 717

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.1 - Write the expression for a thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) | Understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 48. For a reaction, if ΔG° = 0, then a. ΔS° = 0 b. K = 0 c. ΔH° = 0 d. K = 1 e. ΔG = 0 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.1 - Write the expression for a thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:11 AM 9

49. For a reaction that has an equilibrium constant of 6 × 10 , which of the following statements must be true? a. ΔS° is positive. b. ΔG° is negative. c. ΔG° is positive. d. ΔH° is negative. e. ΔH° is positive.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.1 - Write the expression for a thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 718

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/7/2025 8:22 AM

50. A certain reaction is found to be reactant favored. Which of the following is a correct description of the reaction? a. ΔG° > 0, K < 1 b. ΔG° < 0, K > 1 c. ΔG° > 0, K > 1 d. ΔG° < 0, K < 1 e. ΔG° = 0, K < 1 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.1 - Write the expression for a thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:22 AM 51. Consider the following reaction: CaO(s) + CO2(g) → CaCO3(s); ΔG° = -130.9 kJ at 298 K At what partial pressure of CO2(g) will the reaction no longer be spontaneous at 298 K? (R = 0.0821 L ∙ atm/(K ∙ mol) = 8.31 J/(K ∙ mol)) a. 1.59 × 108 atm b. 1.00 × 108 atm c. 6.28 × 10-9 atm d. 8.77 × 1022 atm e. 1.14 × 10-23 atm ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.2 - Calculate the Gibbs energy change of a reaction at nonstandard conditions (∆G).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: analyze | free energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:24 AM 52. What is the change in free energy at 298 K when 70.0 mL of 0.704 M calcium chloride is combined with 47.9 mL of 0.859 M sodium carbonate? (R = 8.31 J/(K ∙ mol)) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 719

2+

2-

Ca (aq) + CO3 (aq) → CaCO3(s) Substance ΔG°f (kJ/mol) at 298 K 2+ Ca (aq) -553.5 2CO3 (aq) -527.9 CaCO3(s) -1128.8 a. -42.6 kJ b. -2.21 × 103 kJ c. 46.1 kJ d. 47.4 kJ e. 2.56 × 103 kJ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.2 - Calculate the Gibbs energy change of a reaction at nonstandard conditions (∆G).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: analyze | free energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:25 AM 53. Based on the following data, what is the standard Gibbs free energy of formation of the sulfate ion at 298 K? (R = 8.31 J/(K ∙ mol)) 2+ 2-8 PbSO4(s) ⇌ Pb (aq) + SO4 (aq); Ksp = 1.7 × 10 Substance ΔG°f (kJ/mol) at 298 K Pb2+(aq) -24.4 PbSO4(s) -813.0 a. -788.6 kJ/mol b. -793.1 kJ/mol c. -837.4 kJ/mol d. -744.3 kJ/mol e. 832.9 kJ/mol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.2 - Calculate the Gibbs energy change of a reaction at nonstandard conditions (∆G).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: analyze | free energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 720

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 8:27 AM

54. The equation that gives Gibbs free energy change (ΔG) of a reaction at nonstandard conditions: a. ΔG = ΔH - TΔS b. ΔG = ΔG° + TΔS° c. ΔG = ΔG° + PΔV d. ΔG = ΔG° + RT ln(Q) e. ΔG = ΔG° + RT ln(K) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.2 - Calculate the Gibbs energy change of a reaction at nonstandard conditions (∆G).

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: free energy | Understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:27 AM 55. What is equilibrium constant K at 500.0 K for the following reaction?

Zn(s) + H2O(g) → ZnO(s) + H2(g) Substance ΔH°f (kJ/mol) at 298 K S° (J/(mol ∙ K)) at 298 K Zn(s) 0 41.6 H2O(g) -241.8 188.7 ZnO(s) -350.5 43.7 H2(g) 0 130.6 a. 2.3 × 108 b. 2.9 × 106 c. 3.5 × 105 d. 4.5 × 103 e. 4.1 × 102 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.3 - Calculate the thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) from the standard Gibbs energy change of a reaction (∆G°) or vice versa.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | calculation of free energy change at various temperatures | temperature dependence of free energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 721

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 8:29 AM

56. The standard free energy of formation of nitric oxide, NO, at 1000. K (roughly the temperature in an automobile engine during ignition) is 77.7 kJ/mol. Calculate the equilibrium constant for the reaction N2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2 NO(g) at 1000 K. (R = 8.31 J/(K ∙ mol)) a. 0.95 b. 7.6 × 10-9 c. 1.6 × 105 d. -15 e. 8.7 × 10-5 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.3 - Calculate the thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) from the standard Gibbs energy change of a reaction (∆G°) or vice versa.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:30 AM 57. Consider the following hypothetical reaction (at 316.8 K). Standard free energies, in kJ/mol, are given in parentheses.

A ⇌ B + C ΔG° = ?

(-32.2) (207.8) (-237.0) What is the value of the equilibrium constant for the reaction at 316.8 K? a. 0.42 b. 1.0 c. 273 d. 6.5× 104 e. 0.32 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.3 - Calculate the thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) from the standard Gibbs energy change of a reaction (∆G°) or vice versa.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:31 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 722

58. Consider the following reaction: 2 C(s) + 2 H2(g) → C2H4(g); ΔH° = 52.47 kJ; ΔS° = -53.5 J/K at 298 K What is the equilibrium constant at 298 K for this reaction? a. 1.0 × 10-12 b. 1.0 × 10-5 c. 1.6 × 10-3 d. 9.8 × 1011 e. 6.4 × 10-10 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.6.3 - Calculate the thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) from the standard Gibbs energy change of a reaction (∆G°) or vice versa.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | thermodynamic equilibrium constant (K) OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:32 AM 59. For the reaction 4 Ag(s) + O2(g) → 2 Ag2O(s), ΔH° = -61.14 kJ and ΔS° = -132 J/K at 25°C. Which of the following statements is true? Assume that ΔH° and ΔS° are essentially temperature independent. a. The change in entropy is the driving force at low temperatures. b. The reaction will be spontaneous at high temperatures, and the reverse reaction will be spontaneous at low temperatures. c. The reaction will not be spontaneous at any temperature. d. The reaction will be spontaneous at low temperatures, and the reverse reaction will be spontaneous at high temperatures. e. The reaction will be spontaneous at all temperatures.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.7.1 - Predict the relative temperatures at which a reaction is spontaneous given the signs of ∆H and ∆S. TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: spontaneity and temperature change | temperature dependence of free energy | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:32 AM 60. The following reaction is spontaneous at all temperatures: CaC2(s) + 2 H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(s) + C2H2(g) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 723

Which of the following statements is true? a. ΔH is negative and ΔS is positive. b. ΔH is negative and ΔS is negative. c. ΔH is positive and ΔS is negative. d. ΔH is positive and ΔS is positive. e. ΔG is positive at all temperatures.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False ACCREDITING STANDARDS: GENE.EBBI.13.18.7.1 - Predict the relative temperatures at which a reaction is spontaneous given the signs of ∆H and ∆S. TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: spontaneity and temperature change | temperature dependence of free energy | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:33 AM 61. A certain reaction has negative values for both ΔH and ΔS. Therefore, the reaction a. can be spontaneous if the temperature is low enough. b. cannot be spontaneous at any temperature. c. must be spontaneous at all temperatures. d. can be spontaneous if the temperature is high enough. e. has a positive free energy at any temperature.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.7.1 - Predict the relative temperatures at which a reaction is spontaneous given the signs of ∆H and ∆S. TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: spontaneity and temperature change | temperature dependence of free energy | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:33 AM 62. For the reaction MgSO3(s) → MgO(s) + SO2(g), which is spontaneous only at high temperatures, one would predict that a. ΔH is negative and ΔS is negative at room temperature. b. ΔH is positive and ΔS is positive at room temperature. c. ΔH is positive and ΔS is negative at room temperature. d. ΔG is positive at high temperatures. e. ΔH is negative and ΔS is positive at room temperature.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 724

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.7.1 - Predict the relative temperatures at which a reaction is spontaneous given the signs of ∆H and ∆S. TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: spontaneity and temperature change | temperature dependence of free energy | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:33 AM 63. For the reaction CO(g) + 2H2(g) ⇌ CH3 OH(g) ΔG°700K = -13.457 kJ. What is Kp for this reaction at 700 K? a. 1.00 b. 1.54 c. 10.1 d. 2.31 e. 9.7 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.7.2 - Calculate ∆G° and K at various temperatures.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: apply | temperature dependence of free energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:35 AM 64. Consider the following reaction: 3 C(s) + 4 H2(g) → C3H8(g); ΔH° = -104.7 kJ; ΔS° = -287.4J/K at 298 K What is the equilibrium constant at 400.0 K for this reaction? a. 2.2 × 101 b. 3.1× 102 c. 1.0 × 102 d. 4.6 × 10-2 e. 1.0 × 10-15 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.7.2 - Calculate ∆G° and K at various temperatures.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 725

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

thermochemistry thermodynamics analyze | temperature dependence of free energy general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:07 AM 5/7/2025 8:35 AM

65. Consider the following reaction: 2 NO(g)+O2 (g)→2 NO2 (g); ΔH° = -114 kJ; ΔS° = -146 J/K at 298 K What is the equilibrium constant at 298 K for this reaction? a. 2.2 × 10-⁴ b. 1.5 × 10-³ c. 1.2 × 10³ d. 5.0 × 10² e. 1.0 × 10² ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.7.2 - Calculate ∆G° and K at various temperatures.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: analyze | temperature dependence of free energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/7/2025 8:35 AM 66. Consider the following reaction: H2 (g)+I2 (g) ⇌ 2 HI(g): ΔH° = -10.5 kJ; ΔS° = -87.2 J/K at 298 K What is the equilibrium constant at 298 K for this reaction? a. 1.5 × 10² b. 3.0 × 10-⁴ c. 5.2 × 10-6 d. 1.8 × 10-2 e. 3.0 × 10-4 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 18.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.18.7.2 - Calculate ∆G° and K at various temperatures.

TOPICS: thermochemistry thermodynamics KEYWORDS: analyze | temperature dependence of free energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:07 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 726

DATE MODIFIED:

5/7/2025 8:36 AM

1. When balancing oxidation-reduction reactions in acidic solution by the half-reaction method, the addition of the + reactant H is required to balance the product a. O2 b. OHc. O d. H2O e. H2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.1.1 - Use the half-reaction method to balance redox reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry half-reaction KEYWORDS: analyze | balancing oxidation-reduction equations | half-reaction method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 2. When the following oxidation-reduction reaction in acidic solution is balanced, what is the lowest whole-number + coefficient for Rb (aq)?

2+ + Rb(s) + Sr (aq) → Rb (aq) + Sr(s) a. 5 b. 4 c. 1 d. 3 e. 2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.1.1 - Use the half-reaction method to balance redox reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry half-reaction KEYWORDS: apply | balancing oxidation-reduction equations | half-reaction method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:23 AM 3. When the following oxidation-reduction reaction in acidic solution is balanced, what is the lowest whole-number + coefficient for H , and on which side of the balanced equation should it appear?

2+ MnO4 (aq) + I (aq) → Mn (aq) + I2(s) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 727

a. 1, reactant side b. 2, product side c. 8, reactant side d. 16, reactant side e. 4, product side ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.1.1 - Use the half-reaction method to balance redox reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry half-reaction KEYWORDS: apply | balancing oxidation-reduction equations | half-reaction method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 4. Balance the following half-reaction occurring in acidic solution.

NO3 (aq) → NH4+ (aq) a. NO3-(aq) + 10H+(aq) + 8e- → NH4+ (aq) + 3H2O(l) b. NO3-(aq) + 3H2O(l) + 10e- → NH4+ (aq) + 10H+(aq) c. NO3-(aq) + 10H+(aq) → NH4+ (aq) + 3H2O(l) + 10ed. NO3-(aq) + 8e- → NH4+ (aq) + 8H + (aq) + 3H2O(l) e. NO3-(aq) + 10H+(aq)→ NH4+ (aq) + 3H2O(l) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.1.1 - Use the half-reaction method to balance redox reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry half-reaction KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:24 AM 5. Balance the following half-reaction occurring in basic solution.

MnO2(s) → Mn(OH)2(s) a. MnO2(s) + 2H2O(l) + 2e- → Mn(OH)2(s)+ 2OH-(aq) b. MnO2(s) + 2H2O(l) + 4e- → Mn(OH)2(s)+ (OH)2-(aq) c. MnO2(s) + H22+(aq) + 2e- → Mn(OH)2(s) d. MnO2(s) + H2(g) → Mn(OH)2(s) + 2ee. MnO2(s) + 2H2O(l) → Mn(OH)2(s)+ 2OH-(aq) ANSWER:

a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 728

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.1.1 - Use the half-reaction method to balance redox reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry half-reaction KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:25 AM 6. When the following oxidation-reduction reaction in basic solution is balanced, what is the lowest whole-number coefficient for OH , and on which side of the balanced equation should it appear?

2Cr2O3(s) → Cr(OH)2(aq) + CrO4 (aq) a. 2, reactant side b. 10, product side c. 4, product side d. 4, reactant side e. 2, product side ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.1.1 - Use the half-reaction method to balance redox reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry half-reaction KEYWORDS: apply | balancing oxidation-reduction equations | half-reaction method OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 7. Which of the following statements is true for a voltaic (galvanic) cell? a. The electron flow is from the anode to the cathode. b. The electron flow is from the positive electrode to the negative electrode. c. The electron flow is from the negative cathode to the positive anode. d. The electron flow is through the salt bridge. e. The electron flow is from the oxidizing agent to the reducing agent through an external circuit.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.2.1 - Describe the design of an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 729

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:10 AM 5/5/2025 2:10 AM

8. Which of the following statements concerning a voltaic cell is/are correct? a. Oxidation occurs at the cathode. b. A non-spontaneous reaction generates an electric current in a voltaic cell. c. Anions in the salt bridge flow toward the cathode during discharge. d. Reduction occurs at the anode. e. Cation goes to cathode.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.2.1 - Describe the design of an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 9. The anode in a voltaic cell and in an electrolytic cell is a. the site of oxidation and of reduction, respectively. b. the site of reduction and of oxidation, respectively. c. positive in both cells. d. the site of reduction in both cells. e. the site of oxidation in both cells.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.2.1 - Describe the design of an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: construction of voltaic cells | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 10. The cell reaction for a certain alkaline dry cell is Zn(s) + 2MnO2(s) + H2O(l) → Zn(OH)2(s) + Mn2O3(s) Which of the following statements concerning this cell is correct? a. MnO2(s) is oxidized to Mn2O3(s) during cell discharge. b. Water is consumed during the discharge of this cell. c. Zn(OH)2(s) forms at the cathode during discharge of this cell. d. MnO2 is an anode.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 730

e. Zn is the cathode.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.2.1 - Describe the design of an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 11. The following reactions take place in a lead storage battery. + 2Discharging: Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 4H (aq) + 2SO4 (aq) → 2PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(l) + 2Charging: 2PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(l) → Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 4H (aq) + 2SO4 (aq) Which of the following statements is true? a. The concentration of H2SO4 increases as the battery discharges. b. Pb is formed at the anode during discharge. c. Pb is formed at the cathode during charging. d. The mass of Pb decreases during charging. e. The mass of PbSO4 remains constant during charging and discharging.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.2.1 - Describe the design of an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | construction of voltaic cells OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 12. A strip of iron is placed in a 1 M solution of iron(II) sulfate, and a strip of copper is placed in a 1 M solution of copper(II) chloride. The two solutions are connected with a salt bridge, and the two metals are connected by a wire.

Reduction Half-Reaction E° (V) 2+ Fe (aq) + 2e ⇌ Fe(s) -0.41 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s) 0.34 Which of the following takes place? a. Sulfur deposits at the iron electrode. b. The Fe(II) concentration of the iron half-cell decreases. c. Copper atoms deposit at the cathode. d. Chlorine is produced at the copper electrode. e. Chlorine is produced at the iron electrode.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 731

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.2.1 - Describe the design of an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | construction of voltaic cells OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:26 AM 13. What is the effect on the cell when a salt bridge in an electrochemical cell is completely clogged during cell discharge? a. Each half-cell reaction stops. b. The flow of ions to and from the salt bridge is continuous. c. The flow of current through the external circuit slows but does not stop. d. Cation will deposit at the salt bridge. e. The flow of current increases.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.2.1 - Describe the design of an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 14. In the following electrochemical cell, what is the reduction half reaction?

2+ 3+ 2+ Mn(s) | Mn (aq) || Fe (aq), Fe (aq) | Pt(s) a. Fe3+(aq) + e- → Fe2+(aq) b. Fe2+(aq) + e- → Fe3+(aq) c. Fe2+(aq) + Pt(s) → Fe3+(aq) + ed. Mn2+(aq) → Mn(s) + 2ee. Mn(s) → Mn2+(aq) + 2eANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.3.1 - Convert cell notation to a balanced equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 732

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:10 AM 5/5/2025 2:10 AM

15. What is the cell reaction for the following voltaic cell?

3+ Cr(s) | Cr (aq) || Br (aq) | Br2(g) | Pt(s) a. 2Cr(s) + 3Br2(g) ⇌ 2Cr3+(aq) + 6Br-(aq) b. Cr(s) + Cr3+(aq) ⇌ Br-(aq) + Br2(g) c. 2Cr3+(aq) + 6Br-(aq) ⇌ 2Cr(s) + 3Br2(g) d. Cr(s) + 3Br2(g) ⇌ Cr3+(s) + 2Br-(aq) e. Cr(s) + 2Br-(aq) ⇌ Br2(g) + Cr3+(aq) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.3.1 - Convert cell notation to a balanced equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | cell notation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:27 AM 16. What is the cell notation for the voltaic cell shown below?

a. Zn2+(aq) | Zn(s) || Cu2+(aq) | Cu(s) b. Zn(s) | Zn2+(aq) || Cu(s) | Cu2+(aq) c. Zn(s) | Cu(s) || Zn2+(aq) | Cu2+(aq) d. Zn(s) | Zn2+(aq) || Cu2+(aq) | Cu(s) e. Zn2+(aq) | Zn(s) || Cu(s) | Cu2+(aq) ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

d 1 19.3 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 733

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.3.1 - Convert cell notation to a balanced equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: cell notation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:28 AM 17. What is the cell reaction for the following electrochemical cell?

2+ 2+ Cu | Cu (aq) || Mn (aq) | Mn a. 2Cu(s) + Mn2+(aq) → Mn(s) + 2Cu2+(aq) b. Cu(s) + Cu2+(aq) → Mn(s) + Mn2+(aq) c. Cu(s) + Mn2+(aq) → Mn(s) + Cu2+(aq) d. 2Mn(s) + Cu2+(aq) → Cu(s) + 2Mn2+(aq) e. Mn(s) + Cu2+(aq) → Cu(s) + Mn2+(aq) ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.3.1 - Convert cell notation to a balanced equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | cell notation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 18. What is the correct cell notation for a cell in which the hydrogen electrode is the anode and the cathode half-reaction is 4+ 3+ Ce (aq) + e- → Ce (aq). a. Pt(s) | H2(g) | H+(aq) || Ce4+(aq), Ce3+(aq) | Pt(s) b. Pt(s) | H2(g) | H+(aq) || Ce4+(aq), Ce3+(aq) c. Ce3+(aq), Ce4+(aq) || H+(aq) | H2(g) | Pt(s) d. Pt(s)| Ce3+(aq), Ce4+(aq) || H+(aq) | H2(g) | Pt(s) e. H2(g) | H+(aq) || Ce3+(aq), Ce4+(aq) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.3.1 - Convert cell notation to a balanced equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 734

19. What is the cell reaction for the following electrochemical cell?

2+ 3+ Zn | Zn (aq) || Sc (aq) | Sc a. 3Zn(s) + 2Sc3+(aq) → 2Sc(s) + 3Zn2+(aq) b. 2Sc(s) + 3Zn2+(aq) → 3Zn(s) + 2Sc3+(aq) c. Zn(s) + Zn2+(aq) → Sc(s) + Sc3+(aq) d. Zn(s) + Sc3+(aq) → Sc(s) + Zn2+(aq) e. Sc(s) + Zn2+(aq) → Zn(s) + Sc3+(aq) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.3.1 - Convert cell notation to a balanced equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | cell notation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 20. What is the cell reaction for the following electrochemical cell?

2+ 3+ 3+ Pt | Fe (aq), Fe (aq) || Cr (aq) | Cr a. 3Fe2+(aq) + Cr3+(s) → Cr(s) + 3Fe3+(aq) b. 3Fe2+(aq) + 3Fe3+(aq) → Cr(s) + Cr3+(aq) c. Cr(s) + 3Fe3+(aq) → Cr3+(aq) + 3Fe2+(aq) d. Pt(s) + Fe2+(aq) + Cr3+(aq) → Cr(s) + Pt2+(aq) + Fe3+(aq) e. Cr(s) + Cr3+(aq) → 3Fe2+(aq) + 3Fe3+(aq) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.3.1 - Convert cell notation to a balanced equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | cell notation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 21. A fuel cell designed to react grain alcohol with oxygen has the following net reaction: C2H5OH(l) + 3O2(g) → 2CO2(g) + 3H2O(l) The maximum work that 1 mol of alcohol can yield by this process is 1320 kJ. What is the theoretical maximum voltage that this cell can achieve? a. 1.14 V Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 735

b. 2.28 V c. 2.01 V d. 0.760 V e. 13.7 V ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.4.1 - Calculate the maximum work that can be done by an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | electromotive force OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 22. The cell potential of an electrochemical cell with the cell reaction 3+ 3+ Al(s) + Cr (aq) → Cr(s) + Al (aq) is 1.63 V. What is the maximum electrical work obtainable from this cell when 0.50 g of Al is consumed? a. –8.7 ×103 J b. –2.9 ×103 J c. –1.7 ×104 J d. –6.4 ×106 J e. –2.4 ×105 J ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.4.1 - Calculate the maximum work that can be done by an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:30 AM 23. The cell potential of an electrochemical cell with the cell reaction 2+ 3+ 2Al(s) + 3Zn (aq) → 3Zn(s) + 2Al (aq) is 1.607 V. What is the maximum electrical work obtainable from this cell when 2.0 mol of Al is consumed? a. –8.7 ×103 J b. –2.9 ×103 J c. –1.7 ×104 J d. –6.4 ×106 J Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 736

e. –2.4 ×105 J ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.4.1 - Calculate the maximum work that can be done by an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:30 AM 24. What is the balanced spontaneous reaction and standard cell potential of an electrochemical cell constructed from half cells with the following half reactions?

Cu2+(aq) + 2e → Cu(s) E° = 0.337 V – Pb2+ (aq) + 2e → Pb(s) E° = -0.130 V a. Cu2+(aq) + Pb(s) → Cu(s) + Pb2+(aq); 0.467 V b. Cu(s) + Pb2+(aq) → Cu2+(aq) + Pb(s); -0.467 V c. Cu2+(aq) + Pb2+(aq) → Cu(s) + Pb(s); 0.207 V d. Cu2+(aq) + Pb(s) → Cu(s) + Pb2+(aq); 0.234 V e. Cu(s) + Pb2+(aq) → Cu2+(aq) + Pb(s); -0.234 V ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.4.1 - Calculate the maximum work that can be done by an electrochemical cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:32 AM 25. Consider the following cell reaction: 2+ + 2+ 2Hg (aq) + H2(g) → 2H (aq) + Hg2 (aq); E°cell = 0.92 V Under standard-state conditions, what is E° for the following half-reaction?

2+ 2+ Hg (aq) + 2e → Hg2 (aq) a. 0.92 V b. -0.46 V c. 0.46 V d. -0.92 V e. 1.10 V ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 737

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.1 - Calculate cell potentials using standard reduction potentials or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | calculating cell emfs | standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 4+

2+

3+

26. What is E°cell for the cell reaction 2Cr(s) + 3Sn (aq) → 3Sn (aq) + 2Cr (aq) ?

3+ Cr (aq) + 3e ⇌ Cr(s); E° = -0.74V 4+ 2+ Sn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Sn (aq); E° = 0.15V a. 0.89V b. -0.59V c. 1.93V d. 0.45V e. 0.59V ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.1 - Calculate cell potentials using standard reduction potentials or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | calculating cell emfs | standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:34 AM 27. If the value of E°cell is 2.10 V for the reaction 2+ 3+ F2 (g) + 2Fe (aq) → 2Fe (aq) + 2F (aq), what is the value of E°cell for 3+ 2+ F (aq) + Fe (aq) → Fe (aq) + 1/2 F2(g)? a. -4.20 V b. -1.05 V c. 2.10V d. 1.05 V e. -2.10V ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 738

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.1 - Calculate cell potentials using standard reduction potentials or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | calculating cell emfs | standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 2+

-5

28. A voltaic cell is made by placing an iron electrode in a compartment in which the Fe concentration is 2.0 × 10 M + and by placing a Pt electrode in the other compartment, in which the H concentration is 3.4 M and = 1.00 atm. The 2+ + Fe /Fe half-cell reduction potential is -0.41 V, and the H /H2 half-cell reduction potential is 0.00 V. What is the value of E° for this cell, and which electrode is the anode? a. 0.41 V, Fe b. 0.90 V, Pt c. -0.41 V, Pt d. -0.41 V, Fe e. 0.41 V, Pt ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.1 - Calculate cell potentials using standard reduction potentials or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | calculating cell emfs | standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 29. Which of the following statements is true concerning the electrochemical cell depicted below?

2+ 2+ Zn | Zn (aq) || Cu (aq) | Cu 2+ Zn (aq) + 2e− ⇌ Zn(s); E° = -2.87 V 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e− ⇌ Cu(s); E° = -2.38 V a. The cell is at equilibrium. b. The cell reaction is spontaneous with a standard cell potential of 0.49 V. c. The cell reaction is spontaneous with a standard cell potential of 5.25 V. d. The cell reaction is nonspontaneous with a standard cell potential of -5.25 V. e. The cell reaction is nonspontaneous with a standard cell potential of -0.49 V. ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 739

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.1 - Calculate cell potentials using standard reduction potentials or vice versa.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | calculating cell emfs | standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:34 AM 30. Given: 2+ Mn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Mn(s); E° = -1.18 V 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s); E° = 0.34 V 2+ 3+ Cr2O7 (aq) + 14H (aq) + 6e ⇌ 2Cr (aq) + 7H2O(l); E° = 1.33 V Which of the following species is the strongest reducing agent? a. Mn b. Cu c. Cr3+ d. Mn2+ e. Cr2O72ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.2 - Use standard reduction potentials to predict trends in oxidizing agent or reducing agent strength.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials | strength of oxidizing and reducing agents OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:35 AM 31. Given: 2+ Zn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Zn(s); E° = -0.76 V 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s); E° = 0.34 V 2+ 3+ Cr2O7 (aq) + 14H (aq) + 6e ⇌ 2Cr (aq) + 7H2O(l); E° = 1.33 V Which of the following species is the strongest oxidizing agent? a. Zn b. Cr3+ c. Cr2O72d. Zn2+ e. Cu ANSWER: POINTS:

c 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 740

REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.2 - Use standard reduction potentials to predict trends in oxidizing agent or reducing agent strength.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials | strength of oxidizing and reducing agents OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:36 AM 32. Given: 2+ Ni (aq) + 2e ⇌ Ni(s); E° = -0.23 V + 2H (aq) + 2e ⇌ H2(g); E° = 0.00 V + Ag (aq) + e ⇌ Ag(s); E° = 0.80 V + NO3 (aq) + 4H (aq) + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O(l); E° = 0.96 V Which of the following statements is true? a. Ni2+ reacts spontaneously with 1 M H+(aq) to form H2. b. Ni2+ reacts spontaneously with H2(g). c. Ag(s) reacts spontaneously with Ni2+. d. Ag(s) reacts spontaneously with 1 M NO3- in 1 M H+(aq). e. Ag(s) reacts spontaneously with 1 M H+(aq).

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.2 - Use standard reduction potentials to predict trends in oxidizing agent or reducing agent strength.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials | strength of oxidizing and reducing agents OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:36 AM 33. Given: 2+ Pb (aq) + 2e ⇌ Pb(s); E° = -0.13 V 2+ Mg (aq) + 2e ⇌ Mg(s); E° = -2.38 V + Ag (aq) + e ⇌ Ag(s); E° = 0.80 V + 2H (aq) + 2e ⇌ H2(g); E° = 0.00 V Under standard-state conditions, which of the following species is the best reducing agent? a. H2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 741

b. Mg2+ c. Ag+ d. Pb e. Ag ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.2 - Use standard reduction potentials to predict trends in oxidizing agent or reducing agent strength.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials | strength of oxidizing and reducing agents OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:37 AM 34. Given: 2+ Zn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Zn(s); E° = -0.76 V 2+ Co (aq) + 2e ⇌ Co(s); E° = -0.28 V 2+ Sn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Sn(s); E° = -0.15 V 2+ Pb (aq) + 2e ⇌ Pb(s); E° = -0.13 V 3+ 2+ Fe (aq) + e ⇌ Fe (aq); E° = 0.77 V 2+ Under standard-state conditions, which of the following pairs of elements or ions is capable of reducing Sn (aq) to Sn(s)? a. Zn(s) or Co(s) b. Pb(s) or Fe2+(aq) c. Co(s) or Pb(s) d. Fe2+(aq) or Zn(s) e. Zn2+(aq) or Co2+(aq) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.2 - Use standard reduction potentials to predict trends in oxidizing agent or reducing agent strength.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:37 AM 35. Given: 2+ Pb (aq) + 2e ⇌ Pb(s); E° = -0.13 V Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 742

+

-

2H (aq) + 2e ⇌ H2(g); E° = 0.00 V + NO3 (aq) + 4H (aq) + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O(l); E° = 0.96 V + O2(g) + 4H (aq) + 4e ⇌ 2H2O(l); E° = 1.23 V 2+ PbO2(s) + SO4 (aq) + 4H (aq) + 2e ⇌ PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(l); E° = 1.69 V Under standard-state conditions, which of the following is the best oxidizing agent? a. H+ b. Pb2+ c. PbO2 d. O2 e. NO3ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.2 - Use standard reduction potentials to predict trends in oxidizing agent or reducing agent strength.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials | strength of oxidizing and reducing agents | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:38 AM 36. Given: 3+ W (aq) + 3e ⇌ W(s); E° = 2.72 V 2+ Pb (aq) + 2e ⇌ Pb(s); E° = -0.13 V 2+ Ni (aq) + 2e ⇌ Ni(s); E° = -0.23 V 2+ Cd (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cd(s); E° = -0.40 V 2+ Zn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Zn(s); E° = -0.76 V 3+ Al (aq) + 3e ⇌ Al(s); E° = -1.66 V 2+ Mg (aq) + 2e ⇌ Mg(s); E° = -2.38 V 3+ 2+ Under standard-state conditions, which of the following metals will reduce W to W but will not reduce Ni to Ni? a. Cd b. Pb c. Al d. Zn e. Mg ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.2 - Use standard reduction potentials to predict trends in oxidizing Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 743

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

agent or reducing agent strength. electrochemistry voltaic cells standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials | strength of oxidizing and reducing agents | understand general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 5/8/2025 12:38 AM

37. Given: 2+ Pb (aq) + 2e ⇌ Pb(s); E° = -0.13 V 2+ Zn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Zn(s); E° = -0.76 V 3+ Al (aq) + 3e ⇌ Al(s); E° = -1.66 V 2+ Mg (aq) + 2e ⇌ Mg(s); E° = -2.38 V 2+ V (aq) + 2e ⇌ V(s); E° = -1.18 V 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s); E° = 0.34 V 2+ Which of the following cations is capable of oxidizing Pb to Pb under standard-state conditions? a. Al3+ b. V2+ c. Cu2+ d. Mg2+ e. Zn2+ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.5.2 - Use standard reduction potentials to predict trends in oxidizing agent or reducing agent strength.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials | strength of oxidizing and reducing agents | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:39 AM 38. If the cell is initially at standard-state conditions, which of the following statements is true?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 744

2+

-

Zn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Zn(s); E° = -0.76 V 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s); E° = 0.34 V a. Initially, ΔG = –212 kJ, and it will become more positive with time. b. Initially, ΔG = –212 kJ, and it will not change with time. c. Initially, ΔG = 212 kJ, and it will become more negative with time. d. Initially, ΔG = 212 kJ, and it will become more positive with time. e. Initially, ΔG = –212 kJ, and it will become more negative with time.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.1 - Relate the cell potential to the Gibbs energy change and the spontaneity of a reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | equilibrium constants from emfs OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:41 AM 39. Given: 3+ – Al (aq) + 3e ⇌ Al(s); E° = –1.66 V Cl2 (g) + 2e ⇌ 2Cl (aq); Eº = 1.36V What is ΔG° for the following cell reaction?

2AlCl3(aq) ⇌ 2Al(s) + 3Cl2(g) a. -5.8 × 105 J b. 5.8 × 105 J c. –6.5 × 105 J d. -1.7 × 106 J e. 1.7 × 106 J ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

e 1 19.6 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 745

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.1 - Relate the cell potential to the Gibbs energy change and the spontaneity of a reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constants from emfs OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:45 AM 40. Given: 2+ Cr (aq) + 3e¯ ⇌ Cr(s); Eº = -0.74V 2+ Pb (aq) + 2e¯ ⇌ Pb(s); Eº = -0.13V What is the standard Gibbs free-energy change for the following reaction?

2+ 3+ 2Cr(s) + 3Pb (aq) → 3Pb(s) + 2Cr (aq) a. 353kJ b. 118kJ c. –504 kJ d. –353kJ e. 1060 kJ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.1 - Relate the cell potential to the Gibbs energy change and the spontaneity of a reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | standard cell emfs and standard electrode potentials OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:47 AM o

41. Calculate the maximum electrical work obtainable at 25 C from the following voltaic cell.

2+ Cd(s)|Cd (0.840M)||Cl2(g,0.0354atm)|Cl (0.0473M)|Pt;Eºcell = 1.76V a. -3.39 × 105 J b. -3.55 × 105 J c. -3.32 × 105 J d. -3.47 × 105 J e. -3.40 × 105 J ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

d 1 19.6 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 746

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.1 - Relate the cell potential to the Gibbs energy change and the spontaneity of a reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constants from emfs OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 42. For a reaction in a voltaic cell, both ΔH° and ΔS° are positive. Which of the following statements is true? a. E°cell will increase with an increase in temperature. b. E°cell will not change when the temperature increases. c. E°cell will decrease with an increase in temperature. d. ΔG° > 0 for all temperatures. e. ΔG° < 0 for all temperatures.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.1 - Relate the cell potential to the Gibbs energy change and the spontaneity of a reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | electromotive force OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 43. If E°cell for a certain reaction is 1 V (n = 4), and ΔS° is 11.2 J/(K.mol), what is ΔH° in units of J/mol at 25°C? a. 3.43 × 105 × 105 J/mol b. 3.36 × 105 × 105 J/mol c. 3.4 × 105 × 105 J/mol d. –4.35 × 105 × 104 J/mol e. 3.36 × 105 J/mol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.1 - Relate the cell potential to the Gibbs energy change and the spontaneity of a reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:48 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 747

44. For a certain reaction, ΔHº = -75.4kJ and ΔSº = -225J/K. If n = 3, calculate E°cell for the reaction at 25°C. a. 0.0288 V b. 0.0961 V c. 0.241 V d. 0.492 V e. 0.0654 V ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.1 - Relate the cell potential to the Gibbs energy change and the spontaneity of a reaction.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constants from emfs OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 45. What is the logarithm of the equilibrium constant, log K, at 25°C of the voltaic cell constructed from the following two half-reactions?

2+ Fe (aq) + 2e ⇌ Fe(s); E° = - 0.41V + Ag (aq) + e ⇌ Ag(s); E° = 0.80 V a. 6.7 b. 40.9 c. 20.3 d. 13.2 e. 67.6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.2 - Relate the cell potential to the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constants from emfs OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:49 AM 46. What is the equilibrium constant (K) at 25°C for the following cell reaction?

2+ 2+ Sn(s) + Pb (aq) → Sn (aq) + Pb(s); E°cell = 0.014 V a. 0.014 b. 1.7 c. 0.4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 748

d. 1.0 e. 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.2 - Relate the cell potential to the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constants from emfs OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 47. Calculate the solubility product of silver iodide at 25°C given the following data: E°(V) AgI(s) + e → Ag(s) + I -0.15 I2(s) + 2e → 2I+0.54 + Ag + e → Ag(s) +0.80 -12 a. 2 × 10 b. 3 × 10-3 c. 2 × 10-24 d. 9 × 10-17 e. 2 × 10-4 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.2 - Relate the cell potential to the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constants from emfs OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:50 AM 2+

-5

48. A voltaic cell is made by placing a zinc electrode in a compartment in which the Zn concentration is 2.0 × 10 M + and by placing a Pt electrode in the other compartment, in which the H concentration is 3.4 M and PH2 = 1.00 atm. The 2+ + Zn /Zn half-cell reduction potential is -0.76 V, and the H /H2 half-cell reduction potential is 0.00 V. What is the equilibrium constant at 25°C for the spontaneous cell reaction? a. 4 × 104 b. 5 × 1020 c. 5 × 1022 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 749

d. 7 × 1012 e. 5 × 1025 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.2 - Relate the cell potential to the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constants from emfs OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM +

49. The cell potential of the following cell is determined using an unspecified concentration of acid. What is [H ] given that the measured cell potential is -0.464 V and the anode reduction potential (E°) is 0.222 V at 25°C? + Ag(s) | AgCl(s) | Cl (1.0 M) || H (aq, ? M) | H2(g, 1.0 atm) | Pt(s) a. 8.2 × 10–5 M b. 2.6 × 10–12 M c. 9.3 × 10–6 M d. 6.7 × 10–9 M e. 9 × 10–3 M ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.2 - Relate the cell potential to the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:52 AM 50. The cell potential of the following cell is determined using an unspecified concentration of acid. What is the pH of the acid solution given that the measured cell potential is -0.508 V and the anode reduction potential (E°) is 0.222 V at 25°C? + Ag(s) | AgCl(s) | Cl (1.0 M) || H (aq, ? M) | H2(g, 1.0 atm) | Pt(s) a. 4.83 b. 12.30 c. 5.33 d. 9.66 e. 2.16 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.7 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 750

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.2 - Relate the cell potential to the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 51. If the cell is initially at standard-state conditions, which of the following statements is true?

2+

-

Zn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Zn(s); E° = -0.76 V 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s); E° = 0.34 V a. Initially Kc = 2 × 10-37, and it decreases with time. b. Initially Kc = 2 × 1037, and it does not change with time. c. Initially Kc = 2 × 1037, and it decreases with time. d. Initially Kc = 2 × 1037, and it increases with time. e. Initially Kc = 2 × 10-37, and it increases with time.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.6.2 - Relate the cell potential to the equilibrium constant.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | equilibrium constants from emfs OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:53 AM 52. What is E of the following cell reaction at 25°C? E°cell = 0.460 V. 2+ + Cu(s) | Cu (0.020M) || Ag (0.16M) | Ag(s) a. 0.463 V b. 0.282 V c. 0.460 V Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 751

d. 0.487 V e. 0.467 V ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.7.1 - Use the Nernst equation to calculate cell potentials under nonstandard conditions.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of emf on concentration | Nernst equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 53. For the cell reaction 2+ 2+ 2MnO4 (aq) + 5H2SO3(aq) → 2Mn (aq) + 5SO4 (aq) + 4H (aq) + 3H2O(l) the standard cell potential is 1.34 V. Which change(s) will result in an increase in the cell potential? a. decreasing the permanganate-ion concentration b. decreasing the pH c. increasing the sulfurous acid concentration d. MnO4- is oxidized. e. H2SO4 is reduced.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.7.1 - Use the Nernst equation to calculate cell potentials under nonstandard conditions.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | dependence of emf on concentration | Nernst equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 2+

2+

54. What is the copper(II)-ion concentration at 25°C in the cell Zn(s) | Zn (1.0 M) || Cu (aq) | Cu(s) if the measured cell potential is 1.08 V? The standard cell potential is 1.10 V. a. 0.45 M b. 0.99 M c. 0.21 M d. 1 M e. 0.99 M ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 752

REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.7.1 - Use the Nernst equation to calculate cell potentials under nonstandard conditions.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of emf on concentration | Nernst equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 55. Given: 2+ Zn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Zn(s); E° = -0.76 V 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s); E° = 0.34 V What is the cell potential of the following electrochemical cell at 25°C? 2+ 2+ Zn(s) | Zn (1.0 M) || Cu (0.0010 M) | Cu(s) a. between 0.34 and 0.76 V b. less than 0.42 V c. between 0.00 and 0.76 V d. between 0.76 and 1.10 V e. greater than 1.10 V ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.7.1 - Use the Nernst equation to calculate cell potentials under nonstandard conditions.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of emf on concentration | Nernst equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:54 AM 2+

-5

56. A voltaic cell is made by placing an iron electrode in a compartment in which the Fe concentration is 2.0 × 10 M + and by placing a Pt electrode in the other compartment, in which the H concentration is 3.4 M and = 1.00 atm. The 2+ + Fe /Fe half-cell reduction potential is -0.41 V, and the H /H2 half-cell reduction potential is 0.00 V. What is E for the cell at equilibrium? a. -0.41 V b. 0.41 V c. 0.69 V d. 0.00 V e. 0.28 V ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 753

REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.7.1 - Use the Nernst equation to calculate cell potentials under nonstandard conditions.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of emf on concentration | Nernst equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 57. What is the value of the reaction quotient, Q, for the voltaic cell constructed from the following two half-reactions 2+ + when the Zn concentration is 0.0120 M and the Ag concentration is 1.27 M? 2+ – Zn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Zn(s); E° = –0.76 V 2+ – Ag (aq) + e ⇌ Ag(s); E° = 0.80 V a. 9.45 × 10-3 b. 7.44 × 10-3 c. 106 d. 1.25 × 10-2 e. 134 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.7.1 - Use the Nernst equation to calculate cell potentials under nonstandard conditions.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of emf on concentration | Nernst equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:56 AM 58. The following cell is initially at standard-state conditions. Which of the following statements is true after the cell is allowed to discharge (do work) for a period of time?

2+

-

Zn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Zn(s); E° = -0.76 V Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 754

2+

-

Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s); E° = 0.34 V a. Initially Ecell = - 1.10 V, and it will become more negative with time. b. Ecell does not change with time. c. Initially Ecell = - 1.10 V, and it will become more positive with time. d. Initially Ecell = + 1.10 V, and it will become more negative with time. e. Initially Ecell = + 1.10 V, and it will becomes more positive with time.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.7.1 - Use the Nernst equation to calculate cell potentials under nonstandard conditions.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | dependence of emf on concentration | Nernst equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 12:57 AM 59. In order to determine the identity of a particular transition metal (M), a voltaic cell is constructed at 25°C with the anode consisting of the transition metal as the electrode immersed in a solution of 0.0977 M M(NO3)2, and the cathode consisting of a copper electrode immersed in a 0.0724M Cu(NO3)2 solution. The two half-reactions are as follows: 2+ M(s) ⇌ M (aq) + 2e 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s) The potential measured across the cell is 1.13 V. What is the identity of the metal M? Reduction Half-Reaction E° (V) 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s) +0.34 2+ Ni (aq) + 2e ⇌ Ni(s) -0.23 2+ Cd (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cd(s) -0.40 2+ Zn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Zn(s) -0.76 2+ Mn (aq) + 2e ⇌ Mn(s) -1.18 a. Zn b. Ni c. Cu d. Cd e. Mn ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.7.1 - Use the Nernst equation to calculate cell potentials under nonstandard conditions.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 755

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

electrochemistry voltaic cells apply | dependence of emf on concentration | Nernst equation general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 5/8/2025 12:59 AM 3+

-

3+

60. What is the reduction potential for the half-reaction Al (aq) + 3e ⇌ Al(s) at 25°C if [Al ] = 0.18 M and E° = -1.66 V? a. -1.66 V b. -1.65 V c. -1.84 V d. -1.72 V e. -1.67 V ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.7.1 - Use the Nernst equation to calculate cell potentials under nonstandard conditions.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: apply | dependence of emf on concentration | Nernst equation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 1:00 AM 61. Which of the following statements about batteries is false? a. A fuel cell is a galvanic cell for which the reactants are continuously supplied. b. Lithium-iodine batteries have low current, but extremely long life. c. Lead storage batteries contain lead at the anode and lead coated with lead dioxide at the cathode. d. It is not safe to recharge a nickel-cadmium battery. e. Dry cell batteries are used in flashlights and portable radios.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.8.1 - Describe how voltaic cells can be assembled for practical applications.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 62. A piece of iron half-immersed in a sodium chloride solution will corrode more rapidly than a piece of iron halfCopyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 756

immersed in pure water, because a. the ions, which are not present in pure water, balance the accumulation of charge in each of the half-cells. b. the chloride ions increase the pH of the solution. c. the sodium ions oxidize the iron atoms. d. the chloride ions form a precipitate with iron. e. the chloride ions oxidize the iron atoms.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.8.1 - Describe how voltaic cells can be assembled for practical applications.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: commercial voltaic cells | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 63. Cathodic protection results when a. iron is amalgamated with mercury. b. iron is made amphoteric. c. iron is painted to protect it from corrosion. d. iron is tin-plated for use as a tin can. e. iron is attached to a more active metal.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.8.1 - Describe how voltaic cells can be assembled for practical applications.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: commercial voltaic cells | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 2+

3+

64. Protection of iron (E°(Fe /Fe) = -.23 V; (E°(Fe /Fe) = -0.04 V) from corrosion can be accomplished by making an electrical contact between iron and certain other metals. Metal(s) that would provide protection is a. Mn (E° = -1.18 V) b. Ni (E° = -0.23 V) c. Zn (E° = -0.76 V) d. Pb (E° = -0.13 V) e. Cu (E° = +0.34 V) ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 757

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.8.1 - Describe how voltaic cells can be assembled for practical applications.

TOPICS: electrochemistry voltaic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | commercial voltaic cells OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 65. Which cell has zinc can as the anode; a graphite rod in the center, surrounded by a paste of manganese dioxide, ammonium and zinc chlorides, and carbon black as the cathode? a. Poggendorff acid cell b. Bunsen cell c. Leclanché dry cell d. Daniell cell e. Weston cell ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.8.1 - Describe how voltaic cells can be assembled for practical applications.

TOPICS: Some Commercial Voltaic Cells KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 66. An alkaline dry cell is similar to Leclanché cell, but in place of ammonium chloride it has _____. a. potassium hydroxide b. sodium hydroxide c. silver hydroxide d. lead (II) hydroxide e. iron (II) hydroxide ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.8.1 - Describe how voltaic cells can be assembled for practical applications.

TOPICS: Some Commercial Voltaic Cells KEYWORDS: understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 758

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/5/2025 2:10 AM 5/5/2025 2:10 AM

67. What half-reaction occurs at the cathode during the electrolysis of molten potassium bromide? a. K(s) → K+(l) + eb. Br2(l) + 2e- → 2Br-(l) c. 2Br-(l) → Br2(l) + 2ed. K+(l) + e- → K(s) e. 2H2O(l) + 2e- → H2(g) + 2OH-(l) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.9.1 - Explain how alkali earth metals can be synthesized via electrolysis.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | electrolysis of molten salts OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 68. Molten magnesium chloride is electrolyzed using inert electrodes and reactions represented by the following two halfreactions: 2Cl (l) → Cl2(g) + 2e 2+ Mg (l) + 2e → Mg(s) Concerning this electrolysis, which of the following statements is true? a. The anions in the electrolyte undergo reduction. b. Mg2+ ions are reduced at the anode. c. Oxidation occurs at the cathode. d. Electrons pass through the metallic part of the circuit from Mg2+ ions to the Cl- ion. e. Cl- ions are reducing agents.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.9.1 - Explain how alkali earth metals can be synthesized via electrolysis.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | electrolysis of molten salts OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 69. The process of producing a chemical change in an electrolytic cell is called _____.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 759

a. electrodialysis b. electrophoresis c. electroplating d. electrodeposition e. electrolysis ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.9.1 - Explain how alkali earth metals can be synthesized via electrolysis.

TOPICS: Electrolysis of Molten Salts KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 70. Which cell is a commercial electrochemical cell used to obtain sodium metal by the electrolysis of molten sodium chloride? a. Downs cell b. Bunsen cell c. Leclanché cell d. Daniell cell e. Weston cell ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.9.1 - Explain how alkali earth metals can be synthesized via electrolysis.

TOPICS: Electrolysis of Molten Salts KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 71. What is the role of the electrolyte in both electrolytic and voltaic cells? a. To provide a pathway for electron flow. b. To act as a catalyst for the redox reactions. c. To provide ions that participate in the redox reactions. d. To physically separate the anode and cathode. e. To prevent the buildup of charge in the half-cells.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 760

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.9.2 - Describe the similarities and differences between electrolytic and voltaic cells.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: electrolysis of molten salts | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 72. Which of the following is not a similarity between electrolytic and voltaic cells? a. Both involve redox reactions. b. Both have an anode and a cathode. c. Both involve the transfer of ions through an electrolyte. d. Both require an external power source. e. Both have electrolytes.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.9.2 - Describe the similarities and differences between electrolytic and voltaic cells.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | electrolysis of molten salts OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 73. Which of the following is a common application of electrolytic cells? a. Production of batteries b. Electroplating c. Fuel cells d. Solar cells e. Car batteries ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.9.2 - Describe the similarities and differences between electrolytic and voltaic cells.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: electrolysis of molten salts | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 761

74. What is the primary function of an electrolytic cell? a. To convert electrical energy into chemical energy. b. To convert chemical energy into electrical energy. c. To store electrical energy. d. To measure electrical current. e. To convert chemical energy into potential energy.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.9.2 - Describe the similarities and differences between electrolytic and voltaic cells.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | electrolysis of molten salts OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 75. What is the half-reaction that occurs at the cathode during electrolysis of an aqueous potassium iodide solution?

Reduction Half-Reaction E° (V) + K (aq) + e ⇌ K(s) -2.93 2+ Mg (aq) + 2e ⇌ Mg(s) -2.37 2H2O(l) + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH (aq) -0.83 + 2H (aq) + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0.00 I2(s) + 2e ⇌ 2I (aq) 0.54 + O2(g) + 4H (aq) + 4e ⇌ 2H2O(l) 1.23 + a. H2O(l) → 1/2 O2(g) + 2H (aq) + 2e b. 2H2O(l) + 2e- → H2(g) + 2OH-(aq) c. K(s) → K+(aq) + ed. K+(aq) + e- → K(s) e. I2(aq) + 2e- → 2I-(aq) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.10.1 - Determine the reactions that will take place at the cathode and anode of an electrolytic cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | aqueous electrolysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 1:02 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 762

76. When an aqueous solution of AgNO3 is electrolyzed, a gas is formed at the anode. What is the identity of the gas?

Reduction Half-Reaction E° (V) 2H2O(l) + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH (aq) -0.83 + 2H (aq) + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0.00 + Ag (aq) + e ⇌ Ag(s) 0.80 + NO3 (aq) + 4H (aq) + 3e ⇌ NO(g) + 2H2O(l) 0.96 + O2(g) + 4H (aq) + 4e ⇌ 2H2O(l) 1.23 a. H2O b. NO c. Ag d. O2 e. H2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.10.1 - Determine the reactions that will take place at the cathode and anode of an electrolytic cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | aqueous electrolysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 1:04 AM 77. What reaction occurs at the anode during the electrolysis of aqueous CuSO4?

Reduction Half-Reaction E° (V) 2H2O(l) + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH (aq) -0.83 + 2H (aq) + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0.00 2+ Cu (aq) + 2e ⇌ Cu(s) 0.34 + O2(g) + 4H (aq) + 4e ⇌ 2H2O(l) 1.23 + a. 2H2O(l) → O2(g) + 4H (aq) + 4e b. Cu(s) → Cu2+(aq) + 2ec. 2H2O(l) + 2e- → H2(g) + 2OH-(aq) d. Cu2+(aq) + 2e- → Cu(s) e. 2H+(aq) + 2e- → H2(g) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.10.1 - Determine the reactions that will take place at the cathode and anode of an electrolytic cell.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 763

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

electrochemistry electrolytic cells analyze | aqueous electrolysis general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 5/8/2025 1:05 AM

78. Which of the following statements is true concerning the electrolysis of a 1.0 M aqueous solution of NaI? Reduction Half-Reaction E° (V) + Na (aq) + e ⇌ Na(s) -2.71 2H2O(l) + 2e ⇌ H2(g) + 2OH (aq) -0.83 + 2H (aq) + 2e ⇌ H2(g) 0.00 I2(s) + 2e ⇌ 2I (aq) 0.54 + O2(g) + 4H (aq) + 4e ⇌ 2H2O(l) 1.23 a. The solution becomes more basic. b. Sodium is deposited at the cathode. c. Iodine is formed at the cathode. d. Oxygen is evolved at the anode. e. Hydrogen is evolved at the anode.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.10 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.10.1 - Determine the reactions that will take place at the cathode and anode of an electrolytic cell.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | aqueous electrolysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/8/2025 1:07 AM 79. When Au is obtained by electrolysis from NaAu(CN)2, what is the minimum number of coulombs required to produce 1.26 mol of gold? a. 6.08 × 104 C b. 1.22 × 105 C c. 2.43 × 105 C d. 3.65 × 105 C e. 4.86 × 105 C ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.11.1 - Use Faraday’s constant to convert between mass and electrical Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 764

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

current. electrochemistry electrolytic cells apply | stoichiometry of electrolysis general chemistry 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 5/5/2025 2:10 AM -

+

80. How many faradays are required to convert a mole of NO3 ions to NH4 ions? a. 4 b. 7 c. 8 d. 6 e. 5 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.11.1 - Use Faraday’s constant to convert between mass and electrical current.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry of electrolysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 6

81. If an electrolysis plant operates its electrolytic cells at a total current of 1.4 × 10 A, how long will it take to produce 2+ one metric ton (one million grams) of Mg(s) from seawater containing Mg ? (1 faraday = 96,485 coulombs) a. 47 min b. 0.39 year c. 1.6 h d. 1.6 days e. 0.8 h ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.11.1 - Use Faraday’s constant to convert between mass and electrical current.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry of electrolysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 765

82. Copper is electroplated from CuSO4 solution. A constant current of 4.06 A is applied by an external power supply.

2 How long will it take to deposit 1.00 ×10 g of Cu? The atomic weight of copper is 63.546. a. 20.8 h b. 12.18 s c. 1.60 days d. 10.4 min e. 2.97 h ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.11.1 - Use Faraday’s constant to convert between mass and electrical current.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry of electrolysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 83. In the electrolysis of an acid solution, oxygen can be produced by the following half-reaction: + 2H2O(l) → O2(g) + 4H (aq) + 4e How many moles of O2 can be produced from a solution that was electrolyzed for 6.50 h using a current of 5.40 A? a. 2.03 × 108 mol b. 3.05 × 109 mol c. 9.09 × 10-5 mol d. 0.327 mol e. 1.3 mol ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.11.1 - Use Faraday’s constant to convert between mass and electrical current.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry of electrolysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 84. What mass of chromium could be deposited by electrolysis of an aqueous solution of Cr2(SO4)3 for 155 min using a constant current of 10.0 A? (F = 96485 C/mol) a. 0.278 g Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 766

b. 16.7 g c. 150.4 g d. 0.187 g e. 25.1 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.11.1 - Use Faraday’s constant to convert between mass and electrical current.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry of electrolysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 85. A current of 13.0 A is passed through molten magnesium chloride for 16.0 h. How many moles of magnesium metal could be produced via this electrolysis? a. 0.0647 mol b. 3.88 mol c. 0.37 mol d. 0.22 mol e. 7.76 mol ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 19.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.11.1 - Use Faraday’s constant to convert between mass and electrical current.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: apply | stoichiometry of electrolysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM 86. Electrolysis of a molten salt with the formula MCl, using a current of 3.86 A for 16.2 min, deposits 1.52 g of metal.

Identify the metal. (1 faraday = 96,485 coulombs) a. Na b. Li c. Ca d. Rb e. K ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 767

REFERENCES: 19.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.19.11.1 - Use Faraday’s constant to convert between mass and electrical current.

TOPICS: electrochemistry electrolytic cells KEYWORDS: analyze | stoichiometry of electrolysis OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/5/2025 2:10 AM

1. Which of the following nuclides will produce a. 192Ir

192

Pt upon undergoing beta decay? Select all that apply.

b. 193Pt c. 192Au d. 196Hg e. 188Os ANSWER: a, c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.1 - Write a nuclear decay equation, given one nuclide and the mode of decay.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear equation | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 2:05 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 2:06 AM 2. Which of the following nuclides will produce a. 234Pa

233

Pa upon undergoing alpha decay?

b. 233U c. 229Ra d. 237Np e. 233Th ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.1 - Write a nuclear decay equation, given one nuclide and the mode of Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 768

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

decay. nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions nuclear equation | radioactivity | understand general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 5/9/2025 2:46 AM

3. Which of the following nuclides will produce a. 247Bk

243

Am upon undergoing alpha decay?

b. 239Np c. 243Pu d. 243Cm e. 244Am ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.1 - Write a nuclear decay equation, given one nuclide and the mode of decay.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear equation | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 248

4. Which of the following statements about Bk is incorrect? a. If 248Bk were to undergo spontaneous fission, the products would be 247Bk and a neutron. b. If 248Bk were to undergo beta decay, the products would be 248Cf and a beta particle. c. If 248Bk were to undergo alpha decay, the products would be 244Am and an alpha particle. d. If 248Bk were to undergo electron capture, the only product would be 248Cm. e. If a metastable form of 248Bk were to undergo gamma decay, the products would be 248Bk and a gamma ray.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.1 - Write a nuclear decay equation, given one nuclide and the mode of decay.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear equation | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 769

DATE MODIFIED: 5.

5/9/2025 2:46 AM

55

Mn can be prepared by electron capture from which of the following? a. 56Mn b. 55Fe c. 55Cr d. 51V e. 57Co

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.1 - Write a nuclear decay equation, given one nuclide and the mode of decay.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear equation | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 6. The gamma ray emission from the decay of cobalt-60 is used in cancer therapies. Cobalt-60 decays by the emission of two gamma rays followed by beta emission. What is the final product of this decay process? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.1 - Write a nuclear decay equation, given one nuclide and the mode of decay.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 770

103

7. When Pd undergoes electron capture, what is the product nuclide? a. 103Ag b. 101Rh c. 107Ag d. 103Rh e. 104Cd ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.1 - Write a nuclear decay equation, given one nuclide and the mode of decay.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear equation | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 8. Which of the following nuclides is most likely to be radioactive? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.2 - Predict the relative stabilities of nuclides.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear stability | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 9. Which of the following nuclides is most likely to be radioactive? a. b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 771

c. d. e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.2 - Predict the relative stabilities of nuclides.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear stability | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 10. Which of the following statements is false? a. Neutrons increase the average distance between protons within the nuclei, potentially leading to a more stable nucleus. b. Neutrons increase the binding energy of a nucleus without adding electrostatic repulsion, potentially leading to a more stable nucleus. c. The conversion of a proton to a neutron through beta emission may produce a stable isotope. d. Neutrons decrease the average distance between protons within the nuclei, potentially leading to a more stable nucleus. e. In beta plus decay, a proton is changed into a neutron, a positron, and a neutrino.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.2 - Predict the relative stabilities of nuclides.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | nuclear stability | radioactivity OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 11. Which of the following nuclides is most likely to be radioactive? a. 3H b. 56Ni c. 222Rn d. 12C e. 56Ni ANSWER:

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 772

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.2 - Predict the relative stabilities of nuclides.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear stability | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 12. Nuclides with too many neutrons to be in the band of stability are most likely to decay by what mode? a. βb. fission c. Α d. β+ e. electron capture ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.3 - Predict the type of radioactive decay that a nuclide will undergo.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear stability | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 13. Which types of processes are likely when the neutron-to-proton ratio in a nucleus is too low? a. α decay b. β decay c. positron emission d. electron capture e. gamma decay ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.3 - Predict the type of radioactive decay that a nuclide will undergo.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear stability | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 773

DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:46 AM

14. A nucleus located to the left of the band of stability is expected to undergo what type of nuclear decay? a. alpha emission b. electron capture c. positron emission d. fission e. electron emission ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.3 - Predict the type of radioactive decay that a nuclide will undergo.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear stability | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 15. Which of the following is the most likely mode of decay for the radioactive nuclide

?

a. positron emission b. gamma radiation c. beta emission d. alpha emission e. neutron emission ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.1.3 - Predict the type of radioactive decay that a nuclide will undergo.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear stability | radioactivity | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 16. The following reaction is an example of what type of process? a. alpha decay b. deprotonation c. fission d. transmutation e. beta decay Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 774

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.1 - Write the abbreviated notation for a bombardment reaction from the nuclear equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | transmutation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 17. What is the abbreviated notation for the following nuclear bombardment reaction? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.1 - Write the abbreviated notation for a bombardment reaction from the nuclear equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | transmutation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 13

11

18. In the nuclear reaction 27Al(p,α) 24Na, which particle is used to bombard aluminum-27? a. Gamma photon b. Proton c. Neutron d. alpha particle e. beta particle ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 775

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.1 - Write the abbreviated notation for a bombardment reaction from the nuclear equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | transmutation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 8

6

19. which of the following processes is represented by the bombardment reaction 16O(n, α) 13C? a. a neutron strikes carbon-13, resulting in the release of an alpha particle and the formation of oxygen-16 b. a neutron collides with oxygen-16, producing carbon-13 and emitting an alpha particle. c. carbon-13 collides with oxygen-16, emitting an alpha particle and a neutron. d. carbon-13 is bombarded by an alpha particle, releasing oxygen-16 and a neutron. e. oxygen-16 is bombarded by an alpha particle, yielding carbon-13 and a neutron.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.1 - Write the abbreviated notation for a bombardment reaction from the nuclear equation or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | transmutation | Understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 20. Which of these is not a transuranium element? a. plutonium b. neptunium c. curium d. thorium e. americium ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.2 - Locate the transuranium elements on the periodic table.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | remember | transuranium elements OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 776

21. Which of these is a transuranium element? Select all that apply. a. thorium b. neptunium c. uranium d. curium e. berkelium ANSWER: b, d, e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.2 - Locate the transuranium elements on the periodic table.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | transuranium elements | Understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 22. Where is the element curium (Cm), a transuranium element, located on the periodic table? a. Period 7, f-block b. Period 5, f-block c. Period 3, f-block d. Period 4, f-block e. Period 6, f-block ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.2 - Locate the transuranium elements on the periodic table.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | transuranium elements | Understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 23. To which periodic group does the transuranium element oganesson (Og) belong? a. Noble gases b. Halogens c. Alkali metals d. Actinides e. Transition metals ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 777

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.2 - Locate the transuranium elements on the periodic table.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | transuranium elements | Understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 24. When absorbs a neutron, fission occurs. One possible fission pathway is as follows: What is the missing isotope? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.3 - Complete the equation for a nuclear bombardment reaction with one species missing.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | transuranium elements | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 25. The first nuclear reaction that was ever observed occurred when nitrogen-14 was bombarded with alpha particles. One product was a proton, and the other was a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

c 1 20.2 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 778

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.3 - Complete the equation for a nuclear bombardment reaction with one species missing.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | transmutation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 26. A particular nuclear bombardment reaction is represented by the abbreviated notation of the nuclide X? a. 115B

14

7N(n, α). What is the identity

b. 137N c. 84Be d. 156C e. 168O ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.3 - Complete the equation for a nuclear bombardment reaction with one species missing.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear bombardment reactions | transmutation | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 235

27. When U collides with one neutron, fission occurs. What is one possible set of products? a. four neutrons, 90Sr, and 140Xe b. four neutrons, 90Sr, and 139Xe c. four neutrons, 90Sr, and 139Ce d. four neutrons, 90Sr, and 141Xe e. four neutrons, 90Sr, and 142Xe ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.2.3 - Complete the equation for a nuclear bombardment reaction with one species missing.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 779

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | nuclear bombardment reactions general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 5/9/2025 2:46 AM

28. A Geiger counter measures radiation by detecting a. cations produced from radiation colliding with phosphor gases. b. alpha and beta particles as they strike a detector window. c. the increase in temperature when a gas is struck by radiation. d. flashes of light emitted from a phosphor affected by radiation. e. electrons released when gas atoms are ionized by the radiation.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.3.1 - Summarize how radioactivity is measured.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: radiation and matter | radiation counter | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 29. A scintillation counter measures radiation by detecting a. cations produced from radiation colliding with phosphor gases. b. electrons released when gas atoms are ionized by the radiation. c. alpha and beta particles as they strike a detector window. d. the increase in temperature when a gas is struck by radiation. e. flashes of light emitted from a phosphor affected by radiation.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.3.1 - Summarize how radioactivity is measured.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: radiation and matter | radiation counter | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 30. The activity of a radioactive source a. is a measure of the number of nuclear disintegrations per second. b. may not be quantified in units of curies (Ci). c. is a measure of the energy released per kilogram of tissue.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 780

d. measured the strength of magnetic field e. not depend on the half-life ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.3.1 - Summarize how radioactivity is measured.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: radiation and matter | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 31. Which of the following statements concerning radiation is/are correct? a. An argon-filled Geiger counter tube cannot detect neutron radiation. b. Radiation only causes damage to biological materials. c. The greater relative biological effectiveness of alpha radiation compared to neutron radiation means alpha radiation is more destructive to human tissue. d. Radioactive elements cannot be formed in a laboratory. e. The radiation from radioactive materials may not be harmful to humans.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.3.1 - Summarize how radioactivity is measured.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: radiation and matter | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 32. Which of the following correctly represents the relationship among rads, rems, and relative biological effectiveness (RBE)? a. rems = rads × RBE b. rads = rems × RBE c. rads = rems × ln(RBE) d. rems = rads + RBE e. rads = rems + ln(RBE) ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 781

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.3.1 - Summarize how radioactivity is measured.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: radiation and matter | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 33. Which of the following types of radioactive decay has the greatest relative biological effectiveness (RBE)? a. alpha radiation b. electromagnetic radiation c. beta radiation d. gamma radiation e. neutron radiation ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.3.1 - Summarize how radioactivity is measured.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: radiation and matter | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 34. What is a major natural source of background radiation? a. Television sets b. Potassium-40 in volcanic rocks c. X-rays from medical diagnosis d. Fallout from nuclear testing e. Radiation from luminous watches ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.3.1 - Summarize how radioactivity is measured.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: radiation and matter | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 35. Which type of cells are most vulnerable to damage from nuclear radiation? a. Fat cells Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 782

b. Blood-forming cells in bone marrow c. Neurons in the brain d. Skin cells e. Muscle cells ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.3.1 - Summarize how radioactivity is measured.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: radiation and matter | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 139

36. If a sample of the radioactive nuclide Cs has an activity of 0.0739 Ci, what is the instantaneous rate of 139 139 10 decomposition of Cs in terms of grams per second? The mass of Cs is 138.9134 amu. (1 Ci = 3.700 × 10 -24 disintegrations/s, 1 amu = 1.66054 × 10 g) a. 7.39×10-2 g/s b. 1.70×10-23 g/s c. 8.53×10-12 g/s d. 4.61×10-14 g/s e. 6.31×10-13 g/s ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.1 - Calculate the radioactive decay constant of a given nuclide from the activity or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry | radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 37. Iodine-131 decays by beta emission with an activity of 0.0839 Ci. What is the decay constant for iodine-131? a. 9.97×10-7 s-1 b. 8.47 × 10-5 s-1 c. 1.44 × 10-6 s-1 d. 1.24× 10-1 s-1 e. 3.35 × 10-1 s-1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 783

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.1 - Calculate the radioactive decay constant of a given nuclide from the activity or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 38. A sample of a radioactive isotope is found to have lost 19.8% of its original activity after 8.59 days. What is the decay constant of this isotope? a. 0.026 days-1 b. 0.188 days-1 c. 1.89 days-1 d. 0.021 days-1 e. 0.51 days-1 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.1 - Calculate the radioactive decay constant of a given nuclide from the activity or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 39. The decay constant of the radioactive nuclide 10 (1 Ci = 3.700 × 10 disintegrations/s) a. 0.075 Ci b. 0.048 Ci c. 0.021 Ci d. 0.097 Ci e. 0.011 Ci ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

79

-3

-1

As is 4.3×10 days . What is the activity of a 4.7-µg sample of

79

As?

Page 784

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.1 - Calculate the radioactive decay constant of a given nuclide from the activity or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry | radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 40. How does the rate of decay of a radioactive substance change over time as observed in a half-life curve? a. remains constant b. decreases c. increases d. first decreases then increases e. fluctuates randomly ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.2 - Draw a typical half-life decay curve of a radioactive element.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 41. The graph drawn for the activity versus time for a radioactive substance is shown below:

Find the half-life of the radioactive substance from the graph. a. 8 days Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 785

b. 12 days c. 16 days d. 20 days e. 4 days ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.2 - Draw a typical half-life decay curve of a radioactive element.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: Apply | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 42. The graph between the activity and time of a radioactive substance is shown below:

If the initial activity of the radioactive substance is 100 counts per minute on day 0, what will the activity of the radioactive substance be after 5 days (Half-life of the radioactive substance is 3 days)? a. 20 counts/min b. 27 counts/min c. 25 counts/min d. 35 counts/min e. 31.5 counts/min ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.2 - Draw a typical half-life decay curve of a radioactive element.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 786

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions apply | rate of radioactive decay general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 5/9/2025 2:46 AM

43. The graph between mass of I-131 and time is given below:

Which of the following correctly matches with the given graph? Select all that apply a. Radioactive decay of a 1.000-g sample of iodine-131 b. The I-131 decays by one-half in each half-life of 16.14 days. c. The activity of I-131 after 8.07 days is 0.6 g d. The activity of I-131 after 8.07 days is 0.5 g e. The I-131 decays by one-half in each half-life of 8.07 days ANSWER: a, d, e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.2 - Draw a typical half-life decay curve of a radioactive element.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: Apply | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 2:08 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 2:10 AM -2

-1

44. Consider a certain type of nucleus that has a rate constant of 2.43 × 10 min . Calculate the time required for the sample to decay to one-fourth of its initial value. a. 28.5 min b. 35.6 min c. 0.0486 min d. 57.0 min e. 2.43 min Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 787

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.3 - Calculate the half-life from the decay constant or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | half-life | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM -3

45. The rate constant for the decay of a radioactive isotope is 4.226 × 10 / day. What is the half-life of this isotope? a. 328.0 days b. 410.0 days c. 82.00 days d. 164.0 days e. 120.0 days ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.3 - Calculate the half-life from the decay constant or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | half-life | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 46. The half-life for the decay of a radioactive isotope is 210 days. What is the decay constant of this isotope? a. 3.3×10-3 days-1 b. 3.9×10-3 days-1 c. 4.3×10-3 days-1 d. 3.3×103 days-1 e. 5.3×10-3 days-1 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.3 - Calculate the half-life from the decay constant or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | half-life | rate of radioactive decay Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 788

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 5/9/2025 2:46 AM

47. Use the following table to assist in answering the question below.

Nuclide Uranium-238 Uranium-234 Thorium-230 Radium-226 Lead-210

Half-Life 4.51 × 109 years 2.48 × 105 years 8.0 × 104 years 1.62 × 103 years 20.4 years -6

The rate constant for the decay of unstable nuclide X by alpha-particle emission is 1.17 × 10 / day. What is the identity of X? a. radium-226 b. thorium-230 c. uranium-238 d. uranium-234 e. lead-210 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.3 - Calculate the half-life from the decay constant or vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | half-life | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 158

158

48. The half-life of the radioisotope Eu is 0.77 h. How much time is required for a 160.0-g sample of Eu to decay to 1.59 g? a. 6.0 h b. 4.0 h c. 3.0 h d. 2.2 h e. 5.1 h ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.4 - Determine the fraction of nuclei remaining after a specified time vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 789

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | half-life | rate of radioactive decay general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 5/9/2025 2:46 AM

42

42

49. The half-life of K is 12.5 h. How much will remain after 75 h if the original sample contained 256 g of K? a. 22 g b. 4.0 g c. 15 g d. 20 g e. 13 g ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.4 - Determine the fraction of nuclei remaining after a specified time vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | half-life | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 210

210

50. The isotope Pb has a half-life of 22 years. What percentage of a pure Pb sample prepared in April 1937 remains in April 1994? a. 17% b. 26% c. 31% d. 21% e. 38% ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.4 - Determine the fraction of nuclei remaining after a specified time vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 51. Iodine-131, which is used to treat thyroid cancer, has a half-life of 8.04 days. How much time is required for 68% of the isotope to decay?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 790

a. 13 days b. 7 days c. 43 days d. 53 days e. 4 days ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.4 - Determine the fraction of nuclei remaining after a specified time vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | half-life | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 52. The half-life of phosphorus-33 is 25 days. How much of a 128-g sample will remain after 160 days? a. 1.5 g b. 16 g c. 1.0 g d. 8.0 g e. 4.0 g ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.4.4 - Determine the fraction of nuclei remaining after a specified time vice versa.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: apply | half-life | rate of radioactive decay OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 53. Which of the following statements is incorrect? a. Isotope dilution is a technique used to determine the quantity of a substance in a mixture by adding a known amount of an isotope to it. b. Isotope dilution was used to elucidate the biological pathways of photosynthesis. c. Isotope dilution may be used to determine the amount of vitamin B12 in food. d. A radioactive tracer is a very small amount of a radioactive isotope added to a system used to study the chemical, physical, or biological processes of a system. e. Neutron activation analysis is an analysis of elements in a sample based on the conversion of stable isotopes to radioactive isotopes by bombarding a sample with neutrons.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 791

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.5.1 - State two ways in which radioactive isotopes are used for chemical analysis.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: applications of radioactive isotopes | chemical analysis | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 54. Which of the following statements is/are true of a radioactive tracer? a. Chemically, a radioactive tracer behaves like a nonradioactive isotope. b. A radioactive tracer is a very small amount of radioactive isotope added to a chemical, biological, or physical system to study the system. c. A radioactive tracer can be detected in exceedingly small amounts by measuring the radiations emitted. d. Radioactive tracer cannot decompose. e. Radioactive tracers cannot underdo undesirable adsorption and absorption.

ANSWER: a, b, c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.5.1 - State two ways in which radioactive isotopes are used for chemical analysis.

TOPICS: Applications of Radioactive Isotopes KEYWORDS: applications of radioactive isotopes | chemical analysis | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 55. Which of the following techniques can be used to measure the quantity of vitamin B12 in a food sample? a. Electrophoresis b. Spectroscopy c. Isotope dilution d. Mass spectrometry e. Chromatography ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.5.1 - State two ways in which radioactive isotopes are used for chemical analysis.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 792

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions applications of radioactive isotopes | chemical analysis | understand general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 5/9/2025 2:46 AM

56. During the neutron activation analysis (NAA) of arsenic in human hair, what type of radiation is emitted when the metastable nucleus of arsenic-76m undergoes decay? a. Alpha radiation b. Beta radiation c. Neutron radiation d. Gamma radiation e. Positron emission ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.5.1 - State two ways in which radioactive isotopes are used for chemical analysis.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: applications of radioactive isotopes | chemical analysis | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 57. Which of the following radioactive isotopes is not commonly used in medical applications? a. technetium-99m b. iodine-131 c. strontium-90 d. cobalt-60 e. thallium-201 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.5.2 - Describe two applications of isotopes in medical therapy and diagnosis.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: applications of radioactive isotopes | medical therapy | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 58. Metastable isotopes, such as Technetium-99m and those produced from neutron activation analysis decay by what Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 793

process? a. gamma emission b. alpha emission c. beta emission d. positron emission e. electron capture ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.5.2 - Describe two applications of isotopes in medical therapy and diagnosis.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry radioactivity and nuclear bombardment reactions KEYWORDS: applications of radioactive isotopes | medical therapy | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 59. The commonly used radioactive isotopes radium-226, radon-222, and cobalt-60 are used in _____. a. palliative therapy b. drug therapy c. electromagnetic therapy d. cancer therapy e. helminthic therapy ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.5.2 - Describe two applications of isotopes in medical therapy and diagnosis.

TOPICS: Applications of Radioactive Isotopes KEYWORDS: applications of radioactive isotopes | medical therapy | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 60. The technique for analyzing blood and other body fluids for very small quantities of biologically active substances is called _____. a. radioimmunoassay b. serotherapy c. aromatherapy d. radioautography e. radiolysis ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 794

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.5.2 - Describe two applications of isotopes in medical therapy and diagnosis.

TOPICS: Applications of Radioactive Isotopes KEYWORDS: applications of radioactive isotopes | medical therapy | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 8

61. What is the energy change for the following nuclear bombardment reaction? (c = 3.00 × 10 m/s, 1 amu = 1.66054 × -27 -13 43 46 10 kg, 1 MeV = 1.602 ×10 J) Ti (α, n) Cr Particle Mass (amu) 1.008665 4.00260 42.96852 45.96837 a. 7.47×10-23MeV b. 8.76×10-22MeV c. 5.59×10-23MeV d. 0.00MeV e. 2.80×10-23MeV ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.6.1 - Given a nuclear equation, calculate the energy change for the reaction. .

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry | energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: apply | mass-energy calculations | mass-energy equivalence OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 2

62. How much energy is released when 2.00 metric tons of H2 gas undergoes nuclear fusion? (1 metric ton = 1000 kg, c = 8 -27 3.00 × 10 m/s, 1 amu = 1.66054 × 10 kg) 2 2 3 1 H + H → He + n Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 795

Particle

Mass (amu) 1.008665 2.01400 3.01603

a. 6.77×10-18J b. 1.48×1017J c. 1.07×1017J d. 5.39×1010J e. 2.95×1017J ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.6.1 - Given a nuclear equation, calculate the energy change for the reaction. .

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry | energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | mass-energy calculations | mass-energy equivalence OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 63. What quantity of energy is released per gram of U-235 based on the following neutron-induced fission of U-235? (c = 8 3.00 × 10 m/s) Particle Mass (amu) 1.008665 235.043922 136.9253 96.910950 a. 7.62 × 1010 J/g U-235 b. 7.62 × 1013 J/g U-235 c. 1.79 × 1010 J/g U-235 d. 1.79 × 1013 J/g U-235 e. 3.10 × 1011 J/g U-235 ANSWER:

a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 796

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.6.1 - Given a nuclear equation, calculate the energy change for the reaction. .

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: analyze | mass-energy calculations | mass-energy equivalence OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 64. An isotope undergoes alpha decay in a nuclear reaction. Before the decay, the isotope has a mass of 4.00150 amu, and after the decay, the total mass of the products (alpha particle and daughter nucleus) is 4.00010 amu.

What is the energy released as a result of this decay?

Given values: Mass defect = 0.00140 amu.

1 amu = 1.66054 × 10⁻²⁷ kg.

8 c=3.00×10 m/s a. 3.5×10-18J b. 1.48×1017J c. 2.09×10-11J d. 3.39×1010J e. 2.95×1017J ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.6.1 - Given a nuclear equation, calculate the energy change for the reaction. .

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry | energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: apply | mass-energy calculations | mass-energy equivalence OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 13

65. One of the first nuclear bombs based on the fission of U-235 had a maximum yield of 7.5 x10 J. If the fission of U13 235 releases 1.8 × 10 J/mol, approximately what mass of U-235 was used in this bomb? (U-235 has a molar mass of 235.04 g/mol) a. 9.8 × 102 g U-235 b. 56 g U-235 c. 0.018 g U-235 d. 0.0010 g U-235 e. 2.3 × 102 g U-236 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 797

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.6.2 - Explain the relationship between nuclear binding energy and mass defect.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: apply | mass-energy calculations | mass-energy equivalence OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 66. Which of the following nuclides has the highest nuclear binding energy per nucleon? a. b. c. d. e.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.6.2 - Explain the relationship between nuclear binding energy and mass defect.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: mass-energy calculations | nuclear binding energy | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 11

67. What is the mass defect of 4Be? Particle Mass (amu) 11 11.0216 4Be 1.00728 1.00867 0.00055 a. -0.1055 amu b. -1.685 amu Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 798

c. -0.0704 amu d. -4.1051 amu e. -0.1707 amu ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.6.2 - Explain the relationship between nuclear binding energy and mass defect.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: apply | mass-energy calculations OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 68. What is the nuclear binding energy per nucleon of a Particle

8

atom? (c = 3.00 × 10 m/s, 1 amu = 1.66054 × 10

-27

kg)

Mass (amu) 65.926036 1.00728 1.00867 0.00055

a. 1.51 × 10-10J/nucleon b. 1.49 × 10-10J/nucleon c. 1.41 × 10-12J/nucleon d. 6.99 × 10-11J/nucleon e. 8.35 × 10-11J/nucleon ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.6.2 - Explain the relationship between nuclear binding energy and mass defect.

TOPICS: Define nuclear binding energy and mass defect.

KEYWORDS: apply | mass-energy calculations | nuclear binding energy OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 799

69. The breaking apart of a heavy atomic nucleus into lighter nuclei, releasing energy in the process is called: a. nuclear fusion b. nuclear fission c. beta decay d. gamma decay e. alpha decay ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.7.1 - Compare and contrast nuclear fission and nuclear fusion.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear fission | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 70. Which of the provided statement is a distinguishing feature of nuclear fission when compared to nuclear fusion? a. nuclear fission is the primary energy source in stars like the sun b. nuclear fission is simpler to initiate and regulate than nuclear fusion c. nuclear fission releases less energy per unit mass than nuclear fusion d. nuclear fission involves the joining of lighter elements e. nuclear fission is easier to initiate and regulate than nuclear fusion ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.7.1 - Compare and contrast nuclear fission and nuclear fusion.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear fission | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 71. Which of the following shows an example of nuclear fission? a. The fusion of hydrogen nuclei to form helium b. The splitting of a uranium-235 nucleus into smaller fragments c. The combination of deuterium and tritium to release energy d. The process by which stars generate energy e. The transformation of hydrogen into heavier elements through fusion ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 800

REFERENCES: 20.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.7.1 - Compare and contrast nuclear fission and nuclear fusion.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear fission | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 72. The energy output of nuclear fission and fusion is accurately compared as a. nuclear fusion generates less energy than fission when controlled. b. nuclear fusion generates more energy than nuclear fission for each unit of mass c. nuclear fission and fusion produce the same amount of energy per unit of mass d. nuclear fission generates more energy than fusion for each unit of mass. e. fission releases energy, whereas fusion consumes energy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.7.1 - Compare and contrast nuclear fission and nuclear fusion.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear fission | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 73. Enriched uranium is uranium that has a greater proportion of a. lead-207 b. lead-208 c. deuterons d. uranium-235 e. uranium-238 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.7.2 - Explain how a controlled chain reaction is used in a nuclear fission reactor using a critical mass of fissionable material.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear fission | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 801

DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:46 AM

74. Which of the following statements is(are) true for the fission of uranium-235? Select all that apply. a. The electron is captured by the nucleus, which becomes unstable. b. The nuclides produced are more stable than the uranium nuclide. c. The nuclides produced are individually heavier than the uranium nuclide. d. The products include neutrons e. The product includes electrons.

ANSWER: b, d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.7.2 - Explain how a controlled chain reaction is used in a nuclear fission reactor using a critical mass of fissionable material.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear fission | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/12/2025 2:12 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 2:14 AM 75. Which of the provided substances are typically used as moderators in nuclear fission reactors? a. Water, heavy water, and graphite b. Lead c. Boron d. Uranium-238 e. Helium ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.7.2 - Explain how a controlled chain reaction is used in a nuclear fission reactor using a critical mass of fissionable material.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear fission | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM 76. Which of the following statements regarding a fission based nuclear reactor is not correct? a. A nuclear fission reactor uses the heat energy released by the fission of U-235 to produce steam. b. The control rods in a nuclear reactor contain materials which absorb neutrons. c. The moderator in a fission reactor slows down the neutrons produced from the fission of U-235. d. (heavy water), graphite and H2O (light water) have been used as moderators in fission reactors.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 802

e. The uranium dioxide fuel pellets used in a U.S. light-water reactor are made up mostly of the U-235 isotope.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 20.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.20.7.2 - Explain how a controlled chain reaction is used in a nuclear fission reactor using a critical mass of fissionable material.

TOPICS: nuclear chemistry energy of nuclear reactions KEYWORDS: nuclear fission | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:46 AM

1. Within a group, as the atomic numbers of the elements increase, the a. ionization energies decrease. b. atomic weights decrease. c. elements become less metallic. d. atomic radii decrease. e. electronegativities increase.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.1 - Explain how the low ionization energies and electronegativities of the metals relate to their reactivity.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: ionization energies and electronegativities of the metals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 2. Which of the following statements about the general properties of the main group metals is not correct? a. Metallic character increases down a group. b. Metallic character decreases left to right across a period. c. The majority of the main group metal oxides are acidic. d. Main group metals tend to form cations (lose electrons) in their reactions. e. Main group metal reactivity tends to increase down a group.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.1 - Explain how the low ionization energies and electronegativities of Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 803

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

the metals relate to their reactivity. main group chemistry main-group metal ionization energies and electronegativities of the metals | understand general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 5/9/2025 2:45 AM

3. Which of the following statements about the general properties of the main group nonmetals is incorrect? a. The oxides of nonmetals tend to be acidic. b. The ionization energies of the nonmetals increase down a group. c. Nonmetals tend to be insulators. d. Nonmetals tend to form monoatomic anions or oxoanions. e. The highest possible oxidation state for all but the most electronegative nonmetals is equal to the group number of the element.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.1 - Explain how the low ionization energies and electronegativities of the metals relate to their reactivity.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: ionization energies and electronegativities of the metals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 4. Which of the following most accurately explains the high reactivity of main group metals? a. High ionization energy and high electronegativity. b. High ionization energy but low electronegativity. c. Low ionization energy and low electronegativity. d. Low ionization energy but high electronegativity. e. High atomic mass but low density.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.1 - Explain how the low ionization energies and electronegativities of the metals relate to their reactivity.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: apply | ionization energies and electronegativities of the metals OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 804

5. Which element commonly has both +1 and +3 oxidation states? a. Tl b. Pb c. Ba d. Al e. Cu ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.2 - Identify the principal oxidation states of the main-group elements.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IIIA metal | Understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 6. All of the following elements have the oxidation states listed except a. Sn2+ b. Sn+ c. Pb2+ d. Tl+ e. Tl3+ ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.2 - Identify the principal oxidation states of the main-group elements.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IIIA metal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 7. Which oxidation state is most commonly observed for alkaline earth metals (Group 2 elements)? a. 0 b. -1 c. -2 d. +1 e. +2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 805

REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.2 - Identify the principal oxidation states of the main-group elements.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IIIA metal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 8. What is the oxidation state of sulfur in the compound H₂SO₄? a. 2 b. 4 c. 1 d. 6 e. -2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.2 - Identify the principal oxidation states of the main-group elements.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: apply | group IIIA metal OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 9. Which of the following is the most metallic element? a. As b. P c. Bi d. N e. Sb ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.3 - Describe the periodic trends in metallic character across a period and down a group.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 806

DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:45 AM

10. Which element in Group IVA has the strongest metallic character? a. Sn. b. Pb c. Si d. C e. Ge ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.3 - Describe the periodic trends in metallic character across a period and down a group.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 11. Which of the following exhibits the greatest metallic character? a. Ge b. Ga c. Br d. As e. Al. ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.3 - Describe the periodic trends in metallic character across a period and down a group.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 12. Which of the provided statements is correct about the trend of metallic character across a period? a. Metallic character fluctuates without any clear pattern. b. Metallic character remains the same across the period. c. Metallic character decreases initially, then increases. d. Metallic character decreases as the atomic number increases. e. Metallic character increases as the atomic number increases.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 807

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.1.3 - Describe the periodic trends in metallic character across a period and down a group.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 13. Metals usually act as a. oxidizing agents. b. reducing agents. c. conjugate bases. d. conjugate acids. e. ion exchange agents.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.2.1 - Compare metals, alloys, minerals, and ores.

TOPICS: materials chemistry metals, ores, minerals KEYWORDS: metals, ores, minerals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 14. Which of the following is not a property of metals? a. ductile b. heat conductor c. malleable d. luminous e. electrical conductor ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.2.1 - Compare metals, alloys, minerals, and ores.

TOPICS: materials chemistry metals, ores, minerals KEYWORDS: metals, ores, minerals | remember Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 808

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 5/9/2025 2:45 AM

15. Which of the following statements is true? a. An alloy may also be an ore. b. A metal may also be a mineral. c. A mineral may also be an alloy. d. A mineral may also be an ore. e. An ore may also be a mineral.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.2.1 - Compare metals, alloys, minerals, and ores.

TOPICS: materials chemistry metals, ores, minerals KEYWORDS: metals, ores, minerals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 16. Bauxite is the principal ore of which element(s)? a. B b. Tl c. Al d. Ga e. In ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.2.1 - Compare metals, alloys, minerals, and ores.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: metals, ores, minerals | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 17. At which step in the production of a metal would a blast furnace be used? a. preliminary treatment b. refining c. reduction d. smithing Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 809

e. extruding ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.2.2 - Describe the steps in the production of a metal.

TOPICS: materials chemistry metal KEYWORDS: metallurgy | reduction | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 18. Roasting is an example of which step in the production of a metal? a. reduction b. alloying c. smithing d. refining e. preliminary treatment ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.2.2 - Describe the steps in the production of a metal.

TOPICS: materials chemistry metal KEYWORDS: metallurgy | preliminary treatment | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 19. A solution may contain NaCl, MgCl2, and/or AlCl3. When sodium hydroxide is added, a white precipitate forms that dissolves as more NaOH is added. Therefore, a. the solution definitely contains AlCl3 and cannot contain MgCl2. b. the solution contains only NaCl. c. the solution contains at least two of the compounds, but it cannot be determined which two are present. d. the solution definitely contains AlCl3 and probably contains MgCl2. e. the solution can contain only AlCl3.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.2.2 - Describe the steps in the production of a metal.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 810

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

materials chemistry metal apply | metallurgy | preliminary treatment general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 5/9/2025 2:45 AM

20. Which of the following equations represents the roasting of lead(II) sulfide ore? a. PbS(s) + 4 H2O(l) → Pb(OH)3-(aq) + H2S(aq) + H3O+(aq) b. PbS(s) + H2(g) → Pb(s) + H2S(g) c. 2 PbS(s) + C(s) → 2 Pb(s) + CS2(l) d. PbS(s) + 2 H2O(l) → Pb(OH)2(s) + H2S(aq) e. 2 PbS(s) + 3 O2(g) → 2 PbO(s) + 2 SO2(g) ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.2.2 - Describe the steps in the production of a metal.

TOPICS: materials chemistry metal KEYWORDS: apply | metallurgy | preliminary treatment OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 21. The valence electrons in a metal crystal are a. delocalized between every two atoms. b. localized between every two atoms. c. found only on the surface of the crystal. d. delocalized only by an applied potential. e. free to travel throughout the crystal.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.3.1 - Compare the electron sea model and the molecular orbital theory of metals.

TOPICS: materials chemistry metal KEYWORDS: bonding in metals | electron-sea model of metals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 22. Which property of metals is more significantly explained by the electron sea model compared to molecular orbital theory?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 811

a. Electrical conductivity b. Formation of energy bands c. Bonding in metallic alloys d. Energy gaps in semiconductors e. Magnetism in transition metals ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.3.1 - Compare the electron sea model and the molecular orbital theory of metals.

TOPICS: materials chemistry metal KEYWORDS: bonding in metals | electron-sea model of metals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 2:16 AM 23. Which of the following statements concerning metals is/are correct? a. Metals may be simply viewed as a sea of positive ions that are free to move over the entire metal crystal. b. Molecular orbital theory shows that the large number of overlapping valence orbitals on the metal atoms in a crystal are so close together that they form bands. c. Molecular orbital theory shows that electrons cannot become mobile because there are no unoccupied orbitals within the same band or a nearby band. d. Metals may be viewed as a sea of negative ions that are free to move over the entire metal crystal. e. Molecular orbital theory shows that a small number of overlapping valence orbitals on the metal atoms in a crystal.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.3.1 - Compare the electron sea model and the molecular orbital theory of metals.

TOPICS: materials chemistry metal KEYWORDS: bonding in metals | electron-sea model of metals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/12/2025 2:17 AM 24. Which of Figures I – V best represents the band theory description of metallic magnesium?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 812

a. Figure I b. Figure II c. Figure V d. Figure IV e. Figure III ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.3.1 - Compare the electron sea model and the molecular orbital theory of metals.

TOPICS: materials chemistry metal KEYWORDS: bonding in metals | molecular orbital theory of metals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 25. Which of the following properties of the alkali metals does not increase with increasing atomic number? a. ionic radius b. reactivity with water c. atomic radius d. atomic weight e. ionization energy ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.4.1 - Compare the elements in Group 1A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IA alkali metal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 813

26. Which element reacts most vigorously with water? a. Al b. Li c. Ba d. Mg e. Cs ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.4.1 - Compare the elements in Group 1A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IA alkali metal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 27. Which of the following metals is expected to have the fastest reaction with water? a. Li b. K c. Cs d. Na e. Rb ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.4.1 - Compare the elements in Group 1A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IA alkali metal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 28. Which of the following alkali metals has the highest melting point? a. Li b. Na c. Rb d. Cs e. K ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.4 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 814

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.4.1 - Compare the elements in Group 1A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IA alkali metal | lithium | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 29. An alkali metal (designated M) reacts with water with the formation of a. MOH + H2. b. M2O + H2. c. M(OH)2 + H2. d. MO + H2. e. MOH + O2.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.4.1 - Compare the elements in Group 1A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IA alkali metal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 30. Which of the following metals will have the least vigorous reaction with water? Select all that apply. a. Mg b. Na c. K d. Cs e. Ca ANSWER: a, b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Response HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.5.1 - Compare the elements in Group 2A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IA alkali metal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 815

31. Which of the following statements concerning magnesium is false? a. Magnesium ion is the third most abundant dissolved ion in the oceans. b. Magnesium reacts with oxygen to produce magnesium oxide. c. Magnesium has a low density compared to most metals. d. Magnesium is the least reactive alkaline earth metal. e. Magnesium is used as a reducing agent in the production of zirconium.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.5.1 - Compare the elements in Group 2A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IIA alkaline earth metal | magnesium | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 32. Which of the following statements concerning strontium is false? a. Strontium belongs to the alkaline earth metals found in Group 2 of the periodic table. b. When strontium reacts with water, it forms strontium hydroxide and releases hydrogen gas. c. Strontium compounds are widely used in fireworks to produce a vivid red flame. d. Strontium is a malleable metal that can be cut easily with a knife. e. Strontium is classified as a nonmetal and lacks electrical conductivity in its solid state.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.5.1 - Compare the elements in Group 2A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IIA alkaline earth metal | magnesium | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 33. Which of the following statements concerning calcium is false? a. Calcium metal is produced by the reduction of calcium oxide by aluminum. b. Coral reefs are composed mainly of calcium hydroxide. c. The mineral gypsum is composed of calcium sulfate dihydrate. d. Calcium reacts with hydrogen to produce calcium hydride. e. Seashells are composed principally of calcium carbonate.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 816

REFERENCES: 21.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.5.1 - Compare the elements in Group 2A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: calcium | group IIA alkaline earth metal | Remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 34. Which of the following combinations of common name and formula is incorrect? a. plaster of Paris, CaHCO3 b. slaked lime, Ca(OH)2 c. quicklime, CaO d. limestone, CaCO3 e. slag, CaSiO3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.5.1 - Compare the elements in Group 2A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: materials chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: calcium | group IIA alkaline earth metal | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 35. Which of the following hydroxides has amphoteric character? a. Al(OH)3 b. CsOH c. Ba(OH)2 d. KOH e. B(OH)3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.6.1 - Compare the metals in Group 3A and Group 4A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: aluminum | group IIIA metal | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 817

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:45 AM 5/9/2025 2:45 AM

36. Which of the following statements concerning aluminum is false? a. Sapphires and rubies are composed principally of aluminum oxide. b. Aluminum hydroxide is amphoteric. c. Aluminum can have both +1 and +3 oxidation states. d. The main industrial source of aluminum is bauxite ore. e. Corundum is a hard mineral of aluminum oxide.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.6.1 - Compare the metals in Group 3A and Group 4A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: materials chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: aluminum | group IIIA metal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 37. Which of the following equations describes the application of the Goldschmidt process to manganese (III) oxide? a. 2 Mn2O3(s) + 6 H2(g) → 4 MnH3(s) + 3 O2(g) b. Mn2O3(s) + 3 H2SO4(aq) → Mn2(SO4)3(aq) + 3 H2O(l) c. Mn2O3(s) + 3 H2O(l) → 2 Mn(OH)3(aq) d. Mn2O3(s) + 2 Al(s) → 2 Mn(l) + Al2O3(l) e. 2 Mn2O3(s) → 4 Mn(l) + 3 O2(g) ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.6.1 - Compare the metals in Group 3A and Group 4A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: aluminum | apply | group IIIA metal OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 38. Which of the following statements concerning tin is false? a. Tin(IV) chloride is a molecular liquid. b. Tin metal is obtained from the mineral cassiterite. c. Tin(II) compounds are strong oxidizing agents.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 818

d. Solder and bronze are both alloys of tin. e. One allotrope of tin is a metal, and the other allotrope is a nonmetal.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.6.1 - Compare the metals in Group 3A and Group 4A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IVA metal | tin | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 39. Which of the following statements concerning lead is false? a. Lead is predominantly used to make electrodes in batteries. b. Lead ions exist only in the +4 oxidation state. c. Lead reacts with hydrochloric acid, but because lead(II) chloride is insoluble in water, the reaction soon stops. d. Lead is commercially prepared by reducing lead(II) oxide with carbon monoxide. e. Lead is commonly found in galena, a lead(II) sulfide mineral.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.6.1 - Compare the metals in Group 3A and Group 4A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: group IVA metal | lead | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 40. What primarily causes nonmetals to have much lower electrical conductivity compared to metals? a. Nonmetals completely lack free-moving electrons. b. Nonmetals possess partially filled bands similar to metals, but with less effective bonding. c. Nonmetals are unable to interact with light or heat to increase conductivity. d. Nonmetals lack partially filled bands necessary for efficient charge transfer. e. Nonmetals do not form energy bands like metals.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 819

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.7.1 - Describe the bonding in nonmetals.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: bonding in nonmetals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 41. The energy gap that separates the filled valence band from the empty conduction band in nonmetals is called ____. a. activation energy b. band gap c. conduction threshold d. energy barrier e. fermi level ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.7.1 - Describe the bonding in nonmetals.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: bonding in nonmetals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 42. Why is diamond classified as an insulator, whereas silicon is a semiconductor? a. Diamond cannot absorb visible or infrared light to promote electrons. b. Diamond does not have a conduction band. c. Diamond’s valence band remains partially filled under all conditions. d. Diamond lacks overlapping s and p orbitals for band formation. e. Diamond’s band gap is significantly larger than silicon’s and needs more energy to excite electrons.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.7.1 - Describe the bonding in nonmetals.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: apply | bonding in nonmetals OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 43. What causes silicon to have low electrical conductivity at room temperature? a. The Fermi level is positioned within the band gap, preventing partially filled states from conduction.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 820

b. Silicon’s band gap is too narrow to permit electrical conduction. c. Silicon lacks the necessary overlapping atomic orbitals for conductivity. d. The conduction band of silicon is completely occupied. e. The valence band of silicon is partially filled.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.7.1 - Describe the bonding in nonmetals.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group metal KEYWORDS: bonding in nonmetals | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 44. The major industrial source of hydrogen gas is the reaction of methane and water at high temperatures (800 –1000°C) and high pressures (10 –15 atm) with nickel as a catalyst.

If 150.0 g of CH4 and 150.0 g of H2O are reacted at 915°C and 11.0 atm, how much hydrogen should be available for industrial use? a. 171 L b. 2 33 L c. 249 L d. 25 0 L e. 222 L ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.8.1 - Explain why hydrogen is a unique element.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: apply | hydrogen | preparation OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 45. A sample of pure deuterium oxide, D2O, is mixed with a sample of pure water, H2O. After a period of time, the mixture will be a. mostly H2O b. mostly D3O+ c. mostly D2O Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 821

d. an equilibrium mixture of D2O, H2O, and DOH e. mostly ODANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.8 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.8.1 - Explain why hydrogen is a unique element.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: hydrogen | reactions and compounds | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 46. What is the general formula for an alkali metal hydride? (M = metal) a. MH b. M(OH)2 c. MH2 d. MH3 e. MOH ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.8.1 - Explain why hydrogen is a unique element.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: hydrogen | reactions and compounds | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 47. Which of the following reactions describes the formation of an ionic hydride? a. 2 H2(g) + O2(g) → 2 H2O(l) b. H2(g) + Cl2(g)→ 2 HCl(g) c. 2 K(s) + H2(g) → 2 KH(s) d. H2(g) + C2H4(g) → C2H6(g) e. N2(g) + 3 H2(g) → 2 NH3(g) ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

c 1 21.7 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 822

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.8.1 - Explain why hydrogen is a unique element.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: hydrogen | reactions and compounds | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 48. Which property of carbon distinguishes it from the other elements in its group? a. the existence of more than one allotrope of carbon b. its four valence electrons c. its nonmetallic character d. the ability of carbon to catenate to a high degree e. the ability of carbon to form more than one oxide ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.9.1 - Compare the elements in Group 4A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: carbon | group IVA nonmetal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 49. Which one exhibits the greatest electronegativity among the elements in Group 4A? a. C b. Si c. Ge d. Sn e. Pb ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.9.1 - Compare the elements in Group 4A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: carbon | group IVA nonmetal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 50. Which element in Group 4A is most commonly associated with forming compounds in the +4 oxidation state? a. Sn Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 823

b. C c. Si d. Ge e. Pb ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.9.1 - Compare the elements in Group 4A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: carbon | group IVA nonmetal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 51. Which element in Group 4A possesses the greatest atomic mass? a. Ge b. C c. Si d. Pb e. Sn ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.9 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.9.1 - Compare the elements in Group 4A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: carbon | group IVA nonmetal | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 52. The oxidation state of nitrogen (given in parentheses) is correct in all the following cases except a. HN3 (-1). b. N2O3 (+3). c. HNO3 (+5). d. NH4+ (-3). e. N2O (+1).

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

a 1 21.1 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 824

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.10.1 - Compare the elements in Group 5A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VA | nitrogen | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 53. What trend is observed in the metallic character of elements as you move down Group 5A? a. Metallic character stays the same. b. Metallic character increases. c. Elements become nonmetals. d. Metallic character decreases. e. Metallic character first increases and then decreases after phosphorus.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.10.1 - Compare the elements in Group 5A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VA | nitrogen | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 54. Which element in Group 5A is the least likely to function as an oxidizing agent? a. P b. N c. As d. Sb e. Bi ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.10.1 - Compare the elements in Group 5A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VA | nitrogen | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 55. Which of the following statements concerning phosphorus is false?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 825

a. At room temperature, white phosphorus is a molecular solid, while red phosphorus is a polymeric form of phosphorus. b. The molecular formula of white phosphorus is P4. c. Phosphorus is commonly found in phosphate minerals such as fluorapatite. d. Because phosphorus may use 3d orbitals for bonding, it can form the +7 oxidation state. e. White phosphorus spontaneously combusts when exposed to air.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.10.1 - Compare the elements in Group 5A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VA | phosphorus | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 56. Which of the following compounds is a peroxide? a. Al2S3 b. Na2O2 c. BaO d. SiO2 e. NiS ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.11.1 - Compare the elements in Group 6A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VIA | oxygen | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 57. In which of the following compounds does sulfur exist in the +4 oxidation state and oxygen exist in -2 oxidation state? a. KHSO3 b. Na2S4O6 c. Na2S2O3 d. K2SO4 e. H2S2O8 ANSWER:

a

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 826

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.11.1 - Compare the elements in Group 6A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VIA | sulfur | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 58. Which Group 6A element is found in the highest quantity in the Earth’s crust? a. O b. Se c. Te d. PO e. S ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.11.1 - Compare the elements in Group 6A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VIA | sulfur | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 59. Which Group 6A element is in the gaseous state at room temperature? a. S b. O c. Se d. Te e. Po ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.11 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.11.1 - Compare the elements in Group 6A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VIA | sulfur | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 827

DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:45 AM

60. Which of the following ions are oxidized by chlorine gas in an aqueous solution? a. F- only b. Br- only c. I- only d. Br- and Ie. I-, Br-, and FANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.12 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.12.1 - Compare the elements in Group 7A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: chlorine | group VIIA halogen | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 61. Which element has the greatest electronegativity among the halogens? a. F b. Br c. I d. Cl e. At ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.12 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.12.1 - Compare the elements in Group 7A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: chlorine | group VIIA halogen | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 62. Which Group 7A element is in the liquid state at room temperature? a. F b. Cl c. Br d. At e. I Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 828

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.12 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.12.1 - Compare the elements in Group 7A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: chlorine | group VIIA halogen | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 63. What is the acid anhydride of perchloric acid? a. Cl2O b. Cl2O3 c. Cl2O7 d. ClOF3 e. ClO2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.12 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.12.1 - Compare the elements in Group 7A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: chlorine | group VIIA halogen | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 64. Which of the noble gases was detected in the spectrum of the sun before it was ever isolated on earth? a. neon b. krypton c. xenon d. argon e. helium ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.13 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.13.1 - Compare the elements in Group 8A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VIIIA noble gas | helium | understand Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 829

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 5/9/2025 2:45 AM

65. Which of the noble gases is not obtained commercially by distillation of liquid air? a. krypton b. neon c. helium d. argon e. xenon ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.13 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.13.1 - Compare the elements in Group 8A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VIIIA noble gas | helium | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 66. Which of the following noble gases has, thus far, eluded formation of a compound? a. xenon b. radon c. krypton d. neon e. argon ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.13 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.13.1 - Compare the elements in Group 8A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VIIIA noble gas | neon | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM 67. The Group 8A elements in the periodic table are called _____. a. noble gases b. metalloids c. lanthanides d. alkali metals Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 830

e. ideal gases ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 21.13 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.21.13.1 - Compare the elements in Group 8A of the periodic table.

TOPICS: main group chemistry main-group nonmetal KEYWORDS: group VIIIA noble gas | neon | remember OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:45 AM

1. Which of the following is not a characteristic of the transition metals? a. variable oxidation state b. the ability to form many colored compounds c. valence electrons in a d subshell d. high electronegativity e. the ability to form complex ions ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.1.1 - Explain the three characteristics that set the transition elements apart from the main-group elements.

TOPICS: transition elements periodic trends KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 2. Transition metals can be distinguished from main-group metals by the fact that a. main-group metals have only +1 or +2 oxidation states. b. transition metals have higher relative atomic weights than main-group metals. c. transition metals have a greater tendency to form colored compounds than main-group metals. d. main-group metals have higher relative atomic weights than transition metals. e. only the main-group metals can form complex ions.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.1.1 - Explain the three characteristics that set the transition elements apart from the main-group elements.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 831

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

transition elements periodic trends understand general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 5/9/2025 2:49 AM

3. Which of the following statements is incorrect concerning the 3d, 4d, and 5d transition series? a. There is a large increase in radius in going from the 3d to the 4d metals. b. There is a general increase in size going left to right across each series due to an increasing number of electrons. c. Hafnium through mercury exhibit what is referred to as the lanthanide contraction. d. The separation of hafnium and zirconium found together in nature is difficult due to their similar chemistries, which are attributed to their virtually identical sizes. e. The transition metal from a period 6 group is similar in size to the period 5 transition metal sitting above it on the periodic table.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.1.1 - Explain the three characteristics that set the transition elements apart from the main-group elements.

TOPICS: transition elements periodic trends KEYWORDS: atomic radii | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 2

14

7

4. An element with the electron configuration [Xe]6s 4f 5d would belong to which class on the periodic table? a. rare-earth elements b. transition elements c. alkaline-earth elements d. halogens e. noble gases ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.1.1 - Explain the three characteristics that set the transition elements apart from the main-group elements.

TOPICS: transition elements periodic trends KEYWORDS: electron configuration | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 832

5. The phenomenon that is responsible for the great similarity in atomic size and chemistry of 4d and 5d elements is called ________. a. coordination contraction b. isomeric contraction c. lanthanide contraction d. transition contraction e. halogenic ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.1.1 - Explain the three characteristics that set the transition elements apart from the main-group elements.

TOPICS: transition elements periodic trends KEYWORDS: atomic radii | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 6. Which of the following first-row transition elements is not able to have a +3 oxidation state? a. Sc b. Cr c. V d. Zn e. Fe ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.1.2 - Relate the electron configurations of the transition elements to their properties.

TOPICS: transition elements periodic trends KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation state OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 7. In which of the following compounds is the metal atom not in a common oxidation state? a. CrOCl2 b. NiF2 c. CuI d. Zn(NO3)2 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 833

e. MnSO4 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.1.2 - Relate the electron configurations of the transition elements to their properties.

TOPICS: transition elements periodic trends KEYWORDS: analyze | oxidation state OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 8. A property that many representative non-metals and many transition elements share is that they both have a. color in many compounds. b. many paramagnetic compounds. c. high electronegativities. d. many compounds that observe the octet rule. e. many oxidation states.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.1.2 - Relate the electron configurations of the transition elements to their properties.

TOPICS: transition elements periodic trends KEYWORDS: oxidation state | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 9. In which compound is cobalt in the highest oxidation state? a. Co2(CO)8 b. [Co(NH3)6]Cl2 c. [Co(NH3)4Cl2]Cl d. Na2[CoCl4] e. K4[CoF6] ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

c 1 22.1 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 834

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.1.2 - Relate the electron configurations of the transition elements to their properties.

TOPICS: transition elements periodic trends KEYWORDS: apply | oxidation state OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 10. The oxidation number of which of the following elements is often +2 but can be as great as +7? a. manganese b. cobalt c. aluminum d. bismuth e. chromium ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.1.2 - Relate the electron configurations of the transition elements to their properties.

TOPICS: transition elements periodic trends KEYWORDS: oxidation state | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 11. Which of the following is a dark green solid? a. CrO3 b. KCr(SO4)2·12H2O c. Na2Cr2O7 d. Na2CrO4 e. Cr2O3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.2.1 - Describe some of the common chromium compounds and their chemistry.

TOPICS: transition elements KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 835

12. What is the principal ore of chromium? a. chromite b. chromate c. chrome alum d. stibnite e. hematite ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.2.1 - Describe some of the common chromium compounds and their chemistry.

TOPICS: transition elements KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 13. Which of the following is a product of the acidification of sodium chromate? a. CrO42-(aq) b. Cr2O72-(aq) c. Cr3+(aq) d. CrO3(s) e. Cr(s) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.2.1 - Describe some of the common chromium compounds and their chemistry.

TOPICS: transition elements KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 14. Identify the true statement of chromium. a. The common oxidation states of chromium are +2, +3, and +6. b. The chromium (II) ion has a bright red color. c. Chromium (II) salts are prepared in the presence of air. d. Chromium (III) ion is blue in color. e. The highest oxidation state of chromium is +3.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 836

REFERENCES: 22.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.2.1 - Describe some of the common chromium compounds and their chemistry.

TOPICS: The Chemistry of Two Transition Elements KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 15. How is pure chromium metal prepared? a. By exothermic reaction of chromium (VI) oxide, obtained from aluminum ore, with steel b. By endothermic reaction of chromium (III) oxide, obtained from chromite ore, with aluminum c. By endothermic reaction of chromium (II) oxide, obtained from iron ore, with copper d. By exothermic reaction of chromium (III) oxide, obtained from chromite ore, with aluminum e. By endothermic reaction of chromium (VI) oxide, obtained from aluminum ore, with brass ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.2.1 - Describe some of the common chromium compounds and their chemistry.

TOPICS: The Chemistry of Two Transition Elements KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 16. Which of the following acids react directly with copper metal? a. Cold and concentrated sulfuric acid b. Hot and concentrated nitric acid c. Hot and concentrated formic acid d. Hot and concentrated acetic acid e. Hot and concentrated hydrochloric acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.2.2 - Describe some of the common copper compounds and their chemistry.

TOPICS: The Chemistry of Two Transition Elements KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 837

17. Which of the following forms the basis of a common test for glucose in urine? a. Formation of copper (II) oxide by the oxidation of copper (I) ion in acidic solution b. Formation of copper (I) oxide by the oxidation of copper (II) ion in basic solution c. Formation of copper (I) oxide by the reduction of copper (II) ion in basic solution d. Formation of copper (I) oxide by the oxidation of copper (II) ion in basic solution e. Formation of copper (II) oxide by the reduction of copper (I) ion in basic solution ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.2.2 - Describe some of the common copper compounds and their chemistry.

TOPICS: The Chemistry of Two Transition Elements KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 18. Copper metal can be oxidized by which of the following acids? a. H3PO4 b. HBr c. H2SO4 d. CH3COOH e. HCl ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.2.2 - Describe some of the common copper compounds and their chemistry.

TOPICS: transition elements KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 19. Common ores of copper may contain which of the following forms of copper? a. Native Cr(s) b. Cu(NO3)2 c. Cu¬SO4(s) d. CuCl2(s) e. Cu2O(s) and CuO(s) ANSWER:

e

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 838

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.2.2 - Describe some of the common copper compounds and their chemistry.

TOPICS: transition elements KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 20. In which of these pairs of elements can both elements normally exhibit multiple oxidation states? a. K and O b. Cs and Cl c. Mg and Se d. Co and Cu e. Sc and Al ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.2.2 - Describe some of the common copper compounds and their chemistry.

TOPICS: transition elements KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 21. Which of the following is a necessary characteristic of a ligand? a. A ligand must be an anion. b. A ligand must be an ion. c. A ligand must be a Lewis base. d. A ligand must be bidentate. e. A ligand must be a Lewis acid.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.1 - Describe the structure of a complex ion TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | ligand | structure of complex OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 839

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:49 AM 5/9/2025 2:49 AM

22. The bond between a metal cation and a ligand is best classified as a(n) a. polar covalent bond. b. ionic bond. c. nonpolar covalent bond. d. polydentate bond. e. coordinate covalent bond.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.1 - Describe the structure of a complex ion TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: basic definitions | structure of complex | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 23. What is the coordination number of iron in K3[Fe(ox)3]?

ox = a. 6 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 e. 2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.1 - Describe the structure of a complex ion TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 24. What is the coordination number of cobalt in [Co(en)2Cl2]Cl? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 840

en = a. 6 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 e. 7 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.1 - Describe the structure of a complex ion TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 25. In complexes of platinum(IV), the coordination number is usually a. 3. b. 4. c. 6. d. 2. e. 1.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.1 - Describe the structure of a complex ion TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: basic definitions | structure of complex | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 26. The freezing point of an aqueous 0.050 m solution of a platinum(IV) complex having the molecular formula Pt(NH3)3Cl4 is -0.19°C. Which of the following equations best represents what happens when Pt(NH3)3Cl4 dissociates in water? (Kf for water is 1.86°C/m.) a. Pt(NH3)3Cl4(s) → [Pt(NH3)3Cl2]2+(aq) + 2Cl-(aq) b. Pt(NH3)3Cl4(s) → [Pt(NH3)3Cl3]+(aq) + Cl-(aq) c. Pt(NH3)3Cl4(s) → [Pt(NH3)3Cl]3+(aq) + 3Cl-(aq) d. Pt(NH3)3Cl4(s) → [Pt(NH3)2Cl2]2+(aq) + 2Cl-(aq) + NH3(aq) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 841

e. Pt(NH3)3Cl4(s) → Pt4+(aq) + 4Cl-(aq) + 3NH3(aq) ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.1 - Describe the structure of a complex ion TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | formula of a complex | structure of complex OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 27. Which of the following species is least likely to function as a ligand in a transition-metal coordination compound? a. NH3 b. CO32c. H2O d. BF3 e. ClANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.2 - Explain the difference between a monodentate and polydentate ligand TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | ligand | structure of complex OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM +

+

-

28. Ag forms many complexes with a coordination number of 2. Some of these are [Ag(NH3)2] , [Ag(CN)2] , and 3[Ag(S2O3)2] . Which of the following statements is true? a. The hybridization of Ag+ is sp2. b. In these complexes, Ag+ is a Lewis base. c. In these complexes, the ligands are monodentate. d. The hybridization of Ag+ is dsp. e. The Ag+ complexes are good reducing agents.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

c 1 22.3 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 842

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.2 - Explain the difference between a monodentate and polydentate ligand TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | ligand | structure of complex OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 29. Which of the following liquids could best act as a bidentate ligand for a metal ion? a. NH2Cl b. NH3 c. ClCH2CH2NH2 d. N2H5+ e. H2NCH2CH2NH2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.2 - Explain the difference between a monodentate and polydentate ligand TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | ligand | structure of complex OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 30. Which of the following Lewis bases may not serve as a bidentate ligand? a. C2O42b. NH2CH2CH2NH2 c. HOCH2CH2NH2 d. HOCH2CH2OH e. CH3NH2 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.2 - Explain the difference between a monodentate and polydentate ligand TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | ligand | structure of complex Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 843

OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 5/9/2025 2:49 AM

31. Which of the following correctly describes a chelate? a. A compound formed by a monodentate ligand bonding to a central atom. b. A compound formed by a polydentate ligand bonding through multiple donor atoms. c. A ligand that forms only ionic bonds with the central atom. d. A ligand that cannot form a coordination complex. e. A compound with coordination number 4.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.3.2 - Explain the difference between a monodentate and polydentate ligand TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | ligand | structure of complex OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM -

32. What is the correct IUPAC name for [AuCl4(H2O)2] ? a. diaquatetrachloroaurate(I) ion b. diaquatetrachloroaurate(III) ion c. diaquatetrachloroaurate(0) ion d. diaquatetrachlorogold(III) ion e. diaquatetrachlorogold(I) ion ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.4.1 - Write the IUPAC name of a coordination compound given its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | naming coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 2-

33. What is the correct IUPAC name for [Ni(CN)4] ? a. tetracyanonickalate(II) ion b. tetracyanonickel(II) ion Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 844

c. nickel tetracyanide(II) ion d. tetracyanonickalate e. tetracyanonickalate(I) ion ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.4.1 - Write the IUPAC name of a coordination compound given its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | naming coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 3-

34. What is the correct IUPAC name for [Fe(C2O4)3] ? a. Trioxalatoiron(III) ions b. Iron(III) oxalate complex c. Trioxalatoironate(III) ion d. Trioxalato ferrate(III) ion e. Ferro(III) oxalate ion ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.4.1 - Write the IUPAC name of a coordination compound given its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | naming coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 35. What is the correct formula for sodium tetrachlorocuprate(II)? a. Na3[CuCl4] b. Na2[CuCl4] c. Na[CuCl4] d. Na4[CuCl4] e. Na2[CuCl6] ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

b 1 22.4

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 845

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.4.1 - Write the IUPAC name of a coordination compound given its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | naming coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 36. What is the formula for the hexaaquavanadium(II) ion? a. [V(H2O)6]2+ b. [V(H2O)4]2+ c. [V2(H2O)6]4d. [V2(H2O)6]2+ e. [V2(H2O)6]4+ ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.4.1 - Write the IUPAC name of a coordination compound given its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | naming coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 37. What is the formula for the pentaamminehydroxochromium(II) ion? a. [Cr(NH3)5(OH)5]2+ b. [Cr(NH3)5(OH)5]3c. [Cr(NH3)5(OH)]2+ d. [Cr(NH3)5(OH)]+ e. [Cr(NH3)(OH)5]3ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.4.1 - Write the IUPAC name of a coordination compound given its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 846

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | naming coordination compounds general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 5/9/2025 2:49 AM

38. Which of the following are constitutional isomers? a. coordination isomer, geometric isomers and optical isomers b. linkage isomers and geometric isomers c. coordination isomers and linkage isomers d. coordination isomers and optical isomers e. linkage isomers and optical isomers ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.5.1 - Given the structures of two or more isomers of a complex, classify the isomer type(s).

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | constitutional isomerism | structure and isomerism in coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 39. The complexes [Ni(NH3)5Cl]Br and [Ni(NH3)5Br]Cl are what type of isomers? a. geometric isomers b. constitutional isomers c. stereoisomers d. linkage isomers e. optical isomers ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.5.1 - Given the structures of two or more isomers of a complex, classify the isomer type(s).

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 40. Which of the following compounds can exhibit optical activity? a. [Co(NH3)4Cl2]Cl b. [Co(NH2CH2CH2NH2)3]Cl3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 847

c. Na2[CoCl4] d. [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 e. Cr(CO)6 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.5.1 - Given the structures of two or more isomers of a complex, classify the isomer type(s).

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | stereoisomerism | structure and isomerism in coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 41. Which of the following complexes can exhibit optical isomerism? (en = H2N—CH2—CH2—NH2 and is bidentate) a. Co(NH3)3Cl3 b. cis-Co(en)2Cl2 c. trans-Co(en)2Br2 d. cis-Co(NH3)4Cl2 e. Co(NH3)3Br3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.5.1 - Given the structures of two or more isomers of a complex, classify the isomer type(s).

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | stereoisomerism | structure and isomerism in coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM +

42. Consider the structures of [Cr(H2O)4Cl2] and [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl. Which type of isomerism is exhibited by these complexes? a. Geometrical isomerism b. Ionization isomerism c. Linkage isomerism d. Optical isomerism e. Functional isomerism ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 848

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.5.1 - Given the structures of two or more isomers of a complex, classify the isomer type(s).

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | stereoisomerism | structure and isomerism in coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 43. How many geometric isomers are possible for the square planar complex [Pt(NH3)2BrCl]? a. 2 b. 4 c. 5 d. 1 e. 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.5.2 - Given the name or formula of a complex, draw any possible stereoisomers.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | stereoisomerism | structure and isomerism in coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 44. What is the total number of geometric isomers possible for the octahedral complex [Co(NH3)3(H2O)3]? a. 1 b. 4 c. 5 d. 2 e. 3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.5.2 - Given the name or formula of a complex, draw any possible stereoisomers.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 849

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | stereoisomerism | structure and isomerism in coordination compounds general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 5/9/2025 2:49 AM

45. Which complex is capable of forming geometric isomers? a. K3[FeCl6] b. [Co(NH3)5Br]Br2 c. [Co(NH3)6]Br3 d. [Pd(NH3)2Br2] e. [Pt(NH3)4]Br2 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.5.2 - Given the name or formula of a complex, draw any possible stereoisomers.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | stereoisomerism | structure and isomerism in coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM +

46. How many optical isomers do the cis and trans isomers of [Co(en)2Br2] have? a. cis, 1 and trans, 1 b. cis, 2 and trans, 0 c. cis, 0 and trans, 0 d. cis, 0 and trans, 2 e. cis, 2 and trans, 2 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.5.2 - Given the name or formula of a complex, draw any possible stereoisomers.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | stereoisomerism | structure and isomerism in coordination compounds OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 47. What bond hybridization is associated with octahedral complexes?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 850

a. d2sp3 b. sp3 c. sp d. dsp3 e. dsp2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.6.1 - Draw the orbital diagram of a transition metal ion in a complex.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | valence bond theory of complexes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 2+

48. Which of the following best describes the complex [Mn(H2O)6] ? a. sp3 hybridization; diamagnetic b. d2sp3 hybridization; diamagnetic c. d2sp3 hybridization; paramagnetic d. dsp3 hybridization; diamagnetic e. sp3 hybridization; paramagnetic ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.6.1 - Draw the orbital diagram of a transition metal ion in a complex.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | valence bond theory of complexes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 49. Which of the following high-spin complexes has the most unpaired electrons? a. [Ti(H2O)6]2+ b. [V(H2O)6]3+ c. [Fe(H2O)6]3+ d. [Cr(H2O)6]3+ e. [Sc(H2O)]63+ ANSWER:

c

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 851

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.6.1 - Draw the orbital diagram of a transition metal ion in a complex.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | valence bond theory of complexes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 2+

50. According to valence bond theory, what hybrid orbitals are occupied by the ligands in the complex [Mn(H2O)6] ? a. dsp3 b. sp3 c. d2sp3 d. sp2 e. dsp2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.6.1 - Draw the orbital diagram of a transition metal ion in a complex.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | valence bond theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 5

51. Which of the metal ions in the following complex ions has a d electron configuration? a. V(H2O)62+ b. RhCl64c. Co(CN)4d. Fe(CN)63e. Mo(NH3)63+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.6.1 - Draw the orbital diagram of a transition metal ion in a complex.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 852

KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

apply | valence bond theory of complexes general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 8

52. In which of the following complexes does the transition metal have a d configuration? a. Cu(H2O)62+ b. Fe(CN)63c. Ni(CO)4 d. PtCl42e. Zn(NH3)42+ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.6.1 - Draw the orbital diagram of a transition metal ion in a complex.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | valence bond theory OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 3-

53. The octahedral complex hexacyanoferrate(III) ion, [Fe(CN)6] , is a low-spin complex. How many unpaired electrons does the complex have? a. 5 b. 1 c. 4 d. 0 e. 3 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.1 - Use crystal field theory to describe the bonding in coordination complexes with coordination numbers of 4 and 6.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | crystal field theory | high-spin and low-spin complex OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 54. If an octahedral iron(II) complex is paramagnetic, which of the following sets of conditions best describes the Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 853

complex? a. low spin, Δ small b. low spin, Δ large c. high spin, Δ small d. high spin, Δ large e. low spin, ∆ = 0 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.1 - Use crystal field theory to describe the bonding in coordination complexes with coordination numbers of 4 and 6.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 55. How many unpaired electrons are there in an octahedral cobalt(III) complex with weak-bonding ligands? a. 1 b. 2 c. 4 d. 3 e. 0 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.1 - Use crystal field theory to describe the bonding in coordination complexes with coordination numbers of 4 and 6.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | crystal field theory | high-spin and low-spin complex OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 56. Which of the following compounds is paramagnetic? a. Li4[Fe(NO2)6] b. K3[Co(CN)6] c. K3[ScCl6] d. Na2[TiBr6] e. [Mn(H2O)6]Cl2 ANSWER: POINTS:

e 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 854

REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.1 - Use crystal field theory to describe the bonding in coordination complexes with coordination numbers of 4 and 6.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | crystal field theory | high-spin and low-spin complex OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 8

57. A complex ion is a square planar complex. It has a d electron configuration. What is the most reasonable d orbital scheme for this complex? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.1 - Use crystal field theory to describe the bonding in coordination complexes with coordination numbers of 4 and 6.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | crystal field theory | tetrahedral and square planar complexes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 2-

58. The complex ion NiCl4 is tetrahedral. The number of unpaired electrons in the complex is a. 2. b. 3. c. 0.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 855

d. 4. e. 1.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.1 - Use crystal field theory to describe the bonding in coordination complexes with coordination numbers of 4 and 6.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | crystal field theory | tetrahedral and square planar complexes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM -

59. How many unpaired electrons are there in the tetrahedral complex ion [FeCl4] ? a. 3 b. 2 c. 1 d. 4 e. 5 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.1 - Use crystal field theory to describe the bonding in coordination complexes with coordination numbers of 4 and 6.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: apply | crystal field theory | tetrahedral and square planar complexes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 60. Which of the following salts would not be expected to be colored in aqueous solution? a. NiCl2 b. CuCl2 c. CrCl2 d. TiCl3 e. CdCl2 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

e 1 22.7 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 856

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.2 - Predict the relative wavelengths of absorption of complex ions.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 61. Which of the following salts would not be expected to be colored in aqueous solution? a. CoCl2 b. FeCl2 c. CuCl2 d. CuCl e. CrCl3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.2 - Predict the relative wavelengths of absorption of complex ions.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | crystal field theory | visible spectra of transition-metal complexes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 62. Which of the following salts would not be expected to be colored in aqueous solution? a. CrF3 b. NiF2 c. TiF3 d. ScF3 e. MnF3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.2 - Predict the relative wavelengths of absorption of complex ions.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | crystal field theory | visible spectra of transition-metal complexes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 857

63. Which of the following salts would be expected to be colored in aqueous solution? a. AlI3 b. CuI c. TiCl4 d. CrCl2 e. ScI3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.2 - Predict the relative wavelengths of absorption of complex ions.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze | crystal field theory | visible spectra of transition-metal complexes OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM 64. Which of the following statements concerning crystal field theory is incorrect? a. In an isolated metal ion the d-orbitals have identical energies. b. In low spin octahedral complexes the electrons are concentrated in the dxy, dxz, and dyz orbitals. c. High spin complexes have the minimum of unpaired electrons. d. Strong bonding ligands favor a larger crystal field splitting (Δ) than weak bonding ligands. e. Low spin complexes are favored when the electron pairing energy (P) is less than the crystal field splitting (Δ).

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 22.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.22.7.2 - Predict the relative wavelengths of absorption of complex ions.

TOPICS: transition elements complex ions and coordination compounds KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:49 AM

1. Which of the following structures is incorrect? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 858

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.1.1 - Differentiate among saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic hydrocarbons.

TOPICS: carbon atom bonding characteristics KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 2. Which of the following statements concerning hydrocarbons is correct? a. A saturated hydrocarbon molecule contains at least one double bond. b. Ethylenediamine, H2NCH2CH2NH2, is an example of a saturated hydrocarbon. c. Propane is an unsaturated hydrocarbon. d. Saturated hydrocarbons may be cyclic or acyclic molecules. e. Benzene is a saturated hydrocarbon.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.1.1 - Differentiate among saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic hydrocarbons.

TOPICS: carbon atom bonding characteristics KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 859

DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:50 AM

3. What is the molecular geometry around each carbon atom in a saturated hydrocarbon? a. Tetrahedral b. trigonal planar c. trigonal bipyramidal d. Linear e. Bent ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.1.1 - Differentiate among saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic hydrocarbons.

TOPICS: carbon atom bonding characteristics KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 4. Carbon, a Group 4A element of the periodic table, has _____ valence electrons. a. five b. one c. three d. two e. four ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.1.1 - Differentiate among saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic hydrocarbons.

TOPICS: The Bonding of Carbon KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 5. Identify the true statement. a. Carbon requires 2 additional electrons to fill its octet. b. Carbon forms single, double, and triple bonds to achieve a filled octet. c. Carbon cannot bond with other carbon atoms. d. Carbon and hydrogen compounds are known as amine. e. Hydrocarbon with triple bonds is known as alkene.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 860

REFERENCES: 23.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.1.1 - Differentiate among saturated, unsaturated, and aromatic hydrocarbons.

TOPICS: The Bonding of Carbon KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 6. Which of the following is an example of a condensed formula of an alkane? a. C3H8 b.

c.

d.

e. CH3CH2CH2CH3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.2.1 - Write a condensed structural formula given the structural formula.

TOPICS: alkane structural characteristic KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 7. All of the following molecules except _________ make up a homologous series. a. CH3C H2CH2CH2CH2CH3 b. CH3CH2CH3 c. CH3CH2CH2CH3 d. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3 e. CH3CHCHCH3 ANSWER:

e

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 861

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.613 - Give examples of alkanes in a homologous series.

TOPICS: alkane structural characteristic KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 8. How many structural isomers have the molecular formula C6H14? a. 5 b. 2 c. 4 d. 1 e. 3 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.2.1 - Write a condensed structural formula given the structural formula.

TOPICS: alkane isomerism KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 9. The compounds 2,3-dimethylbutane and 2-methylpentane are a. functional isomers. b. structural isomers. c. unrelated. d. geometric isomers. e. enantiomers.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.2.1 - Write a condensed structural formula given the structural formula.

TOPICS: alkane isomerism KEYWORDS: analyze | branched-chain alkane OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 862

10. Four of the following compounds are structural isomers. Which one is not? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.2.1 - Write a condensed structural formula given the structural formula.

TOPICS: alkane isomerism KEYWORDS: analyze | branched-chain alkane OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 11. How many hydrogen atoms are needed to complete the following hydrocarbon structure?

a. 4 b. 6 c. 12 d. 8 e. 3 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE:

c 1 23.2 Multiple Choice

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 863

HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.2.1 - Write a condensed structural formula given the structural formula.

TOPICS: cycloalkane structural characteristic KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 12. What is the molecular formula of a cyclic alkane with 5 carbon atoms? a. C5 H12 b. C5 H8 c. C5 H14 d. C5 H10 e. C5 H5 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.2.1 - Write a condensed structural formula given the structural formula.

TOPICS: cycloalkane structural characteristic KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 13. What is the composition of crude oil? a. mostly unsaturated hydrocarbons having 5 - 12 carbons per molecule b. mostly hydrocarbons, but the precise composition varies widely depending on location c. mostly aromatic hydrocarbons d. mostly saturated hydrocarbons having 5 - 12 carbons per molecule e. mostly saturated hydrocarbons having 12 - 20 carbons per molecule ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.2.1 - Write a condensed structural formula given the structural formula.

TOPICS: alkane KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 864

14. Which of the following chemical equations represents a substitution reaction? a. C2H4 + Cl2 → ClCH2CH2Cl b. HCOOH + CH3OH → HCOOCH3 + H2O c. CH3OH +3/2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O d. C2H4 + 3O2 → 2CO2 + 2H2O e. C2H6 + Cl2 → CH3CH2Cl + HCl ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.2.1 - Write a condensed structural formula given the structural formula.

TOPICS: alkane chemical reaction KEYWORDS: analyze | halogenation OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 15. Which of the following is a geometric isomer of the structure given below?

a.

b.

c.

d.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 865

e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.3.1 - Predict cis-trans isomers.

TOPICS: alkene isomerism KEYWORDS: analyze | cis-trans isomer OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 16. Which of the following structural formulas is not an isomer of cis-2-pentene? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

b 1 23.3 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 866

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.3.1 - Predict cis-trans isomers.

TOPICS: alkene isomerism KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 17. How many different isomers are possible for substances having the molecular formula C2H2F2? a. 2 b. 4 c. 5 d. 3 e. 1 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.3.1 - Predict cis-trans isomers.

TOPICS: alkene isomerism KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 18. Which of the following alkenes is capable of forming cis-trans isomers? a. (CH3)2C = CH2 b. (CH3)2C = CHBr c. CH3CH = CH2 d. CH3CH = CBr2 e. CHBr = CHCl ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.3.1 - Predict cis-trans isomers.

TOPICS: alkene isomerism KEYWORDS: analyze | cis-trans isomer OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 19. Which of the following names may represent either a cis or a trans isomer?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 867

a. 1-butene b. 1,2-dibromoethene c. 1,1,2-tribromoethene d. 1,1-dibromoethene e. 1-bromo-1-chloroethene ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.3.1 - Predict cis-trans isomers.

TOPICS: alkene isomerism KEYWORDS: analyze | cis-trans isomer OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 20. What is the major product upon addition of HCl to propene? a. CH3CHClCH2Cl b. CH3CH2CH3 c. CH3CHClCH3 d. CH3CH2CH2Cl e. CH3CHCl=CH2 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.3.2 - Predict the major product of an addition reaction.

TOPICS: alkene chemical reaction KEYWORDS: apply | hydrohalogenation OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 21. What is the major product after addition of two HF to propyne, CH3C≡CH? a. CH3CHFCH2F b. CH2FCH2CH2F c. CH3CF2CH3 d. CH3CH2CF2H e. CH3CHF=CH2 ANSWER: POINTS:

c 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 868

REFERENCES: 23.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.3.2 - Predict the major product of an addition reaction.

TOPICS: alkene chemical reaction KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 22. What is the expected product from the reaction of 2,3-dimethyl-1-pentene with hydrogen gas? a. 2,2-dimethylpentane b. 2,3-dimethylpentane c. 3,3-dimethylpentane d. 2-methylhexane e. 2,3-dimethyl-2-pentene ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.3.2 - Predict the major product of an addition reaction.

TOPICS: alkene chemical reaction KEYWORDS: apply | hydrogenation OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 23. What is the expected major product from the reaction of 2-methyl-2-pentene with HCl? a.

b.

c.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 869

d.

e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.3.2 - Predict the major product of an addition reaction.

TOPICS: alkene chemical reaction KEYWORDS: apply | hydrohalogenation OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 24. What is the compound represented by the following structure?

a. cyclohexane, C6H12 b. cyclohexene, C6H10 c. cyclohexatriene, C6H12 d. benzene, C6H6 e. cyclohexatriene, C6H9 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.4.1 - Explain why benzene has different chemical properties from alkenes.

TOPICS: aromatic hydrocarbons structural characteristic KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 25. Which of the following statements concerning aromatic hydrocarbons is/are correct?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 870

a. All the cyclic compounds are aromatic. b. Aromatic hydrocarbons can also a linear molecule. c. Aromaticity leads to decreased stability relative to alkenes. d. The sigma electrons of benzene are delocalized over the entire carbon ring. e. Benzene requires a catalyst to undergo an addition reaction with Br2.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.4.1 - Explain why benzene has different chemical properties from alkenes.

TOPICS: aromatic hydrocarbons structural characteristic KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 26. What is the purpose of the circle in the condensed formula given below?

a. The circle represents the delocalization of the pi electrons. b. The circle represents the delocalization of both the sigma and pi electrons. c. The circle represents alternating single and double bonds in the ring. d. The circle represents the compound is aromatic. e. The circle represents oxygen atoms present at the center of the ring.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.4.1 - Explain why benzene has different chemical properties from alkenes.

TOPICS: aromatic hydrocarbons structural characteristic KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 27. Which of the following reactions is a substitution reaction? a. C6H6 + F2 → C6H5F + HF b. CH2=CH2 + F2 → CH2FCH2F c. CH2=CH2 + HF → CH3CH2F d. CH2=CH2 + H2 → CH3CH3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 871

e. HC≡CH + 2F2 → CHF2CHF2 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.4.1 - Explain why benzene has different chemical properties from alkenes.

TOPICS: aromatic hydrocarbons chemical reaction KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 28. What is the most characteristic reaction of benzene? a. addition and elimination b. addition c. oxidation d. reduction e. substitution ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.4.1 - Explain why benzene has different chemical properties from alkenes.

TOPICS: aromatic hydrocarbons chemical reaction KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 29. How are polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons formed? a. By the reaction of benzene with ammonia b. By the reaction of benzene with carboxylic acid c. By the fusion of two or more benzene rings d. By delocalization of the benzene ring e. By the fission of benzene with alkynes ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.4.1 - Explain why benzene has different chemical properties from Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 872

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

alkenes.

Aromatic Hydrocarbons analyze 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

30. What is the IUPAC name for the following compound?

a. 4-ethyl-3-methylheptane b. 2,3-diethylhexane c. 3-propyl-4-methylhexane d. 4,5-diethyldecane e. 4-ethyl-5-methylheptane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.1 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkane given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkane nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 31. What is the IUPAC name for the following structural formula?

a. 1,1-dimethyl-2-ethylpropane b. isoheptane c. 2-ethyl-3-methylbutane d. 2-methyl-3-ethylbutane e. 2,3-dimethylpentane ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 873

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.1 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkane given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkane nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 32. What is the condensed structural formula of the t-butyl group? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.1 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkane given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkane nomenclature KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 33. Which is the correct condensed structural formula for 3,3-diethylhexane? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 874

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.1 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkane given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkane nomenclature KEYWORDS: analyze | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 34. Which of the following formulas represents propane? a. CH3CH3 b. CH3CH2CH 2CH3 c. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3 d. CH3CH2CH3 e. CH4 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

d 1 23.5 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 875

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.1 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkane given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkane nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 35. What is the molecular formula of the alkane 2,2,4-trimethylpentane? a. C8H14 b. C8H8 c. C8H16 d. C8H18 e. C8H24 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.1 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkane given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkane nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 36. Which is the correct condensed structural formula for 2-methyl-4-propyloctane? a.

b.

c.

d.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 876

e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.1 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkane given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkane nomenclature KEYWORDS: analyze | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 37. What is the IUPAC name for the molecule given below?

a. trans-3-hexene b. cis-3-hexene c. cis-3-pentene d. cis-3-pentyne e. trans-3-hexyne ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.2 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkene given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkane nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 38. Name the following:

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 877

a. 1,1,1-trichloro-5-bromo-3-pentene b. 1,1,1-trichloro-5-bromo-2-pentene c. 1-bromo-5,5,5-trichloro-2-pentene d. 1,1,1-trichloro-5-bromo-3-pentyne e. 1-bromo-5,5,5-trichloro-3-pentene ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.2 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkene given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkene nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 39. Which of the following is not a structural isomer of 1-pentene? a. 1-methyl-cyclobutene b. 2-methyl-2-butene c. 3-methyl-1-butene d. 2-pentene e. cyclopentane ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.2 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkene given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkene nomenclature KEYWORDS: analyze | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 40. What is the molecular formula of the alkene 2,4-dimethyl-3-pentene? a. C7H14 b. C7H8 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 878

c. C7H16 d. C7H18 e. C7H24 ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.2 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkene given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkene nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 41. Which of the following formulas represents 1-pentene? a. CH3CH3 b. CH3CH2CH 2CH3 c. CH2CHCH2CH2CH3 d. CH2CHCH3 e. CH4 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.5 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.5.2 - Write the IUPAC name of an alkene given the structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkene nomenclature KEYWORDS: analyze | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 42. Which of the following compounds is a ketone? a. CH3OOCH3 b. CH3CH2COCH3 c. CH3CH2COOH d. CH3OCH3 e. CH3CH2OH ANSWER: POINTS:

b 1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 879

REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.1 - Given the name of a class of oxygen-containing organic compounds, state its functional group or vice versa.

TOPICS: ketone structural characteristic KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

43. The functional group

is characteristic of

a. aldehydes. b. esters. c. ketones. d. alcohols. e. acids.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.1 - Given the name of a class of oxygen-containing organic compounds, state its functional group or vice versa.

TOPICS: ketone structural characteristic KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

44. The functional group

is characteristic of

a. aldehydes. b. esters. c. organic acids. d. peptide linkages. e. ketones.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.1 - Given the name of a class of oxygen-containing organic compounds, Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 880

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

state its functional group or vice versa. aldehyde structural characteristic understand organic chemistry 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

45. The functional group

is characteristic of

a. esters. b. organic acids. c. peptide linkages. d. aldehydes. e. ketones.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.1 - Given the name of a class of oxygen-containing organic compounds, state its functional group or vice versa.

TOPICS: aldehyde structural characteristic KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

46. The functional group

is characteristic of

a. ketones. b. peptide linkages. c. organic acids. d. aldehydes. e. esters.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.1 - Given the name of a class of oxygen-containing organic compounds, state its functional group or vice versa.

TOPICS: aldehyde structural characteristic KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: organic chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 881

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:50 AM 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

47. Which functional group does not contain an oxygen atom? a. aldehyde b. alkyne c. alcohol d. ester e. ketone ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.1 - Given the name of a class of oxygen-containing organic compounds, state its functional group or vice versa.

TOPICS: alkyne structural characteristic KEYWORDS: understand OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 48. What is the general structural representation of an alcohol? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

b 1 23.6 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 882

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.2 - Classify an alcohol as primary, secondary, or tertiary.

TOPICS: alkyne structural characteristic KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 49. Which of the following is a secondary alcohol? a.

b. CH3CH2CH2OCH3 c. (CH3)3COH d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.2 - Classify an alcohol as primary, secondary, or tertiary.

TOPICS: alcohol structural characteristic KEYWORDS: analyze | secondary alcohol OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 50. Name the following:

a. ethanol b. propanol c. butanol d. 2-butanol e. 2-propanol ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

e 1 23.6

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 883

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.2 - Classify an alcohol as primary, secondary, or tertiary.

TOPICS: alcohol nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 51. What is the IUPAC name for the alcohol (CH3)2CHCH2CH2OH? a. 3-methyl-1-butanol b. isopentyl alcohol c. 3,3-dimethyl-1-propanol d. 2-isopropyl-1-ethanol e. isoamyl alcohol ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.2 - Classify an alcohol as primary, secondary, or tertiary.

TOPICS: alcohol nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 52. Which of the following alcohols is a tertiary alcohol? a. HOCH2CH(OH)CH2OH b. CH3CH2CH2OH c. HOCH2CH2OH d. (CH3)3COH e. CH3CH2CH(OH)CH3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.2 - Classify an alcohol as primary, secondary, or tertiary.

TOPICS: alcohol structural characteristic KEYWORDS: analyze | tertiary alcohol OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 884

53. What is the IUPAC name for the substance having the following condensed structural formula?

(CH3)3CCH2COOH a. 3,3-dimethyl-1-butanone b. 3,3-dimethylbutanoic acid c. 4,4-dimethylpentanal d. 3,3-dimethylpropanoic acid e. hexanoic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.3 - Given the name of an oxygen-containing organic compound, write draw its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: carboxylic acids nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 54. What is the condensed structural formula for 3-ethyl-2-methyloctanoic acid? a.

b.

c.

d.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 885

e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.3 - Given the name of an oxygen-containing organic compound, write draw its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: carboxylic acids nomenclature KEYWORDS: analyze | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 55. What is the IUPAC name for the substance having the following condensed structural formula?

(CH3)3CCH2CHO a. 3,3-dimethyl-1-butanone b. 3,3-dimethylbutanal c. 4,4-dimethylpentanal d. 3,3-dimethylpropanoic acid e. hexanoic acid ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.3 - Given the name of an oxygen-containing organic compound, write draw its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: carboxylic acids nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 56. What is the IUPAC name for the compound having the following condensed structural formula?

a. 3,4-dimethylpentyl methyl ether b. 3,4-dimethyl-2-hexanol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 886

c. 3,4-dimethyl-5-hexanone d. 4-ethyl-3-methyl-2-pentanone e. 3,4-dimethyl-2-hexanone ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.6 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.3 - Given the name of an oxygen-containing organic compound, write draw its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: ketone nomenclature KEYWORDS: apply | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 57. What is the correct condensed structural formula for 2,4-dimethyl-3-hexanone? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES: QUESTION TYPE: HAS VARIABLES:

b 1 23.6 Multiple Choice False

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 887

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.6.3 - Given the name of an oxygen-containing organic compound, write draw its structural formula or vice versa.

TOPICS: ketone nomenclature KEYWORDS: analyze | IUPAC nomenclature OTHER: organic chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 58. What is the functional group classification of a compound with the general formula given below?

a. primary amine b. secondary amine c. tertiary amine d. amide e. ester ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.7.1 - Given the name of a class of nitrogen-containing organic compounds, state its functional group or vice versa.

TOPICS: amines structural characteristic KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 59. Which of the following compound is an amide? a. CH3CH2CH2NH2 b. CH3NHCH2CH3 c. CH3OCH2CH3 d. CH3CH2CONHCH3 e. CH3CH2COCH3 ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.7.1 - Given the name of a class of nitrogen-containing organic compounds, state its functional group or vice versa.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 888

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

Organic Compounds Containing Nitrogen analyze 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

60. Which class of compounds contains the -NH2 functional group? a. Alcohol. b. Amide. c. Amine. d. Ketone. e. Carboxylic acid ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.7.1 - Given the name of a class of nitrogen-containing organic compounds, state its functional group or vice versa.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds Containing Nitrogen KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 61. Which class of nitrogen-containing organic compounds does not contain a carbonyl (C=O) group? a. Amides b. Amines c. Esters d. Carboxylic acids e. Ketones ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.7.1 - Given the name of a class of nitrogen-containing organic compounds, state its functional group or vice versa.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds Containing Nitrogen KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 62. A primary amine contains how many alkyl or aryl groups attached to the nitrogen atom? a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 889

e. 4 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.7.2 - Classify an amine as primary, secondary, or tertiary.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds Containing Nitrogen KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 63. What is the general structure of a secondary amine? a. R-NH2 b. R2-NH c. R3-N d. R-C=O-NH2 e. R-COOH ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.7.2 - Classify an amine as primary, secondary, or tertiary.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds Containing Nitrogen KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 64. A compound with the formula (C2H5)3N is classified as what type of amine? a. Primary b. Secondary c. Tertiary d. Quaternary e. Iso ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.7.2 - Classify an amine as primary, secondary, or tertiary.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds Containing Nitrogen KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 890

DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:50 AM

65. How can you differentiate between a primary, secondary, and tertiary amine? a. By checking for the presence of a benzene ring. b. By checking the presence of a hydroxyl (-OH) group. c. By looking for a carbonyl (C=O) group. d. By determining the molecular weight. e. By counting the number of alkyl or aryl groups attached to the nitrogen.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 23.7 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.23.7.2 - Classify an amine as primary, secondary, or tertiary.

TOPICS: Organic Compounds Containing Nitrogen KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

1. Consider the polymer drawn below:

What monomer(s) could produce the above polymer? a. CH2 = CH2 and CH3CH = CH2 b. CH3CH = CHCH3 c. CH2 = C(CH3)2 d. CO and CH2 = CH2 e. CH2 = CH2 and CH3CH = CH-CH3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: apply OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 891

2. Which of the following statements about polymers is/are correct? a. Polypropylene and polyethylene are high molecular weight alkenes. b. Addition polymers must be made from monomers which have at least one double or triple bond somewhere in the molecule. c. Condensation polymerization reactions do not produce small molecules, like H2O, as byproducts to the polymer formation. d. Polymers are the compound which is not the repetition of the monomers. e. Monomers are made from polymers.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 3. The structure of the polymer used in a freezer wrap can mainly be described as follows: [CCl2 —CH2 —CCl2 —CH2 —CCl2 —CH2 —CCl2 —CH2]n Which monomer could produce this polymer? a. Cl2C – CH2 b. CCl2 c. CCl2 = CH2 d. Cl2C = CH2 = CCl2 e. CHCl3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 4. Which of the following is not an addition polymer? a. poly(vinyl chloride) b. polyethylene c. polystyrene d. polypropylene Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 892

e. polyester ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: addition polymer | analyze | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 5. Which of the following combinations can produce a condensation polymer? (R and R’ are alkyl groups) a. R−OH + HOOC−R=R’−COOH b. HO−R−OH + R’−COOH c. H2N−R−NH2 + HOOC−R’−COOH d. HO−R=R−OH + R’−COOH e. R’−OH + HOOC−R−COOH ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 6. The polymer

is formed by addition of which of the following? a. CH3CH2CH3 b. CH2 = CH – CH3 c. CH3CH = C(CH3)2 d. H2C = CH – CH – CH2 e. CH3 – CH = CH – CH3 ANSWER: POINTS: REFERENCES:

e 1 24.1

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 893

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: addition polymer | apply | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 7. For a free-radical addition polymerization, which of the following statements is true? a. Upon polymerization, σ-bonds are transformed into π-bonds. b. The final polymer is a free radical. c. A copolymer is formed between the monomer and the initiator. d. Upon polymerization, π-bonds are transformed into σ-bonds. e. The final polymer must be electrically conducting.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: addition polymer | analyze | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 8. What of the following polymers could be produced by the free-radical addition of 1,1-difluoroethylene, F2C=CH2? a.

b.

c.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 894

d.

e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: addition polymer | apply | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 9. For the addition polymer polyacrylonitrile shown below, what is the chemical structure of the monomer?

a.

b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 895

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer | synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: addition polymer | apply | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 10. The polymer formed from ethylene glycol (HOCH2CH2OH) and1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid (HOOCCH2COOH) is what type of polymer? a. Condensation polymer b. Additional polymer c. Hetero polymer d. Copolymer e. Substitution polymer ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 896

QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | condensation polymer | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 11. Elimination of a small molecule such as water is involved in formation of which type of polymer? a. condensation polymer b. addition polymer c. free-radical polymer d. homopolymer e. copolymer ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: condensation polymer | synthesis of organic polymer | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 12. Which of the following pairs of substances could form a polyester? a. H2NCH2COOH + H2NCH2CH2COOH b. HO(CH2)4COOH + HOCH2CH=CHCH3 c. HOCH2CH2OH + HOOCCOOH d. H2C=CHCH3 + HOCH2CH2COOH e. H2C=CHCN + H2C=CHCH3 ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | condensation polymer | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 897

13. What is the polymer formed by the condensation of ethylene glycol, HOCH2CH2OH, with 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid, HOOCCH2COOH? a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: apply | condensation polymer | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 14. What is the polymer formed by the condensation of 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid, HOOCCH2COOH, with 1,2diaminoethane, NH2CH2CH2NH2? a.

b.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 898

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: apply | condensation polymer | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 15. What is the type of polymer formed when 1,5-pentanediol, HOCH2CH2CH2CH2CH2OH, reacts with 1,6hexanedicarboxylic acid, HOOCCH2CH2CH2CH2COOH? a. polyacetylene b. polyester c. polyamide d. polypropylene e. polyolefin ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.1 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.1.1 - Compare addition and condensation polymers.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | condensation polymer | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 16. In an electrically conducting polymer, what is a "hole"? a. It is a region of negative charge.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 899

b. It is a delocalized π electron. c. It is an antibonding π molecular orbital. d. It is a π molecular orbital from which a π electron has been abstracted. e. It is an ion, such as I3-, added to increase the conductivity of the polymer.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 17. Which of the following statements about conductive polymers is/are correct? a. Conductive polymers conduct electricity in the same way as metals, through free-moving electrons. b. All polymers are inherently insulating and cannot conduct electricity. c. trans-Polyacetylene is not an addition polymer. d. Conductive polymers are naturally conductive without any modification. e. Alternating single and double bonds are required for a polymer chain to conduct electricity.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 18. Which of the following is not an electrically conducting polymer? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 900

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 19. Which of the following conducting polymers is known to exhibit both metallic and semiconducting properties based on the level of doping? a. Polythiophene b. Polypyrrole c. Polyaniline d. Polyvinyl chloride e. Polyethylene ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 901

TOPICS: KEYWORDS: OTHER: DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

led to technological advancements. polymer synthetic polymer analyze | electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer general chemistry 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

20. In conducting polymers, what is the primary effect of increasing the doping level? a. Increases the bandgap b. Reduce the polymer’s stability c. Converts polarons to bipolarons d. Enhances the thermal resistance e. Causes the polymer to degrade ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 21. Which of the following processes is typically used for the synthesis of polyacetylene? a. Chemical oxidative polymerization b. Ziegler-Natta polymerization c. Electrochemical polymerization d. Radical polymerization e. Plasma polymerization ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 22. The conductivity of a conducting polymer increases with: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 902

a. Increase in the molecular weight b. Reduction in the conjugation length c. Decrease in the doping level d. Increase in the crystallinity e. Decrease in temperature ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 23. Which of the following is a distinguishing feature of poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) (PEDOT) compared to other conducting polymers? a. High oxidation potential b. Optical transparency in its doped state c. High sensitivity to moisture d. High resistivity in its neutral state e. Poor processability ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 24. In the electronic band structure of conducting polymers, what role do polarons play? a. They increase the polymer’s solubility. b. They introduce localized states within the bandgap. c. They decrease the mobility of charge carriers. d. They enhance the polymer’s thermal conductivity. e. They eliminate the polymer’s bandgap completely.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 903

REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 25. Which of the following factors has the least impact on the electrical conductivity of conducting polymers? a. Dopant type and concentration b. Conjugation length c. Backbone rigidity d. Degree of crystallinity e. Ambient humidity ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 26. What is the major drawback of using polyacetylene as a conducting polymer in practical applications? a. Low conductivity b. Lack of a conjugated structure c. High environmental stability d. Poor solubility in common solvents e. Inability to form films ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 904

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:50 AM 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

27. Which of the following is a direct consequence of doping a conducting polymer? a. Formation of covalent cross-links b. Generation of free radicals in the polymer backbone c. Introduction of charge carriers like polarons and bipolarons d. Decrease in molecular weight e. Crystallization of the polymer structure ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 28. In organic photovoltaics, which conducting polymer is most commonly used as the hole transport material? a. Polyacetylene b. Polyvinyl chloride c. Polythiophene derivatives (eg., P3HT) d. Polyaniline e. Polyethylene ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 29. What are electrically conducting polymers? a. Polymers that dissolve in water. b. Polymers that conduct electricity. c. Polymers with high thermal resistance. d. Polymers used in cosmetics.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 905

e. Polymers made with non-polar molecules.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 30. Which of the following is an example of an electrically conducting polymer? a. Polyethylene b. Polyaniline c. Polystyrene d. Polypropylene e. Nylon ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.2 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.2.1 - Explain how the discovery of electrically conducting polymers has led to technological advancements.

TOPICS: polymer synthetic polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | electrically conducting polymers | synthesis of organic polymer OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

31. The side chain on the amino acid phenylalanine

is classified as

a. polar. b. asymmetric. c. hydrophilic. d. nonpolar. e. chiral.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 906

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: amino acid | protein | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

32. The side chain on the amino acid tyrosine

is classified as

a. hydrophobic. b. nonpolar. c. a zwitterion. d. polar. e. asymmetric.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: amino acid | protein | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 33. Which of the following amino acids has a hydrophobic side chain? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 907

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: amino acid | analyze | protein OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 34. Which of the following amino acids has a hydrophilic side chain?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 908

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: analyze OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 35. Which of the following is an amino acid?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 909

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: amino acid | analyze | protein OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 36. Near a pH of 5.5, L-lysine (R = -(CH2)4NH2) the major species in aqueous solution is the diprotonated zwitterion.

Given the following acid dissociation constants, what is the correct structure of the zwitterion?

Functional Group Ka -2

carboxylic acid

1.7 x 10

amine

8.5 x 10

side chain amine

1.51 x 10

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

-10 -11

Page 910

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: apply DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 37. Which of the following structures is the best representation for the amino acid alanine under physiological conditions? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 911

b.

c.

d.

e.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: amino acid | apply | protein OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 38. Which of the following represents the linkage connecting amino acids in proteins? a.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 912

b.

c. d.

e.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: protein | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 39. Which of the following statements concerning protein structure is/are correct? a. The primary structure of a protein is defined as its sequence. b. Disulfide linkages are sometimes formed by the glycine which can significantly affect the protein shape. c. Denaturation of protein always leads to the breaking of peptide bonds. d. Hydrogen bonds play no role in stabilizing protein structures. e. Disulfide bonds are a type of non-covalent interaction in proteins.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: analyze DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 40. The alpha helix and beta sheet are examples of a. protein denaturation. b. protein primary structure. c. complementary bases. d. protein tertiary structure. e. protein secondary structure.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 913

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: protein | shapes of protein | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 41. The overall shape of a protein is not maintained by a. hydrogen bonding. b. ionic bonds. c. dipole–dipole bonding. d. covalent bonds. e. coordinate bonding.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.3 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.3.1 - Summarize three levels of protein structure.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: protein | shapes of protein | understand OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 42. What are the building blocks of nucleic acids? a. proteins b. monosaccharides c. lipids d. nucleotides e. amino acids ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.1 - Describe the structure of nucleic acids.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: nucleic acid | nucleotide | understand OTHER: general chemistry Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 914

DATE CREATED: DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:50 AM 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

43. Which of the following 2'-deoxynucleotides contains the base thymine? a.

b.

c.

d.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 915

e.

ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.1 - Describe the structure of nucleic acids.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | nucleic acid | nucleotide OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 44. A(n) _____ is a linear polymer of nucleotide units linked from the hydroxyl group at the 3’ carbon of the pentose of one nucleotide to the phosphate group of the other nucleotide. a. ribonucleotide b. polysaccharide c. polynucleotide d. ketopentose e. aldopentose ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.1 - Describe the structure of nucleic acids.

TOPICS: Nucleic Acids KEYWORDS: understand DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 45. The nucleic acid sequence that is complementary to the DNA sequence GAC TAC GTT AGC is a. CTG ATG CAA TCG. b. GAC TAC GTT AGC. c. CGA TTG CAT CAG. d. TCA GCA TGG CTA. e. GTA CTC ATC UCG ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 916

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.1 - Describe the structure of nucleic acids.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: apply | DNA and genetic code | nucleic acid OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 46. What is the complementary DNA strand for the sequence 5’-ATGCGA-3’? a. 5’-TACGCT-3’ b. 5’-TCCGAT-3’ c. 3’-ATCGCT-5’ d. 5’-TATGAT-3’ e. 5’-TCGGCT-3’ ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.1 - Describe the structure of nucleic acids.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: apply | nucleic acid | polynucleotide OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 47. What is the complementary RNA strand for the sequence 5’-GATTACA-3’? a. 5’-CTAATGT-3’ b. 5’-CUAAUGU-3’ c. 3’-GAUUACA-5’ d. 5’-AGUUCGG-3’ e. 5’-CAATGCT-3’ ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.1 - Describe the structure of nucleic acids.

TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: apply | nucleic acid | polynucleotide OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 917

DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:50 AM

48. Which of the following units is not found in a DNA molecule? a. a phosphate group b. a peptide bond c. an organic base d. a five-membered ring e. a ribose sugar ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.2 - Summarize the roles of DNA and RNA. TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | nucleic acid | polynucleotide OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 49. What is the nitrogenous base that is found in RNA but not in DNA? a. thymine b. guanine c. uracil d. cytosine e. adenine ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.2 - Summarize the roles of DNA and RNA. TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | nucleic acid | polynucleotide OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 50. Double stranded DNA may be represented as a double helix with the two strands held together by a. hydrogen bonds. b. covalent bonds. c. disulfide bonds. d. hydrophobic bonds. e. ionic bonds.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 918

POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.2 - Summarize the roles of DNA and RNA. TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | nucleic acid | polynucleotide OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 51. What is the significance of a "stop codon"? a. When it appears in messenger RNA, it is a signal to stop protein biosynthesis. b. When it appears in transfer RNA, it is a signal to stop transferring amino acids to the growing protein chain. c. When it appears in DNA, it is a signal to stop chromosome biosynthesis. d. When it appears in a protein, it is a signal for the protein to unfold. e. When it appears in ribosomal RNA, it is a signal to stop catalyzing protein biosynthesis.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.2 - Summarize the roles of DNA and RNA. TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | nucleic acid | RNA and transmission OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 52. Which of the following is (are) not necessary for protein synthesis at the time and place where synthesis occurs? a. ribosomes b. DNA c. mRNA d. amino acids e. tRNA ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.2 - Summarize the roles of DNA and RNA. TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | nucleic acid | RNA and transmission OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 919

DATE MODIFIED:

5/9/2025 2:50 AM

53. Which type of molecule is responsible for carrying an amino acid to a ribosome? a. protein b. DNA c. ribosomal RNA d. messenger RNA e. transfer RNA ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.2 - Summarize the roles of DNA and RNA. TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: analyze | nucleic acid | RNA and transmission OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM 54. How many RNA nucleotides are in a codon? a. 1 b. 5 c. 2 d. 4 e. 3 ANSWER: e POINTS: 1 REFERENCES: 24.4 QUESTION TYPE: Multiple Choice HAS VARIABLES: False LEARNING OBJECTIVES: GENE.EBBI.13.24.4.2 - Summarize the roles of DNA and RNA. TOPICS: polymer biological polymer KEYWORDS: apply | nucleic acid | RNA and transmission OTHER: general chemistry DATE CREATED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM DATE MODIFIED: 5/9/2025 2:50 AM

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 920